EDGAR HTML

Statement of Additional Information

December 1, 2024

DEUTSCHE DWS INTERNATIONAL FUND, INC.

DWS CROCI® International Fund
CLASS/TICKER	A	SUIAX	C	SUICX	R6	SUIRX	INST	SUIIX	S	SCINX

DEUTSCHE DWS GLOBAL/INTERNATIONAL FUND, INC.

DWS International Growth Fund
CLASS/TICKER	A	SGQAX	C	SGQCX	INST	SGQIX	S	SCOBX

This combined Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus and should be read in conjunction with the prospectus for each fund dated December 1, 2024, as supplemented, a copy of which may be obtained without charge by calling (800) 728-3337; by visiting dws.com (the Web site does not form a part of this SAI); or from the firm from which this SAI was obtained. This SAI is incorporated by reference into the prospectus.

Portions of the Annual Financial Statements and Other Information Report of each fund are incorporated herein by reference, and are hereby deemed to be part of this SAI. Such reports may also be obtained without charge by calling the number provided in the preceding paragraph.

This SAI is divided into two Parts—Part I and Part II. Part I contains information that is specific to each fund, while Part II contains information that generally applies to each of the funds in the DWS funds.

Part I

Definitions

“1933 Act” – the Securities Act of 1933, as amended

“1934 Act” – the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended

“1940 Act” – the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended

“Code” – the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended

“SEC” – the Securities and Exchange Commission

“DIMA” or “Advisor” or “Administrator” – DWS Investment Management Americas, Inc., 875 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10022

“DDI” or “Distributor” – DWS Distributors, Inc., 222 South Riverside Plaza, Chicago, Illinois 60606

“DSC” or “Transfer Agent” – DWS Service Company, 222 South Riverside Plaza, Chicago, Illinois 60606

“DWS” – refers to the asset management activities conducted by DWS Group GmbH & Co. KGaA or any of its subsidiaries, including the Advisor and other affiliated investment advisors

“DWS funds” – the US registered investment companies advised by DIMA

“DWS Group” – DWS Group GmbH & Co. KGaA, a separate, publicly-listed financial services firm that is an indirect, majority-owned subsidiary of Deutsche Bank AG

“Board Members” – Members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation

“Board” – Board of Directors of the Corporation

“Independent Board Members”– Board Members who are not interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the fund, the investment advisor or the distributor

“fund” or “series” – DWS CROCI® International Fund and/or DWS International Growth Fund as the context may require

“Custodian” – Brown Brothers Harriman & Company, 50 Post Office Square, Boston, Massachusetts 02110

“Fund Legal Counsel” – Vedder Price P.C., 222 North LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60601

“Trustee/Director Legal Counsel” – Ropes & Gray LLP, Prudential Tower, 800 Boylston Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02199

Corporation – Deutsche DWS International Fund, Inc. or Deutsche DWS Global/International Fund, Inc., as applicable (together, the “Corporations”)

“Business Day” – Monday through Friday except holidays

“Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” – Ernst & Young LLP, 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116

“NRSRO” – a nationally recognized statistical rating organization

“Moody’s” – Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., a NRSRO

“Fitch” – Fitch Ratings, a NRSRO

Fund Organization

DWS CROCI® International Fund is a series of Deutsche DWS International Fund, Inc. Deutsche DWS International Fund, Inc. was organized as Scudder Fund of Canada Ltd. in Canada in 1953 by the investment management firm of Scudder, Stevens & Clark, Inc. On March 16, 1964, the name of this Corporation was changed to Scudder International Investments Ltd. On July 31, 1975, the corporate domicile of this Corporation was changed to the US through the transfer of its net assets to a newly formed Maryland corporation, Scudder International Fund, Inc., in exchange for shares of this Corporation which then were distributed to the shareholders of the Corporation. On February 6, 2006, the name of this Corporation was changed from Scudder International Fund, Inc. to DWS International Fund, Inc. On August 11, 2014 the name of this Corporation was changed to Deutsche International Fund, Inc. On July 2, 2018, Deutsche International Fund, Inc. was renamed Deutsche DWS International Fund, Inc. and Deutsche CROCI® International Fund was renamed DWS CROCI® International Fund.

I-1

Deutsche DWS International Fund, Inc.’s charter authorizes the issuance of shares of capital stock with a par value of $.01 each, which capital stock has been divided into five series: DWS CROCI® International Fund (renamed from Deutsche CROCI® International Fund on July 2, 2018, from Deutsche International Fund on December 1, 2014 and from DWS International Fund on August 11, 2014), DWS Latin America Equity Fund (renamed from Deutsche Latin America Equity Fund on July 2, 2018 and from DWS Latin America Equity Fund on August 11, 2014), DWS World Dividend Fund (renamed from Deutsche World Dividend Fund on July 2, 2018 and from DWS World Dividend Fund on August 11, 2014), DWS Emerging Markets Equity Fund (renamed from Deutsche Emerging Markets Equity Fund on July 2, 2018 and from DWS Emerging Markets Equity Fund on August 11, 2014) and DWS Global Macro Fund (renamed from Deutsche Global Macro Fund on July 2, 2018, from Deutsche Global Equity Fund on May 8, 2017, from DWS Global Equity Fund on August 11, 2014 and from DWS Diversified International Equity Fund on July 12, 2013). Each fund may be further divided into multiple share classes, which may bear different expenses.

DWS International Growth Fund is a series of Deutsche DWS Global/International Fund, Inc. This Corporation is a Maryland corporation organized on May 15, 1986. On February 6, 2006, the name of this Corporation was changed from Global/International Fund, Inc. to DWS Global/International Fund, Inc. On August 11, 2014, the name of this Corporation was changed to Deutsche Global/International Fund, Inc. On July 2, 2018, Deutsche Global/International Fund, Inc. was renamed Deutsche DWS Global/International Fund, Inc. and Deutsche International Growth Fund was renamed DWS International Growth Fund.

Deutsche DWS Global/International Fund, Inc.’s charter authorizes the issuance of shares of capital stock with a par value of $0.01 each, which capital stock has been divided into five series: DWS Global Small Cap Fund (renamed from Deutsche Global Small Cap Fund on July 2, 2018, from DWS Global Small Cap Fund on August 11, 2014 and from DWS Small Cap Growth Fund on May 1, 2014), DWS Emerging Markets Fixed Income Fund (renamed from Deutsche Emerging Markets Fixed Income Fund on July 2, 2018, from Deutsche Enhanced Emerging Markets Fixed Income Fund on October 2, 2017 and from DWS Enhanced Emerging Markets Income Fund on August 11, 2014), DWS International Growth Fund (renamed from Deutsche International Growth Fund on July 2, 2018, from Deutsche Global Growth Fund on October 1, 2017, from DWS Global Growth Fund on August 11, 2014 and from DWS Global Thematic Fund

on February 1, 2013), DWS RREEF Global Infrastructure Fund (renamed from Deutsche Global Infrastructure Fund on July 2, 2018 and from DWS RREEF Global Infrastructure Fund on August 11, 2014) and DWS ESG International Core Equity Fund (renamed from DWS European Equity Fund on October 1, 2019 and Deutsche European Equity Fund on July 2, 2018). Each fund may be further divided into multiple share classes, which may bear different expenses.

Each Corporation is governed by Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation that were approved by shareholders in the second quarter of 2006, as may be further amended from time to time (the “Articles of Incorporation”). Additional information about each Corporation is set forth in Part II under “Fund Organization.”

While each fund, through the combined prospectus, offers only its own share classes, it is possible that one fund might become liable for a misstatement in the combined prospectus or SAI regarding another fund.

Management of each Fund

Board Members and Officers’ Identification and Background

The identification and background of the Board Members and officers are set forth in Part II—Appendix II-A.

Board Committees and Compensation

Compensation paid to the Independent Board Members for certain specified periods is set forth in Part I—

Appendix I-C. Information regarding the committees of the Board is set forth in Part I—Appendix I-B.

Board Member Share Ownership and Control Persons

Information concerning the ownership of fund shares by Board Members and officers, as a group, as well as the dollar range value of each Board Member’s share ownership in each fund and, on an aggregate basis, in all DWS funds overseen, by investors who control the fund, if any, and by investors who own 5% or more of any class of fund shares, if any, is set forth in Part I—

Appendix I-A.

Portfolio Management

Information regarding each fund’s portfolio manager(s), including other accounts managed, compensation, ownership of fund shares and possible conflicts of interest,

I-2

is set forth in Part I—Appendix I-D and Part II – Appendix II-B. This section does not apply to money market funds.

Service Provider Compensation

Compensation paid by each fund to certain of its service providers for various services, including investment advisory, administrative, transfer agency, and, for certain funds, fund accounting services and subadvisory services, is set forth in Part I—Appendix I-E. For information regarding payments made to DDI, see Part I—

Appendix I-F. The service provider compensation and underwriting and sales commission information is not applicable to new funds that have not completed a fiscal reporting period. Fee rates for services of the above-referenced service providers are included in Part II – Appendix II-C.

Sales Charges and Distribution Plan Payments

Sales Charges

Initial sales charges and any contingent deferred sales charges (CDSC) paid in connection with the purchase and sale of fund shares for the three most recent fiscal years are set forth in Part I—Appendix I-F. This information is not applicable to funds/classes that do not impose sales charges, or to new funds/classes that have not completed a fiscal reporting period.

Distribution Plan Payments

Payments made by each fund for the most recent fiscal year under each fund’s Rule 12b-1 Plans are set forth in Part I—Appendix I-G. This information is not applicable to funds/classes that do not incur expenses paid in connection with Rule 12b-1 Plans, or to new funds/classes that have not completed a fiscal reporting period.

Portfolio Transactions, Brokerage Commissions and Securities Lending Activities

Portfolio Turnover

The portfolio turnover rates for the two most recent fiscal years are set forth in Part I—Appendix I-H. This section does not apply to money market funds or to new funds that have not completed a fiscal reporting period.

Brokerage Commissions

Total brokerage commissions paid by each fund for the three most recent fiscal years are set forth in Part I—

Appendix I-H. This section does not apply to new funds that have not completed a fiscal reporting period.

Each fund's policy with respect to portfolio transactions and brokerage is set forth under “Portfolio Transactions” in Part II of this SAI.

Securities Lending Activities

Information regarding securities lending activities of each fund, if any, during its most recent fiscal year is set forth in Part I—Appendix I-J.

Additional information regarding securities lending in general is set forth under “Lending of Portfolio Securities” in Part II of this SAI.

Investments

Investments, Practices and Techniques, and Risks

Part I—Appendix I-I includes a list of the investments, practices and techniques, and risks which each fund may employ (or be subject to) in pursuing its investment objective. Part II—Appendix II-G includes a description of these investments, practices and techniques, and risks.

Investment Restrictions

Unless otherwise stated, the policies below apply to each fund.

Except as otherwise indicated, each fund’s investment objective and policies are not fundamental and may be changed without a vote of shareholders. There can be no assurance that each fund’s investment objective will be met.

Any investment restrictions herein which involve a maximum percentage of securities or assets shall not be considered to be violated unless an excess over the percentage occurs immediately after, and is caused by, an acquisition or encumbrance of securities or assets of, or borrowings by, a fund, except as described below with respect to asset coverage for fund borrowings.

I-3

Each fund has elected to be classified as a diversified series of an open-end management investment company. A diversified fund may not, with respect to 75% of total assets, invest more than 5% of total assets in the securities of a single issuer (other than cash and cash items, US government securities or securities of other investment companies) or invest in more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer. A fund's election to be classified as diversified under the 1940 Act may not be changed without the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined herein) of the fund.

The following fundamental policies may not be changed without the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of a fund which, under the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder and as used in this SAI, means the lesser of (1) 67% or more of the voting securities present at such meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of a fund are present or represented by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of a fund.

As a matter of fundamental policy, a fund may not do any of the following:

(1)

borrow money, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.

(2)

issue senior securities, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.

(3)

purchase or sell commodities, except as permitted by the 1940 Act, as interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.

(4)

engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by others, except to the extent that the fund may be deemed to be an underwriter in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities.

(5)

purchase or sell real estate, which term does not include securities of companies which deal in real estate or mortgages or investments secured by real estate or interests therein, except that the fund reserves freedom of action to hold and to sell real estate acquired as a result of the fund’s ownership of securities.

(6)

make loans except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.

(7)

concentrate its investments in a particular industry, as that term is used in the 1940 Act, as interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.

For purposes of fundamental policy (5), each of DWS International Growth Fund and DWS CROCI® International Fund has no current intention to hold and sell real estate acquired as a result of a fund's ownership of securities.

The following is intended to help investors better understand the meaning of a fund’s fundamental policies by briefly describing limitations, if any, imposed by the 1940 Act. References to the 1940 Act below may encompass rules, regulations or orders issued by the SEC and, to the extent deemed appropriate by the fund, interpretations and guidance provided by the SEC staff. These descriptions are intended as brief summaries of such limitations as of the date of this SAI; they are not comprehensive and they are qualified in all cases by reference to the 1940 Act (including any rules, regulations or orders issued by the SEC and any relevant interpretations and guidance provided by the SEC staff). These descriptions are subject to change based on evolving guidance by the appropriate regulatory authority and are not part of a fund’s fundamental policies.

The 1940 Act generally permits a fund to borrow money in amounts of up to 33 1∕3% of its total assets from banks for any purpose. The 1940 Act requires that after any borrowing from a bank, a fund shall maintain an asset coverage of at least 300% for all of the fund’s borrowings, and, in the event that such asset coverage shall at any time fall below 300%, a fund must, within three days thereafter (not including Sundays and holidays), reduce the amount of its borrowings to an extent that the asset coverage of all of a fund’s borrowings shall be at least 300%. In addition, a fund may borrow up to 5% of its total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes (a loan is presumed to be for temporary purposes if it is repaid within 60 days and is not extended or renewed). For additional information, see “Borrowing” in Part II — Appendix II-G.

At present, the 1940 Act does not set forth a maximum percentage of a fund’s assets that may be invested in commodities.

I-4

Under the 1940 Act, a fund generally may not lend portfolio securities representing more than one-third of its total asset value (including the value of collateral received for loans of portfolio securities).

The SEC staff currently interprets concentration to mean investing more than 25% of a fund’s assets in a particular industry or group of industries (excluding US government securities).

Other Investment Policies. The Board has adopted certain additional non-fundamental policies and restrictions which are observed in the conduct of a fund’s affairs. They differ from fundamental investment policies in that they may be changed or amended by action of the Board without requiring prior notice to, or approval of, the shareholders.

As a matter of non-fundamental policy:

(1)

the fund may not purchase illiquid securities if, as a result, more than 15% of the fund's net assets would be invested in such securities.

(2)

the fund may not acquire securities of registered open-end investment companies or registered unit investment trusts in reliance on Sections 12(d)(1)(F) or 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act.

(3)

the fund may not acquire securities of other investment companies, except as permitted by the 1940 Act and the rules, regulations and any applicable exemptive order issued thereunder.

(4)

the fund may not purchase warrants if, as a result, such securities, taken at the lower of cost or market value, would represent more than 5% of the value of the fund's total assets (for this purpose, warrants acquired in units or attached to securities will be deemed to have no value).

(5)

the Board has the discretion to retain the current distribution arrangement for the fund while investing in a master fund in a master-feeder structure (this policy would permit the Board, without shareholder approval to convert the fund to a master-feeder structure).

(6)

(for DWS CROCI® International Fund only) the fund generally will not enter into a transaction to hedge currency exposure to an extent greater, after netting all transactions intended wholly or partially to offset other transactions, than the aggregate market value (at the time of entering into the transaction) of the

securities held in its portfolio that are denominated or generally quoted in or currently convertible into such currency, other than with respect to proxy hedging or cross hedging.

(7)

(for DWS International Growth Fund only) the fund generally will not enter into a transaction to hedge currency exposure to an extent greater, after netting all transactions intended wholly or partially to offset other transactions, than the aggregate market value (at the time of entering into the transaction) of the securities held in its portfolio that are denominated or generally quoted in or currently convertible into such currency.

(8)

(for DWS CROCI® International Fund only) to the extent the fund engages in proxy hedging, the amount of the commitment or option would not exceed the value of the fund’s securities denominated in correlated currencies.

(9)

the fund will not sell interest rate caps or floors where it does not own securities or other instruments providing the income stream the fund may be obligated to pay.

(10)

(for DWS CROCI® International Fund only) the fund will invest no more than 5% of its total assets in securities rated BB or lower by Moody's or Ba by S&P.

(11)

the fund will generally invest in at least three different countries excluding the United States.

For purposes of non-fundamental policy (1), an illiquid security is any investment that the fund reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment.

Taxes

Important information concerning the tax consequences of an investment in each fund is contained in Part II—

Appendix II-H.

I-5

Part I: Appendix I-A—Board Member Share Ownership and Control Persons

Board Member Share Ownership in each fund

The following tables show the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by each current Board Member in each fund and in DWS funds as of December 31, 2023.

Dollar Range of Beneficial Ownership(1)

Board Member	DWS CROCI® International Fund	DWS International Growth Fund
Independent Board Member:
Jennifer S. Conrad (2)	None	None
Mary Schmid Daugherty (2)	None	None
Dawn-Marie Driscoll	$1 - $10,000	$1 - $10,000
Keith R. Fox	$10,001 - $50,000	None
Richard J. Herring	None	None
Chad D. Perry	None	None
Rebecca W. Rimel	None	$10,001 - $50,000
Catherine Schrand	None	None
William N. Searcy, Jr.	None	None

Aggregate Dollar Range of Beneficial Ownership(1)

	Funds Overseen by Board Member in the DWS Funds
Independent Board Member:
Jennifer S. Conrad(2)	None
Mary Schmid Daugherty(2)	None
Dawn-Marie Driscoll	Over $100,000
Keith R. Fox	Over $100,000
Richard J. Herring	Over $100,000
Chad D. Perry	None
Rebecca W. Rimel	Over $100,000
Catherine Schrand	Over $100,000
William N. Searcy, Jr.	Over $100,000

(1) The dollar ranges are: None, $1 – $10,000, $10,001 – $50,000, $50,001 – $100,000, or over $100,000.

(2) Ms. Conrad and Ms. Daugherty were each elected as an Independent Board Member effective November 21, 2024. Ms. Daugherty was an Independent Advisory Board Member from August 15, 2023 through November 20, 2024.

Ownership in Securities of the Advisor and Related Companies

As reported to each fund, the information in the table below reflects ownership by the current Independent Board Members and their immediate family members of certain securities as of December 31, 2023. An immediate family member can be a spouse, children residing in the same household, including step and adoptive children, and any

I-7

dependents. The securities represent ownership in the Advisor or Distributor and any persons (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Advisor or Distributor (including Deutsche Bank AG and DWS Group).

Independent Board Member	Owner and Relationship to Board Member	Company	Title of Class	Value of Securities on an Aggregate Basis	Percent of Class on an Aggregate Basis
Jennifer S. Conrad		None
Mary Schmid Daugherty		None
Dawn-Marie Driscoll		None
Keith R. Fox		None
Richard J. Herring		None
Chad D. Perry		None
Rebecca W. Rimel		None
Catherine Schrand		None
William N. Searcy, Jr.		None

As of November 1, 2024, all Board Members and officers owned, as a group, less than 1% of the outstanding shares of a fund.

25% or Greater Ownership

Shareholders who beneficially own 25% or more of a fund's shares may have a significant impact on any shareholder vote of the fund. Although each fund does not have information concerning the beneficial ownership of shares, no investor owned of record 25% or more of a fund’s shares as of November 1, 2024.

5% or Greater Ownership of Share Classes

The following table identifies those investors who owned 5% or more of a fund share class as of November 1, 2024. All holdings are of record, unless otherwise indicated.

DWS CROCI® International Fund

Name and Address of Investor	Shares	Class	Percentage
AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SVC 707 2ND AVE S MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-2405	76,276.23	A	7.17%
FIRST CLEARING LLC SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMER 2801 MARKET ST ST LOUIS MO 63103-2523	68,033.58	A	6.39%
NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC FOR EXCLUSIVE BENE OF OUR CUSTOMERS ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT - 4TH FL 499 WASHINGTON BLVD JERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995	62,748.50	A	5.90%
MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY HARBORSIDE FINANCIAL CENTER PLAZA II 3RD FLOOR JERSEY CITY NJ 07311	62,103.98	A	5.83%

I-8

Name and Address of Investor	Shares	Class	Percentage
LPL FINANCIAL 9785 TOWNE CENTRE DR SAN DIEGO CA 92121-1968	6,310.11	C	19.44%
FIRST CLEARING LLC SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMER 2801 MARKET ST ST LOUIS MO 63103-2523	5,223.37	C	16.10%
PERSHING LLC 1 PERSHING PLZ JERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001	2,484.92	C	7.66%
ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBO W E RYAN COMPANY INC XXXXXX PO BOX 10758 FARGO ND 58106-0758	1,828.48	C	5.63%
FIRST CLEARING LLC SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMER 2801 MARKET ST ST LOUIS MO 63103-2523	175,284.53	Institutional	46.45%
NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC FOR EXCLUSIVE BENE OF OUR CUSTOMERS ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT - 4TH FL 499 WASHINGTON BLVD JERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995	60,055.99	Institutional	15.91%
RAYMOND JAMES OMNIBUS FOR MUTUAL FUNDS HOUSE ACCT FIRM XXXXXXXX ATTN COURTNEY WALLER 880 CARILLON PARKWAY ST PETERSBURG FL 33716-1100	46,573.97	Institutional	12.34%
CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS 101 MONTGOMERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151	21,212.87	Institutional	5.62%
MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY HARBORSIDE FINANCIAL CENTER PLAZA II 3RD FLOOR JERSEY CITY NJ 07311	19,694.10	Institutional	5.22%
ASCENSUS TR CO FBO E A PARTNERS PLC 401K PL 235 PO BOX 10758 FARGO ND 58106-0758	3,087.82	R6	49.35%

I-9

Name and Address of Investor	Shares	Class	Percentage
NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC FOR EXCLUSIVE BENE OF OUR CUSTOMERS ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT - 4TH FL 499 WASHINGTON BLVD JERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995	1,303.65	R6	20.84%
PERSHING LLC 1 PERSHING PLZ JERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001	1,142.88	R6	18.27%
VOYA RETIREMENT INSURANCE AND ANNUITY CO 1 ORANGE WAY WINDSOR CT 06095-4773	686.004	R6	10.96%
CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS DEPARTMENT 101 MONTGOMERY ST SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151	613,600.89	S	8.99%
NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC FOR EXCLUSIVE BENE OF OUR CUSTOMERS ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT - 4TH FL 499 WASHINGTON BLVD JERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995	593,836.55	S	8.70%

DWS International Growth Fund

Name and Address of Investor	Shares	Class	Percentage
NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC FOR EXCLUSIVE BENE OF OUR CUSTOMERS ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT - 4TH FL 499 WASHINGTON BLVD JERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995	80,389.11	A	10.19%
PERSHING LLC 1 PERSHING PLZ JERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001	60,782.52	A	7.70%
LPL FINANCIAL 9785 TOWNE CENTRE DR SAN DIEGO CA 92121-1968	59,564.13	A	7.55%
MLPF&S FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS ATTN FUND ADMINISTRATION XXXXX 4800 DEER LAKE DR EAST 2ND FL JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484	57,562.47	A	7.30%
FIRST CLEARING LLC SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMER 2801 MARKET ST ST LOUIS MO 63103-2523	51,282.95	A	6.50%
AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SVC 707 2ND AVE S MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-2405	45,844.66	A	5.81%

I-10

Name and Address of Investor	Shares	Class	Percentage
MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY HARBORSIDE FINANCIAL CENTER PLAZA II 3RD FLOOR JERSEY CITY NJ 07311	42,132.23	A	5.34%
LPL FINANCIAL 9785 TOWNE CENTRE DR SAN DIEGO CA 92121-1968	2,504.22	C	27.66%
ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBO TIMLIN PLUMBING & HEATING INC XXXX PO BOX 10758 FARGO ND 58106-0758	1,385.89	C	15.31%
ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBO NORWICH TIRE, INC XXXXXX PO BOX 10758 FARGO ND 58106-0758	758.552	C	8.38%
ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBO CERTIFIED REIMBURSEMENT SOLUTIONS PO BOX 10758 FARGO ND 58106-0758	607.877	C	6.72%
ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBO TYLER'S LANDSCAPING SERVICE XXXXXX PO BOX 10758 FARGO ND 58106-0758	580.362	C	6.41%
ASCENSUS TRUST COMPANY FBO ANSWERS RESEARCH LLC XXXXXX PO BOX 10758 FARGO ND 58106-0758	541.92	C	5.99%
ASCENSUS TR CO FBO FAIRFIELD CLASSIC HOMES XXXXXX PO BOX 10758 FARGO ND 58106-0758	489.013	C	5.40%
NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC FOR EXCLUSIVE BENE OF OUR CUSTOMERS ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT - 4TH FL 499 WASHINGTON BLVD JERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995	24,938.76	Institutional	17.03%
CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS 101 MONTGOMERY STREET SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151	18,259.51	Institutional	12.47%
PERSHING LLC 1 PERSHING PLZ JERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001	17,911.94	Institutional	12.23%

I-11

Part I: Appendix I-B—Board Committees and Meetings

Information Concerning Committees and Meetings of the Board

The Board oversees the operations of the DWS funds and meets periodically to oversee fund activities, and to review fund performance and contractual arrangements with fund service providers. The Board met five times during the most recently completed calendar year.

Board Leadership Structure

A fund’s Board is responsible for the general oversight of a fund’s affairs and for assuring that the fund is managed in the best interests of its shareholders. The Board regularly reviews a fund’s investment performance as well as the quality of other services provided to a fund and its shareholders by DIMA and its affiliates, including administration and shareholder servicing. At least annually, the Board reviews and evaluates the fees and operating expenses paid by a fund for these services and negotiates changes that it deems appropriate. In carrying out these responsibilities, the Board is assisted by a fund’s auditors, independent counsel and other experts, as appropriate, selected by and responsible to the Board.

Independent Board Members are not considered “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the fund or its investment adviser. These Independent Board Members must vote separately to approve all financial arrangements and other agreements with a fund’s investment adviser and other affiliated parties. The role of the Independent Board Members has been characterized as that of a “watchdog” charged with oversight to protect shareholders’ interests against overreaching and abuse by those who are in a position to control or influence a fund. A fund’s Independent Board Members meet regularly as a group in executive session without representatives of the Advisor present. An Independent Board Member currently serves as chairman of the Board.

Taking into account the number, diversity and complexity of the funds overseen by the Board Members and the aggregate amount of assets under management in the DWS funds, the Board has determined that the efficient conduct of its affairs makes it desirable to delegate responsibility for certain specific matters to committees of the Board. These committees, which are described in more detail below, review and evaluate matters specified in their charters and/or enabling resolutions, and take actions on those matters and/or make recommendations to the Board, as appropriate. Each committee may utilize the resources of counsel and auditors as well as other experts. The committees meet as often as necessary, either in conjunction with regular meetings of the Board or otherwise. The membership and chair of each committee are appointed by the Board upon recommendation of the Nominating and Governance Committee. The membership and chair of each committee consist exclusively of Independent Board Members.

The Board has determined that this committee structure also allows the Board to focus more effectively on the oversight of risk as part of its broader oversight of a fund’s affairs. While risk management is the primary responsibility of the Advisor, the Board regularly receives reports regarding investment risks and compliance risks. The Board’s committee structure allows separate committees to focus on different aspects of these risks and their potential impact on some or all of the DWS funds and to discuss with the Advisor how it monitors and controls such risks.

I-13

Board Committees. The Board has established the following standing committees: Audit Committee, Nominating and Governance Committee, Operations Committee and Dividend Committee.

Name of Committee	Number of Meetings in Last Calendar Year	Functions	Current Members
AUDIT COMMITTEE	5	Assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibility for oversight of (1) the integrity of the financial statements, (2) a fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and procedures, (3) a fund’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements related to accounting and financial reporting, (4) valuation of fund assets and securities and (5) the qualifications, independence and performance of the independent registered public accounting firm for a fund. Oversees a fund’s valuation designee, who is responsible for valuing the fund’s securities and other assets. The Audit Committee also approves and recommends to the Board the appointment, retention or termination of the independent registered public accounting firm for a fund, reviews the scope of audit and internal controls, considers and reports to the Board on matters relating to a fund’s accounting and financial reporting practices, and performs such other tasks as the full Board deems necessary or appropriate.	Catherine Schrand (Chair), Richard J. Herring (Vice Chair), Mary Schmid Daugherty and Keith R. Fox

I-14

Name of Committee	Number of Meetings in Last Calendar Year	Functions	Current Members
NOMINATING AND GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE	4	Recommends individuals for membership on the Board, nominates officers, Board and committee chairs, vice chairs and committee members, and oversees the operations of the Board. The Nominating and Governance Committee has not established specific, minimum qualifications that must be met by an individual to be considered by the Nominating and Governance Committee for nomination as a Board Member. The Nominating and Governance Committee may take into account a wide variety of factors in considering Board Member candidates, including, but not limited to: (i) availability and commitment of a candidate to attend meetings and perform his or her responsibilities to the Board, (ii) relevant industry and related experience, (iii) educational background, (iv) financial expertise, (v) an assessment of the candidate's ability, judgment and expertise, and (vi) the current composition of the Board. The Committee generally believes that the Board benefits from diversity of background, experience and views among its members, and considers this as a factor in evaluating the composition of the Board, but has not adopted any specific policy in this regard. The Nominating and Governance Committee reviews recommendations by shareholders for candidates for Board positions on the same basis as candidates recommended by other sources. Shareholders may recommend candidates for Board positions by forwarding their correspondence by US mail or courier service to Keith R. Fox, DWS Funds Board Chair, c/o Thomas R. Hiller, Ropes & Gray LLP, Prudential Tower, 800 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199-3600.	Rebecca W. Rimel (Chair), Chad D. Perry (Vice Chair) and Keith R. Fox
OPERATIONS COMMITTEE	5	Reviews the administrative operations and general compliance matters of the funds. Reviews administrative matters related to the operations of the funds, policies and procedures relating to portfolio transactions, custody arrangements, fidelity bond and insurance arrangements and such other tasks as the full Board deems necessary or appropriate.	William N. Searcy, Jr. (Chair), Dawn-Marie Driscoll (Vice Chair), Chad D. Perry, and Rebecca W. Rimel
DIVIDEND COMMITTEE	0	Authorizes dividends and other distributions for those funds that are organized as Maryland corporations or as series of a Maryland corporation. The Committee meets on an as- needed basis. The Committee applies only to the following corporations: Deutsche DWS Global/International Fund, Inc. and Deutsche DWS International Fund, Inc.	Dawn-Marie Driscoll, Keith R. Fox, Richard J. Herring (Alternate), Rebecca W. Rimel (Alternate), Catherine Schrand (Alternate) and William N. Searcy, Jr. (Alternate)

Ad Hoc Committees. In addition to the standing committees described above, from time to time the Board may also form ad hoc committees to consider specific issues.

I-15

Part I: Appendix I-C—Board Member Compensation

Each Independent Board Member receives compensation from each fund for his or her services, which includes retainer fees and specified amounts for various committee services and for the Board Chairperson and Vice Chairperson, if any. No additional compensation is paid to any Independent Board Member for travel time to meetings, attendance at directors’ educational seminars or conferences, service on industry or association committees, participation as speakers at directors’ conferences or service on special fund industry director task forces or subcommittees. Independent Board Members do not receive any employee benefits such as pension or retirement benefits or health insurance from a fund or any fund in the DWS fund complex.

Board Members who are officers, directors, employees or stockholders of DWS or its affiliates receive no direct compensation from the fund, although they are compensated as employees of DWS, or its affiliates, and as a result may be deemed to participate in fees paid by a fund. The following tables show, for each current Independent Board Member, compensation from each fund during its most recently completed fiscal year, and aggregate compensation from all of the funds in the DWS fund complex during calendar year 2023.

Aggregate Compensation from each fund

Board Member	DWS CROCI® International Fund	DWS International Growth Fund
Independent Board Member:
Jennifer S. Conrad (1)	None	None
Mary Schmid Daugherty (1)	$2,240	$2,300
Dawn-Marie Driscoll	$1,956	$2,011
Keith R. Fox	$2,679	$2,758
Richard J. Herring	$1,956	$2,011
Chad D. Perry	$1,956	$2,011
Rebecca W. Rimel	$2,100	$2,161
Catherine Schrand	$2,158	$2,220
William N. Searcy, Jr.	$2,100	$2,161

Total Compensation from DWS Fund Complex

Board Member	Total Compensation from each fund and DWS Fund Complex(2)
Independent Board Member:
Jennifer S. Conrad(1)	None
Mary Schmid Daugherty(1)	$118,981
Dawn-Marie Driscoll	$315,000
Keith R. Fox(3)	$440,000
Richard J. Herring	$315,000
Chad D. Perry	$315,000
Rebecca W. Rimel(4)	$340,000
Catherine Schrand(4)	$350,000
William N. Searcy, Jr.(4)	$340,000

(1)

Ms. Conrad and Ms. Daugherty were each elected as an Independent Board Member effective November 21, 2024. Ms. Daugherty was an Independent Advisory Board Member from August 15, 2023 through November 20, 2024. Independent Advisory Board Members received the same compensation for their services as Independent Board Members.

I-16

Part I: Appendix I-D—Portfolio Management

Fund Ownership of Portfolio Managers

The following table shows the dollar range of fund shares owned beneficially and of record by the portfolio management team as well as in all US registered DWS funds advised by the Advisor as a group, including investments by their immediate family members sharing the same household and amounts invested through retirement and deferred compensation plans. This information is provided as of each fund's most recent fiscal year end.

DWS CROCI® International Fund

Name of Portfolio Manager	Dollar Range of Fund Shares Owned	Dollar Range of All DWS Fund Shares Owned
Di Kumble	$10,001 - $50,000	$100,001 - $500,000
John Moody	$0	$0

DWS International Growth Fund

Name of Portfolio Manager	Dollar Range of Fund Shares Owned	Dollar Range of All DWS Fund Shares Owned
Sebastian P. Werner	$10,001 - $50,000	$100,001 - $500,000

Conflicts of Interest

In addition to managing the assets of each fund, a portfolio manager may have responsibility for managing other client accounts of the Advisor or its affiliates. The tables below show, per portfolio manager, the number and asset size of: (1) SEC registered investment companies (or series thereof) other than each fund, (2) pooled investment vehicles that are not registered investment companies and (3) other accounts (e.g., accounts managed for individuals or organizations) managed by a portfolio manager. Total assets attributed to a portfolio manager in the tables below include total assets of each account managed, although a portfolio manager may only manage a portion of such account’s assets. For a fund subadvised by subadvisors unaffiliated with the Advisor, total assets of funds managed may only include assets allocated to the portfolio manager and not the total assets of a fund managed. The tables also show the number of performance-based fee accounts, as well as the total assets of the accounts for which the advisory fee is based on the performance of the account. This information is provided as of each fund's most recent fiscal year end.

DWS CROCI® International Fund

Other SEC Registered Investment Companies Managed:

Name of Portfolio Manager	Number of Registered Investment Companies	Total Assets of Registered Investment Companies	Number of Investment Company Accounts with Performance- Based Fee	Total Assets of Performance-Based Fee Accounts
Di Kumble	9	$7,339,249,686	0	$0
John Moody	6	$3,161,373,215	0	$0

I-18

DWS CROCI® International Fund

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles Managed:

Name of Portfolio Manager	Number of Pooled Investment Vehicles	Total Assets of Pooled Investment Vehicles	Number of Pooled Investment Vehicle Accounts with Performance- Based Fee	Total Assets of Performance- Based Fee Accounts
Di Kumble	0	$0	0	$0
John Moody	0	$0	0	$0

DWS CROCI® International Fund

Other Accounts Managed:

Name of Portfolio Manager	Number of Other Accounts	Total Assets of Other Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance- Based Fee	Total Assets of Performance- Based Fee Accounts
Di Kumble	11	$3,370,929,919	0	$0
John Moody	11	$3,420,624,434	0	$0

DWS International Growth Fund

Other SEC Registered Investment Companies Managed:

Name of Portfolio Manager	Number of Registered Investment Companies	Total Assets of Registered Investment Companies	Number of Investment Company Accounts with Performance- Based Fee	Total Assets of Performance-Based Fee Accounts
Sebastian P. Werner	6	$5,454,984,034	0	$0

DWS International Growth Fund

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles Managed:

Name of Portfolio Manager	Number of Pooled Investment Vehicles	Total Assets of Pooled Investment Vehicles	Number of Pooled Investment Vehicle Accounts with Performance- Based Fee	Total Assets of Performance- Based Fee Accounts
Sebastian P. Werner	1	$244,041,677	0	$0

DWS International Growth Fund

Other Accounts Managed:

Name of Portfolio Manager	Number of Other Accounts	Total Assets of Other Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance- Based Fee	Total Assets of Performance- Based Fee Accounts
Sebastian P. Werner	16	$151,232,984	0	$0

I-19

Part I: Appendix I-E—Service Provider Compensation

DWS CROCI® International Fund

Fiscal Year Ended	Gross Amount Paid to DIMA for Advisory Services	Amount Waived by DIMA for Advisory Services	Gross Amount Paid to DIMA for General Administrative Services	Amount Waived by DIMA for General Administrative Services
2024	$2,409,224	$0	$413,619	$0
2023	$2,358,553	$0	$404,920	$0
2022	$2,734,750	$0	$469,506	$0

Fiscal Year Ended	Gross Amount Paid to DSC for Transfer Agency Services	Amount Waived by DSC for Transfer Agency Services
2024	$375,174	$214
2023	$393,360	$1,067
2022	$407,551	$0

DWS International Growth Fund

Fiscal Year Ended	Gross Amount Paid to DIMA for Advisory Services	Amount Waived by DIMA for Advisory Services	Gross Amount Paid to DIMA for General Administrative Services	Amount Waived by DIMA for General Administrative Services
2024	$2,743,211	$0	$429,180	$0
2023	$2,673,354	$0	$418,251	$0
2022	$3,382,692	$0	$529,228	$0

Fiscal Year Ended	Gross Amount Paid to DSC for Transfer Agency Services	Amount Waived by DSC for Transfer Agency Services
2024	$266,180	$89,489
2023	$283,450	$1,324
2022	$295,853	$721

The following waivers are currently in effect:

For DWS CROCI® International Fund, the Advisor has contractually agreed through September 30, 2025 to waive its fees and/or reimburse fund expenses to the extent necessary to maintain the fund’s total annual operating expenses (excluding certain expenses such as extraordinary expenses, taxes, brokerage, interest expense and acquired fund fees and expenses) at 0.95%, 0.95% and 0.95% for Class R6, Institutional Class and Class S, respectively. In addition, the Advisor has contractually agreed through November 30, 2025 to waive its fees and/or reimburse fund expenses to the extent necessary to maintain the fund’s total annual operating expenses (excluding certain expenses such as extraordinary expenses, taxes, brokerage, interest expense and acquired fund fees and expenses) at ratios no higher than 1.20% and 1.95% for Class A and Class C, respectively. The agreements may only be terminated with the consent of the fund’s Board.

For DWS International Growth Fund, the Advisor has contractually agreed through November 30, 2025 to waive its fees and/or reimburse fund expenses to the extent necessary to maintain the fund’s total annual operating expenses (excluding certain expenses such as extraordinary expenses, taxes, brokerage, interest expense and acquired fund fees and expenses) at ratios no higher than 1.12%,1.87%, 0.87% and 0.87% for Class A, Class C, Institutional Class and Class S, respectively. The agreement may only be terminated with the consent of the fund’s Board.

I-21

Part I: Appendix I-H—Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage Commissions

Variations to a fund’s portfolio turnover rate may be due to, among other things, a fluctuating volume of shareholder purchase and redemption orders, market conditions, and/or changes in the Advisor's investment outlook. The amount of brokerage commissions paid by a fund may change from year to year because of, among other things, changing asset levels, shareholder activity and/or portfolio turnover.

Portfolio Turnover Rates

Fund	2024	2023
DWS CROCI® International Fund	60%	68%
DWS International Growth Fund	7%	8%

Brokerage Commissions

	Fiscal Year	Brokerage Commissions Paid by Fund
DWS CROCI® International Fund	2024	$111,184
	2023	$122,701
	2022	$130,011
DWS International Growth Fund	2024	$28,818
	2023	$26,406
	2022	$38,774

Brokerage Commissions Paid to Affiliated Brokers

	Fiscal Year	Name of Affiliated Broker	Affiliation	Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid by Fund to Affiliated Brokers	% of the Total Brokerage Commissions	% of the Aggregate Dollar Value of all Portfolio Transactions
DWS CROCI® International Fund	2024	None	—	None	—	—
	2023	None	—	None	—	—
	2022	None	—	None	—	—
DWS International Growth Fund	2024	None	—	None	—	—
	2023	None	—	None	—	—
	2022	None	—	None	—	—

Listed below are the regular brokers or dealers (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) of each fund whose securities each fund held as of the end of its most recent fiscal year and the dollar value of such securities.

DWS CROCI® International Fund

The fund did not hold any securities of its regular brokers or dealers.

DWS International Growth Fund

The fund did not hold any securities of its regular brokers or dealers.

I-24

Part I: Appendix I-I—Investments, Practices and Techniques, and Risks

Below is a list of headings related to investments, practices and techniques, and risks which are further described in Part II—Appendix II-G.

DWS CROCI® International Fund

Borrowing

Brady Bonds

Cash Management Vehicles

Commodity Pool Operator Exclusion

Common Stock

Convertible Securities

Depositary Receipts

Derivatives

Dollar Roll Transactions

Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) Considerations

Eurodollar Obligations

Fixed Income Securities

Foreign Currencies

Foreign Investment

High Yield Fixed Income Securities – Junk Bonds

Illiquid Securities

Impact of Large Redemptions and Purchases of Fund Shares

Inflation

Interfund Borrowing and Lending Program

Investment Companies and Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

Investment-Grade Bonds

IPO Risk

Lending of Portfolio Securities

Micro-Cap Companies

Mortgage-Backed Securities

Participation Interests

Privatized Enterprises

Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs)

Repurchase Agreements

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

Short-Term Securities

Small Companies

Sovereign Debt

Special Information Concerning Master-Feeder Fund Structure

Structured Notes (including Equity-Linked Notes (ELNs))

Trust Preferred Securities

US Government Securities

Warrants

When-Issued and Delayed-Delivery Securities

Zero Coupon Securities and Deferred Interest Bonds

DWS International Growth Fund

Asset-Backed Securities

Borrowing

Brady Bonds

Cash Management Vehicles

Commercial Paper

Commodity Pool Operator Exclusion

Common Stock

Convertible Securities

Depositary Receipts

Derivatives

Dollar Roll Transactions

Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) Considerations

Eurodollar Obligations

Fixed Income Securities

Foreign Currencies

Foreign Investment

High Yield Fixed Income Securities – Junk Bonds

Illiquid Securities

Impact of Large Redemptions and Purchases of Fund Shares

Inflation

Interfund Borrowing and Lending Program

Investment Companies and Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

Investment-Grade Bonds

Lending of Portfolio Securities

Micro-Cap Companies

Mortgage-Backed Securities

Participation Interests

Privatized Enterprises

Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs)

Repurchase Agreements

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

Short-Term Securities

Small Companies

I-26

Part I: Appendix I-J—Securities Lending Activities

During DWS CROCI® International Fund’s most recent fiscal year, Fidelity Agency Lending (“FAL”), a business unit within National Financial Services LLC, served as the fund’s securities lending agent.

During DWS International Growth Fund’s most recent fiscal year, FAL served as the fund’s securities lending agent.

As a securities lending agent, FAL is responsible for the implementation and administration of a fund’s securities lending program. Pursuant to its respective Securities Lending Agency Agreement (“Securities Lending Agreement”) with a fund, FAL, as a general matter, performs various services, including the following:

•

lend available securities to institutions that are approved borrowers

•

determine whether a loan shall be made and negotiate and establish the terms and conditions of the loan with the borrower

•

ensure that all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to loaned securities are credited to the fund’s relevant account

•

receive and hold, on the fund’s behalf, or transfer to a fund account, upon instruction by the fund, collateral from borrowers to secure obligations of borrowers with respect to any loan of available securities

•

mark-to-market the market value of loaned securities relative to the market value of the collateral each business day

•

obtain additional collateral, as needed, in order to maintain the value of the collateral relative to the market value of the loaned securities at the levels required by the Securities Lending Agreement

•

at the termination of a loan, return the collateral to the borrower upon the return of the loaned securities

•

in accordance with the terms of the Securities Lending Agreement, invest cash collateral in permitted investments, including investments managed by the fund’s investment adviser

•

maintain records relating to the fund’s securities lending activity and provide to the fund a monthly statement describing, among other things, the loans made during the period, the income derived from the loans (or losses incurred) and the amounts of any fees or payments paid with respect to each loan

FAL was compensated for the above-described services from its securities lending revenue split. The table below shows the income each fund earned and the fees and compensation it paid to service providers in connection with its securities lending activities during its most recent fiscal year.

Securities Lending Activities – Income and Fees for Fiscal Year 2024

	DWS CROCI® International Fund	DWS International Growth Fund
Gross income from securities lending activities (including income from cash collateral reinvestment)	$327,550	$215,685
Fees and/or compensation for securities lending activities and related services
Fees paid to securities lending agent from a revenue split	$6,443	$1,518
Fees paid for any cash collateral management service (including fees deducted from a pooled cash collateral reinvestment vehicle) that are not included in the revenue split	$7,604	$5,121

I-28

Part II

Part II of this SAI includes policies, investment techniques and information that apply to the DWS funds. Unless otherwise noted, the use of the term “fund” applies to all DWS funds.

Management of the Funds

Investment Advisor. DIMA, with headquarters at 875 Third Avenue, New York, NY 10022, is the investment advisor for the fund. Under the oversight of the Board, the Advisor makes investment decisions, buys and sells securities for the fund and conducts research that leads to these purchase and sale decisions. The Advisor is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of DWS Group GmbH & Co. KGaA (DWS Group), a separate, publicly-listed financial services firm that is an indirect, majority-owned subsidiary of Deutsche Bank AG. The Advisor and its predecessors have more than 95 years of experience managing mutual funds and provide a full range of global investment advisory services to institutional and retail clients.

DWS represents the asset management activities conducted by DWS Group or any of its subsidiaries, including DIMA, other affiliated investment advisors and the Distributor. DWS is a global organization that offers a wide range of investing expertise and resources, including hundreds of portfolio managers and analysts and an office network that reaches the world’s major investment centers. This well-resourced global investment platform brings together a wide variety of experience and investment insight across industries, regions, asset classes and investing styles.

The Advisor and its affiliates may utilize the resources of DWS’s global investment platform to provide investment management services through branch offices or affiliates located outside the US. In some cases, the Advisor and its affiliates may also utilize DWS’s branch offices or affiliates located in the US or outside the US to perform certain services, such as trade execution, trade matching and settlement, or various administrative, back-office or other services. The delegation of trade execution, trade matching and settlement services to DWS’s branch offices or affiliates will not result in additional fees for a fund or a fund’s shareholders. The branch offices or affiliates receive a flat fee for their trade routing services, payable by the Advisor, and do not have authority to select portfolio investments or otherwise provide advice to a fund. DWS’s branch offices or affiliates may have discretion to select intermediaries to execute trades and to aggregate trade orders for a fund with those of other DWS funds

as well as non-DWS funds clients. The delegation of trade execution, trade matching and settlement services to DWS’s branch offices or affiliates may result in certain savings for the Advisor and its affiliates through consolidation of functions and, as a result, may create a conflict of interest between the Advisor and its affiliates and a fund. To the extent services are performed outside the US, such activity may be subject to both US and foreign regulation. It is possible that the jurisdiction in which the Advisor or its affiliate performs such services may impose restrictions or limitations on portfolio transactions that are different from, and in addition to, those that apply in the US.

In some instances, the investments for a fund may be managed by the same individuals who manage one or more other mutual funds advised by DIMA that have similar names, objectives and investment styles. A fund may differ from these other mutual funds in size, cash flow patterns, distribution arrangements, expenses and tax matters. Accordingly, the holdings and performance of a fund may be expected to vary from those of other mutual funds.

Certain investments may be appropriate for a fund and also for other clients advised by DIMA. Investment decisions for a fund and other clients are made with a view to achieving their respective investment objectives and after consideration of such factors as their current holdings, availability of cash for investment and the size of their investments generally. Frequently, a particular security may be bought or sold for only one client or in different amounts and at different times for more than one but less than all clients. Likewise, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when that same security is being sold for one or more other clients. In addition, purchases or sales of the same security may be made for two or more clients on the same day. In such event, such transactions will be allocated among the clients in a manner believed by DIMA to be equitable to each. In some cases, this procedure could have an adverse effect on the price or amount of the securities purchased or sold by a fund. Purchase and sale orders for a fund may be combined with those of other clients of DIMA in the interest of achieving the most favorable net results to a fund.

DIMA, its parent or its subsidiaries, or affiliates may have deposit, loan and other commercial banking relationships with the issuers of obligations which may be

II-1

purchased on behalf of a fund, including outstanding loans to such issuers which could be repaid in whole or in part with the proceeds of securities so purchased. Such affiliates deal, trade and invest for their own accounts in such obligations and are among the leading dealers of various types of such obligations. DIMA has informed a fund that, in making its investment decisions, it does not obtain or use material inside information in its possession or in the possession of any of its affiliates. In making investment recommendations for a fund, DIMA will not inquire or take into consideration whether an issuer of securities proposed for purchase or sale by a fund is a customer of DIMA, its parent or its subsidiaries or affiliates. Also, in dealing with its customers, the Advisor, its parent, subsidiaries, and affiliates will not inquire or take into consideration whether securities of such customers are held by any fund managed by DIMA or any such affiliate.

Officers and employees of the Advisor from time to time may have transactions with various banks, including a fund’s custodian bank. It is the Advisor’s opinion that the terms and conditions of those transactions which have occurred were not influenced by existing or potential custodial or other fund relationships.

From time to time, DIMA, DWS Group, Deutsche Bank AG or their affiliates may at their sole discretion invest their own assets in shares of a fund for such purposes it deems appropriate, including investments designed to assist in the management of a fund. Any such investment may be hedged by DIMA, DWS Group, Deutsche Bank AG or their affiliates and, in that event, the return on such investment, net of the effect of the hedge, would be expected to differ from the return of a fund. DIMA, DWS Group, Deutsche Bank AG or their affiliates have no obligation to make any investment in a fund and the amount of any such investment may or may not be significant in comparison to the level of assets of a fund. In the event that such an investment is made, except as otherwise required under the 1940 Act, DIMA, DWS Group, Deutsche Bank AG or their affiliates would be permitted to redeem the investment at such time that they deem appropriate.

DWS Investment Management Americas, Inc., DWS Distributors, Inc. and their advisory affiliates (“DWS Service Providers”) have sought and obtained a permanent order from the Securities and Exchange Commission providing exemptive relief under Section 9 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, on which the DWS Service Providers rely in connection

with the continued provision of investment advisory and underwriting services to the funds and other registered investment companies.

DWS Name. Under a separate agreement, DWS Investment GmbH has granted a license to DWS Group which permits the DWS funds to utilize the “DWS” trademark.

Consultant. For DWS Emerging Markets Equity Fund, the Consultant provides current analysis and views on Latin American politics, currencies, risks, markets and companies to DIMA in connection with the investment management services it provides to the fund.

Terms of the Investment Management Agreement. Pursuant to the applicable Investment Management Agreement, DIMA provides continuing investment management of the assets of a fund. In addition to the investment management of the assets of a fund, the Advisor determines the investments to be made for each fund, including what portion of its assets remain uninvested in cash or cash equivalents, and with whom the orders for investments are placed, consistent with a fund’s policies as stated in its prospectus and SAI, or as adopted by a fund’s Board. DIMA will also monitor, to the extent not monitored by a fund’s administrator or other agent, a fund’s compliance with its investment and tax guidelines and other compliance policies.

Pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement, (unless otherwise provided in the agreement or as determined by a fund’s Board and to the extent permitted by applicable law), DIMA pays the compensation and expenses of all the Board members, officers, and executive employees of a fund, including a fund’s share of payroll taxes, who are affiliated persons of DIMA.

The Investment Management Agreement provides that a fund, except as noted below, is generally responsible for expenses that include, but are not limited to: fees payable to the Advisor; outside legal, accounting or auditing expenses, including with respect to expenses related to negotiation, acquisition or distribution of portfolio investments; maintenance of books and records that are maintained by a fund, a fund’s custodian, or other agents of a fund; taxes and governmental fees; fees and expenses of a fund’s accounting agent, custodian, sub-custodians, depositories, transfer agents, dividend reimbursing agents and registrars; payment for portfolio pricing or valuation services to pricing agents, accountants, bankers and other specialists, if any; brokerage commissions or other costs of acquiring or disposing of any portfolio securities or

II-2

other instruments of a fund; and litigation expenses and other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of a fund’s business.

DIMA may enter into arrangements with affiliates and third party service providers to perform various administrative, back-office and other services. Such service providers may be located in the US or in non-US jurisdictions. The costs and expenses of such arrangements are generally borne by DIMA, not by a fund.

Shareholders are not parties to, or intended (or “third party”) beneficiaries of the Investment Management Agreement, and the Investment Management Agreement is not intended to create in any shareholder any right to enforce it or to seek any remedy under it, either directly or on behalf of a fund.

For DWS Latin America Equity Fund, in rendering investment subadvisory services, the Subadvisor may use the resources of a foreign (non-US) affiliate (the Overseas Affiliate) that is not registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the Advisers Act), to provide services to the fund. Under a Participating Affiliates Agreement, the Overseas Affiliate may be considered a Participating Affiliate of Itaú USA Asset Management, Inc (IUAM) as that term is used in relief granted by the staff of the SEC allowing US-registered advisers to use the resources of unregistered advisory affiliates subject to the regulatory supervision of the registered adviser. Each Participating Affiliate and any of their respective employees who provide services to the fund are considered under a Participating Affiliate Agreement to be an “associated person” of the Subadvisor as that term is defined in the Advisers Act for purposes of the Subadvisor’s required supervision. Itaú Unibanco S.A. is a Participating Affiliate of the Subadvisor. Itaú Unibanco S.A. has appointed the Subadvisor to act as its resident agent for service of process in the US.

For DWS ESG Core Equity Fund and DWS CROCI® Equity Dividend Fund, the Investment Management Agreement also provides that DIMA shall render administrative services (not otherwise provided by third parties) necessary for a fund’s operation as an open-end investment company including, but not limited to, preparing reports and notices to the Board and shareholders; supervising, negotiating contractual arrangements with, and monitoring various third-party service providers to the Registrant (such as the Registrant’s transfer agent, pricing agents, custodian, accountants and others); preparing and making filings with the SEC and other regulatory agencies; assisting in the prepa

ration and filing of the Registrant’s federal, state and local tax returns; preparing and filing the Registrant’s federal excise tax returns; assisting with investor and public relations matters; monitoring the valuation of securities and the calculation of net asset value; monitoring the registration of shares of the Registrant under applicable federal and state securities laws; maintaining the Registrant’s books and records to the extent not otherwise maintained by a third party; assisting in establishing accounting policies of the Registrant; assisting in the resolution of accounting and legal issues; establishing and monitoring the Registrant’s operating budget; processing the payment of the Registrant’s bills; assisting the Registrant in, and otherwise arranging for, the payment of distributions and dividends; and otherwise assisting the Registrant in the conduct of its business, subject to the direction and control of the Board.

On behalf of DWS ESG Core Equity Fund and DWS CROCI® Equity Dividend Fund, pursuant to a sub-administration agreement between DIMA and State Street Bank & Trust Company (SSB), DIMA has delegated certain administrative functions for each of these funds to SSB under the Investment Management Agreement. The costs and expenses of such delegation are borne by DIMA, not by a fund.

The Investment Management Agreement allows DIMA to delegate any of its duties under the Investment Management Agreement to a subadvisor, subject to a majority vote of the Board, including a majority of the Board who are not interested persons of a fund, and, if required by applicable law, subject to a majority vote of a fund’s shareholders.

The Investment Management Agreement provides that DIMA shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by a fund in connection with matters to which the agreement relates, except a loss resulting from willful malfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of DIMA in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by DIMA of its obligations and duties under the agreement. The Investment Management Agreement may be terminated at any time, without payment of penalty, by either party or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of a fund on 60 days’ written notice.

The Investment Management Agreement continues in effect from year to year only if its continuance is approved annually by the vote of a majority of the Board Members who are not parties to such agreement or interested

II-3

persons of any such party and either by a vote of the Board or of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of a fund.

Under the Investment Management Agreement, a fund, except as otherwise noted, pays DIMA a management fee calculated daily based on the prior day’s net assets and then aggregated for a particular month. For DWS ESG Core Equity Fund and DWS CROCI® Equity Dividend Fund, the management fee paid to DIMA is calculated and payable monthly based on the average daily net assets for the particular month. The annual management fee rate for each fund is set forth in Part II – Appendix II-C.

CROCI® Investment Strategy and Valuation Group (applicable only to those funds that employ a CROCI® strategy). The CROCI® Investment Strategy and Valuation Group is a unit within the DWS Group, through a licensing arrangement with the funds’ Advisor. The CROCI® Investment Strategy and Valuation Group is responsible for devising the CROCI® strategy and calculating the CROCI® Economic P/E Ratios. The CROCI® Investment Strategy and Valuation Group is not responsible for the management of the funds and does not act in a fiduciary capacity in relation to the funds or the investors in the funds. The CROCI® strategy is provided without any representations or warranties of any kind and the CROCI® Investment Strategy and Valuation Group shall not be responsible for any error or omissions in any CROCI® strategy.

The calculation of the CROCI® Economic P/E Ratios is determined by the CROCI® Investment Strategy and Valuation Group using publicly available information. This publicly available information is adjusted on rules-based assumptions made by the CROCI® Investment and Valuation Group that, subsequently, may prove not to have been correct. As CROCI® Economic P/Es Ratios are calculated using historical information, there can be no guarantee of the future performance of the CROCI® strategy.

Subadvisors (applicable only to those funds that have subadvisory arrangements as described in Part I). Each Subadvisor serves as subadvisor to a fund pursuant to the terms of a subadvisory agreement between it and DIMA (Subadvisory Agreement).

DWS International GmbH, Mainzer Landstrasse 11-17, Frankfurt am Main, Germany, serves as Subadvisor to all or a portion of the assets of one or more funds. DWS International GmbH is an investment advisor registered

with the SEC and with the Federal Financial Supervisory Authority in Germany, an affiliate of DIMA and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of DWS Group.

Itaú USA Asset Management, Inc., 540 Madison Avenue, 24th Floor, New York, New York 10022, a subsidiary of Itaú Unibanco S.A. (a Brazilian publicly quoted bank), serves as Subadvisor to all or a portion of the assets of one or more funds. The Subadvisor is an investment advisor registered with the SEC.

Northern Trust Investments, Inc. (NTI) 50 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, IL 60603, a subsidiary of Northern Trust Corporation, serves as Subadvisor to all or a portion of the assets of one or more funds. NTI is an Illinois State Banking Corporation and an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. It primarily manages assets for institutional and individual separately managed accounts, investment companies and bank common and collective funds. Northern Trust Corporation is regulated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as a financial holding company under the U.S. Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended.

RREEF America L.L.C. (RREEF), 222 South Riverside Plaza, Chicago, Illinois 60606, serves as Subadvisor to all or a portion of the assets of one or more funds. RREEF is an investment advisor registered with the SEC. RREEF is an affiliate of DIMA and an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of DWS Group. RREEF has provided real estate investment management services to institutional investors since 1975 and has been an investment advisor of real estate securities since 1993.

Terms of the Subadvisory Agreements. Pursuant to the terms of the applicable Subadvisory Agreement, a Subadvisor makes the investment decisions, buys and sells securities, and conducts the research that leads to these purchase and sale decisions for a fund. A Subadvisor is also responsible for selecting brokers and dealers to execute portfolio transactions and for negotiating brokerage commissions and dealer charges on behalf of a fund. Under the terms of the Subadvisory Agreement, a Subadvisor manages the investment and reinvestment of a fund's assets and provides such investment advice, research and assistance as DIMA may, from time to time, reasonably request.

Each Subadvisory Agreement provides that the Subadvisor will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by a fund in connection with matters to which the Subadvisory Agreement relates,

II-4

except a loss resulting from (a) the subadvisor causing a fund to be in violation of any applicable federal or state law, rule or regulation or any investment policy or restriction set forth in a fund's prospectus or as may be provided in writing by the Board or DIMA, or (b) willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the Subadvisor in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by the Subadvisor of its obligations and duties under the Subadvisory Agreement.

A Subadvisory Agreement continues from year to year only as long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by a majority of the Board Members who are not parties to such agreement or interested persons of any such party, and (b) by the shareholders or the Board of the Registrant. A Subadvisory Agreement may be terminated at any time upon 60 days’ written notice by DIMA or by the Board of the Registrant or by majority vote of the outstanding shares of a fund, and will terminate automatically upon assignment or upon termination of a fund’s Investment Management Agreement.

Under each Subadvisory Agreement between DIMA and a Subadvisor, DIMA, not a fund, pays the Subadvisor a subadvisory fee based on the percentage of the assets overseen by the Subadvisor or based on a percentage of the fee received by DIMA from a fund. The Subadvisor fee is paid directly by DIMA at specific rates negotiated between DIMA and the Subadvisor. No fund is responsible for paying the Subadvisor.

Sub-Subadvisors (applicable only to those funds that have sub-subadvisory arrangements as described in Part I). Each Sub-Subadvisor serves as a sub-subadvisor with respect to a fund pursuant to the terms of the applicable sub-subadvisory agreement between it and the Subadvisor (Sub-Subadvisory Agreement).

DWS Alternatives Global Limited, 21 Moorfields, London, United Kingdom, EC2Y 9DB, serves as Sub-Subadvisor to a fund. DWS Alternatives Global Limited is an investment advisor registered with the SEC. In addition, DWS Alternatives Global Limited is an affiliate of DIMA and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of DWS Group.

DWS Investments Australia Limited, Level 16, Deutsche Bank Place, Corner of Hunter & Phillip Streets, Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia, serves as Sub-Subadvisor to a fund. DWS Investments Australia Limited is an investment advisor registered with the SEC. In addition, DWS Investments Australia Limited is an affiliate of DIMA and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of DWS Group.

Terms of the Sub-Subadvisory Agreements. Pursuant to the terms of the applicable Sub-Subadvisory Agreement and under the oversight of the Board, DIMA and the Subadvisor, the Sub-Subadvisors provide investment management services with respect to a fund’s assets related to specific foreign markets and provides such investment advice, research and assistance as the Subadvisor may, from time to time, reasonably request. The Subadvisor allocates, and reallocates as it deems appropriate, each of a fund’s assets among the Sub-Subadvisors. A Sub-Subadvisor is also responsible for selecting brokers and dealers to execute portfolio transactions and for negotiating brokerage commissions and dealer charges on behalf of a fund. Under the terms of the Sub-Subadvisory Agreement, a Sub-Subadvisor manages the investment and reinvestment of a portion of a fund’s assets.

Each Sub-Subadvisory Agreement provides that the Sub-Subadvisor shall not be subject to any liability for any act or omission in the course of providing investment management services to a fund, except a loss resulting from willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the Sub-Subadvisor in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by the Sub-Subadvisor of its obligations and duties under the Sub-Subadvisory Agreement.

A Sub-Subadvisory Agreement continues from year to year only as long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by a majority of the Board Members who are not parties to such agreement or interested persons of any such party, and (b) by the shareholders or the Board of the Trust/Corporation. A Sub-Subadvisory Agreement may be terminated at any time upon 60 days’ written notice by the Board of the Trust/Corporation or by majority vote of the outstanding shares of a fund, and will terminate automatically upon assignment or upon termination of a fund’s Subadvisory Agreement.

Under the Sub-Subadvisory Agreements, the Subadvisor, not the fund, pays each Sub-Subadvisor a sub-subadvisory fee based on the percentage of the assets overseen by the Sub-Subadvisor from the fee received by the Subadvisor from DIMA. The sub-subadvisory fee is paid directly by a Subadvisor at specific rates negotiated between a Subadvisor and a Sub-Subadvisor. No fund is responsible for paying a Sub-Subadvisor.

II-5

Board Members

Board Members and Officers’ Identification and Background. The identification and background of the Board Members and Officers of the Registrant are set forth in Part II—Appendix II-A.

Board Committees and Compensation. Information regarding the Committees of the Board, as well as compensation paid to the Independent Board Members and to Board Members who are not officers of the Registrant, for certain specified periods, is set forth in Part I—Appendix I-B and Part I—Appendix I-C.

Administrator, Fund Accounting Agent, Transfer Agent and Shareholder Service Agent, and Custodian

Administrator. DIMA serves as a fund’s administrator pursuant to an Administrative Services Agreement (except for DWS CROCI® Equity Dividend Fund and DWS ESG Core Equity Fund).

For its services under the Administrative Services Agreement, the Administrator receives a fee at the rate set forth in Part II—Appendix II-C. The Administrator will pay Accounting Agency fees out of the Administrative Services fee.

Under the Administrative Services Agreement, the Administrator is obligated on a continuous basis to provide such administrative services as the Board of a fund reasonably deems necessary for the proper administration of a fund. The Administrator provides a fund with personnel; arranges for the preparation and filing of a fund’s tax returns; prepares and submits reports and meeting materials to the Board and the shareholders; prepares and files updates to a fund’s prospectus and statement of additional information as well as other reports required to be filed by the SEC; maintains a fund’s records; provides a fund with office space, equipment and services; supervises, negotiates the contracts of and monitors the performance of third parties contractors; oversees the tabulation of proxies; monitors the valuation of portfolio securities and monitors compliance with Board-approved valuation procedures; assists in establishing the accounting and tax policies of a fund; assists in the resolution of accounting issues that may arise with respect to a fund; establishes and monitors a fund’s operating expense budgets; reviews and processes a fund’s bills; assists in determining the amount of dividends and distributions available to be paid by a fund, prepares and arranges dividend notifications and provides information to agents to effect payments thereof; provides to the Board periodic and special reports; provides assistance with investor

and public relations matters; and monitors the registration of shares under applicable federal and state law. The Administrator also performs certain fund accounting services under the Administrative Services Agreement.

The Administrative Services Agreement provides that the Administrator will not be liable under the Administrative Services Agreement except for willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties or from the reckless disregard by it of its duties and obligations thereunder. Pursuant to an agreement between the Administrator and SSB, the Administrator has delegated certain administrative functions to SSB. The costs and expenses of such delegation are borne by the Administrator, not by a fund.

In certain instances, a fund may be eligible to participate in class action settlements involving securities presently or formerly held by the fund. Pursuant to the Advisor’s procedures, approved by the Board, proof of claim forms are routinely filed on behalf of a fund by a third party service provider, with certain limited exceptions. The Board receives periodic reports regarding the implementation of these procedures. Under some circumstances, the Advisor may decide that a fund should not participate in a class action, and instead cause the fund to pursue alternative legal remedies. Where the rights and interests of funds differ, the Advisor might take different approaches to the same class action claim. In addition, laws and processes related to class actions outside of the US differ from laws and processes in the US, and the Board and the Advisor will consider whether or not to join certain foreign class actions based on the facts and circumstances of the class action.

Fund Accounting Agent. For DWS CROCI® Equity Dividend Fund and DWS ESG Core Equity Fund, DIMA, 100 Summer Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, is responsible for determining net asset value per share and maintaining the portfolio and general accounting records for a fund pursuant to a Fund Accounting Agreement. For its services under a Fund Accounting Agreement, DIMA receives a fee at the rate set forth in Part II — Appendix II-C.

Pursuant to an agreement between DIMA and SSB, DIMA has delegated certain fund accounting functions to SSB under the Fund Accounting Agreement.

Transfer Agent and Shareholder Service Agent. DSC, 222 South Riverside Plaza, Chicago, Illinois 60606, an affiliate of the Advisor, is each fund’s transfer agent, dividend-paying agent and shareholder service agent

II-6

pursuant to a transfer agency and service agreement (Transfer Agency and Services Agreement). Pursuant to a sub-transfer agency agreement between DSC and SS&C GIDS, Inc. (formerly known as DST Systems, Inc.) (SS&C), DSC has delegated certain transfer agent, dividend paying agent and shareholder servicing agent functions to SS&C. The costs and expenses of such delegation are borne by DSC, not by a fund. For its services under the Transfer Agency and Services Agreement, DSC receives a fee at the rate set forth in Part II—Appendix II-C. Each fund, or the Advisor (including any affiliate of the Advisor), or both, may pay unaffiliated third parties for providing recordkeeping and other administrative services with respect to accounts of participants in retirement plans or other beneficial owners of shares whose interests are generally held in an omnibus account.

Custodian. Under its custody agreement with a fund, the Custodian (i) maintains separate accounts in the name of a fund, (ii) holds and transfers portfolio securities on account of a fund, (iii) accepts receipts and makes disbursements of money on behalf of a fund, and (iv) collects and receives all income and other payments and distributions on account of a fund’s portfolio securities. The Custodian has entered into agreements with foreign subcustodians approved by the Board pursuant to Rule 17f-5 under the 1940 Act.

In some instances, the Custodian may use Deutsche Bank AG or its affiliates, as subcustodian (DB Subcustodian) in certain countries. To the extent a fund holds any securities in the countries in which the Custodian uses a DB Subcustodian as a subcustodian, those securities will be held by DB Subcustodian as part of a larger omnibus account in the name of the Custodian (Omnibus Account). For its services, DB Subcustodian receives (1) an annual fee based on a percentage of the average daily net assets of the Omnibus Account and (2) transaction charges with respect to transactions that occur within the Omnibus Account (e.g., foreign exchange transactions or corporate transactions). To the extent that a DB Subcustodian receives any brokerage commissions for any transactions, such transactions and amount of brokerage commissions paid by the fund are set forth in Part I – Appendix I-H.

The Custodian’s fee may be reduced by certain earnings credits in favor of a fund.

Fund Legal Counsel. Provides legal services to the funds.

Trustee/Director Legal Counsel. Serves as legal counsel to the Independent Board Members.

Principal Underwriter and Distribution Agreement. Pursuant to a distribution agreement (Distribution Agreement) with a fund, DDI, 222 South Riverside Plaza, Chicago, Illinois 60606, an affiliate of the Advisor, is the principal underwriter and distributor for each class of shares of a fund and acts as agent of a fund in the continuous offering of its shares. The Distribution Agreement remains in effect for a class from year-to-year only if its continuance is approved for the class at least annually by a vote of the Board, including the Board Members who are not parties to the Distribution Agreement or interested persons of any such party.

The Distribution Agreement automatically terminates in the event of its assignment and may be terminated for a class at any time without penalty by a fund or by DDI upon 60 days’ notice. Termination by a fund with respect to a class may be by vote of (i) a majority of the Board Members who are not interested persons of a fund and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the Distribution Agreement or any related agreement, or (ii) a “majority of the outstanding voting securities” of the class of a fund, as defined under the 1940 Act. All material amendments must be approved by the Board in the manner described above with respect to the continuation of the Distribution Agreement. The provisions concerning continuation, amendment and termination of a Distribution Agreement are on a fund-by-fund and class-by-class basis.

Under the Distribution Agreement, DDI uses reasonable efforts to sell shares of a fund and may appoint various financial services firms to sell shares of a fund and to provide ongoing shareholder services. DDI bears all of its expenses of providing services pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, including the payment of any commissions, concessions, and distribution and/or shareholder service fees to financial services firms. A fund pays the cost of the registration of its shares for sale under the federal securities laws and the registration or qualification of its shares for sale under the securities laws of the various states. A fund also pays the cost for the prospectus and shareholder reports to be typeset and printed for existing shareholders, and DDI, as principal underwriter, pays for the printing and distribution of copies thereof used in connection with the offering of shares to prospective investors. DDI also pays for supplementary sales literature and advertising costs. DDI receives any sales charge upon the purchase of shares of a class with an initial sales charge and pays commissions, concessions and distribution fees to firms for the sale of a fund’s shares. DDI also receives any contingent deferred sales charges paid with respect to the redemption of any shares

II-7

having such a charge. DDI receives no compensation from a fund as principal underwriter and distributor except with respect to certain fund classes in amounts authorized by a Rule 12b-1 Plan adopted for a class by a fund (see Distribution and Service Agreements and Plans).

Shareholder and Administrative Services. Shareholder and administrative services are provided to certain fund classes under a shareholder services agreement (Services Agreement) with DDI. The Services Agreement continues in effect for each class from year to year so long as such continuance is approved for the class at least annually by a vote of the Board, including the Board Members who are not interested persons of a fund and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the Services Agreement or in any related agreement. The Services Agreement automatically terminates in the event of its assignment and may be terminated for a class at any time without penalty by a fund or by DDI upon 60 days’ notice. Termination by a fund with respect to a class may be by a vote of (i) the majority of the Board Members who are not interested persons of a fund and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the Services Agreement or in any related agreement, or (ii) a “majority of the outstanding voting securities” of the class of such fund, as defined under the 1940 Act. The Services Agreement may not be amended for a class to increase materially the fee to be paid by a fund without approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such class of a fund, and all material amendments must in any event be approved by the Board in the manner described above with respect to the continuation of the Services Agreement.

Under the Services Agreement, DDI provides, and may appoint various financial services firms to provide, information and services to investors in certain classes of a fund. Firms appointed by DDI provide such office space and equipment, telephone facilities and personnel as is necessary or beneficial for providing information and services to shareholders in the applicable classes of a fund. Such services and assistance may include, but are not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records, processing purchase and redemption transactions, answering routine inquiries regarding a fund, providing assistance to clients in changing dividend and investment options, account designations and addresses and such other administrative services as may be agreed upon from time to time and permitted by applicable statute, rule or regulation.

DDI bears all of its expenses of providing those services pursuant to the Services Agreement, including the payment of any service fees to financial services firms

appointed by DDI to provide such services and DDI receives compensation from a fund for its services under the Services Agreement in amounts authorized by a Rule 12b-1 Plan adopted for a class by a fund (see Distribution and Service Agreements and Plans).

DDI may itself provide some of the above distribution and shareholder and administrative services and may retain any portion of the fees received under the Distribution Agreement and/or the Services Agreement not paid to financial services firms to compensate itself for such distribution and shareholder and administrative functions performed for a fund. Firms to which DDI may pay commissions, concessions, and distribution fees or service fees or other compensation may include affiliates of DDI.

Codes of Ethics. Each fund, the Advisor, each fund’s principal underwriter and distributor, and, if applicable, each fund’s subadvisor(s) (and, if applicable, sub-subadvisor(s)) have adopted codes of ethics under Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. Board Members, officers of a Registrant and employees of the Advisor and principal underwriter are permitted to make personal securities transactions, including transactions in securities that may be purchased or held by a fund, subject to requirements and restrictions set forth in the applicable Code of Ethics. The Advisor’s Code of Ethics contains provisions and requirements designed to identify and address certain conflicts of interest between personal investment activities and the interests of a fund. Among other things, the Advisor’s Code of Ethics prohibits certain types of transactions absent prior approval, imposes time periods during which personal transactions may not be made in certain securities, and requires the submission of duplicate broker confirmations and quarterly reporting of securities transactions. Additional restrictions apply to portfolio managers, traders, research analysts and others involved in the investment advisory process. Exceptions to these and other provisions of the Advisor’s or subadvisors’ Codes of Ethics may be granted in particular circumstances after review by appropriate personnel.

Fund Organization

For each Trust (except Deutsche DWS Asset Allocation Trust, Deutsche DWS Portfolio Trust, Deutsche DWS Tax Free Trust and Cash Account Trust)

II-8

classes of shares of the Trust, or of any series thereof, with variations in the relative rights and preferences between the classes as determined by the Board; provided that all shares of a class shall be identical with each other and with the shares of each other class of the same series except for such variations between the classes, including bearing different expenses, as may be authorized by the Board and not prohibited by the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. All shares issued and outstanding are transferable, have no pre-emptive or conversion rights (except as may be determined by the Board) and are redeemable as described in the SAI and in the prospectus. Each share has equal rights with each other share of the same class of the fund as to voting, dividends, exchanges, conversion features and liquidation. Shareholders are entitled to one vote for each full share held and fractional votes for fractional shares held.

A fund generally is not required to hold meetings of its shareholders. Under the Declaration of Trust, shareholders only have the power to vote in connection with the following matters and only to the extent and as provided in the Declaration of Trust and as required by applicable law: (a) the election, re-election or removal of one or more Trustees if a meeting of shareholders is called by or at the direction of the Board for such purpose(s), provided that the Board shall promptly call a meeting of shareholders for the purpose of voting upon the question of removal of one or more Trustees as a result of a request in writing by the holders of not less than 10% of the outstanding shares of the Trust; (b) the termination of the Trust or a fund if, in either case, the Board submits the matter to a vote of shareholders; (c) any amendment of the Declaration of Trust that (i) would affect the rights of shareholders to vote under the Declaration of Trust, (ii) requires shareholder approval under applicable law or (iii) the Board submits to a vote of shareholders; and (d) such additional matters as may be required by law or as the Board may determine to be necessary or desirable. Shareholders also vote upon changes in fundamental policies or restrictions.

The Declaration of Trust provides that shareholder meeting quorum requirements shall be established in the By-laws. The By-laws of the Trust currently provide that the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of 30% of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at meetings of shareholders of the Trust (or of an individual series or class if required to vote separately).

On any matter submitted to a vote of shareholders, all shares of the Trust entitled to vote shall, except as otherwise provided in the By-laws, be voted in the aggregate as a single class without regard to series or classes of shares, except (a) when required by applicable law or when the Board has determined that the matter affects one or more series or classes of shares materially differently, shares shall be voted by individual series or class; and (b) when the Board has determined that the matter affects only the interests of one or more series or classes, only shareholders of such series or classes shall be entitled to vote thereon.

The Declaration of Trust provides that the Board may, in its discretion, establish minimum investment amounts for shareholder accounts, impose fees on accounts that do not exceed a minimum investment amount and involuntarily redeem shares in any such account in payment of such fees. The Board, in its sole discretion, also may cause the Trust to redeem all of the shares of the Trust or one or more series or classes held by any shareholder for any reason, to the extent permissible by the 1940 Act, including: (a) if the shareholder owns shares having an aggregate net asset value of less than a specified minimum amount; (b) if a particular shareholder’s ownership of shares would disqualify a series from being a regulated investment company; (c) upon a shareholder’s failure to provide sufficient identification to permit the Trust to verify the shareholder’s identity; (d) upon a shareholder’s failure to pay for shares or meet or maintain the qualifications for ownership of a particular class or series of shares; (e) if the Board determines (or pursuant to policies established by the Board it is determined) that share ownership by a particular shareholder is not in the best interests of remaining shareholders; (f) when a fund is requested or compelled to do so by governmental authority or applicable law; and (g) upon a shareholder’s failure to comply with a request for information with respect to the direct or indirect ownership of shares or other securities of the Trust. The Declaration of Trust also authorizes the Board to terminate a fund or any class without shareholder approval, and the Trust may suspend the right of shareholders to require the Trust to redeem shares to the extent permissible under the 1940 Act.

The Declaration of Trust provides that, except as otherwise required by applicable law, the Board may authorize the Trust or any series or class thereof to merge, reorganize or consolidate with any corporation, association, trust or series thereof (including another series or class of the Trust) or other entity (in each case, the “Surviving Entity”)

II-9

or the Board may sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of the Trust property (or all or substantially all of the Trust property allocated or belonging to a particular series or class), including its good will, to any Surviving Entity, upon such terms and conditions and for such consideration as authorized by the Board. Such transactions may be effected through share-for-share exchanges, transfers or sales of assets, in-kind redemptions and purchases, exchange offers or any other method approved by the Board. The Board shall provide notice to affected shareholders of each such transaction. The authority of the Board with respect to the merger, reorganization or consolidation of any class of the Trust is in addition to the authority of the Board to combine two or more classes of a series into a single class. (For DWS RREEF Global Real Estate Securities Fund, the fund's by-laws contain special provisions related to a reorganization of the fund.)

Upon the termination of the Trust or any series, after paying or adequately providing for the payment of all liabilities, which may include the establishment of a liquidating trust or similar vehicle, and upon receipt of such releases, indemnities and refunding agreements as they deem necessary for their protection, the Board may distribute the remaining Trust property or property of the series to the shareholders of the Trust or the series involved, ratably according to the number of shares of the Trust or such series held by the several shareholders of the Trust or such series on the date of termination, except to the extent otherwise required or permitted by the preferences and special or relative rights and privileges of any classes of shares of a series involved, provided that any distribution to the shareholders of a particular class of shares shall be made to such shareholders pro rata in proportion to the number of shares of such class held by each of them. The composition of any such distribution (e.g., cash, securities or other assets) shall be determined by the Trust in its sole discretion and may be different among shareholders (including differences among shareholders in the same series or class).

Under Massachusetts law, shareholders of a Massachusetts business trust could, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable for obligations of a fund. The Declaration of Trust, however, disclaims shareholder liability for acts or obligations of the fund and requires that notice of such disclaimer be given in each agreement, obligation, or instrument entered into or executed by a fund or a fund's trustees. Moreover, the Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification out of fund property for all losses and expenses of any shareholder held personally liable for the obligations of the fund, and the fund may be covered by insurance which the Board considers adequate to cover foreseeable tort claims. Thus, the risk of a shareholder

incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is limited to circumstances in which a disclaimer is inoperative and a fund itself is unable to meet its obligations.

For Deutsche DWS Asset Allocation Trust, Deutsche DWS Portfolio Trust and Deutsche DWS Tax Free Trust

The Board has the authority to divide the shares of the Trust into multiple funds by establishing and designating two or more series of the Trust. The Board also has the authority to establish and designate two or more classes of shares of the Trust, or of any series thereof, with variations in the relative rights and preferences between the classes as determined by the Board; provided that all shares of a class shall be identical with each other and with the shares of each other class of the same series except for such variations between the classes, including bearing different expenses, as may be authorized by the Board and not prohibited by the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. All shares issued and outstanding are transferable, have no pre-emptive or conversion rights (except as may be determined by the Board) and are redeemable as described in the SAI and in the prospectus. Each share has equal rights with each other share of the same class of the fund as to voting, dividends, exchanges, conversion features and liquidation. Shareholders are entitled to one vote for each full share held and fractional votes for fractional shares held.

A fund generally is not required to hold meetings of its shareholders. Under the Declaration of Trust, shareholders only have the power to vote in connection with the following matters and only to the extent and as provided in the Declaration of Trust and as required by applicable law: (a) the election, re-election or removal of one or more Trustees if a meeting of shareholders is called by or at the direction of the Board for such purpose(s), provided that the Board shall promptly call a meeting of shareholders for the purpose of voting upon the question of removal of one or more Trustees as a result of a request in writing by the holders of not less than 10% of the outstanding shares of the Trust; (b) the termination of the Trust or a fund if, in either case, the Board submits the matter to a vote of shareholders; (c) any amendment of the Declaration of Trust that (i) would change any right with respect to any shares of the Trust or fund by reducing the amount payable thereon upon liquidation of the Trust or fund or by diminishing or eliminating any voting rights pertaining thereto, in which case the vote or consent of the holders of two-thirds of the shares of the Trust or fund outstanding and entitled to vote would be required

II-10

(ii) requires shareholder approval under applicable law or (iii) the Board submits to a vote of shareholders; and (d) such additional matters as may be required by law or as the Board may determine to be necessary or desirable. Shareholders also vote upon changes in fundamental policies or restrictions.

In addition, under the Declaration of Trust, shareholders of the Trust also have the power to vote in connection with the following matters to the extent and as provided in the Declaration of Trust and as required by applicable law: (a) to the same extent as the stockholders of a Massachusetts business corporation as to whether or not a court action, proceeding or claims should or should not be brought or maintained derivatively or as a class action on behalf of the Trust or the shareholders; (b) with respect to any merger, consolidation or sale of assets; (c) with respect to any investment advisory or management contract entered into with respect to one or more funds; (d) with respect to the incorporation of the Trust or a fund; (e) with respect to any plan adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 (or any successor rule) under the 1940 Act; and (f) with respect to such additional matters relating to the Trust as may be required by the Declaration of Trust, the By-laws or any registration of the Trust with the SEC as an investment company under the 1940 Act.

of such fees. The Board, in its sole discretion, also may cause the Trust to redeem all of the shares of the Trust or one or more series or classes held by any shareholder for any reason, to the extent permissible by the 1940 Act, including: (a) if the shareholder owns shares having an aggregate net asset value of less than a specified minimum amount; (b) if a particular shareholder’s ownership of shares would disqualify a series from being a regulated investment company; (c) upon a shareholder’s failure to provide sufficient identification to permit the Trust to verify the shareholder’s identity; (d) upon a shareholder’s failure to pay for shares or meet or maintain the qualifications for ownership of a particular class or series of shares; (e) if the Board determines (or pursuant to policies established by the Board it is determined) that share ownership by a particular shareholder is not in the best interests of remaining shareholders; (f) when a fund is requested or compelled to do so by governmental authority or applicable law; and (g) upon a shareholder’s failure to comply with a request for information with respect to the direct or indirect ownership of shares or other securities of the Trust. The Declaration of Trust also authorizes the Board to terminate a fund or any class without shareholder approval, and the Trust may suspend the right of shareholders to require the Trust to redeem shares to the extent permissible under the 1940 Act.

II-11

Under Massachusetts law, shareholders of a Massachusetts business trust could, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable for obligations of a fund. The Declaration of Trust, however, disclaims shareholder liability for acts or obligations of the fund and requires that notice of such disclaimer be given in each agreement, obligation, or instrument entered into or executed by a fund or a fund's trustees. Moreover, the Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification out of fund property for all losses and expenses of any shareholder held personally liable for the obligations of the fund and the fund may be covered by insurance which the Board considers adequate to cover foreseeable tort claims. Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is limited to circumstances in which a disclaimer is inoperative and a fund itself is unable to meet its obligations.

For Cash Account Trust

The Board Members have the authority to create additional funds and to designate the relative rights and preferences as between the different funds. The Board Members also may authorize the division of shares of a fund into different classes, which may bear different expenses. All shares issued and outstanding are fully paid and non-assessable, transferable, have no pre-emptive or conversion rights and are redeemable as described in the funds’ prospectuses and SAIs. Each share has equal rights with each other share of the same class of the fund as to voting, dividends, exchanges, conversion features and liquidation. Shareholders are entitled to one vote for each full share held and fractional votes for fractional shares held. The Board Members may also terminate any fund or class by notice to the shareholders without shareholder approval.

The Trust generally is not required to hold meetings of its shareholders. Under the Declaration of Trust, however, shareholder meetings will be held in connection with the following matters: (a) the election or removal of Board Members if a meeting is called for such purpose; (b) the adoption of any contract for which shareholder approval is required by the 1940 Act; (c) any termination or reorganization of the Trust to the extent and as provided in the Declaration of Trust; (d) any amendment of the Declaration of Trust (other than amendments changing the name of the Trust or any fund, establishing a fund, supplying any omission, curing any ambiguity or curing, correcting or supplementing any defective or inconsistent provision thereof); and (e) such additional matters as may be required by law, the Declaration of Trust, the By-laws of the Trust, or any registration of the Trust with the SEC or any state,

or as the Board Members may consider necessary or desirable. The shareholders also would vote upon changes in fundamental investment objectives, policies or restrictions.

Subject to the Declaration of Trust, shareholders may remove Board Members. Each Board Member serves until the next meeting of shareholders, if any, called for the purpose of electing Board Members and until the election and qualification of a successor or until such Board Member sooner dies, resigns, retires or is removed by a majority vote of the shares entitled to vote (as described below) or a majority of the Board Members. In accordance with the 1940 Act (a) the Trust will hold a shareholder meeting for the election of Board Members at such time as less than a majority of the Board Members have been elected by shareholders, and (b) if, as a result of a vacancy in the Board, less than two-thirds of the Board Members have been elected by the shareholders, that vacancy will be filled only by a vote of the shareholders.

The Declaration of Trust provides that obligations of the Trust are not binding upon the Board Members individually but only upon the property of the Trust, that the Board Members and officers will not be liable for errors of judgment or mistakes of fact or law, and that a Trust will indemnify its Board Members and officers against liabilities and expenses incurred in connection with litigation in which they may be involved because of their offices with a Trust except if it is determined in the manner provided in the Declaration of Trust that they have not acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that their actions were in the best interests of the Trust. However, nothing in the Declaration of Trust protects or indemnifies a Board Member or officer against any liability to which he would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of their office.

Board Members may be removed from office by a vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares at a meeting called for that purpose, which meeting shall be held upon the written request of the holders of not less than 10% of the outstanding shares. Upon the written request of ten or more shareholders who have been such for at least six months and who hold shares constituting at least 1% of the outstanding shares of the Trust stating that such shareholders wish to communicate with the other shareholders for the purpose of obtaining the signatures necessary to demand a meeting to consider removal

II-12

of a trustee, the Trust has undertaken to disseminate appropriate materials at the expense of the requesting shareholders.

The Declaration of Trust provides that the presence at a shareholder meeting in person or by proxy of at least 30% of the shares entitled to vote on a matter shall constitute a quorum. Thus, a meeting of shareholders of a fund could take place even if less than a majority of the shareholders were represented on its scheduled date. Shareholders would in such a case be permitted to take action which does not require a larger vote than a majority of a quorum, such as the election of Board Members and ratification of the selection of auditors. Some matters requiring a larger vote under the Declaration of Trust, such as termination or reorganization of a fund and certain amendments of the Declaration of Trust, would not be affected by this provision; nor would matters which under the 1940 Act require the vote of a “majority of the outstanding voting securities” as defined in the 1940 Act.

The Declaration of Trust specifically authorizes the Board to terminate the Trust (or any fund or class) by notice to the shareholders without shareholder approval.

Under Massachusetts law, shareholders of a Massachusetts business trust could, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable for obligations of the Trust. The Declaration of Trust, however, disclaims shareholder liability for acts or obligations of the Trust and requires that notice of such disclaimer be given in each agreement, obligation, or instrument entered into or executed by the Trust or the Board Members. Moreover, the Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification out of Trust property for all losses and expenses of any shareholder held personally liable for the obligations of the Trust and the Trust may be covered by insurance. Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is considered by the Advisor remote and not material, since it is limited to circumstances in which a disclaimer is inoperative and the Trust itself is unable to meet its obligations.

For each Corporation

All shares issued and outstanding are fully paid and non-assessable, transferable, have no pre-emptive rights (except as may be determined by the Board of Directors) or conversion rights (except as described below) and are redeemable as described in the SAI and in each fund’s prospectus. Each share has equal rights with each other share of the same class of a fund as to voting, dividends,

exchanges and liquidation. Shareholders are entitled to one vote for each share held and fractional votes for fractional shares held.

The Board of Directors may determine that shares of a fund or a class of a fund shall be automatically converted into shares of another fund of the Corporation or of another class of the same or another fund based on the relative net assets of such fund or class at the time of conversion. The Board of Directors may also provide that the holders of shares of a fund or a class of a fund shall have the right to convert or exchange their shares into shares of one or more other funds or classes on terms established by the Board of Directors.

Each share of the Corporation may be subject to such sales loads or charges, expenses and fees, account size requirements, and other rights and provisions, which may be the same or different from any other share of the Corporation or any other share of any fund or class of a fund (including shares of the same fund or class as the share), as the Board of Directors may establish or change from time to time and to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act.

The Corporation is not required to hold an annual meeting of shareholders in any year in which the election of Directors is not required by the 1940 Act. If a meeting of shareholders of the Corporation is required by the 1940 Act to take action on the election of Directors, then an annual meeting shall be held to elect Directors and take such other action as may come before the meeting. Special meetings of the shareholders of the Corporation, or of the shareholders of one or more funds or classes thereof, for any purpose or purposes, may be called at any time by the Board of Directors or by the President, and shall be called by the President or Secretary at the request in writing of shareholders entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting.

Except as provided in the 1940 Act, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of one-third of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at meetings of shareholders of the Corporation or of a fund or class.

On any matter submitted to a vote of shareholders, all shares of the Corporation entitled to vote shall be voted in the aggregate as a single class without regard to series or classes of shares, provided, however, that (a) when applicable law requires that one or more series or classes vote separately, such series or classes shall vote separately and, subject to (b) below, all other series or classes shall

II-13

vote in the aggregate; and (b) when the Board of Directors determines that a matter does not affect the interests of a particular series or class, such series or class shall not be entitled to any vote and only the shares of the affected series or classes shall be entitled to vote.

Notwithstanding any provision of Maryland corporate law requiring authorization of any action by a greater proportion than a majority of the total number of shares entitled to vote on a matter, such action shall be effective if authorized by the majority vote of the outstanding shares entitled to vote.

Subject to the requirements of applicable law and any procedures adopted by the Board of Directors from time to time, the holders of shares of the Corporation or any one or more series or classes thereof may take action or consent to any action by delivering a consent, in writing or by electronic transmission, of the holders entitled to cast not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take the action at a formal meeting.

The Articles of Incorporation provide that the Board of Directors may, in its discretion, establish minimum investment amounts for shareholder accounts, impose fees on accounts that do not exceed a minimum investment amount and involuntarily redeem shares in any such account in payment of such fees. The Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, also may cause the Corporation to redeem all of the shares of the Corporation or one or more series or classes held by any shareholder for any reason, to the extent permissible by the 1940 Act, including: (a) if the shareholder owns shares having an aggregate net asset value of less than a specified minimum amount; (b) if the shareholder’s ownership of shares would disqualify a series from being a regulated investment company; (c) upon a shareholder’s failure to provide sufficient identification to permit the Corporation to verify the shareholder’s identity; (d) upon a shareholder’s failure to pay for shares or meet or maintain the qualifications for ownership of a particular series or class; (e) if the Board of Directors determines (or pursuant to policies established by the Board of Directors it is determined) that share ownership by a shareholder is not in the best interests of the remaining shareholders; (f) when the Corporation is requested or compelled to do so by governmental authority or applicable law; or (g) upon a shareholder’s failure to comply with a request for information with respect to the direct or indirect ownership of shares of the Corporation. By redeeming shares the Corporation may terminate a fund or any class without

shareholder approval, and the Corporation may suspend the right of shareholders to require the Corporation to redeem shares to the extent permissible under the 1940 Act.

Except as otherwise permitted by the Articles of Incorporation, upon liquidation or termination of a fund or class, shareholders of such fund or class of such fund shall be entitled to receive, pro rata in proportion to the number of shares of such fund or class held by each of them, a share of the net assets of such fund or class, and the holders of shares of any other particular fund or class shall not be entitled to any such distribution, provided, however, that the composition of any such payment (e.g., cash, securities and/or other assets) to any shareholder shall be determined by the Corporation in its sole discretion, and may be different among shareholders (including differences among shareholders in the same fund or class).

For Master/Feeder Arrangements

Deutsche DWS Equity 500 Index Portfolio and Government Cash Management Portfolio (the “Portfolios” and each a “Portfolio”) are organized as master trust funds under the laws of the State of New York. Each Portfolio serves as a master fund in a master/feeder arrangement. References to a fund in this section refer only to a fund that is a feeder fund in a master/feeder arrangement. Each Portfolio's Declaration of Trust provides that a fund and other entities investing in the Portfolio (e.g., other investment companies, insurance company separate accounts and common and commingled trust funds) will each be liable for all obligations of a Portfolio. However, the risk of a fund incurring financial loss on account of such liability is limited to circumstances in which both inadequate insurance existed and a Portfolio itself was unable to meet its obligations. Accordingly, the Board believes that neither a fund nor its shareholders will be adversely affected by reason of a fund's investing in a Portfolio. Whenever a fund is requested to vote on a matter pertaining to a Portfolio, a fund will vote its shares without a meeting of shareholders of a fund if the proposal is one, in which made with respect to a fund, would not require the vote of shareholders of a fund as long as such action is permissible under applicable statutory and regulatory requirements. In addition, whenever a fund is requested to vote on matters pertaining to the fundamental policies of a Portfolio, a fund will hold a meeting of the fund's shareholders and will cast its vote as instructed by the fund's shareholders. The percentage of a fund's votes representing fund shareholders not voting will be voted by a fund in the same proportion as

II-14

fund shareholders who do, in fact, vote. For all other matters requiring a vote, a fund will hold a meeting of shareholders of a fund and, at the meeting of investors in a Portfolio, a fund will cast all of its votes in the same proportion as the votes of a fund's shareholders even if all fund shareholders did not vote. Even if a fund votes all its shares at the Portfolio meeting, other investors with a greater pro rata ownership of a Portfolio could have effective voting control of the operations of a Portfolio.

Purchase and Redemption of Shares

General Information. Policies and procedures affecting transactions in a fund’s shares can be changed at any time without notice, subject to applicable law. Transactions may be contingent upon proper completion of application forms and other documents by shareholders and their receipt by a fund’s agents. Transaction delays in processing (and changing account features) due to circumstances within or beyond the control of a fund and its agents may occur. Shareholders (or their financial services firms) are responsible for all losses and fees resulting from bad checks, cancelled orders or the failure to consummate transactions effected pursuant to instructions reasonably believed to be genuine.

A fund may suspend (in whole or in part) or terminate the offering of its shares at any time for any reason and may limit the amount of purchases by, and refuse to sell to, any person. During the period of such suspension, a fund may permit certain persons (for example, persons who are already shareholders of the fund) to continue to purchase additional shares of a fund and to have dividends reinvested.

Orders will be confirmed at a share price next calculated after receipt in good order by DDI. Except as described below, orders received by certain dealers or other financial services firms prior to the close of a fund's business day will be confirmed at a price based on the net asset value determined on that day (trade date).

Use of Financial Services Firms. Dealers and other financial services firms provide varying arrangements for their clients to purchase and redeem a fund’s shares, including different minimum investments, and may assess transaction or other fees. In addition, certain privileges with respect to the purchase and redemption of shares or the reinvestment of dividends may not be available through such firms. Firms may arrange with their clients for other investment or administrative services. Such firms may independently establish and charge additional

amounts to their clients for such services. Firms also may hold a fund’s shares in nominee or street name as agent for and on behalf of their customers. In such instances, the Shareholder Service Agent will have no information with respect to or control over the accounts of specific shareholders. Such shareholders may obtain access to their accounts and information about their accounts only from their firm. Certain of these firms may receive compensation from a fund through the Shareholder Service Agent for record-keeping and other expenses relating to these nominee accounts. Some firms may participate in a program allowing them access to their clients’ accounts for servicing including, without limitation, transfers of registration and dividend payee changes; and may perform functions such as generation of confirmation statements and disbursement of cash dividends. Such firms, including affiliates of DDI, may receive compensation from a fund through the Shareholder Service Agent for these services.

A fund has authorized one or more financial service institutions, including certain members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) other than DDI (i.e., financial institutions), to accept purchase and redemption orders for a fund’s shares. Such financial institutions may also designate other parties, including plan administrator intermediaries, to accept purchase and redemption orders on a fund’s behalf. Orders for purchases or redemptions will be deemed to have been received by a fund when such financial institutions or, if applicable, their authorized designees accept the orders. Subject to the terms of the contract between a fund and the financial institution, ordinarily orders will be priced at a fund’s net asset value next computed after acceptance by such financial institution or its authorized designees. Further, if purchases or redemptions of a fund’s shares are arranged and settlement is made at an investor’s election through any other authorized financial institution, that financial institution may, at its discretion, charge a fee for that service.

Tax-Sheltered Retirement Plans. The funds are available for purchase by establishing a retirement plan with DWS Trust Company as custodian. DWS Trust Company is a banking entity organized in New Hampshire and is an affiliate of DIMA. Plans available include, Traditional IRAs, Roth IRAs, Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) IRAs and Coverdell Education Savings Accounts.

Materials describing these plans and materials for establishing them are available from the Shareholder Service Agent upon request. DDI may pay commissions to dealers and other financial services firms in connection with

II-15

shares sold to retirement plans. For further information about such compensation, see Compensation Schedule as set forth in Part II—Appendix II-D. Additional fees and transaction policies and procedures may apply to such plans. Certain funds investing in municipal securities may not be appropriate for such Tax-Sheltered Retirement Plans. Investors should consult their own tax advisors before establishing a retirement plan.

Purchases

A fund may offer only certain of the classes of shares referred to in the subsections below. Thus, the information provided below in regard to the purchase of certain classes of shares is only applicable to funds offering such classes of shares. For information regarding purchases of shares of Deutsche DWS Variable Series I, Deutsche DWS Variable Series II and Deutsche DWS Investments VIT Funds, please see Variable Insurance Funds below. For information regarding purchases of money market funds, please see Money Market Funds below.

Purchase of Class A Shares. The public offering price of Class A shares is the net asset value plus a sales charge based on investment amount, if applicable, as set forth in the relevant prospectus and the “Class A Sales Charge Schedule” set forth in Part II – Appendix II-F. Class A shares are subject to a Rule 12b-1 fee, as described in the relevant prospectus (see also the discussion of Rule 12b-1 Plans under Distribution and Service Agreements and Plans below).

Class A Shares Reduced Sales Charges

Quantity Discounts. An investor or the investor’s dealer or other financial services firm must notify the Shareholder Service Agent or DDI whenever a quantity discount or reduced sales charge is applicable to a purchase. In order to qualify for a lower sales charge, all orders from an organized group will have to be placed through a single dealer or other firm and identified as originating from a qualifying purchaser.

Combined Purchases. A fund’s Class A shares may be purchased at the rate applicable to the sales charge discount bracket attained by combining same day investments in all share classes of two or more retail DWS funds (excluding direct purchases of DWS money market funds).

Cumulative Discount. Class A shares of a fund may also be purchased at the rate applicable to the discount bracket attained by adding to the cost of shares being purchased, the value of all share classes of retail DWS funds (excluding shares in DWS money market funds

for which a sales charge has not previously been paid and computed at the maximum offering price at the time of the purchase for which the discount is applicable for Class A shares) already owned by the investor or his or her immediate family member (including the investor’s spouse or life partner and children or stepchildren age 21 or younger).

Letter of Intent. The reduced sales charges for Class A shares, as shown in the relevant prospectus and the “Class A Sales Charge Schedule” set forth in Part II – Appendix II-F, also apply to the aggregate amount of purchases of all shares of retail DWS funds (excluding direct purchases of DWS money market funds) made by any purchaser within a 24-month period under a written Letter of Intent (Letter) provided to DDI. The Letter, which imposes no obligation to purchase or sell additional Class A shares, provides for a price adjustment depending upon the actual amount purchased within such period. The Letter provides that the first purchase following execution of the Letter must be at least 5% of the amount of the intended purchase, and that 5% of the amount of the intended purchase normally will be held in escrow in the form of shares pending completion of the intended purchase. If the total investments under the Letter are less than the intended amount and thereby qualify only for a higher sales charge than actually paid, the appropriate number of escrowed shares are redeemed and the proceeds used toward satisfaction of the obligation to pay the increased sales charge. A shareholder may include the value (at the maximum offering price, which is determined by adding the maximum applicable sales load charged to the net asset value) of all shares of such DWS funds held of record as of the initial purchase date under the Letter as an “accumulation credit” toward the completion of the Letter, but no price adjustment will be made on such shares.

A description of other waivers are included in the relevant prospectus.

Purchase of Class C Shares. Class C shares of a fund are offered at net asset value. No initial sales charge is imposed, which allows the full amount of the investor’s purchase payment to be invested in Class C shares for his or her account. Class C shares are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00% (for shares sold within one year of purchase) and Rule 12b-1 fees, as described in the relevant prospectus (see also the discussion of Rule 12b-1 Plans under Distribution and Service Agreements and Plans below).

II-16

Class C shares automatically convert to Class A shares of the same fund at the relative net asset values of the two classes no later than the end of the month in which the eighth anniversary of the date of purchase occurs (or such earlier date as the Trustees or Directors of a fund may authorize), provided that the relevant fund or the financial intermediary through which the shareholder purchased such Class C shares has records verifying the completion of the eight-year aging period. Class C shares issued upon reinvestment of income and capital gain dividends and other distributions will be converted to Class A shares on a pro rata basis with the Class C shares. For purposes of calculating the time period remaining on the conversion of Class C shares to Class A shares, Class C shares received on exchange retain their original purchase date. No sales charges or other charges will apply to any such conversion.

Purchase of Class R Shares. Class R shares of a fund are offered at net asset value. No initial sales charge is imposed, which allows the full amount of the investor’s purchase payment to be invested in Class R shares for his or her account. Class R shares are subject to a Rule 12b-1 fee, as described in the relevant prospectus (see also the discussion of Rule 12b-1 Plans under Distribution and Service Agreements and Plans below).

The Shareholder Service Agent monitors transactions in Class R shares to help to ensure that investors purchasing Class R shares meet the eligibility requirements described in the prospectus. If the Shareholder Service Agent is unable to verify that an investor meets the eligibility requirements for Class R, either following receipt of a completed application form within time frames established by a fund or as part of its ongoing monitoring, the Shareholder Service Agent may take corrective action up to and including canceling the purchase order or redeeming the account.

Purchase of Class R6 Shares. Class R6 shares of a fund are offered at net asset value. Class R6 shares are generally available only to certain retirement plans, IRA platform programs approved by DWS Distributors, Inc. that trade on an omnibus basis and certain plans administered as college savings plans under Section 529 of the Internal Revenue Code. If your plan or program sponsor has selected Class R6 shares as an investment option, you may purchase Class R6 shares through your securities dealer or any institution authorized to act as a shareholder servicing agent for your plan or program. There is no minimum investment for Class R6 shares. Contact your securities dealer or shareholder servicing agent for details on how to buy and sell Class R6 shares.

Purchase of Institutional Class Shares. Institutional Class shares of a fund are offered at net asset value without a sales charge to certain eligible investors as described in the section entitled “Buying, Exchanging and Selling Class A, Class C, Institutional Class and Class S Shares” in a fund’s prospectus.

Investors may invest in Institutional Class shares by setting up an account directly with the Transfer Agent or through an authorized service agent. Investors who establish shareholder accounts directly with the Shareholder Service Agent should submit purchase and redemption orders as described in the relevant prospectus.

Purchase of Class S. Class S shares of a fund are offered at net asset value. Class S shares are available through (i) fee-based programs of investment dealers that have special agreements with a fund’s distributor, (ii) certain group retirement plans and (iii) certain registered investment advisors, or (iv) by establishing an account directly with a fund’s Transfer Agent. Investors who purchase shares through a financial intermediary may be charged ongoing fees for services they provide. Class S shares may also be available on brokerage platforms of firms that have agreements with DDI to offer such shares when acting solely on an agency basis for its customers for the purchase or sale of such shares. If you transact in Class S shares through one of these programs, you may be required to pay a commission and/or other forms of compensation to your broker. Shares of a fund are available in other share classes that have different fees and expenses.

Multi-Class Suitability for Classes A and C. DDI has established the following procedures regarding the purchase of Class A and Class C shares, as applicable. Orders to purchase Class C shares of $500,000 or more (certain funds have a $250,000 maximum for Class C purchases, see the applicable fund's prospectus) will be declined with the exception of orders received from (i) financial representatives acting for clients whose shares are held in an omnibus account; and (ii) DWS/Ascensus 403(b) Plans.

The following provisions apply to DWS/ Ascensus 403(b) Plans.

(1)

Class C Share DWS/ Ascensus 403(b) Plans. Orders to purchase Class C shares for a DWS/ Ascensus 403(b) Plan, regardless of when such plan was established on the system, will be invested instead in Class A shares at net asset value when the combined subaccount value in DWS funds or other

II-17

eligible assets held by the plan is $1,000,000 or more. This provision will be imposed for the first purchase after eligible plan assets reach the $1,000,000 threshold. A later decline in assets below the $1,000,000 threshold will not affect the plan’s ability to continue to purchase Class A shares at net asset value.

The procedures described above do not reflect in any way the suitability of a particular class of shares for a particular investor and should not be relied upon as such. A suitability determination must be made by investors with the assistance of their financial representative.

Purchase Privileges for DWS Affiliated Individuals. Current or former Board members of the DWS funds, employees, their spouses or life partners and children or step-children age 21 or younger, of Deutsche Bank AG or its affiliates or a subadvisor to any DWS fund or a broker-dealer authorized to sell shares of a fund are generally eligible to purchase shares in the class of a fund with the lowest expense ratio, usually the Institutional Class shares. If a fund does not offer Institutional Class shares, these individuals are eligible to buy Class S shares or Class A shares at NAV. Each fund also reserves the right to waive the minimum account balance requirement for employee and director accounts. Fees generally charged to IRA accounts will be charged to accounts of employees and directors.

Money Market Funds. Shares of a fund are sold at net asset value directly from a fund or through selected financial services firms, such as broker-dealers and banks. Each fund seeks to have its investment portfolio as fully invested as possible at all times in order to achieve maximum income. Since each fund will be investing in instruments that normally require immediate payment in Federal Funds (monies credited to a bank’s account with its regional Federal Reserve Bank), as described in the applicable prospectus, each fund has adopted procedures for the convenience of its shareholders and to ensure that each fund receives investable funds.

Variable Insurance Funds. Shares of Deutsche DWS Variable Series I, Deutsche DWS Variable Series II and Deutsche DWS Investments VIT Funds are continuously offered to separate accounts of participating insurance companies at the net asset value per share next determined after a proper purchase request has been received by the insurance company. The insurance companies offer to variable annuity and variable life insurance contract owners units in its separate accounts which directly correspond to shares in a fund. Each insurance company submits purchase and redemption

orders to a fund based on allocation instructions for premium payments, transfer instructions and surrender or partial withdrawal requests which are furnished to the insurance company by such contract owners. Contract owners can send such instructions and requests to the insurance companies in accordance with procedures set forth in the prospectus for the applicable variable insurance product offered by the insurance company.

Purchases In-Kind. A fund may, at its own option, accept securities in payment for shares. The securities delivered in payment for shares are valued by the method described under “Net Asset Value” as of the day a fund receives the securities. This is a taxable transaction to the shareholder. Securities may be accepted in payment for shares only if they are, in the judgment of the Advisor, appropriate investments for a fund. In addition, securities accepted in payment for shares must: (i) meet the investment objective and policies of the acquiring fund; (ii) be acquired by the applicable fund for investment and not for resale; (iii) be liquid securities which are not restricted as to transfer either by law or liquidity of market; and (iv) if stock, have a value which is readily ascertainable as evidenced by a listing on a stock exchange, over-the-counter market or by readily available market quotations from a dealer in such securities. The shareholder will be charged the costs associated with receiving or delivering the securities. These costs include security movement costs and taxes and registration costs. A fund reserves the right to accept or reject at its own option any and all securities offered in payment for its shares.

Redemptions

A fund may offer only certain of the classes of shares referred to in the subsections below. Thus, the information provided below in regard to the redemption of certain classes of shares is only applicable to funds offering such classes of shares. Please consult the prospectus for the availability of these redemption features for a specific fund. In addition, the information provided below does not apply to contract holders in variable insurance products. Contract owners should consult their contract prospectuses for applicable redemption procedures.

A request for repurchase (confirmed redemption) may be communicated by a shareholder through a financial services firm to DDI, which firms must promptly submit orders to be effective.

Redemption requests must be unconditional. Redemption requests (and a stock power for certificated shares) must be duly endorsed by the account holder. As specified in the relevant prospectus, signatures may need to be

II-18

guaranteed by a commercial bank, trust company, savings and loan association, federal savings bank, member firm of a national securities exchange or other financial institution permitted by SEC rule. DWS accepts Medallion Signature Guarantees. Additional documentation may be required, particularly from institutional and fiduciary account holders, such as corporations, custodians (e.g., under the Uniform Transfers to Minors Act), executors, administrators, trustees or guardians.

Wires. The ability to send wires is limited by the business hours and holidays of the firms involved. A fund is not responsible for the efficiency of the federal wire system or the account holder’s financial services firm or bank. The account holder is responsible for any charges imposed by the account holder’s firm or bank. To change the designated account to receive wire redemption proceeds, send a written request to the Shareholder Service Agent with signatures guaranteed as described above or contact the firm through which fund shares were purchased.

Systematic Withdrawal Plan. An owner of $5,000 or more of a class of a fund’s shares at the offering price (net asset value plus, in the case of Class A shares, the initial sales charge, as applicable) may provide for the payment from the owner’s account of any requested dollar amount to be paid to the owner or a designated payee monthly, quarterly, semiannually or annually pursuant to a Systematic Withdrawal Plan (the “Plan”). The $5,000 minimum account size is not applicable to IRAs. The minimum periodic payment is $50. The maximum annual rate at which shares subject to CDSC may be redeemed without the imposition of the CDSC is 12% of the net asset value of the account.

Non-retirement plan shareholders may establish a Plan to receive monthly, quarterly or periodic redemptions from his or her account for any designated amount of $50 or more. Shareholders may designate which day they want the systematic withdrawal to be processed. If a day is not designated, the withdrawal will be processed on the 25th day of the month so that the payee should receive payment approximately on the first of the month. The check amounts may be based on the redemption of a fixed dollar amount, fixed share amount, percent of account value or declining balance. The Plan provides for income dividends and capital gains distributions, if any, to be reinvested in additional shares. Shares are then liquidated as necessary to provide for withdrawal payments. Since the withdrawals are in amounts selected by the investor and have no relationship to yield or income, payments received cannot be considered as yield or income on the investment and the resulting liquidations may deplete or possibly extinguish the initial investment

and any reinvested dividends and capital gains distributions. Any such requests must be received by the Shareholder Service Agent ten days prior to the date of the first systematic withdrawal. A Plan may be terminated at any time by the shareholder, the Trust or its agent on written notice, and will be terminated when all fund shares under the Plan have been liquidated or upon receipt by the Trust of notice of death of the shareholder.

The purchase of Class A shares while participating in a Plan will ordinarily be disadvantageous to the investor because the investor will be paying a sales charge, if applicable, on the purchase of shares at the same time that the investor is redeeming shares upon which a sales charge may have already been paid. Therefore, an investor should consider carefully whether to make additional investments in Class A shares if the investor is at the same time making systematic withdrawals.

Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (CDSC). The following example will illustrate the operation of the CDSC for Class A (when applicable) and Class C shares, to the extent applicable. Assume that an investor makes a single purchase of $10,000 of a fund’s Class C shares and then 11 months later the value of the shares has grown by $1,000 through reinvested dividends and by an additional $1,000 of share appreciation to a total of $12,000. If the investor were then to redeem the entire $12,000 in share value, the CDSC would be payable only with respect to $10,000 because neither the $1,000 of reinvested dividends nor the $1,000 of share appreciation is subject to the charge. The charge would be at the rate of 1.00% ($100).

The rate of the CDSC is determined by the length of the period of ownership. Investments are tracked on a monthly basis. The period of ownership for this purpose begins the first day of the month in which the order for the investment is received. In the event no specific order is requested when redeeming shares subject to a CDSC, the redemption will be made first from shares representing reinvested dividends and then from the earliest purchase of shares. DDI receives any CDSC directly. The CDSC will not be imposed upon redemption of reinvested dividends or share appreciation.

Redemptions In-Kind. A fund reserves the right to honor any request for redemption or repurchase by making payment in whole or in part in securities, which are subject to market risk until sold, may incur taxes and may incur brokerage costs, rather than cash. These securities will be chosen pursuant to procedures adopted by the fund’s Board and valued as they are for purposes of computing

II-19

a fund’s net asset value. A shareholder may incur transaction expenses in converting these securities to cash. Please see the prospectus for any requirements that may be applicable to certain funds to provide cash up to certain amounts. For the following funds, this right may only be exercised upon the consent of the shareholder: DWS Government & Agency Securities Portfolio, a series of Cash Account Trust; DWS Government Money Market Series, a series of Deutsche DWS Money Market Trust; and DWS Treasury Portfolio, a series of Investors Cash Trust.

Checkwriting (applicable to DWS Short Duration Fund, DWS Intermediate Tax-Free Fund and DWS Massachusetts Tax-Free Fund only). The Checkwriting Privilege is not offered to new investors. The Checkwriting Privilege is available for shareholders of DWS Intermediate Tax-Free Fund and DWS Short Term Bond Fund (which was acquired by DWS Short Duration Fund) who previously elected this privilege prior to August 19, 2002, and to shareholders of DWS Massachusetts Tax-Free Fund who were shareholders of the Scudder Massachusetts Limited Term Tax Free Fund prior to July 31, 2000. Checks may be used to pay any person, provided that each check is for at least $100 and not more than $5 million. By using the checks, the shareholder will receive daily dividend credit on his or her shares until the check has cleared the banking system. Investors who purchased shares by check may write checks against those shares only after they have been on a fund’s book for 10 calendar days. Shareholders who use this service may also use other redemption procedures. No shareholder may write checks against certificated shares. A fund pays the bank charges for this service. However, each fund will review the cost of operation periodically and reserve the right to determine if direct charges to the persons who avail themselves of this service would be appropriate. Each fund, State Street Bank and Trust Company and the Transfer Agent reserve the right at any time to suspend or terminate the Checkwriting procedure.

Money Market Funds Only

The following sections relate to certain Money Market Funds. Please consult the prospectus for the availability of these redemption features for a specific fund.

Redemption by Check/ACH Debit Disclosure. A fund will accept Automated Clearing House (ACH) debit entries for accounts that have elected the checkwriting redemption privilege (see Redemptions by Draft below). Please consult the prospectus for the availability of the checkwriting privilege for a specific fund. An example of an ACH debit is a transaction in which you have given

your insurance company, mortgage company, credit card company, utility company, health club, etc., the right to withdraw your monthly payment from your fund account or the right to convert your mailed check into an ACH debit. Sometimes, you may give a merchant from whom you wish to purchase goods the right to convert your check to an ACH debit. You may also authorize a third party to initiate an individual payment in a specific amount from your account by providing your account information and authorization to such third party via the Internet or telephone. You authorize a fund upon receipt of an ACH debit entry referencing your account number, to redeem fund shares in your account to pay the entry to the third party originating the debit. A fund will make the payment on the basis of the account number that you provide to your merchant and will not compare this account number with the name on the account. A fund, the Shareholder Service Agent or any other person or system handling the transaction are not required to determine if there is a discrepancy between the name and the account number shown on the transfer instructions.

The payment of any ACH debit entry will be subject to sufficient funds being available in the designated account; a fund will not be able to honor an ACH debit entry if sufficient funds are not available. ACH debit entry transactions to your fund account should not be initiated or authorized by you in amounts exceeding the amount of Shares of a fund then in the account and available for redemption. A fund may refuse to honor ACH debit entry transactions whenever the right of redemption has been suspended or postponed, or whenever the account is otherwise impaired. Your fund account statement will show any ACH debit entries in your account; you will not receive any other separate notice. (Merchants are permitted to convert your checks into ACH debits only with your prior consent.)

You may authorize payment of a specific amount to be made from your account directly by a fund to third parties on a continuing periodic basis. To arrange for this service, you should contact the person or company you will be paying. Any preauthorized transfers will be subject to sufficient funds being available in the designated account. A preauthorized transfer will continue to be made from the account in the same amount and frequency as initially established until you terminate the preauthorized transfer instructions with the person or company whom you have been paying. If regular preauthorized payments may vary in amount, the person or company you are going to pay should tell you ten (10) days before each payment will be made and how much the payment will be. If you have told a fund in advance to make regular payments out of

II-20

your account, you may stop any of these payments by writing or calling the Shareholder Service Agent at the address and telephone number listed in the next paragraph in time for the Shareholder Service Agent to receive your request three (3) business days or more before the payment is scheduled to be made. If you call, a fund may also require that you put your request in writing so that a fund will receive it within fourteen (14) days after you call. If you order a fund to stop one of these payments three (3) business days or more before the transfer is scheduled and a fund does not do so, a fund will be liable for your loss or damages but not in an amount exceeding the amount of the payment. A stop payment order will stop only the designated periodic payment. If you wish to terminate the periodic preauthorized transfers, you should do so with the person or company to whom you have been making payments.

In case of errors or questions about your ACH debit entry transactions please telephone (see telephone number on front cover) or write (DWS Service Company, P.O. Box 219151, Kansas City, MO 64121-9151) the Shareholder Service Agent as soon as possible if you think your statement is wrong or shows an improper transfer or if you need more information about a transfer listed on the statement. Our business days are Monday through Friday except holidays. The Shareholder Service Agent must hear from you no later than sixty (60) days after a fund sent you the first fund account statement on which the problem or error appeared. If you do not notify the Shareholder Service Agent within sixty (60) days after a fund sends you the account statement, you may not get back any money you have lost, and you may not get back any additional money you lose after the sixty (60) days if a fund or the Shareholder Service Agent could have stopped someone from taking that money if you had notified the Shareholder Service Agent in time.

Tell us your name and account number, describe the error or the transfer you are unsure about, and explain why you believe it is an error or why you need more information. Tell us the dollar amount of the suspected error. If you tell the Shareholder Service Agent orally, the Shareholder Service Agent may require that you send your complaint or questions in writing within ten (10) business days. The Shareholder Service Agent will determine whether an error occurred within ten (10) business days after it hears from you and will correct any error promptly. If the Shareholder Service Agent needs more time, however, it may take up to forty-five (45) days (or up to ninety (90) days for certain types of transactions) to investigate your complaint or question. If the Shareholder Service Agent decides to do this, your account will be credited with escrowed fund shares within ten (10)

business days for the amount you think is in error so that you will have the use of the money during the time it takes the Shareholder Service Agent to complete its investigation. If the Shareholder Service Agent asks you to put your complaint or questions in writing and the Shareholder Service Agent does not receive it within ten (10) business days, your account may not be credited. The Shareholder Service Agent will tell you the results within three (3) business days after completing its investigation. If the Shareholder Service Agent determines that there was no error, the Shareholder Service Agent will send you a written explanation. You may ask for copies of documents that were used by the Shareholder Service Agent in the investigation.

In the event a fund or the Shareholder Service Agent does not complete a transfer from your account on time or in the correct amount according to a fund’s agreement with you, a fund may be liable for your losses or damages. A fund will not be liable to you if: (i) there are not sufficient funds available in your account; (ii) circumstances beyond our control (such as fire or flood or malfunction of equipment) prevent the transfer; (iii) you or another shareholder have supplied a merchant with incorrect account information; or (iv) a merchant has incorrectly formulated an ACH debit entry. In any case, a fund’s liability shall not exceed the amount of the transfer in question.

A fund or the Shareholder Service Agent will disclose information to third parties about your account or the transfers you make: (1) where it is necessary for completing the transfers; (2) in order to verify the existence or condition of your account for a third party such as a credit bureau or a merchant; (3) in order to comply with government agencies or court orders; or (4) if you have given a fund written permission.

The acceptance and processing of ACH debit entry transactions is established solely for your convenience and a fund reserves the right to suspend, terminate or modify your ability to redeem fund shares by ACH debit entry transactions at any time. ACH debit entry transactions are governed by the rules of the National Automated Clearing House Association (NACHA) Operating Rules and any local ACH operating rules then in effect, as well as Regulation E of the Federal Reserve Board.

Redemptions by Draft. Upon request, shareholders of certain Money Market Funds will be provided with drafts to be drawn on a fund (Redemption Checks). Please consult the prospectus for the availability of the checkwriting redemption privilege for a specific Money Market Fund. These Redemption Checks may be made

II-21

payable to the order of any person for not more than $5 million. When a Redemption Check is presented for payment, a sufficient number of full and fractional shares in the shareholder’s account will be redeemed as of the next determined net asset value to cover the amount of the Redemption Check. This will enable the shareholder to continue earning dividends until a fund receives the Redemption Check. A shareholder wishing to use this method of redemption must complete and file an Account Application which is available from a fund or firms through which shares were purchased. Redemption Checks should not be used to close an account since the account normally includes accrued but unpaid dividends. A fund reserves the right to terminate or modify this privilege at any time. This privilege may not be available through some firms that distribute shares of a fund. In addition, firms may impose minimum balance requirements in order to offer this feature. Firms may also impose fees to investors for this privilege or establish variations of minimum check amounts.

Unless more than one signature is required pursuant to the Account Application, only one signature will be required on Redemption Checks. Any change in the signature authorization must be made by written notice to the Shareholder Service Agent. Shares purchased by check or through certain ACH transactions may not be redeemed by Redemption Check until the shares have been on a fund’s books for at least ten (10) days. Shareholders may not use this procedure to redeem shares held in certificate form. A fund reserves the right to terminate or modify this privilege at any time.

A fund may refuse to honor Redemption Checks whenever the right of redemption has been suspended or postponed, or whenever the account is otherwise impaired. A $10 service fee will be charged when a Redemption Check is presented to redeem fund shares in excess of the value of a fund account or in an amount less than the minimum Redemption Check amount specified in the prospectus; when a Redemption Check is presented that would require redemption of shares that were purchased by check or certain ACH transactions within ten (10) days; or when “stop payment” of a Redemption Check is requested.

Special Redemption Features. Certain firms that offer Shares of the Money Market Funds also provide special redemption features through charge or debit cards and checks that redeem fund shares. Various firms have different charges for their services. Shareholders should obtain information from their firm with respect to any

special redemption features, applicable charges, minimum balance requirements and special rules of the cash management program being offered.

Exchanges

The exchange features may not be available to all funds. Please consult the prospectus for the availability of exchanges for a specific fund. A fund may offer only certain of the classes of shares referred to in the subsections below. Thus, the information provided below in regard to the exchange of certain classes of shares is only applicable to funds offering such classes of shares. In addition, the information provided below does not apply to contract holders in variable insurance products. Contract holders should consult their contract prospectuses for applicable exchange procedures.

General. Shareholders may request a taxable exchange of their shares for shares of the corresponding class of other DWS funds without imposition of a sales charge, subject to the provisions below. Shares of the fund acquired in an exchange that were subject to a CDSC at the time of the exchange will continue to be subject to the CDSC schedule of the shares of the fund you originally purchased. No CDSC charges apply to shares of DWS money market funds or a fund with Class A shares without a sales charge acquired directly.

Shareholders who exchange their shares out of a DWS money market fund or a fund with Class A shares without a sales charge into Class A shares of certain other DWS funds will generally be subject to the applicable sales charge (not including shares acquired by dividend reinvestment or shares that have previously paid a sales charge).

Certain DWS funds may not be available to shareholders on an exchange. To learn more about which DWS funds may be available on exchange, please contact your financial services firm or visit our Web site at: dws.com (the Web site does not form a part of this Statement of Additional Information) or call DWS (see telephone number on front cover).

Shareholders must obtain the prospectus of the DWS fund they are exchanging into from dealers, other firms or DDI.

Compensation of Financial Intermediaries

Incentive Plan for DWS Distributors, Inc. Personnel. DDI has adopted an Incentive Plan (Plan) covering wholesalers that market shares of the DWS funds to financial

II-22

representatives (DWS Wholesalers). These financial representatives in turn may recommend that investors purchase shares of a DWS fund. The Plan is an incentive program that combines monthly and quarterly incentive components based on achieving certain sales and other performance metrics. Under the Plan, DWS Wholesalers will receive a monetary monthly incentive based on the amount of sales generated from their marketing of the funds, and that incentive will differ depending on the product tier of a fund. Each fund is assigned to one of four product tiers—taking into consideration, among other things, the following criteria, where applicable:

•

a fund’s consistency with DWS’s branding and long-term strategy

•

a fund’s competitive performance

•

a fund’s Morningstar rating

•

the length of time a fund’s Portfolio Managers have managed a fund/strategy

•

market size for the fund tier

•

a fund’s size, including sales and redemptions of a fund’s shares

This information and other factors are discussed with senior representatives from various groups within the asset management division, who review on a regular basis the funds assigned to each product tier described above and may make changes to those assignments periodically. No one factor, whether positive or negative, determines a fund’s placement in a given product tier; all these factors together are considered, and the designation of funds in a particular tier represents management’s judgment based on the above criteria. In addition, management may consider a fund’s profile over the course of several review periods before making a change to its tier assignment. These tier assignments will be posted to the DWS funds’ Web site at: fundsus.dws.com/us/en-us/legal-resources/wholesaler-compensation.html. DWS Wholesalers receive the highest compensation for Tier 1 funds, successively less for Tier 2 funds, successively less for Tier 3 funds and successively less for Tier 4 funds. The level of compensation among these product tiers may differ significantly.

In the normal course of business, DWS will from time to time introduce new funds into the DWS family of funds. As a general rule, new funds will be assigned to the product tier that is most appropriate to the type of fund

at the time of its launch based on the criteria described above. As described above, the fund tier assignments are reviewed periodically and are subject to change.

The prospect of receiving, or the receipt of, additional compensation by a DWS Wholesaler under the Plan may provide an incentive to favor marketing funds in higher payout tiers over funds in lower payout tiers. The Plan, however, will not change the price that investors pay for shares of a fund. The DWS Compliance Department monitors DWS Wholesaler sales and other activity in an effort to detect unusual activity in the context of the compensation structure under the Plan. However, investors may wish to take the compensation structure into account when considering purchasing a fund or evaluating any recommendations relating to fund shares.

Financial Services Firms’ Compensation. DDI may pay compensation to financial intermediaries in connection with the sale of fund shares as described in Part II – Appendix II-D. In addition, financial intermediaries may receive compensation for post-sale administrative services from DDI or directly from a fund as described in Part II – Appendix II-D.

Compensation for Recordkeeping Services. Certain financial institutions, including affiliates of DDI, may receive compensation from a fund for recordkeeping and other expenses relating to nominee accounts or for providing certain services to their client accounts. Generally, payments by a fund to financial institutions for providing such services are not expected to exceed 0.25% of shareholder assets for which such services are provided. Normally, compensation for these financial institutions is paid by the Transfer Agent, which is in turn reimbursed by the applicable fund. To the extent that record keeping compensation in excess of the amount reimbursed by a fund is owed to a financial institution, the Transfer Agent, Distributor or Advisor may pay compensation from their own resources (see Financial Intermediary Support Payments below).

Compensation for Recordkeeping Services: Variable Insurance Funds. Technically, the shareholders of Deutsche DWS Variable Series I, Deutsche DWS Variable Series II and Deutsche DWS Investments VIT Funds are the participating insurance companies that offer shares of the funds as investment options for holders of certain variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies. Effectively, ownership of fund shares is passed through to insurance company contract and policy holders. The holders of the shares of a fund on the records of a fund are the insurance companies and no information

II-23

concerning fund holdings of specific contract and policy holders is maintained by a fund. The insurance companies place orders for the purchase and redemption of fund shares with a fund reflecting the investment of premiums paid, surrender and transfer requests and other matters on a net basis; they maintain all records of the transactions and holdings of fund shares and distributions thereon for individual contract and policy holders; and they prepare and mail to contract and policy holders confirmations and periodic account statements reflecting such transactions and holdings.

A fund may compensate certain insurance companies for record keeping and other administrative services performed with regard to holdings of Class B shares as an expense of the Class B shares up to 0.15%. These fees are included within the “Other Expenses” category in the fee table for each portfolio in the Class B Shares Prospectus (see How Much Investors Pay in the applicable fund's prospectus). In addition, the Advisor may, from time to time, pay from its own resources certain insurance companies for record keeping and other administrative services related to Class A and Class B shares of the Portfolios held by such insurance companies on behalf of their contract and policy holders (see Financial Intermediary Support Payments below).

Financial Intermediary Support Payments. The Advisor, the Distributor and their affiliates have undertaken to furnish certain additional information below regarding the level of payments made by them to selected affiliated and unaffiliated brokers, dealers, participating insurance companies or other financial intermediaries (financial representatives) in connection with the sale and/or distribution of fund shares or the retention and/or servicing of investors and fund shares (revenue sharing).

The Advisor, the Distributor and/or their affiliates may pay additional compensation, out of their own assets and not as an additional charge to each fund, to financial representatives in connection with the sale and/or distribution of fund shares or the retention and/or servicing of fund investors and fund shares. Such revenue sharing payments are in addition to any distribution or service fees payable under any Rule 12b-1 or service plan of any fund, any recordkeeping/sub-transfer agency/networking fees payable by each fund (generally through the Distributor or an affiliate) and/or the Distributor or the Advisor to certain financial representatives for performing such services and any sales charges, commissions, non-cash compensation arrangements expressly permitted under applicable rules of FINRA or other concessions described in the fee table or elsewhere in the prospectuses or the SAI as payable to all financial repre

sentatives. For example, the Advisor, the Distributor and/or their affiliates may, using their legitimate profits, compensate financial representatives for providing each fund with “shelf space” or access to a third party platform (including the costs associated with establishing and maintaining the fund on such platform) or fund offering list, or other marketing programs including, without limitation, inclusion of each fund on preferred or recommended sales lists, mutual fund “supermarket” platforms and other formal sales programs; granting the Distributor access to the financial representative’s sales force; granting the Distributor access to the financial representative’s conferences and meetings; assistance in training and educating the financial representative’s personnel; and obtaining other forms of marketing support. In addition, revenue sharing payments may consist of the Distributor’s and/or its affiliates’ payment or reimbursement of ticket charges that would otherwise be assessed by a financial representative on an investor’s fund transactions. The level of revenue sharing payments made to financial representatives may be a fixed fee or based upon one or more of the following factors: gross sales, current assets and/or number of accounts of each fund attributable to the financial representative, the particular fund or fund type or other measures as agreed to by the Advisor, the Distributor and/or their affiliates and the financial representatives or any combination thereof. The amount of these payments is determined at the discretion of the Advisor, the Distributor and/or their affiliates from time to time, may be substantial, and may be different for different financial representatives based on, for example, the nature of the services provided by the financial representative.

The Advisor, the Distributor and/or their affiliates currently make revenue sharing payments from their own assets in connection with the sale and/or distribution of DWS fund shares, or the retention and/or servicing of investors, to financial representatives in amounts that generally range from 0.01% up to 0.52% of assets of a fund serviced and maintained by the financial representative, 0.05% to 0.25% of sales of a fund attributable to the financial representative, a flat fee of up to $95,000, or any combination thereof. These amounts are annual figures typically paid on a quarterly basis and are subject to change at the discretion of the Advisor, the Distributor and/or their affiliates. Receipt of, or the prospect of receiving, this additional compensation, may influence your financial representative’s recommendation of a fund or of any particular share class of a fund. You should review your financial representative’s compensation disclosure and/or

II-24

talk to your financial representative to obtain more information on how this compensation may have influenced your financial representative’s recommendation of a fund.

Other Payments to Financial Intermediaries. In addition to the above-described payments, the Distributor may, using its legitimate profits, pay fees to a financial intermediary who sells shares of the funds for other products or services offered through the financial intermediary that are unrelated to the sale or distribution of the funds’ shares, but which may be helpful to the Distributor in carrying out its distribution responsibilities. Such products or services may include access to various kinds of analytical data. Such payments may be in the form of licensing fees.

The Advisor, the Distributor and/or their affiliates may also make such revenue sharing payments to financial representatives under the terms discussed above in connection with the distribution of both DWS funds and non-DWS funds by financial representatives to retirement plans that obtain recordkeeping services from ADP, Inc. or to 403(b) plans that obtain recordkeeping services from Ascensus, Inc., on the DWS-branded retirement plan platform (the Platform). The level of revenue sharing payments is based upon sales of both the DWS funds and the non-DWS funds by the financial representative on the Platform or current assets of both the DWS funds and the non-DWS funds serviced and maintained by the financial representative on the Platform.

Each fund has been advised that the Advisor, the Distributor and their affiliates expect that the firms listed in Part II—Appendix II-E will receive revenue sharing payments at different points during the coming year as described above.

The Advisor, the Distributor or their affiliates may enter into additional revenue sharing arrangements or change or discontinue existing arrangements with financial representatives at any time without notice.

The prospect of receiving, or the receipt of additional compensation or promotional incentives described above by financial representatives may provide such financial representatives and/or their salespersons with an incentive to favor sales of shares of the DWS funds or a particular DWS fund over sales of shares of mutual funds (or non-mutual fund investments) with respect to which the financial representative does not receive additional compensation or promotional incentives, or receives lower levels of additional compensation or promotional incentives. Similarly, financial representatives may receive different compensation or incentives that may influence

their recommendation of any particular share class of a fund or of other funds. These payment arrangements, however, will not change the price that an investor pays for fund shares or the amount that a fund receives to invest on behalf of an investor and will not increase fund expenses. You may wish to take such payment arrangements into account when considering and evaluating any recommendations relating to fund shares and you should discuss this matter with your financial representative and review your financial representative’s disclosures.

It is likely that broker-dealers that execute portfolio transactions for a fund will include firms that also sell shares of the DWS funds to their customers. However, the Advisor will not consider sales of DWS fund shares as a factor in the selection of broker-dealers to execute portfolio transactions for the DWS funds. Accordingly, the Advisor has implemented policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent its traders from considering sales of DWS fund shares as a factor in the selection of broker-dealers to execute portfolio transactions for a fund. In addition, the Advisor, the Distributor and/or their affiliates will not use fund brokerage to pay for their obligation to provide additional compensation to financial representatives as described above.

Dividends (for non-Money Market Funds). A fund, other than a money fund, intends to distribute, at least annually: (i) substantially all of its investment company taxable income (computed without regard to the dividends-paid deduction), which generally includes taxable ordinary income and any excess of net realized short-term capital gains over net realized long-term capital losses; (ii) net tax-exempt income, if any; and (iii) the entire excess of net realized long-term capital gains over net realized short-term capital losses. However, if a fund determines that it is in the interest of its shareholders, a fund may decide to retain all or part of its net realized long-term capital gains for reinvestment, after paying the related federal taxes. In such a case, shareholders will be treated for federal income tax purposes as having received their share of such gains, but will then generally be able to claim a credit against their federal income tax liability for the federal income tax a fund pays on such gain. If a fund does not distribute the amount of ordinary income and/or capital gain required to be distributed by an excise tax provision of the Code, a fund may be subject to that excise tax on the undistributed amounts. In certain circumstances, a fund may determine that it is in the interest of shareholders to distribute less than the required amount.

II-25

A fund has a schedule for paying out any earnings to shareholders (see Understanding Distributions and Taxes in each fund's prospectus). Additional distributions may also be made in November or December (or treated as made on December 31) if necessary to avoid an excise tax imposed under the Code.

Any dividends or capital gains distributions declared in October, November or December with a record date in such a month and paid during the following January will be treated by shareholders for federal income tax purposes as if received on December 31 of the calendar year declared.

Dividends paid by a fund with respect to each class of its shares will be calculated in the same manner, at the same time and on the same day.

The level of income dividends per share (as a percentage of net asset value) will be lower for Class C shares than for other share classes primarily as a result of the distribution services fee applicable to Class C shares. Distributions of capital gains, if any, will be paid in the same amount for each class.

Income dividends and capital gain dividends (see Taxation of US Shareholders – Dividends and Distributions), if any, of a fund will be credited to shareholder accounts in full and fractional shares of the same class of that fund at net asset value on the reinvestment date, unless shareholders indicate to the Shareholder Service Agent, that they wish to receive them in cash or in shares of other DWS funds as provided in the fund's prospectus. Shareholders must maintain the required minimum account balance in the fund distributing the dividends in order to use this privilege of investing dividends of a fund in shares of another DWS fund. A fund will reinvest dividend checks (and future dividends) in shares of that same fund and class if checks are returned as undeliverable. Dividends and other distributions of a fund in the aggregate amount of $10 or less are automatically reinvested in shares of that fund and class unless the shareholder requests that a check be issued for that particular distribution. Shareholders who chose to receive distributions by electronic transfer are not subject to this minimum.

Generally, if a shareholder has elected to reinvest any dividends and/or other distributions, such distributions will be made in shares of that fund and confirmations will be mailed to each shareholder. If a shareholder has chosen to receive cash, a check will be sent. Distributions of investment company taxable income and net realized capital gains are generally taxable, whether made in shares or cash.

With respect to variable insurance products, all distributions will be reinvested in shares of a fund unless we are informed by an insurance company that they should be paid out in cash. The insurance companies will be informed about the amount and character of distributions from the relevant fund for federal income tax purposes.

Each distribution is accompanied by a brief explanation of the form and character of the distribution. The characterization of distributions on such correspondence may differ from the characterization for federal income tax purposes. Early each year, a fund issues to each shareholder a statement of the federal income tax status of all distributions in the prior calendar year.

A fund may at any time vary its foregoing distribution practices and, therefore, reserves the right from time to time to either distribute or retain for reinvestment such of its net investment income and its net short-term and net long-term capital gains as its Board determines appropriate under the then-current circumstances. In particular, and without limiting the foregoing, a fund may make additional distributions of net investment income or net realized capital gain in order to satisfy the minimum distribution requirements contained in the Code.

Dividends (Money Market Funds). Dividends are declared daily and paid monthly. Shareholders will receive dividends in additional shares unless they elect to receive cash, as provided in a fund's prospectus. Dividends will be reinvested monthly in shares of a fund at net asset value. Shareholders will receive all unpaid dividends upon redeeming their entire account, unless they elect to receive all unpaid dividends on the next monthly dividend payment date, as provided in a fund’s prospectus.

Each fund calculates its dividends based on its daily net investment income. For this purpose, the net investment income of a money fund generally consists of (a) accrued interest income plus or minus amortized discount or premium, (b) plus or minus all short-term realized gains and losses on investments and (c) minus accrued expenses allocated to the applicable fund. Expenses of each money fund are accrued each day. Dividends are reinvested monthly and shareholders will receive monthly confirmations of dividends and of purchase and redemption transactions except that confirmations of dividend reinvestment for DWS IRAs and other fiduciary accounts for which SSB acts as trustee will be sent quarterly.

II-26

Distributions of a fund's net realized long-term capital gains in excess of net realized short-term capital losses, if any, and any undistributed net realized short-term capital gains in excess of net realized long-term capital losses are normally declared and paid annually at the end of the fiscal year in which they were earned to the extent they are not offset by any capital loss carryforwards.

If the shareholder elects to receive dividends or distributions in cash, checks will be mailed monthly, within five business days of the reinvestment date, to the shareholder or any person designated by the shareholder. Each fund reinvests dividend checks (and future dividends) in shares of a fund if checks are returned as undeliverable. Dividends and other distributions in the aggregate amount of $10 or less are automatically reinvested in shares of a fund unless the shareholder requests that a check be issued for that particular distribution. Shareholders who chose to receive distributions by electronic transfer are not subject to this minimum.

Dividends and distributions are treated the same for federal income tax purposes, whether made in shares or cash.

Distribution and Service Agreements and Plans

For information regarding distribution and service agreements and plans for retail funds, see I. Retail Funds below.

For information regarding distribution and service agreements and plans for money market funds, see II. Money Market Funds below.

For information regarding distribution and service agreements and plans for variable insurance funds, see III. Deutsche DWS Variable Series II and IV. Deutsche DWS Investments VIT Funds below.

For all of the agreements and plans described below, no Independent Board Member has any direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the agreement or plan.

I. Retail Funds

A fund may offer only certain of the classes of shares referred to in the subsections below. Thus, the information provided below in regard to certain classes of shares is only applicable to funds offering such classes of shares.

Rule 12b-1 Plans. Certain funds, as described in the applicable prospectuses, have adopted plans pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (each a Rule 12b-1 Plan) on behalf of their Class A, C and R shares, as applicable, that authorize payments out of class assets for distribution and/or shareholder and administrative services as described in more detail below. Because Rule 12b-1 fees are paid out of class assets on an ongoing basis, they will, over time, increase the cost of an investment and may cost more than other types of sales charges.

Rule 12b-1 Plans provide alternative methods for paying sales charges and provide compensation to DDI or intermediaries for post-sale servicing, which may help funds grow or maintain asset levels to provide operational efficiencies and economies of scale. Each Rule 12b-1 Plan is approved and reviewed separately for each applicable class in accordance with Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act, which regulates the manner in which an investment company may, directly or indirectly, bear the expenses of distributing its shares. A Rule 12b-1 Plan may not be amended to increase the fee to be paid by a fund with respect to a class without approval by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such class.

If a Rule 12b-1 Plan is terminated in accordance with its terms, the obligation of the applicable class to make payments to DDI pursuant to the Rule 12b-1 Plan will cease and a fund will not be required to make any payments not previously accrued past the termination date. Thus, there is no legal obligation for a class to pay any expenses incurred by DDI other than fees previously accrued and payable under a Rule 12b-1 Plan, if for any reason the Rule 12b-1 Plan is terminated in accordance with its terms. Because the Rule 12b-1 Plans are compensation plans, future fees under a Rule 12b-1 Plan may or may not be sufficient to cover DDI for its expenses incurred. On the other hand, under certain circumstances, DDI might collect in the aggregate over certain periods more in fees under the applicable Rule 12b-1 Plan than it has expended over that same period in providing distribution services for a fund. For example, if Class C shares of a fund were to appreciate (resulting in greater asset base against which Rule 12b-1 fees are charged) and sales of a fund’s Class C shares were to decline (resulting in lower expenditures by DDI under the Rule 12b-1 Plan), fees payable could exceed expenditures. Similarly, fees paid to DDI could exceed DDI’s expenditures over certain periods shorter than the life of the Rule 12b-1 Plan simply due to the timing of expenses incurred by DDI that is not matched to the timing of revenues received. Under

II-27

these or other circumstances where DDI’s expenses are less than the Rule 12b-1 fees, DDI will retain its full fees and make a profit.

Class C and Class R Shares

Fees for Distribution Services. For its services under the Distribution Agreement, DDI receives a fee from a fund under its Rule 12b-1 Plan, payable monthly, at the annual rate of 0.75% of average daily net assets of a fund attributable to Class C shares. This fee is accrued daily as an expense of Class C shares. DDI currently advances to firms the first-year distribution fee at a rate of 0.75% of the purchase price of Class C shares. DDI does not advance the first-year distribution fee to firms for sales of Class C shares to employer-sponsored employee benefit plans using the OmniPlus subaccount record keeping system made available through ADP, Inc. under an alliance between ADP, Inc. and DDI and its affiliates. For periods after the first year, DDI currently pays firms for sales of Class C shares a distribution fee, generally payable quarterly, at an annual rate of 0.75% of net assets attributable to Class C shares maintained and serviced by the firm. This fee continues until terminated by DDI or the applicable fund. Under the Distribution Agreement, DDI also receives any contingent deferred sales charges paid with respect to Class C shares.

For its services under the Distribution Agreement, DDI receives a fee from a fund under its Rule 12b-1 Plan, payable monthly, at the annual rate of 0.25% of average daily net assets of a fund attributable to Class R shares. This fee is accrued daily as an expense of Class R shares. DDI currently pays firms for sales of Class R shares a distribution fee, generally payable quarterly, at an annual rate of 0.25% of net assets attributable to Class R shares maintained and serviced by the firm. This fee continues until terminated by DDI or the applicable fund.

Class A, Class C and Class R Shares

Fees for Shareholder Services. For its services under the Services Agreement, DDI receives a shareholder services fee from a fund under a Rule 12b-1 Plan, payable monthly, at an annual rate of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets of Class A, C and R shares of a fund, as applicable.

With respect to Class A and Class R shares of a fund, DDI pays each firm a service fee, generally payable quarterly, at an annual rate of up to 0.25% of the net assets in fund accounts that it maintains and services attributable to Class A and Class R shares of a fund, generally commencing immediately after investment. With respect to Class C shares of a fund, DDI currently

advances to firms the first-year service fee at a rate of up to 0.25% of the purchase price of such shares. DDI does not advance the first-year service fee to firms for sales of Class C shares to employer-sponsored employee benefit plans using the OmniPlus subaccount record keeping system made available through ADP, Inc. under an alliance between ADP, Inc. and DDI and its affiliates. For periods after the first year, DDI currently intends to pay firms a service fee at a rate of up to 0.25% (calculated monthly and generally paid quarterly) of the net assets attributable to Class C shares of a fund maintained and serviced by the firm.

Firms to which administrative service fees may be paid include affiliates of DDI. In addition DDI may, from time to time, pay certain firms from its own resources additional amounts for ongoing administrative services and assistance provided to their customers and clients who are shareholders of a fund.

DDI also may provide some of the above services and may retain any portion of the fee under the Services Agreement not paid to firms to compensate itself for shareholder or administrative functions performed for a fund. Currently, the shareholder services fee payable to DDI is payable at an annual rate of up to 0.25% of net assets based upon fund assets in accounts for which a firm provides administrative services and at the annual rate of 0.15% of net assets based upon fund assets in accounts for which there is no firm of record (other than DDI) listed on a fund’s records. The effective shareholder services fee rate to be charged against all assets of each fund while this procedure is in effect will depend upon the proportion of fund assets that is held in accounts for which a firm of record provides shareholder services. The Board of each fund, in its discretion, may approve basing the fee to DDI at the annual rate of 0.25% on all fund assets in the future.

II. Money Market Funds (except DWS Cash Investment Trust Class A and DWS Cash Investment Trust Class C Shares, which are addressed under Retail Funds above)

Rule 12b-1 Plans. Certain Money Market Funds have adopted for certain classes of shares a plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (each a Rule 12b-1 Plan) that provides for fees payable as an expense of the class that are used by DDI to pay for distribution services for those classes. Additionally, in accordance with the Rule 12b-1 Plan for certain classes, shareholder and administrative services are provided to the applicable fund for the benefit of the relevant classes under a fund’s Services

II-28

Agreement with DDI. With respect to certain classes, shareholder and administrative services may be provided outside of a Rule 12b-1 Plan either by DDI pursuant to the Services Agreement or by financial services firms under a Shareholder Services Plan. Because Rule 12b-1 fees are paid out of fund assets on an ongoing basis, they will, over time, increase the cost of an investment and may cost more than other types of sales charges.

The Rule 12b-1 Plans provide alternative methods for paying for distribution services and provide compensation to DDI or financial services firms for post-sales servicing, which may help funds grow or maintain asset levels to provide operational efficiencies and economies of scale. Each Rule 12b-1 Plan is approved and reviewed separately for each such class in accordance with Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act, which regulates the manner in which an investment company may, directly or indirectly, bear the expenses of distributing its shares. A Rule 12b-1 Plan may not be amended to increase the fee to be paid by a fund with respect to a class without approval by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such class of a fund.

If a Rule 12b-1 Plan is terminated in accordance with its terms, the obligation of the applicable fund to make payments to DDI pursuant to the Rule 12b-1 Plan will cease and a fund will not be required to make any payments not previously accrued past the termination date. Thus, there is no legal obligation for a fund to pay any expenses incurred by DDI other than fees previously accrued and payable under a Rule 12b-1 Plan, if for any reason the Rule 12b-1 Plan is terminated in accordance with its terms. Because the Rule 12b-1 Plans are compensation plans, future fees under a Rule 12b-1 Plan may or may not be sufficient to cover DDI for its expenses incurred. On the other hand, under certain circumstances, DDI might collect in the aggregate over certain periods more in fees under the applicable Rule 12b-1 Plan than it has expended over that same period.

Distribution and Shareholder Services

Service Shares—Cash Account Trust. The Distribution Agreement authorizes the fund to pay DDI, as an expense of the DWS Government & Agency Securities Portfolio and the DWS Tax-Exempt Portfolio of Cash Account Trust, a distribution services fee, payable monthly, at an annual rate of 0.60% of average daily net assets of the Service Shares of the applicable fund. This fee is paid pursuant to a Rule 12b-1 Plan. DDI normally pays firms a fee for distribution and administrative services, payable monthly,

at a maximum annual rate of up to 0.60% of average daily net assets of Service Shares held in accounts that they maintain and service.

Managed Shares—Cash Account Trust. The Services Agreement currently authorizes a fund to pay DDI, as an expense of the Government Cash Managed Shares class of the DWS Government & Agency Securities Portfolio of Cash Account Trust and the Tax-Exempt Cash Managed Shares class of the DWS Tax-Exempt Portfolio of Cash Account Trust, an administrative service fee, payable monthly, at an annual rate of 0.15% of average daily net assets of the Managed Shares of a fund. This fee is paid pursuant to a Rule 12b-1 Plan. The Rule 12b-1 Plan for the Tax-Exempt Cash Managed Shares class authorizes the payment of up to 0.25% of average daily net assets of the class and, at the discretion of the Board, the administrative service fee may be increased from the current level to a maximum of 0.25% of average daily net assets. The Rule 12b-1 Plan for the Government Cash Managed Shares class authorizes the payment of up to 0.15% of average daily net assets of the class. DDI normally pays firms a fee for administrative services, payable monthly, at a maximum annual rate of up to 0.15% of average daily net assets of Managed Shares held in accounts that they maintain and service.

Tax-Free Investment Class—Cash Account Trust and Investment Class Shares— Investors Cash Trust. The Distribution Agreement authorizes a fund to pay DDI, as an expense of the Tax-Free Investment Class of the DWS Tax-Exempt Portfolio of Cash Account Trust and the Investment Class Shares of the DWS Treasury Portfolio of Investors Cash Trust (collectively, Investment Class), a distribution services fee, payable monthly, at an annual rate of 0.25% of average daily net assets of the Investment Class shares of the applicable fund. This fee is paid pursuant to a Rule 12b-1 Plan. DDI normally pays firms a fee for distribution services, payable monthly, at a maximum annual rate of up to 0.25% of average daily net assets of shares of the Investment Class held in accounts that they maintain and service. The Services Agreement authorizes a fund to pay DDI, as an expense of the Investment Class of the aforementioned funds, an administrative service fee, payable monthly, at an annual rate of 0.07% of average daily net assets of the Investment Class shares of the applicable fund. This administrative service fee is not paid pursuant to a Rule 12b-1 Plan. DDI normally pays firms a fee for administrative services, payable monthly, at a maximum annual rate of up to 0.07% of average daily net assets of shares of the Investment Class held in accounts that they maintain and service.

II-29

Services Agreement for DWS Treasury Portfolio – Institutional Shares, a series of Investors Cash Trust. The Services Agreement authorizes each fund to pay DDI an administrative services fee, payable monthly, at an annual rate of 0.05% of the average daily net assets of the class specified for each fund (Class). The administrative services fee for DWS Treasury Portfolio – Institutional Shares may be increased to 0.10% at the discretion of the Board. DDI normally pays firms an administrative services fee, payable monthly, at a maximum annual rate up to 0.05% of the average daily net assets of the Class held in accounts that they maintain and service. This administrative services fee is not paid pursuant to a Rule 12b-1 Plan.

The administrative services fee is accrued daily as an expense of the Class. DDI may enter into agreements with firms pursuant to which the firms provide personal service and/or maintenance of shareholder accounts including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining shareholder accounts and records, distributing monthly statements, processing purchase and redemption transactions, answering routine client inquiries regarding a fund, assistance to clients in changing dividend options, account designations and addresses, aggregating trades of all the firm’s clients, providing account information to clients in client sensitive formats and such other services as a fund may reasonably request. The administrative service fee is not payable for advertising, promotion or other distribution services.

Firms to which administrative services fees may be paid include affiliates of DDI. In addition DDI may, from time to time, pay certain firms from its own resources additional amounts for ongoing administrative services and assistance provided to their customers and clients who are shareholders of a fund.

III. Deutsche DWS Variable Series II

Rule 12b-1 Plan. Each fund of Deutsche DWS Variable Series II that has authorized the issuance of Class B shares has adopted a distribution plan under Rule 12b-1 (Plan) that provides for fees payable as an expense of the Class B shares. Under the Plan, a fund may make quarterly payments as reimbursement to DDI for distribution and shareholder servicing related expenses incurred or paid by the Distributor or a participating insurance company.

No such payment shall be made with respect to any quarterly period in excess of an amount determined for such period at the annual rate of 0.25% of the average daily net assets of Class B shares during that quarterly period. The fee is payable by a fund, on behalf of Class B shares, of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets attributable to Class B shares of the fund. Because 12b-1 fees are paid out of fund assets on an ongoing basis, they will, over time, increase the cost of investment and may cost more than other types of sales charges. The Plan and any Rule 12b-1 related agreement that is entered into by a fund or the Distributor in connection with the Plan will continue in effect for a period of more than one year only so long as continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a vote of a majority of the Board, and of a majority of the Board Members who are not interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of a fund. In addition, the Plan and any Rule 12b-1 related agreement may be terminated as to Class B shares of a fund at any time, without penalty, by vote of a majority of the outstanding Class B shares of that fund or by vote of a majority of the Board Members who are not interested persons of a fund and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan or any Rule 12b-1 related agreement. The Plan provides that it may not be amended to increase materially the amount that may be spent for distribution of Class B shares of a fund without the approval of Class B shareholders of that fund.

IV. Deutsche DWS Investments VIT Funds

Rule 12b-1 Plan. DWS Equity 500 Index VIP and DWS Small Cap Index VIP of Deutsche DWS Investments VIT Funds have each adopted a distribution plan under Rule 12b-1 (Plan) that provides for fees payable as an expense of the Class B shares. Under the Plan, a fund may make payments to DDI for remittance directly or indirectly to a participating dealer, shareholder service agent, life insurance company or other applicable party a fee in an amount not to exceed the annual rate of 0.25% of the average daily net assets of the Class B shares under a participation agreement, service agreement, sub-distribution agreement or other similar agreement which provides for Class B shares. DDI is authorized pursuant to the Plan to pay for anything reasonably designed to enhance sales or retention of shareholders and for the provision of services to shareholders of the Class B shares. Because 12b-1 fees are paid out of fund assets on an ongoing basis, they will, over time, increase the cost of investment in Class B shares, and may cost more than other types of sales charges. The Plan and any Rule 12b-1 related agreement that is entered into by a fund or the Distributor in connection with the Plan will continue in effect for a period of more than one year

II-30

only so long as continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a vote of a majority of the Board, and of a majority of the Board Members who are not interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of a fund. In addition, the Plan and any Rule 12b-1 related agreement may be terminated as to Class B shares of a fund at any time, without penalty, by vote of a majority of the outstanding Class B shares of that fund or by vote of a majority of the Board Members who are not interested persons of a fund and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan or any Rule 12b-1 related agreement. The Plan provides that it may not be amended to increase materially the amount that may be spent for distribution of Class B shares of a fund without the approval of the shareholders of such class.

Investments

Investments, Practices and Techniques, and Risks

Part II - Appendix II-G includes a description of the investment practices and techniques which a fund may employ in pursuing its investment objective, as well as the associated risks. Descriptions in this SAI of a particular investment practice or technique in which a fund may engage (or a risk that a fund may be subject to) are meant to describe the spectrum of investments that the Advisor (and/or subadvisor or sub-subadvisor, if applicable) in its discretion might, but is not required to, use in managing a fund. The Advisor (and/or subadvisor or sub-subadvisor, if applicable) may in its discretion at any time employ such practice and technique for one or more funds but not for all funds advised by it. Furthermore, it is possible that certain types of investment practices or techniques described herein may not be available, permissible, economically feasible or effective for their intended purposes in all markets. Certain practices, techniques or investments may not be principal activities of the fund, but, to the extent employed, could from time to time have a material impact on a fund’s performance.

It is possible that certain investment practices and/or techniques may not be permissible for a fund based on its investment restrictions, as described herein (also see Part I: Investments, Practices and Techniques, and Risks) and in a fund’s prospectus.

Portfolio Transactions

The Advisor is generally responsible for placing orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio securities, including the allocation of brokerage. As described in the

Management of the Funds section above, the Advisor may delegate trade execution, trade matching and settlement services to DWS's branch offices or affiliates located in the US or outside the US. With respect to those funds for which a sub-investment advisor manages a fund’s investments, references in this section to the “Advisor” should be read to mean the Subadvisor, except as noted below.

The policy of the Advisor in placing orders for the purchase and sale of securities for a fund is to seek best execution, taking into account execution factors such as: costs; speed; likelihood of execution and settlement; size; nature; and any other consideration relevant to the execution of a particular order. The relative importance of these execution factors will be determined based on the following criteria: characteristics of the order; the financial instruments that are the subject of the order; the characteristics of the execution venues to which the order can be directed; the current market circumstances; and the objectives, investment policies and risks of a fund. Generally, the Advisor will regard price and cost as the important factors for best execution, however there may be circumstances when the Advisor may determine that other execution factors have a greater influence for a particular order in achieving the best possible result.

The Advisor will generally select brokers to effect securities transactions based on a number of criteria, including their: market and security familiarity; access to liquidity or willingness to commit risk to a principal trade; financial stability and certainty of settlement; reliability and integrity of maintaining confidentiality; soundness of technological infrastructure and operational capabilities; safeguards and compliance controls to protect clients; pricing costs for execution-only services; and ability to provide transaction costs analysis.

Commission rates on transactions in equity securities on US securities exchanges are subject to negotiation. Commission rates on transactions in equity securities on foreign securities exchanges are generally fixed. Purchases and sales of fixed-income securities and certain over-the-counter securities are effected on a net basis, without the payment of brokerage commissions. Transactions in fixed income and certain over-the-counter securities are generally placed by the Advisor with the principal market makers for these securities unless the Advisor reasonably believes more favorable results are available elsewhere. Transactions with dealers serving as market makers reflect the spread between the bid and asked prices. Purchases of underwritten issues will include an underwriting fee paid to the underwriter. Money

II-31

market instruments are normally purchased in principal transactions directly from the issuer or from an underwriter or market maker. The Advisor seeks to evaluate the overall reasonableness of brokerage commissions with commissions charged on comparable transactions and compares the brokerage commissions (if any) paid by the funds to reported commissions paid by others. The Advisor routinely reviews commission rates, execution and settlement services performed and makes internal and external comparisons.

It is likely that the broker-dealers selected based on the considerations described in this section will include firms that also sell shares of the funds to their customers. However, the Advisor does not consider sales of shares of the funds as a factor in the selection of broker-dealers to execute portfolio transactions for the funds and, accordingly, has implemented policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent its traders from considering sales of shares of the funds as a factor in the selection of broker-dealers to execute portfolio transactions for the funds.

The Advisor is permitted by Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act, when placing portfolio transactions for a fund, to cause a fund to pay brokerage commissions in excess of that which another broker-dealer might charge for executing the same transaction in order to obtain research and brokerage services if the Advisor determines that such commissions are reasonable in relation to the overall services provided. The Advisor may from time to time, in reliance on Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act, execute portfolio transactions with broker-dealers that provide research and brokerage services to the Advisor. Consistent with the Advisor’s policy regarding best execution, where more than one broker is believed to be capable of providing best execution for a particular trade, the Advisor may take into consideration the receipt of research and brokerage services in selecting the broker-dealer to execute the trade. Although certain research and brokerage services from broker-dealers may be useful to a fund and to the Advisor, it is the opinion of the Advisor that such information only supplements its own research effort since the information must still be analyzed, weighed and reviewed by the Advisor’s staff. To the extent that research and brokerage services of value are received by the Advisor, the Advisor avoids expenses that it might otherwise incur. Research and brokerage services received from a broker-dealer may be useful to the Advisor and its affiliates in providing investment management services to all or some of its clients, which includes a fund. Services received from broker-dealers that executed securities transactions for a fund will not necessarily be used by the Advisor specifically to service that fund.

Research and brokerage services provided by broker-dealers may include, but are not limited to, information on the economy, industries, groups of securities, individual companies, statistical information, accounting and tax law interpretations, political developments, legal developments affecting portfolio securities, technical market action, pricing and appraisal services, credit analysis, risk measurement analysis, performance analysis and measurement and analysis of corporate responsibility issues. Research and brokerage services are typically received in the form of written or electronic reports, access to specialized financial publications, telephone contacts and personal meetings with security analysts, but may also be provided in the form of access to various computer software and meetings arranged with corporate and industry representatives. In addition, the Advisor may also select broker-dealers and obtain from them research and brokerage services that are used in connection with executing trades, such as computer software and/or electronic communication services used by the Advisor to facilitate trading activity with a broker-dealer.

Research and brokerage services may include products obtained from third parties if the Advisor determines that such product or service constitutes brokerage and research as defined in Section 28(e) and interpretations thereunder. Provided a subadvisor is acting in accordance with any instructions and directions of the Advisor or the Board, the subadvisor is authorized to pay to a broker or dealer who provides third party brokerage and research services a commission for executing a portfolio transaction for a fund in excess of what another broker or dealer may charge, if the subadvisor determines in good faith that such commission was reasonable in relation to the value of the third party brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer.

The Advisor may use brokerage commissions to obtain certain brokerage products or services that have a mixed use (i.e., it also serves a function that does not relate to the investment decision-making process). In those circumstances, the Advisor will make a good faith judgment to evaluate the various benefits and uses to which it intends to put the mixed use product or service and will pay for that portion of the mixed use product or service that it reasonably believes does not constitute research and brokerage services with its own resources.

The Advisor will monitor regulatory developments and market practice in the use of client commissions to obtain research and brokerage services and may adjust its portfolio transactions policies in response thereto.

II-32

Due to European regulatory changes affecting the Advisor and certain of its affiliates, beginning in January 2018, funds (or portions thereof) subadvised by the Advisor’s European affiliates will no longer participate in the client commission arrangements described above with respect to obtaining research services. For those funds (or relevant portions thereof), the Advisor or its affiliates will pay for research services previously obtained through use of client commissions from their own assets. The Advisor and its affiliates have put into place procedures to ensure that all funds managed by the Advisor or its affiliates pay only their proportionate share of the cost of research services, as appropriate. The subadvisory agreements for the relevant funds have been modified to reflect the European regulatory changes.

Investment decisions for a fund and for other investment accounts managed by the Advisor are made independently of each other in light of differing conditions. However, the same investment decision may be made for two or more of such accounts. In such cases, simultaneous transactions are inevitable. To the extent permitted by law, the Advisor may aggregate the securities to be sold or purchased for a fund with those to be sold or purchased for other accounts in executing transactions. The Advisor has adopted policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure that when the Advisor aggregates securities purchased or sold on behalf of accounts, the securities are allocated among the participating accounts in a manner that the Advisor believes to be fair and equitable. The Advisor makes allocations among accounts based upon a number of factors that may include, but are not limited to, investment objectives and guidelines, risk tolerance, availability of other investment opportunities and available cash for investment. While in some cases this practice could have a detrimental effect on the price paid or received by, or on the size of the position obtained or disposed of for, a fund, in other cases it is believed that the ability to engage in volume transactions will be beneficial to a fund. With respect to limited opportunities or initial public offerings, the Advisor may make allocations among accounts on a pro-rata basis with consideration given to suitability.

The Advisor and its affiliates and each fund's management team manage other mutual funds and separate accounts, some of which use short sales of securities as a part of its investment strategy. The simultaneous management of long and short portfolios creates potential conflicts of interest including the risk that short sale activity could adversely affect the market value of the long positions (and vice versa), the risk arising from sequential orders in long and short positions, and the risks associated with receiving opposing orders at the same time. The Advisor

has adopted procedures that it believes are reasonably designed to mitigate these potential conflicts of interest. Incorporated in the procedures are specific guidelines developed to ensure fair and equitable treatment for all clients. The Advisor and the investment team have established monitoring procedures and a protocol for supervisory reviews, as well as compliance oversight to ensure that potential conflicts of interest relating to this type of activity are properly addressed.

The Advisor may provide model portfolio recommendations for a variety of investment styles to clients of the Advisor and affiliates. Model portfolios may relate to the same investment strategies that are also offered to or utilized by the Advisor’s other client accounts, including the DWS funds. The Advisor may provide model portfolio recommendations on a non-discretionary or discretionary basis to sponsors of model portfolio programs (Sponsors) who may utilize such recommendations in connection with the management of their client accounts; i.e., the Advisor may provide model portfolio recommendations to Sponsors who then execute securities transactions on behalf of their program clients in accordance with the model portfolios. Model portfolio related trading activity by Sponsors on behalf of their clients could potentially result in the Advisor’s non-model portfolio clients, including the DWS funds, receiving prices that are less favorable than prices that might otherwise have been obtained absent the Sponsors’ trading activity, particularly for orders that are large in relation to a security’s average daily trading volume. The Advisor intends to take reasonable steps to minimize the market impact on non-model portfolio client accounts of orders associated with model portfolio recommendations provided to Sponsors.

Deutsche Bank AG or one of its affiliates (or in the case of a subadvisor, the subadvisor or one of its affiliates) may act as a broker for the funds and receive brokerage commissions or other transaction-related compensation from the funds in the purchase and sale of securities, options or futures contracts when, in the judgment of the Advisor, and in accordance with procedures approved by the Board, the affiliated broker will be able to obtain a price and execution at least as favorable as those obtained from other qualified brokers and if, in the transaction, the affiliated broker charges the funds a rate consistent with that charged to comparable unaffiliated customers in similar transactions.

II-33

Portfolio Turnover. Portfolio turnover rate is defined by the SEC as the ratio of the lesser of sales or purchases to the monthly average value of such securities owned during the year, excluding all securities whose remaining maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less.

Higher levels of activity by a fund result in higher transaction costs and may also result in the recognition of taxable capital gains (including short-term gains, which generally are taxed to individuals at ordinary income rates). Purchases and sales are made whenever necessary, in the Advisor’s discretion, to meet a fund’s objective.

Portfolio Holdings Information

In addition to the public disclosure of fund portfolio holdings through required SEC quarterly filings (and monthly filings for money market funds), each fund may make its portfolio holdings information publicly available on the DWS funds’ Web site as described in a fund's prospectus. Each fund does not disseminate non-public information about portfolio holdings except in accordance with policies and procedures adopted by a fund.

Each fund’s procedures permit non-public portfolio holdings information to be shared with DWS and its affiliates, subadvisors, if any, administrators, sub-administrators, fund accountants, custodians, sub-custodians, independent registered public accounting firms, attorneys, officers and trustees/directors and each of their respective affiliates and advisers who require access to this information to fulfill their duties to the fund and are subject to the duties of confidentiality, including the duty not to trade on non-public information, imposed by law or contract, or by a fund’s procedures. This non-public information may also be disclosed, subject to the requirements described below, to certain third parties, such as securities lending agents, financial printers, proxy voting firms, mutual fund analysts, rating and tracking agencies, and, on an ad hoc basis, transition managers, to shareholders in connection with in-kind redemptions or, in connection with investing in underlying funds, subadvisors to DWS funds of funds (Authorized Third Parties).

Prior to any disclosure of a fund’s non-public portfolio holdings information to Authorized Third Parties, a person who has been authorized by the Board to make such determinations must make a good faith determination in light of the facts then known that a fund has a legitimate business purpose for providing the information, that the disclosure is in the best interest of a fund, and that the

recipient assents or otherwise has a duty to keep the information confidential and to not trade based on the information received while the information remains non-public and that the disclosure would be in compliance with all applicable laws and DWS’s and a subadvisor’s fiduciary duties to a fund. No compensation is received by a fund or DWS for disclosing non-public holdings information. Periodic reports regarding these procedures will be provided to the Board.

Portfolio holdings information distributed by the trading desks of DWS or a subadvisor for the purpose of facilitating efficient trading of such securities and receipt of relevant research is not subject to the foregoing requirements. Non-public portfolio holding information does not include portfolio characteristics (other than holdings or subsets of holdings) about a fund and information derived therefrom, including, but not limited to, how the fund’s investments are divided among various sectors, industries, countries, value and growth stocks, bonds, small, mid and large cap stocks, currencies and cash, types of bonds, bond maturities, duration, bond coupons and bond credit quality ratings, alpha, beta, tracking error, default rate, portfolio turnover, and risk and style characteristics so long as the identity of the fund’s holdings could not be derived from such information.

Registered investment companies that are subadvised by DWS may be subject to different portfolio holdings disclosure policies, and neither DWS nor the Board exercise control over such policies. In addition, separate account clients of DWS have access to their portfolio holdings and are not subject to a fund’s portfolio holdings disclosure policy. The portfolio holdings of some of the funds subadvised by DWS and some of the separate accounts managed by DWS may substantially overlap with the portfolio holdings of a fund.

DWS also manages certain unregistered commingled trusts, the portfolio holdings of which may substantially overlap with the portfolio holdings of a fund. These trusts are not subject to a fund’s portfolio holdings disclosure policy, but have their own policy that is similar to that of the funds. To the extent that investors in these commingled trusts may receive portfolio holdings information of their trust on a different basis from that on which fund portfolio holdings information is made public, DWS has implemented procedures reasonably designed to encourage such investors to keep such information confidential, and to prevent those investors from trading on the basis of non-public holdings information.

II-34

In addition, DWS may, from time to time, provide model portfolios to third party sponsors of model portfolio programs, which model portfolios may substantially overlap with the portfolio holdings of a fund. These model portfolios are not subject to a fund’s portfolio holdings disclosure policy. DWS has adopted procedures that require such third party sponsors to agree in writing to keep the model portfolio information confidential and to limit their use of the information to implementing their respective model portfolio programs.

There is no assurance that a fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of portfolio holdings information will protect the fund from the potential misuse of portfolio holdings information by those in possession of that information.

Net Asset Value

Applicable to funds other than money market funds. The net asset value per share of a fund is normally computed as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (Exchange) on each day the Exchange is open for trading (Value Time). The Exchange is scheduled to be closed on the following holidays: New Year’s Day, Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Juneteenth National Independence Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving and Christmas, and on the preceding Friday or subsequent Monday when one of these holidays falls on a Saturday or Sunday, respectively. Net asset value per share is determined separately for each class of shares by dividing the value of the total assets of the fund attributable to the shares of that class, less all liabilities attributable to that class, by the total number of shares of that class outstanding. The per share net asset value may be lower for certain classes of the fund because of higher expenses borne by these classes.

The Board has designated the Advisor as the valuation designee for a fund pursuant to Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act. The Advisor’s Pricing Committee values securities and other assets using the methodologies described below.

An equity security is valued at its official closing price on the security’s primary exchange or over-the-counter (OTC) market as of the Value Time. Lacking any sales, the security is valued at the calculated mean between the most recent bid quotation and the most recent asked quotation (Calculated Mean) on such exchange or OTC market as of the Value Time. If it is not possible to

determine the Calculated Mean, the security is valued at the most recent bid quotation on such exchange or OTC market as of the Value Time.

Debt securities are valued as follows: Money market instruments, including instruments purchased with remaining maturities of 60 days or less, shall be valued based on prices obtained from an approved pricing agent, or if such information is not available, the money market instruments shall be valued using the average of the most recent reliable bid quotations or evaluated prices obtained from two or more broker-dealers. Bank loans are valued at prices supplied by an approved pricing agent (which are intended to reflect the mean between the bid and asked prices), if available, and otherwise at the mean of the most recent bid and asked quotations or evaluated prices, as applicable, based on quotations or evaluated prices obtained from one or more broker-dealers. Privately placed debt securities, other than Rule 144A debt securities, initially are valued at cost and thereafter based on all relevant factors, including type of security, size of holding and restrictions on disposition. Municipal debt securities are valued at prices supplied by an approved pricing agent (which are intended to reflect the mean between the bid and asked prices), if available, and otherwise at the mean of the most recent bid and asked quotations or evaluated prices obtained from a broker-dealer. Other debt securities are valued at prices supplied by an approved pricing agent, if available, and otherwise at the average of the most recent bid quotations or evaluated prices, as applicable, obtained from two or more broker-dealers. If it is not possible to value a particular debt security pursuant to the above methods, the security is valued on the basis of factors including (but not limited to) maturity, coupon, creditworthiness, currency denomination, and the movement of the market in which the security is normally traded.

An exchange-traded option contract on securities, currencies and other financial instruments is valued at its official closing price on the relevant exchange. Lacking any sales, the option contract is valued at the Calculated Mean. If it is not possible to determine the Calculated Mean, the option contract is valued at the most recent bid quotation in the case of a purchased option contract or the most recent asked quotation in the case of a written option contract, in each case as of the Value Time. An option contract on securities, currencies and other financial instruments traded in the OTC market is valued as of the Value Time at a price supplied by an approved pricing agent, if available, and otherwise at the evaluated price provided by the broker-dealer with which it was traded. Futures contracts (and options thereon) are valued at the

II-35

most recent settlement price or official close, if available, on the exchange on which they are traded most extensively. With the exception of stock index futures contracts which trade on the Chicago Mercantile Exchange, closing settlement times are prior to the close of trading on the Exchange. For stock index futures contracts which trade on the Chicago Mercantile Exchange, closing settlement prices are normally available at approximately 4:20 pm Eastern time.

If market quotations for a fund asset are not readily available or if the Advisor believes that the value of a fund asset as determined in accordance with the methodologies above is unreliable, the value of the fund asset is taken to be an amount which, in the opinion of the Advisor’s Pricing Committee, represents fair value. The value of all other holdings is the fair value of the asset on the valuation date as determined by the Advisor’s Pricing Committee.

The following paragraph applies to funds that invest in underlying DWS mutual funds. The net asset value of each underlying DWS mutual fund is determined based upon the nature of the securities as set forth in the prospectus and statement of additional information of such underlying DWS mutual fund. Shares of each underlying DWS mutual fund in which the fund may invest are valued at the net asset value per share of each underlying DWS mutual fund as of the close of regular trading on the Exchange on each day the Exchange is open for trading. The net asset value per share of the underlying DWS mutual funds will be calculated and reported to the fund by each underlying DWS mutual fund’s accounting agent.

The following additional paragraphs apply to DWS Equity 500 Index Fund and DWS S&P 500 Index Fund (feeder funds). Each feeder fund pursues its investment objective by investing substantially all of its assets in a master portfolio—the Deutsche DWS Equity 500 Index Portfolio (Portfolio), which has the same investment objective and is subject to the same investment risks as the feeder fund.

Net asset value per share of a feeder fund is determined as of the Value Time separately for each class of shares by dividing the value of the total assets of the feeder fund (i.e., the value of the feeder fund’s investment in the Portfolio and any other assets) attributable to the shares of that class, less all liabilities attributable to that class, by the total number of shares of that class outstanding.

As of the Value Time, the Portfolio determines its net value (i.e., the value of the Portfolio’s portfolio instruments and any other assets less all liabilities) using the valuation procedures for securities and other assets described above.

Each investor in the Portfolio, including a feeder fund, may add to or reduce its investment in the Portfolio on each day that net asset value of the feeder fund and the Portfolio are computed as described above. At the close of a Value Time, the value of each investor’s beneficial interest in the Portfolio will be determined by multiplying the net value of the Portfolio, determined as provided above, by the percentage, effective for that day, which represents that investor’s share of the aggregate beneficial interests in the Portfolio. Any additions or withdrawals, which are to be effected as of the Value Time on that day, will then be effected. The percentage of the aggregate beneficial interests in the Portfolio held by each investor in the Portfolio, including a feeder fund, will then be recomputed as the percentage equal to the fraction (i) the numerator of which is the value of the investor’s investment in the Portfolio as of the Value Time on such day plus or minus, as the case may be, the amount of net additions to or withdrawals from such investor’s investment in the Portfolio effected as of the Value Time on such day, and (ii) the denominator of which is the aggregate net value of the Portfolio, determined as provided above, as of the Value Time on such day plus or minus, as the case may be, the amount of net additions to or withdrawals from the aggregate investments in the Portfolio by all investors, including the feeder fund, in the Portfolio. The percentage so determined for a feeder fund will then be applied to determine the value of the feeder fund’s interest in the Portfolio as of the Value Time on the following day that net asset value is determined.

Applicable to money market funds other than DWS Government Money Market Series. The net asset value (NAV) per share of a fund is calculated on each day (Valuation Day) on which the fund is open for business as of the time described in the fund’s prospectus. A fund is open for business each day the New York Stock Exchange (Exchange) is open for trading, and the fund may, but is not required to, accept certain types of purchase and redemption orders (not including exchanges) on days that the Exchange is not open or beyond an early Exchange closing time, as described in the fund’s prospectus. The Exchange is scheduled to be closed on the following holidays: New Year’s Day, Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Juneteenth National Independence Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving and Christmas, and on the

II-36

preceding Friday or subsequent Monday when one of these holidays falls on a Saturday or Sunday, respectively. Net asset value per share is determined separately for each class of shares by dividing the value of the total assets of the fund attributable to the shares of that class, less all liabilities attributable to that class, by the total number of shares of that class outstanding. Although there is no guarantee, a fund’s NAV per share will normally be $1.00.

A fund values its portfolio instruments at amortized cost, which does not take into account unrealized capital gains or losses. This involves initially valuing an instrument at its cost and thereafter assuming a constant amortization to maturity of any discount or premium, regardless of the impact of fluctuating interest rates on the market value of the instrument. While this method provides certainty in valuation, it may result in periods during which value, as determined by amortized cost, is higher or lower than the price the fund would receive if it sold the instrument.

The Board has established procedures reasonably designed to stabilize a fund’s NAV per share at $1.00. Under the procedures, the Advisor will monitor and notify the Board of circumstances where a fund’s NAV per share calculated by using market valuations may deviate from the $1.00 per share calculated using amortized cost. If there were any deviation that the Board believed would result in a material dilution or unfair result for investors or existing shareholders, the Board would promptly consider what action, if any, should be initiated. Such actions could include selling assets prior to maturity to realize capital gains or losses; shortening the average maturity of a fund's portfolio; adjusting the level of dividends; redeeming shares in kind; or valuing assets based on market valuations. For example, if a fund’s net asset value per share (computed using market values) declined, or was expected to decline, below $1.00 (computed using amortized cost), the fund might temporarily reduce or suspend dividend payments in an effort to maintain the net asset value at $1.00 per share. As a result of such reduction or suspension of dividends or other action by the Board, an investor would receive less income during a given period than if such a reduction or suspension had not taken place. Such action could result in investors receiving no dividend for the period during which they hold their shares and receiving, upon redemption, a price per share lower than that which they paid. On the other hand, if a fund’s net asset value per share (computed using market values) were to increase,

or were anticipated to increase above $1.00 (computed using amortized cost), a fund might supplement dividends in an effort to maintain the net asset value at $1.00 per share.

Market valuations are obtained by using actual quotations provided by market makers, estimates of market value, or values obtained from yield data relating to classes of money market instruments published by reputable sources at the mean between the bid and asked prices for the instruments. In the event market quotations are not readily available for certain portfolio assets, the fair value of such portfolio assets will be determined in good faith by the Advisor’s Pricing Committee based upon input from the Advisor or other third parties.

Applicable to the following money market fund: DWS Government Money Market Series. The fund pursues its investment objective by investing substantially all of its assets in a master portfolio—the Government Cash Management Portfolio (Portfolio), which has the same investment objective and is subject to the same investment risks as the fund. The net asset value (NAV) per share of the fund is calculated on each day (Valuation Day) on which the fund is open for business as of the time described in the fund’s prospectus. The fund is open for business each day the New York Stock Exchange (Exchange) is open for trading, and the fund may, but is not required to, accept certain types of purchase and redemption orders (not including exchanges) on days that the Exchange is not open or beyond an early Exchange closing time, as described in the fund’s prospectus. The Exchange is scheduled to be closed on the following holidays: New Year’s Day, Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Juneteenth Independence Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving and Christmas, and on the preceding Friday or subsequent Monday when one of these holidays falls on a Saturday or Sunday, respectively. Net asset value per share is determined separately for each class of shares by dividing the value of the total assets of the fund (i.e., the value of the fund’s investment in the Portfolio and any other assets) attributable to the shares of that class, less all liabilities attributable to that class, by the total number of shares of that class outstanding. Although there is no guarantee, the fund’s NAV per share will normally be $1.00.

On each Valuation Day, the Portfolio determines its net value (i.e., the value of the Portfolio’s portfolio instruments and any other assets less all liabilities). The Portfolio values its portfolio instruments at amortized cost, which does not take into account unrealized capital gains or

II-37

losses. This involves initially valuing an instrument at its cost and thereafter assuming a constant amortization to maturity of any discount or premium, regardless of the impact of fluctuating interest rates on the market value of the instrument. While this method provides certainty in valuation, it may result in periods during which value, as determined by amortized cost, is higher or lower than the price the Portfolio would receive if it sold the instrument.

Each investor in the Portfolio, including the fund, may add to or reduce its investment in the Portfolio on each Valuation Day. At the close of each such Valuation Day, the value of each investor’s beneficial interest in the Portfolio will be determined by multiplying the net value of the Portfolio, as determined by amortized cost, by the percentage, effective for that day, which represents that investor’s share of the aggregate beneficial interests in the Portfolio. Any additions or withdrawals, which are to be effected as of the close of business on that day, will then be effected. The percentage of the aggregate beneficial interests in the Portfolio held by each investor in the Portfolio, including the fund will then be recomputed as the percentage equal to the fraction (i) the numerator of which is the value of the investor’s investment in the Portfolio as of the close of business on such day plus or minus, as the case may be, the amount of net additions to or withdrawals from such investor’s investment in the Portfolio effected as of the close of business on such day, and (ii) the denominator of which is the aggregate net value of the Portfolio, as determined by amortized cost, as of the close of business on such day plus or minus, as the case may be, the amount of net additions to or withdrawals from the aggregate investments in the Portfolio by all investors, including the fund, in the Portfolio. The percentage so determined for the fund will then be applied to determine the value of the fund’s interest in the Portfolio as of the close of the following Valuation Day.

The Board has established procedures reasonably designed to stabilize the fund’s NAV per share at $1.00. Under the procedures, the Advisor will monitor and notify the Board of circumstances where a fund’s NAV per share calculated based on valuing the fund’s investment in the Portfolio and the fund’s other assets using market valuations may deviate from the $1.00 per share calculated based on valuing a fund’s investment in the Portfolio and the fund’s other assets using amortized cost. If there were any deviation that the Board believed would result in a material dilution or unfair result for investors or existing shareholders, the Board would promptly consider what action, if any, should be initiated. Such actions could include selling assets prior to maturity to realize capital

gains or losses; shortening average maturity of the investment portfolio; adjusting the level of dividends; redeeming shares in kind; or valuing assets based on market valuations. For example, if the fund’s net asset value per share (computed using market values) declined, or was expected to decline, below $1.00 (computed using amortized cost), the fund might temporarily reduce or suspend dividend payments in an effort to maintain the net asset value at $1.00 per share. As a result of such reduction or suspension of dividends or other action by the Board, an investor would receive less income during a given period than if such a reduction or suspension had not taken place. Such action could result in investors receiving no dividend for the period during which they hold their shares and receiving, upon redemption, a price per share lower than that which they paid. On the other hand, if the fund’s net asset value per share (computed using market values) were to increase, or were anticipated to increase above $1.00 (computed using amortized cost), the fund might supplement dividends in an effort to maintain the net asset value at $1.00 per share. Because a fund invests substantially all of its assets in the Portfolio, certain of these actions could be implemented at the Portfolio level at the discretion of its Board.

Proxy Voting Policy and Guidelines

Each fund has delegated proxy voting responsibilities to the Advisor, subject to the Board’s general oversight. A fund has delegated proxy voting responsibilities to the Advisor with the direction that proxies should be voted consistent with the fund’s best economic interests. The Advisor has adopted its own Proxy Voting Policy and Guidelines (Policy) for this purpose. The Policy addresses, among other things, conflicts of interest that may arise between the interests of a fund, and the interests of the Advisor and its affiliates, including a fund’s principal underwriter. The Policy is included in Part II—Appendix II-I.

You may obtain information about how a fund voted proxies related to its portfolio securities during the 12-month period ended June 30 (1) without charge, upon

II-38

request, by calling (800) 728-3337 or, for institutional money market funds, (800) 730-1313; (2) on our Web site at dws.com/en-us/resources/proxy-voting; and (3) by visiting the SEC’s Web site at www.sec.gov.

Miscellaneous

A fund’s prospectus(es) and this SAI omit certain information contained in the Registration Statement which a fund has filed with the SEC under the 1933 Act and reference is hereby made to the Registration Statement for further information with respect to a fund and the securities offered hereby.

Ratings Of Investments

Bonds and Commercial Paper Ratings

Set forth below are descriptions of ratings (as of the date of each rating agency’s annual ratings publication or other current ratings publication, as applicable) which represent opinions as to the quality of the securities. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are relative and subjective and are not absolute standards of quality.

If a fixed income security is rated differently among the three major ratings agencies (i.e., Moody’s Investor Services, Inc., Fitch Investors Services, Inc., and S&P Global Ratings), portfolio management would rely on the highest credit rating for purposes of the fund’s investment policies.

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. Global Long-Term Rating Scale

Moody’s long-term ratings are assigned to issuers or obligations with an original maturity of eleven months or more and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment.

Aaa Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

Aa Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

Ba Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category. Additionally, a “(hyb)” indicator is appended to all ratings of hybrid securities issued by banks, insurers, finance companies, and securities firms.

By their terms, hybrid securities allow for the omission of scheduled dividends, interest, or principal payments, which can potentially result in impairment if such an omission occurs. Hybrid securities may also be subject to contractually allowable write-downs of principal that could result in impairment. Together with the hybrid indicator, the long-term obligation rating assigned to a hybrid security is an expression of the relative credit risk associated with that security.

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. Global Short-Term Rating Scale

Moody’s short-term ratings are assigned to obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment.

P-1 Ratings of Prime-1 reflect a superior ability to repay short-term obligations.

II-39

P-2 Ratings of Prime-2 reflect a strong ability to repay short-term obligations.

P-3 Ratings of Prime-3 reflect an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

NP Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. US Municipal Short-Term Debt and Demand Obligation Ratings

Short-Term Obligation Ratings

The Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) scale is used to rate US municipal cash flow notes, bond anticipation notes and certain other short-term obligations, which typically mature in three years or less.

MIG 1 This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

MIG 2 This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

MIG 3 This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

SG This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

Demand Obligation Ratings

For variable rate demand obligations (VRDOs), Moody’s assigns both a long-term rating and a short-term payment obligation rating. The long-term rating addresses the issuer’s ability to meet scheduled principal and interest payments. The short-term payment obligation rating addresses the ability of the issuer or the liquidity provider to meet any purchase price payment obligation resulting from optional tenders (“on demand”) and/or mandatory tenders of the VRDO. The short-term payment obligation rating uses the Variable Municipal Investment Grade (VMIG) scale. Transitions of VMIG ratings with conditional liquidity support differ from transitions of Prime ratings reflecting the risk that external liquidity support will terminate if the issuer’s long-term rating drops below investment grade.

For VRDOs, Moody's typically assigns a VMIG rating if the frequency of the payment obligation is less than every three years. If the frequency of the payment obligation is less than three years, but the obligation is payable only with remarketing proceeds, the VMIG short-term rating is not assigned and it is denoted as “NR”.

VMIG 1 This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections.

VMIG 2 This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections.

VMIG 3 This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections.

SG This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have a sufficiently strong short-term rating or may lack the structural or legal protections.

S&P Global Ratings Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings

Investment Grade

AAA An obligation rated 'AAA' has the highest rating assigned by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA An obligation rated 'AA' differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is very strong.

A An obligation rated 'A' is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is still strong.

BBB An obligation rated 'BBB' exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

II-40

Speculative Grade

Obligations rated 'BB', 'B', 'CCC', 'CC', and 'C' are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. 'BB' indicates the least degree of speculation and 'C' the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposure to adverse conditions.

BB An obligation rated 'BB' is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions that could lead to the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

B An obligation rated 'B' is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated 'BB', but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor's capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

CCC An obligation rated 'CCC' is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

CC An obligation rated 'CC' is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The 'CC' rating is used when a default has not yet occurred but S&P Global Ratings expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.

C An obligation rated 'C' is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared with obligations that are rated higher.

D An obligation rated 'D' is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the 'D' rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within the next five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or the next 30 calendar days. The 'D' rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an

obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to 'D' if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring.

Plus (+) or Minus (-) Ratings from 'AA' to 'CCC' may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the rating categories.

S&P Global Ratings Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings

A-1 A short-term obligation rated 'A-1' is rated in the highest category by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitments on these obligations is extremely strong.

A-2 A short-term obligation rated 'A-2' is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is satisfactory.

A-3 A short-term obligation rated 'A-3' exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken an obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

B A short-term obligation rated 'B' is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties that could lead to the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.

C A short-term obligation rated 'C' is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

D A short-term obligation rated 'D' is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the 'D' rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The 'D' rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of

II-41

a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to 'D' if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring.

SPUR (S&P Underlying Rating) A SPUR is an opinion about the stand-alone capacity of an obligor to pay debt service on a credit-enhanced debt issue, without giving effect to the enhancement that applies to it. These ratings are published only at the request of the debt issuer or obligor with the designation SPUR to distinguish them from the credit-enhanced rating that applies to the debt issue. S&P Global Ratings maintains surveillance of an issue with a published SPUR.

S&P Global Ratings Municipal Short-Term Note Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings US municipal note rating reflects S&P Global Ratings’ opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, S&P Global Ratings’ analysis will review the following considerations:

•

Amortization schedule—the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and

•

Source of payment—the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

Note rating symbols are as follows:

SP-1 Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

SP-2 Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

SP-3 Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

D ‘D’ is assigned upon failure to pay the note when due, completion of a distressed debt restructuring, or the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions.

S&P Global Ratings Dual Ratings

Dual ratings may be assigned to debt issues that have a put option or demand feature. The first component of the rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second component of the rating addresses only the demand feature. The first component of the rating can relate to either a short-term or long-term transaction and accordingly use either short-term or long-term rating symbols. The second component of the rating relates to the put option and is assigned a short-term rating symbol (for example, 'AAA/A-1+' or 'A-1+/A-1'). With US municipal short-term demand debt, the US municipal short-term note rating symbols are used for the first component of the rating (for example, 'SP-1+/A-1+').

S&P Global Market Intelligence Earnings and Dividend Rankings for Common Stocks

S&P Global Market Intelligence, an affiliate of S&P Global Ratings, has provided Earnings and Dividend Rankings, commonly referred to as Quality Rankings, on common stocks since 1956. Quality Rankings reflect the long-term growth and stability of a company’s earnings and dividends.

The Quality Rankings System attempts to capture the long-term growth and stability of earnings and dividends record in a single system. In assessing Quality Rankings, S&P Global Market Intelligence recognizes that earnings and dividend performance is the end result of the interplay of various factors such as products and industry position, corporate resources and financial policy. Over the long run, the record of earnings and dividend performance has a considerable bearing on the relative quality of stocks.

The rankings, however, do not profess to reflect all of the factors, tangible or intangible, that bear on stock quality.

The rankings are generated by a computerized system and are based on per-share earnings and dividend records of the most recent 10 years – a period long enough to measure significant secular (long-term) growth, capture indications of changes in trend as they develop, encompass the full peak-to-peak range of the business cycle, and include a bull and a bear market. Basic scores are computed for earnings and dividends, and then adjusted as indicated by a set of predetermined modifiers for change in the rate of growth, stability within long-term trend, and cyclicality. Adjusted scores for earnings and dividends are then combined to yield a final ranking.

II-42

The ranking system makes allowance for the fact that corporate size generally imparts certain advantages from an investment standpoint. Conversely, minimum size limits (in sales volume) are set for the various rankings. However, the system provides for making exceptions where the score reflects an outstanding earnings and dividend record. The following table shows the letter classifications and brief descriptions of Quality Rankings.

A+	Highest	B+	Average	C	Lowest
A	High	B	Below Average	D	In Reorganization
A–	Above Average	B–	Low	LIQ	Liquidation

The ranking system grants some exceptions to the pure quantitative rank. Thus, if a company has not paid any dividend over the past 10 years, it is very unlikely that it will rank higher than A-. In addition, companies may receive a bonus score based on their sales volume (higher sales are viewed as better for stability). If a company omits a dividend on preferred stock, it will receive a rank of no better than C that year. If a company pays a dividend on the common stock, it is highly unlikely that the rank will be below B-, even if it has incurred losses. In addition, if a company files for bankruptcy, the model’s rank is automatically changed to D.

Fitch Ratings Long-Term Ratings

Investment Grade

AAA: Highest Credit Quality. ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

AA: Very High Credit Quality. ‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of very low default risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

A: High Credit Quality. ‘A’ ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

BBB: Good Credit Quality. ‘BBB’ ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

Speculative Grade

BB: Speculative. ‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial flexibility exists that supports the servicing of financial commitments.

B: Highly Speculative. ‘B’ ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.

CCC: Substantial Credit Risk. Very low margin for safety. Default is a real possibility.

CC: Very High Levels of Credit Risk. Default of some kind appears probable.

C: Near Default. A default or default-like process has begun, or for a closed funding vehicle, payment capacity is irrevocably impaired. Conditions that are indicative of a ‘C’ category rating for an issuer include:

a. The issuer has entered into a grace or cure period following non-payment of a material financial obligation;

b. The formal announcement by the issuer or their agent of a distressed debt exchange; and

c. A closed financing vehicle where payment capacity is irrevocably impaired such that it is not expected to pay interest and/or principal in full during the life of the transaction, but where no payment default is imminent.

RD: Restricted Default. ‘RD’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch’s opinion has experienced:

a. An uncured payment default or distressed debt exchange on a bond, loan or other material financial obligation, but

b. Has not entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation, or other formal winding-up procedure, and

c. Has not otherwise ceased operating.

This would include:

a. The selective payment default on a specific class or currency of debt;

II-43

b. The uncured expiry of any applicable original grace period, cure period or default forbearance period following a payment default on a bank loan, capital markets security or other material financial obligation.

D: Default. ‘D’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch’s opinion has entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure or that has otherwise ceased business and debt is still outstanding.

Default ratings are not assigned prospectively to entities or their obligations; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will generally not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period, unless a default is otherwise driven by bankruptcy or other similar circumstance, or by a distressed debt exchange.

In all cases, the assignment of a default rating reflects the agency’s opinion as to the most appropriate rating category consistent with the rest of its universe of ratings and may differ from the definition of default under the terms of an issuer’s financial obligations or local commercial practice.

Within rating categories, Fitch may use modifiers. The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. For example, the rating category ‘AA’ has three notch-specific rating levels (‘AA+’; ‘AA’; ‘AA–‘; each a rating level). Such suffixes are not added to ‘AAA’ ratings and ratings below the ‘CCC’ category. For the short-term rating category of ‘F1’, a ‘+’ may be appended.

Fitch Ratings Short-Term Ratings

F1: Highest Short-Term Credit Quality. Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

F2: Good Short-Term Credit Quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

F3: Fair Short-Term Credit Quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

B: Speculative Short-Term Credit Quality. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

C: High Short-Term Default risk. Default is a real possibility.

RD: Restricted Default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically applicable to entity ratings only.

D: Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

II-44

Part II: Appendix II-A—Board Members and Officers

Identification and Background

The following table presents certain information regarding the Board Members of the Trust/Corporation. Each Board Member’s year of birth is set forth in parentheses after his or her name. Unless otherwise noted, (i) each Board Member has engaged in the principal occupation(s) noted in the table for at least the most recent five years, although not necessarily in the same capacity, and (ii) the address of each Board Member that is not an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust/Corporation or the Advisor (each, an “Independent Board Member”) is Keith R. Fox, DWS Funds Board Chair, c/o Thomas R. Hiller, Ropes & Gray LLP, Prudential Tower, 800 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199-3600. The term of office for each Board Member is until the election and qualification of a successor, or until such Board Member sooner dies, resigns, is removed or as otherwise provided in the governing documents of the Trust/Corporation. Because the fund does not hold an annual meeting of shareholders, each Board Member will hold office for an indeterminate period. The number of funds in the DWS fund complex shown in the table below includes all registered open- and closed-end funds (including all of their portfolios) advised by the Advisor and any registered funds that have an investment advisor that is an affiliated person of the Advisor.

Independent Board Members

Name, Year of Birth, Position with the Trust/Corporation and Length of Time Served(1)	Business Experience and Directorships During the Past 5 Years	Number of Funds in DWS Fund Complex Overseen	Other Directorships Held by Board Member
Keith R. Fox, CFA (1954) Chairperson since 2017, and Board Member since 1996	Former Managing General Partner, Exeter Capital Partners (a series of private investment funds) (1986-2023); Former Chairman, National Association of Small Business Investment Companies; Former Directorships: ICI Mutual Insurance Company; BoxTop Media Inc. (advertising); Sun Capital Advisers Trust (mutual funds); Progressive International Corporation (kitchen goods designer and distributor)	66	-
Jennifer S. Conrad (1959) Board Member since 2024	Dalton McMichael, Sr., Distinguished Professor of Finance, Kenan-Flagler Business School, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill	66	-
Mary Schmid Daugherty, NACD.DC, PHD, CFA (1958) Board Member since 2023(3)	Senior Fellow in Applied Finance, Department of Finance, Opus College of Business at the University of St. Thomas (1987-present); Directorships: The Meritex Company (2017-present); and The Hardenbergh Foundation (2021-present); Former Directorships: Driessen Water, Inc. (2016-2023); Mairs & Power Funds Trust (mutual funds) (2010-2022); and Crescent Electric Supply Company (2010-2019)	66	-

II-45

Name, Year of Birth, Position with the Trust/Corporation and Length of Time Served(1)	Business Experience and Directorships During the Past 5 Years	Number of Funds in DWS Fund Complex Overseen	Other Directorships Held by Board Member
Dawn-Marie Driscoll (1946) Board Member since 1987	Emeritus Executive Fellow, Hoffman Center for Business Ethics, Bentley University; formerly: Partner, Palmer & Dodge (law firm) (1988-1990); Vice President of Corporate Affairs and General Counsel, Filene’s (retail) (1978-1988); Directorships: Trustee and former Chairman of the Board, Southwest Florida Community Foundation (charitable organization); Former Directorships: ICI Mutual Insurance Company (2007-2015); Sun Capital Advisers Trust (mutual funds) (2007-2012); Investment Company Institute (audit, executive, nominating committees) and Independent Directors Council (governance, executive committees)	65	-
Richard J. Herring (1946) Board Member since 1990	Jacob Safra Professor of International Banking and Professor of Finance, The Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania (1972-present) and Member of the Financial Economists Roundtable (2000-present); formerly: Director, The Wharton Financial Institutions Center (1994-2020); Vice Dean and Director, Wharton Undergraduate Division (1995-2000) and Director, The Lauder Institute of International Management Studies (2000-2006); Member FDIC Systemic Risk Advisory Committee (2011-present), Member Systemic Risk Council (2012-present) and Member of the Advisory Board of the Yale Program on Financial Stability (2013-present); Former Directorships: Co-Chair of the Shadow Financial Regulatory Committee (2003-2015), Executive Director of The Financial Economists Roundtable (2008-2015), Director of The Thai Capital Fund (2007- 2013), Director of The Aberdeen Singapore Fund (2007-2018), Director, The Aberdeen Japan Fund (2007-2021) and Nonexecutive Director of Barclays Bank DE (2010-2018)	66	-
Chad D. Perry (1972) Board Member since 2021	Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, RLJ Lodging Trust(2) (since 2023); formerly Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc.(2) (2011-2023); Executive Vice President and Deputy General Counsel, LPL Financial Holdings Inc.(2) (2006-2011); Senior Corporate Counsel, EMC Corporation (2005-2006); Associate, Ropes & Gray LLP (1997-2005)	66	Director, Great Elm Capital Corp. (business development company) (since 2022)

II-46

Name, Year of Birth, Position with the Trust/Corporation and Length of Time Served(1)	Business Experience and Directorships During the Past 5 Years	Number of Funds in DWS Fund Complex Overseen	Other Directorships Held by Board Member
Rebecca W. Rimel (1951) Board Member since 1995	Directorships: Washington College (since July 2023); Formerly: Executive Vice President, The Glenmede Trust Company (investment trust and wealth management) (1983-2004); Board Member, Investor Education (charitable organization) (2004- 2005); Former Directorships: Trustee, Executive Committee, Philadelphia Chamber of Commerce (2001-2007); Director, Viasys Health Care(2) (January 2007-June 2007); Trustee, Thomas Jefferson Foundation (charitable organization) (1994-2012); President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (1994-2020) and Senior Advisor (2020-2021), The Pew Charitable Trusts (charitable organization); Director, BioTelemetry Inc.(2) (acquired by Royal Philips in 2021) (healthcare) (2009-2021); Director, Becton Dickinson and Company(2) (medical technology company) (2012-2022)	66	Director, The Bridgespan Group (nonprofit organization) (since October 2020)
Catherine Schrand (1964) Board Member since 2021	Celia Z. Moh Professor of Accounting (2016- present) and Professor of Accounting (1994- present), The Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania; and Member of the Financial Economists Roundtable (2014-present), Member of its Steering Committee (2022- present) and Member of Executive Committee (2024-present). Directorships: Advisory Board Member, the Jacobs Levy Center, The Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania (since 2023); Former positions: Vice Dean, Wharton Doctoral Programs, The Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania (2016-2019)	66	-
William N. Searcy, Jr. (1946) Board Member since 1993	Private investor since October 2003; formerly: Pension & Savings Trust Officer, Sprint Corporation(2) (telecommunications) (November 1989-September 2003); Former Directorships: Trustee, Sun Capital Advisers Trust (mutual funds) (1998-2012)	65	-

II-47

Officers(4)

Name, Year of Birth, Position with the Trust/Corporation and Length of Time Served(5)	Business Experience and Directorships During the Past 5 Years
Hepsen Uzcan(6) (1974) President and Chief Executive Officer, 2017-present	Managing Director, DWS; CEO of the Americas (since 2024), DWS; Head of Americas CEO Office, DWS (2023-present), Head of Fund Administration, Head of Product Americas and Head of U.S. Mutual Funds, DWS (2017-present); Vice President, DWS Service Company (2018-present); President, DB Investment Managers, Inc.(2018- present); President and Chief Executive Officer, The European Equity Fund, Inc., The New Germany Fund, Inc. and The Central and Eastern Europe Fund, Inc. (2017- present); Vice President, DWS Investment Management Americas, Inc. (2023-present); formerly: Vice President for the Deutsche funds (2016-2017); Assistant Secretary for the DWS funds (2013-2019); Secretary, DWS USA Corporation (2018-2023); Assistant Secretary, DWS Investment Management Americas, Inc. (2018-2023); Assistant Secretary, DWS Trust Company (2018-2023); Assistant Secretary, The European Equity Fund, Inc., The New Germany Fund, Inc. and The Central and Eastern Europe Fund, Inc. (2013-2020); Assistant Secretary, DWS Distributors, Inc. (2018-2023); Directorships: Director of DWS Service Company (2018-present); Director of DB Investment Managers, Inc. (2018-present); Director of Episcopalian Charities of New York (2018- present); Interested Director of The European Equity Fund, Inc., The New Germany Fund, Inc. and The Central and Eastern Europe Fund, Inc. (2020-present); Director of ICI Mutual Insurance Company (2020-present); Director of DWS USA Corporation (2023- present); Director of DWS Investment Management Americas, Inc. (2023-present); and Manager of DBX Advisors LLC. (2023-present)
John Millette(7) (1962) Vice President and Secretary, 1999-present	Director, DWS; Legal (Associate General Counsel), DWS; Chief Legal Officer, DWS Investment Management Americas, Inc. (2015-present); Director and Vice President, DWS Trust Company (2016-present); Secretary, DBX ETF Trust (2020-present); Vice President, DBX Advisors LLC (2021-present); Secretary, The European Equity Fund, Inc., The New Germany Fund, Inc. and The Central and Eastern Europe Fund, Inc. (2011-present); formerly: Secretary, Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc. (2015-2017); and Assistant Secretary, DBX ETF Trust (2019-2020)
Ciara Crawford(6) (1984) Assistant Secretary, 2019 - present	Assistant Vice President, DWS; Fund Administration (Specialist), DWS (2015-present); Secretary, DWS Service Company (2024-present); Assistant Secretary of U.S. Mutual Funds, DWS (2019-present); Secretary, DWS USA Corporation (2024-present); Secretary, DBX Advisors, LLC (2024-present); Secretary, DWS Investment Management Americas, Inc. (2024-present); Clerk, DWS Trust Company (2024- present); Secretary, DWS Distributors, Inc. (2024-present); formerly, Assistant Secretary DWS Service Company (2018-2024); Assistant Secretary, DWS USA Corporation (2023-2024); Assistant Secretary, DBX Advisors, LLC (2023-2024); Assistant Secretary, DWS Investment Management Americas, Inc. (2023-2024); Assistant Clerk, DWS Trust Company (2023-2024); Assistant Secretary, DWS Distributors, Inc. (2023-2024); Legal Assistant at Accelerated Tax Solutions
Diane Kenneally(7) (1966) Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, 2018 – present	Director, DWS; Fund Administration Treasurer’s Office (Head since 2024), DWS; Treasurer, Chief Financial Officer and Controller, DBX ETF Trust (2019-present); Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer, The European Equity Fund, Inc., The New Germany Fund, Inc. and The Central and Eastern Europe Fund, Inc. (2018-present); formerly: Assistant Treasurer for the DWS funds (2007-2018); and Co-Head of DWS Treasurer’s Office (2018-2024)
Yvonne Wong(7) (1960) Assistant Treasurer, since December 1, 2023	Vice President, DWS; Fund Administration (Senior Analyst), DWS; Assistant Treasurer, DBX ETF Trust (since November 14, 2023)
Sheila Cadogan(7) (1966) Assistant Treasurer, 2017- present	Director, DWS; Fund Administration Treasurer’s Office, Head of Accounting and Vendor Oversight (since 2024), DWS; Director and Vice President, DWS Trust Company (2018- present); Assistant Treasurer, DBX ETF Trust (2019-present); Assistant Treasurer, The European Equity Fund, Inc., The New Germany Fund, Inc. and The Central and Eastern Europe Fund, Inc. (2018-present). Formerly: Co-Head of DWS Treasurer’s Office (2018- 2024)
Scott D. Hogan(7) (1970) Chief Compliance Officer, 2016-present	Director, DWS; Anti-Financial Crime & Compliance US (Senior Team Lead), DWS; Chief Compliance Officer, The European Equity Fund, Inc., The New Germany Fund, Inc. and The Central and Eastern Europe Fund, Inc. (2016-present)

II-48

Name, Year of Birth, Position with the Trust/Corporation and Length of Time Served(5)	Business Experience and Directorships During the Past 5 Years
Caroline Pearson(7) (1962) Chief Legal Officer, 2010- present	Managing Director, DWS; Legal (Regional Head of Legal, Americas), DWS (since 2024); Assistant Secretary, DBX ETF Trust (2020-present); Chief Legal Officer, DBX Advisors LLC (2019-present); Chief Legal Officer, The European Equity Fund, Inc., The New Germany Fund, Inc. and The Central and Eastern Europe Fund, Inc. (2012-present); formerly: Secretary, Deutsche AM Distributors, Inc. (2002-2017); Secretary, Deutsche AM Service Company (2010-2017); Chief Legal Officer, DBX Strategic Advisors LLC (2020-2021); and Legal (Senior Team Lead), DWS (2020-2024)
Christian Rijs(6) (1980) Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer, 2021- present	Director, DWS; Senior Team Lead Anti-Financial Crime and Compliance, DWS; AML Officer, DWS Trust Company (2021-present); AML Officer, DBX ETF Trust (2021- present); AML Officer, The European Equity Fund, Inc., The New Germany Fund, Inc. and The Central and Eastern Europe Fund, Inc. (2021-present); AML Officer, DWS Distributor, Inc. (2021-present); formerly: DWS UK & Ireland Head of Anti-Financial Crime and MLRO
Rich Kircher(7) (1962) Deputy Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer, since September 20, 2024	Director, DWS; Senior Team Lead Anti-Financial Crime and Compliance, of DWS Investment Management Americas, Inc.; Deputy AML Officer, The European Equity Fund, Inc., The New Germany Fund, Inc. and The Central and Eastern Europe Fund, Inc. (since July 26, 2024); Deputy AML Officer, DBX ETF Trust (since August 13, 2024); Deputy AML Officer, DWS Distributor, Inc. (since November 13, 2024); formerly: BSA & Sanctions Compliance Officer for Putnam Investments

(1)

The length of time served represents the year in which the Board Member joined the board of one or more DWS funds currently overseen by the Board.

(2)

A publicly held company with securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

(3)

From August 15, 2023 through November 20, 2024, Ms. Daugherty oversaw 20 funds in the DWS Fund Complex as a Board Member of various Trusts; and was an Advisory Board Member of various Trusts/Corporations comprised of 46 funds in the DWS Fund Complex. As of November 21, 2024, Ms. Daugherty became a Board Member for all funds in the DWS Fund Complex.

(4)

As a result of their respective positions held with the Advisor or its affiliates, these individuals are considered “interested persons” of the Advisor within the meaning of the 1940 Act. Interested persons receive no compensation from the fund.

(5)

The length of time served represents the year in which the officer was first elected in such capacity for one or more DWS funds.

(6)

Address: 875 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10022.

( 7)

Address: 100 Summer Street, Boston, MA 02110.

Certain officers hold similar positions for other investment companies for which DIMA or an affiliate serves as the Advisor.

Officer’s Role with Principal Underwriter: DWS Distributors, Inc.

Ciara Crawford:	Secretary
Christian Rijs:	Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer
Rich Kircher:	Deputy Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer

Board Member Qualifications

The Nominating and Governance Committee is responsible for recommending proposed nominees for election to the full Board for its approval. In recommending the election of the current Board Members, the Committee generally considered the educational, business and professional experience of each Board Member in determining his or her qualifications to serve as a Board Member, including the Board Member's record of service as a director or trustee of public and private organizations. In the case of most Board Members, this included their many years of previous service as a trustee of certain of the DWS funds. This previous service has provided these Board Members with a valuable understanding of the history of the DWS funds and the DIMA organization and has also served to demonstrate their high level of diligence and commitment to the interests of fund shareholders and their ability to work effectively and collegially with other members of the Board. The Committee also considered, among other factors, the particular attributes described below with respect to the various individual Board Members:

Jennifer S. Conrad—Ms. Conrad’s experience as a finance professor with expertise on a range of topics including corporate finance, investments and derivatives.

II-49

Mary Schmid Daugherty—Ms. Daugherty’s experience as a professor of finance and business consultant, and her experience as a corporate director of numerous organizations, including experience as a mutual fund director.

Dawn-Marie Driscoll—Ms. Driscoll's professional training and experience as an attorney, her expertise as a consultant, professor and author on the subject of business ethics, her service as a member of the executive committee of the Independent Directors Council of the Investment Company Institute and her experience as a director of an insurance company serving the mutual fund industry.

Keith R. Fox—Mr. Fox's experience as the chairman and a director of various private operating companies and investment partnerships and his experience as a director and audit committee member of several public companies. In addition, he holds the Chartered Financial Analyst designation.

Richard J. Herring—Mr. Herring's experience as a professor of finance at a leading business school and his service as an advisor to various professional and governmental organizations.

Chad D. Perry—Mr. Perry’s professional training and experience as an attorney, his experience as general counsel of a public company and his prior experience in the financial services industry.

Rebecca W. Rimel—Ms. Rimel's experience on a broad range of public policy issues acquired during her service as the executive director of a major public charity and her experience as a director of several public companies.

Catherine Schrand—Ms. Schrand’s experience as a professor of accounting at a leading business school and her expertise as an author and editor on the subject of accounting and economics.

William N. Searcy, Jr.—Mr. Searcy's experience as an investment officer for various major public company retirement plans, which included evaluation of unaffiliated investment advisers and supervision of various administrative and accounting functions.

II-50

Part II: Appendix II-B—Portfolio Management Compensation

For funds advised by DWS Investment Management Americas, Inc. or its Affiliates

Each fund is managed by a team of investment professionals who each play an important role in a fund’s management process. Team members work together to develop investment strategies and select securities for a fund. This team works for the Advisor or its affiliates and is supported by a large staff of economists, research analysts, traders and other investment specialists. The Advisor or its affiliates believe(s) its team approach benefits investors by bringing together many disciplines and leveraging its extensive resources. Team members with primary responsibility for management of a fund, as well as team members who have other ongoing management responsibilities for a fund, are identified in each fund’s prospectus, as of the date of a fund’s prospectus. Composition of the team may change over time, and shareholders and investors will be notified of changes affecting individuals with primary fund management responsibility.

Compensation of Portfolio Managers

The Advisor and its affiliates are part of DWS. The brand DWS represents DWS Group GmbH & Co. KGaA (“DWS Group”) and any of its subsidiaries such as DWS Investment Management Americas, Inc. and RREEF America L.L.C. which offer advisory services. DWS seeks to offer its investment professionals competitive short-term and long-term compensation based on continuous, above average, fund performance relative to the market. This includes measurement of short and long-term performance against industry and portfolio benchmarks. As employees of DWS, portfolio managers are paid on a total compensation basis, which includes Fixed Pay (base salary) and Variable Compensation, as follows:

•

Fixed Pay (FP) is the key and primary element of compensation for the majority of DWS employees and reflects the value of the individual’s role and function within the organization. It rewards factors that an employee brings to the organization such as skills and experience, while reflecting regional and divisional (i.e. DWS) specifics. FP levels play a significant role in ensuring competitiveness of the Advisor and its affiliates in the labor market, thus benchmarking provides a valuable input when determining FP levels.

•

Variable Compensation (VC) is a discretionary compensation element that enables DWS Group to provide additional reward to employees for their performance and behaviors, while reflecting DWS Group’s affordability and the financial situation. VC aims to:

Recognize that every employee contributes to DWS’s success through the franchise component of Variable Compensation (Franchise Component), and

Reflect individual performance, investment performance, behaviors and culture through discretionary individual VC (Individual Component).

Employee seniority as well as divisional and regional specifics determine which VC elements are applicable for a given employee and the conditions under which they apply. Both Franchise and Individual Components may be awarded in shares or other share-based instruments and other deferral arrangements.

•

VC can be delivered via cash, restricted equity awards, and/or restricted incentive awards or restricted compensation. Restricted compensation may include:

•

notional fund investments

•

restricted equity, notional equity,

•

restricted cash, or

•

such other form as DWS may decide in its sole discretion.

II-51

•

VC comprises a greater proportion of total compensation as an employee’s seniority and total compensation level increase. Proportion of VC delivered via a long-term incentive award, which is subject to performance conditions and forfeiture provisions, will increase significantly as the amount of the VC increases.

•

Additional forfeiture and claw back provisions, including complete forfeiture and claw back of VC may apply in certain events if an employee is designated a Material Risk Taker.

•

For key investment professionals, in particular, a portion of any long-term incentives will be in the form of notional investments aligned, where possible, to the funds they manage.

In general, each of the Advisor and its advisory affiliates seek to offer their investment professionals competitive short-term and long-term compensation based on continuous, above average, fund performance relative to the market. This includes measurement of short and long-term performance against industry and portfolio benchmarks. To evaluate their investment professionals in light of and consistent with the compensation principles set forth above, the Advisor and its affiliates review investment performance for all accounts managed in relation to the appropriate Morningstar peer group universe with respect to a fund, iMoneyNet peer group with respect to a money market fund or relevant benchmark index(es) set forth in the governing documents with respect to each other account type. The ultimate goal of this process is to evaluate the degree to which investment professionals deliver investment performance that meets or exceeds their clients’ risk and return objectives. When determining total compensation, the Advisor and its affiliates consider a number of quantitative, qualitative and other factors:

•

Quantitative measures (e.g. one-, three- and five-year pre-tax returns versus the appropriate Morningstar peer group universe for a fund, or versus the appropriate iMoneyNet peer group for a money market fund or relevant benchmark index(es) set forth in the governing documents with respect to each other account type, taking risk targets into account) are utilized to measure performance.

•

Qualitative measures (e.g. adherence to, as well as contributions to, the enhancement of the investment process) are included in the performance review.

•

Other factors (e.g. non-investment related performance, teamwork, adherence to compliance rules, risk management and “living the values” of the Advisor and its affiliates) are included as part of a discretionary component of the review process, giving management the ability to consider additional markers of performance on a subjective basis.

•

Furthermore, it is important to note that DWS Group functions within a controlled environment based upon the risk limits established by DWS Group's Risk division, in conjunction with DWS Group management. Because risk consideration is inherent in all business activities, performance assessment factors in an employee’s ability to assess and manage risk.

Conflicts

Real, potential or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has day-to-day portfolio management responsibilities with respect to more than one fund or account, including the following:

•

Certain investments may be appropriate for a fund and also for other clients advised by the Advisor and their affiliates, including other client accounts managed by a fund’s portfolio management team. Investment decisions for a fund and other clients are made with a view to achieving their respective investment objectives and after consideration of such factors as their current holdings, availability of cash for investment and the size of their investments generally. A particular security may be bought or sold for only one client or in different amounts and at different times for more than one but less than all clients. Likewise, because clients of the Advisor and their affiliates may have differing investment strategies, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients

II-52

when one or more other clients are selling the security. The investment results achieved for a fund may differ from the results achieved for other clients of the Advisor and their affiliates. In addition, purchases or sales of the same security may be made for two or more clients on the same day. In such event, such transactions will be allocated among the clients in a manner believed by the Advisor and their affiliates to be most equitable to each client, generally utilizing a pro rata allocation methodology. In some cases, the allocation procedure could potentially have an adverse effect or positive effect on the price or amount of the securities purchased or sold by a fund. Purchase and sale orders for a fund may be combined with those of other clients of the Advisor and their affiliates in the interest of achieving the most favorable net results to a fund and the other clients.

•

To the extent that a portfolio manager has responsibilities for managing multiple client accounts, a portfolio manager will need to divide time and attention among relevant accounts. The Advisor and their affiliates attempt to minimize these conflicts by aligning its portfolio management teams by investment strategy and by employing similar investment models across multiple client accounts.

•

In some cases, an apparent conflict may arise where the Advisor has an incentive, such as a performance-based fee, in managing one account and not with respect to other accounts it manages. The Advisor and their affiliates will not determine allocations based on whether it receives a performance-based fee from the client. Additionally, the Advisor has in place supervisory oversight processes to periodically monitor performance deviations for accounts with like strategies.

•

The Advisor and its affiliates and the investment team of a fund may manage other mutual funds and separate accounts on a long only or a long-short basis. The simultaneous management of long and short portfolios creates potential conflicts of interest including the risk that short sale activity could adversely affect the market value of the long positions (and vice versa), the risk arising from sequential orders in long and short positions, and the risks associated with receiving opposing orders at the same time. The Advisor has adopted procedures that it believes are reasonably designed to mitigate these and other potential conflicts of interest. Included in these procedures are specific guidelines developed to provide fair and equitable treatment for all clients whose accounts are managed by each fund’s portfolio management team. The Advisor and the portfolio management team have established monitoring procedures, a protocol for supervisory reviews, as well as compliance oversight to ensure that potential conflicts of interest relating to this type of activity are properly addressed.

The Advisor is owned by DWS Group, a multinational global financial services firm that is a majority owned subsidiary of Deutsche Bank AG. Therefore, the Advisor is affiliated with a variety of entities that provide, and/or engage in commercial banking, insurance, brokerage, investment banking, financial advisory, broker-dealer activities (including sales and trading), hedge funds, real estate and private equity investing, in addition to the provision of investment management services to institutional and individual investors. Since Deutsche Bank AG, its affiliates, directors, officers and employees (the “Firm”) are engaged in businesses and have interests in addition to managing asset management accounts, such wide ranging activities involve real, potential or apparent conflicts of interest. These interests and activities include potential advisory, transactional and financial activities and other interests in securities and companies that may be directly or indirectly purchased or sold by the Firm for its clients’ advisory accounts. The Advisor may take investment positions in securities in which other clients or related persons within the Firm have different investment positions. There may be instances in which the Advisor and their affiliates are purchasing or selling for their client accounts, or pursuing an outcome in the context of a workout or restructuring with respect to, securities in which the Firm is undertaking the same or differing strategy in other businesses or other client accounts. These are considerations of which advisory clients should be aware and which will cause conflicts that could be to the disadvantage of the Advisor, and their affiliate’s advisory clients, including the Fund. The Advisor has instituted business and compliance policies, procedures and disclosures that are designed to identify, monitor and mitigate conflicts of interest and, as appropriate, to report them to a fund’s Board.

II-53

For funds advised by Northern Trust Investments, Inc. (NTI)

Compensation

Northern Trust Investments, Inc. pays its investment professionals out of its total revenues, including the sub-advisory fees earned with respect to the Fund. Generally, the compensation for the Northern Trust Investments, Inc. portfolio managers is based on the competitive marketplace and consists of a fixed base salary plus a variable annual cash incentive award. In addition, non-cash incentives, such as stock options or restricted stock of Northern Trust Corporation, may be awarded from time to time. The annual cash incentive award is discretionary and is based on a quantitative and qualitative evaluation of each portfolio manager’s investment performance and contribution to his or her respective product team plus the financial performance of the investment business unit and Northern Trust Corporation as a whole.

Conflicts

Northern Trust Investments, Inc.’s portfolio managers are often responsible for managing one or more funds, as well as other client accounts, including ETFs, separate accounts and other pooled investment vehicles. A fund’s manager may manage various client accounts that may have materially higher or lower fee arrangements than the fund. The side-by-side management of these accounts may raise potential conflicts of interest relating to cross trading, the allocation of investment opportunities and the aggregation and allocation of trades. In addition, while portfolio managers generally only manage accounts with similar investment strategies, it is possible that due to varying investment restrictions among accounts certain investments are made for some accounts and not others or conflicting investment positions could be taken among accounts. Some portfolio managers may be dual officers of one or more Northern Trust Investments, Inc.’s affiliates and undertake investment advisory duties for the affiliates. The portfolio managers have a responsibility to manage all client accounts in a fair and equitable manner. Northern Trust Investments, Inc. seeks to provide best execution of all securities transactions and aggregate and then allocate securities to client accounts in a fair and timely manner. To this end, Northern Trust Investments, Inc. has developed policies and procedures designed to mitigate and manage the potential conflicts of interest that may arise from side-by-side management. As Northern Trust Investments, Inc. becomes aware of additional potential or actual conflicts of interest, they will be reviewed on a case-by case basis.

Northern Trust Investments, Inc. manages its client accounts consistent with applicable law and follows its own policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to treat clients fairly and to prevent any client or group of clients from being systematically favored or disadvantaged.

For funds advised by Itaú USA Asset Management, Inc. (IUAM)

Compensation

The compensation for IUAM’s portfolio managers is based on the competitive marketplace and consists of a fixed base salary plus a variable annual incentive bonus award. The fixed base salary is the largest component of individual compensation for most Itaú investment management employees.

Bonuses are paid annually and in cash for most professionals. A deferred compensation scheme for a portion of bonuses above a certain level is in place. This deferral is for a three-year period, with every year vesting 1/3 of the retained amount. Itaú also has a stock option plan in place for certain key professionals. Any compensation received under the stock plan is additional to the annual bonus each investment professional receives.

The annual bonus award is discretionary and is based on a quantitative and qualitative evaluation of each portfolio manager’s investment performance and contribution to his or her respective team plus the financial performance of the asset management unit, and of Itaú Unibanco, S.A. as a whole. The annual bonus award is not based on the amount of assets held in the funds. Moreover, no material differences exist between the compensation structure for fund accounts and other types of accounts that may be managed by Itaú’s investment professionals.

II-54

Conflicts

IUAM has adopted and instituted policies and procedures that it believes are reasonably designed to mitigate potential conflicts of interest.

IUAM manages client accounts consistent with applicable law and follows its own policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to treat clients fairly and to prevent any client or group of clients from being systematically favored or disadvantaged. IUAM’s portfolio managers generally seek to minimize any risk of conflicts of interest by aligning investment management teams by discipline and/or strategy and by employing similar investment models or strategies across multiple institutional mandates. IUAM seeks to ensure that it will place client transactions with appropriate care and diligence, including seeking best execution, treating all clients fairly, and disclosing all material conflicts of interest.

IUAM acknowledges that actual or potential conflicts of interest may arise in situations where a portfolio manager or team may manage multiple institutional mandates. IUAM’s portfolio managers are often responsible for managing one or more funds, as well as other client accounts, including mutual funds, separate accounts, and other pooled investment vehicles. A portfolio manager may manage various client accounts that may have materially higher or lower fee arrangements than the funds. The side-by-side management of these accounts may raise potential conflicts of interest relating to cross trading, the competition for the same assets, the allocation of investment opportunities, and the aggregation and allocation of trades.

In addition, while portfolio managers generally only manage accounts with similar investment strategies, it is possible that due to varying investment restrictions among accounts that certain investments are made for some accounts and not others or that conflicting investment positions could be taken among accounts. Some portfolio managers may be dual officers of one or more Itaú affiliates and undertake investment advisory duties for the affiliates.

The portfolio managers have a responsibility to manage all client accounts in a fair and equitable manner. IUAM seeks to provide best execution of all securities transactions and aggregate and then allocate securities to client accounts in a fair and timely manner. To this end, IUAM has developed policies and procedures designed to mitigate and manage the potential conflicts of interest that may arise from side-by-side management.

From time to time securities to be sold on behalf of a client may be suitable for purchase by another client. In such instances, if IUAM determines in good faith that the transaction is in the best interest of each client, it may arrange for the securities to be crossed between client accounts at an independently determined fair market value and in compliance with the 1940 Act, if applicable. Cross-trades present conflicts of interest, as there may be an incentive for IUAM to favor one client to the disadvantage of another. Cross-trades are only effected as permitted under applicable law and regulation and consistent with the client’s guidelines, with any restrictions. IUAM conducts periodic reviews of trades for consistency with these policies.

Receipt of research from brokers who execute client transactions involves conflicts of interest. To the extent that IUAM or its affiliates utilize commissions to obtain research services for IUAM’s use, it will receive a benefit as it will not have to pay for the research, products or services itself. IUAM may, therefore, have an incentive to select or recommend a broker-dealer based on its interest in receiving research rather than in obtaining the lowest commission rate on the transaction. IUAM may also obtain research services from brokerage commissions incurred by client accounts that may not directly benefit such client accounts. Similarly, clients may benefit from research even if trades placed on their behalf did not contribute to the compensation of the broker-dealer providing such research. IUAM does not seek to allocate research services to client accounts proportionately to the commissions that the client accounts generate.

II-55

Part II: Appendix II-C—Contractual Fee Rates of Service Providers

Fees payable to DIMA for investment management services.

The management fee(s) for each fund, at the annual percentage rate of daily net assets, are indicated below:

Fund Name	Management Fee Rate
Tax-Free Income Funds
DWS California Tax-Free Income Fund	First $250 million 0.400% Next $750 million 0.370% Next $1.5 billion 0.350% Next $2.5 billion 0.330% Next $2.5 billion 0.300% Next $2.5 billion 0.280% Next $2.5 billion 0.260% Thereafter 0.250%
DWS Intermediate Tax-Free Fund	0.315%
DWS Managed Municipal Bond Fund	First $250 million 0.365% Next $750 million 0.345% Next $1.5 billion 0.325% Next $2.5 billion 0.315% Next $2.5 billion 0.295% Next $2.5 billion 0.275% Next $2.5 billion 0.255% Thereafter 0.235%
DWS Massachusetts Tax-Free Fund	First $250 million 0.400% Next $750 million 0.370% Next $1.5 billion 0.350% Next $2.5 billion 0.330% Next $2.5 billion 0.300% Next $2.5 billion 0.280% Next $2.5 billion 0.260% Thereafter 0.250%
DWS New York Tax-Free Income Fund	First $250 million 0.400% Next $750 million 0.370% Next $1.5 billion 0.350% Next $2.5 billion 0.330% Next $2.5 billion 0.300% Next $2.5 billion 0.280% Next $2.5 billion 0.260% Thereafter 0.250%
DWS Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund	First $500 million 0.300% Next $500 million 0.285% Next $1.0 billion 0.270% Thereafter 0.255%
DWS Strategic High Yield Tax-Free Fund	First $300 million 0.455% Next $200 million 0.405% Next $500 million 0.380% Next $500 million 0.360% Next $500 million 0.350% Thereafter 0.340%

II-56

Fund Name	Management Fee Rate
Taxable Fixed-Income Funds
DWS Emerging Markets Fixed Income Fund	0.590%
DWS Floating Rate Fund	First $1.0 billion 0.550% Next $1.5 billion 0.535% Next $2.5 billion 0.510% Next $2.5 billion 0.485% Next $2.5 billion 0.460% Thereafter 0.450%
DWS Global High Income Fund	0.40%
DWS GNMA Fund	First $1 billion 0.315% Next $1.5 billion 0.310% Next $2.5 billion 0.300% Next $2.5 billion 0.280% Next $2.5 billion 0.260% Next $2.5 billion 0.240% Thereafter 0.220%
DWS High Income Fund	First $250 million 0.480% Next $750 million 0.450% Next $1.5 billion 0.430% Next $2.5 billion 0.410% Next $2.5 billion 0.380% Next $2.5 billion 0.360% Next $2.5 billion 0.340% Thereafter 0.320%
DWS Short Duration Fund	First $1.5 billion 0.365% Next $500 million 0.340% Next $1.0 billion 0.315% Next $1.0 billion 0.300% Next $1.0 billion 0.285% Next $1.0 billion 0.270% Thereafter 0.255%
DWS Total Return Bond Fund	First $1.5 billion 0.350% Next $1.75 billion 0.335% Next $1.75 billion 0.320% Next $2.5 billion 0.305% Next $2.5 billion 0.295% Next $2.5 billion 0.275% Thereafter 0.265%
Asset Allocation Funds
DWS Global Income Builder Fund	First $1.5 billion 0.370% Next $500 million 0.345% Next $1.5 billion 0.310% Next $2.0 billion 0.300% Next $2.0 billion 0.290% Next $2.5 billion 0.280% Next $2.5 billion 0.270% Thereafter 0.260%

II-57

Fund Name	Management Fee Rate
DWS Multi-Asset Conservative Allocation Fund	(a) 0.100% of the Fund’s average daily net assets invested in exchange traded funds and mutual funds; and (b) 0.550% of the Fund’s average daily net assets not covered in (a) above(1)
DWS Multi-Asset Moderate Allocation Fund	(a) 0.100% of the Fund’s average daily net assets invested in exchange traded funds and mutual funds; and (b) 0.550% of the Fund’s average daily net assets not covered in (a) above(1)
Real Assets Funds
DWS Enhanced Commodity Strategy Fund	First $500 million 0.800% Next $500 million 0.750% Next $500 million 0.700% Next $1.0 billion 0.675% Next $1.0 billion 0.650% Next $1.5 billion 0.625% Thereafter 0.600%
DWS RREEF Global Infrastructure Fund	First $1.0 billion 0.900% Next $1.0 billion 0.875% Next $2.0 billion 0.825% Next $2.0 billion 0.775% Thereafter 0.750%
DWS RREEF Global Real Estate Securities Fund	First $1.0 billion 0.700% Thereafter 0.675%
DWS RREEF Real Assets Fund	First $500 million 0.800% Next $1.5 billion 0.785% Next $1.5 billion 0.775% Next $3.0 billion 0.750% Thereafter 0.725%
DWS RREEF Real Estate Securities Fund	First $100 million 0.565% Next $100 million 0.465% Next $100 million 0.415% Thereafter 0.365%
US Equity Funds
DWS Capital Growth Fund	First $250 million 0.495% Next $750 million 0.465% Next $1.5 billion 0.445% Next $2.5 billion 0.425% Next $2.5 billion 0.395% Next $2.5 billion 0.375% Next $2.5 billion 0.355% Thereafter 0.335%

II-58

Fund Name	Management Fee Rate
DWS Communications Fund	First $100 million 0.900% Next $100 million 0.800% Next $100 million 0.750% Next $200 million 0.700% Next $500 million 0.630% Next $500 million 0.580% Thereafter 0.550%
DWS Core Equity Fund	First $250 million 0.365% Next $750 million 0.360% Next $1.5 billion 0.355% Next $5.0 billion 0.345% Next $5.0 billion 0.335% Next $5.0 billion 0.325% Thereafter 0.300%
DWS CROCI® Equity Dividend Fund	First $250 million 0.630% Next $750 million 0.600% Next $1.5 billion 0.580% Next $2.5 billion 0.560% Next $2.5 billion 0.530% Next $2.5 billion 0.520% Next $2.5 billion 0.510% Thereafter 0.500%(2)
DWS CROCI® U.S. Fund	First $1.5 billion 0.425% Next $500 million 0.400% Next $1.0 billion 0.375% Next $1.0 billion 0.350% Next $1.0 billion 0.325% Thereafter 0.300%
DWS Equity Sector Strategy Fund	(a) 0.100% of the Fund’s average daily net assets invested in exchange traded funds and mutual funds; and (b) 0.300% of the Fund’s average daily net assets not covered in (a) above(1)
DWS ESG Core Equity Fund	First $250 million 0.465% Next $750 million 0.460% Next $1.5 billion 0.455% Next $5 billion 0.445% Next $5 billion 0.435% Next $5 billion 0.425% Thereafter 0.400%(2)
DWS Health and Wellness Fund	First $500 million 0.765% Thereafter 0.715%
DWS Large Cap Focus Growth Fund	First $500 million 0.615% Next $1.5 billion 0.565% Thereafter 0.515%

II-59

Fund Name	Management Fee Rate
DWS Science and Technology Fund	First $250 million 0.480% Next $750 million 0.450% Next $1.5 billion 0.430% Next $2.5 billion 0.410% Next $2.5 billion 0.380% Next $2.5 billion 0.360% Next $2.5 billion 0.340% Thereafter 0.320%
DWS Small Cap Core Fund	First $250 million 0.650% Next $250 million 0.620% Next $500 million 0.615% Next $4.0 billion 0.565% Next $2.5 billion 0.550% Next $2.5 billion 0.540% Next $2.5 billion 0.530% Thereafter 0.520%
DWS Small Cap Growth Fund	First $500 million 0.650% Next $1 billion 0.600% Next $2.5 billion 0.550% Next $2.5 billion 0.540% Next $2.5 billion 0.530% Next $2.5 billion 0.520% Thereafter 0.510%
Index-Related Funds
Deutsche DWS Equity 500 Index Portfolio	0.050%
DWS Equity 500 Index Fund	0.000%(3)
DWS S&P 500 Index Fund	0.000%(3)
International/Global Equity Funds
DWS CROCI® International Fund	First $2.5 billion 0.565% Next $2.5 billion 0.545% Next $5.0 billion 0.525% Next $5.0 billion 0.515% Thereafter 0.465%
DWS Emerging Markets Equity Fund	0.700%
DWS ESG International Core Equity Fund	0.450%
DWS Global Macro Fund	First $2.5 billion 0.600% Next $2.5 billion 0.595% Next $2.5 billion 0.565% Next $2.5 billion 0.555% Next $2.5 billion 0.545% Thereafter 0.535%
DWS Global Small Cap Fund	0.80%
DWS International Growth Fund	0.62%
DWS Latin America Equity Fund	First $400 million 1.000% Next $400 million 0.900% Thereafter 0.800%
Insurance/Annuity Funds

II-60

Fund Name	Management Fee Rate
DWS Alternative Asset Allocation VIP	(a) 0.100% of the fund’s average daily net assets invested in exchange- traded funds and mutual funds; and (b) 1.00% of the fund’s average daily net assets not covered in (a) above(1)
DWS Capital Growth VIP	First $250 million 0.390% Next $750 million 0.365% Thereafter 0.340%
DWS Core Equity VIP	First $250 million 0.390% Next $750 million 0.365% Thereafter 0.340%
DWS CROCI® International VIP	First $500 million 0.650% Thereafter 0.600%
DWS CROCI® U.S. VIP	First $250 million 0.600% Next $750 million 0.575% Next $1.5 billion 0.550% Next $2.5 billion 0.525% Next $2.5 billion 0.500% Next $2.5 billion 0.475% Next $2.5 billion 0.450% Thereafter 0.425%
DWS Equity 500 Index VIP	First $1 billion 0.150% Next $1 billion 0.125% Thereafter 0.100%
DWS Global Income Builder VIP	First $250 million 0.370% Next $750 million 0.345% Thereafter 0.310%
DWS Global Small Cap VIP	0.80%
DWS High Income VIP	First $250 million 0.500% Next $750 million 0.470% Next $1.5 billion 0.450% Next $2.5 billion 0.430% Next $2.5 billion 0.400% Next $2.5 billion 0.380% Next $2.5 billion 0.360% Thereafter 0.340%
DWS Government Money Market VIP	First $500 million 0.235% Next $500 million 0.220% Next $1.0 billion 0.205% Thereafter 0.190%
DWS International Growth VIP	0.62%
DWS Small Cap Index VIP	0.28%
DWS Small Mid Cap Growth VIP	First $250 million 0.550% Next $750 million 0.525% Thereafter 0.500%

II-61

Fund Name	Management Fee Rate
DWS Small Mid Cap Value VIP	First $250 million 0.650% Next $750 million 0.620% Next $1.5 billion 0.600% Next $2.5 billion 0.580% Next $2.5 billion 0.550% Next $2.5 billion 0.540% Next $2.5 billion 0.530% Thereafter 0.520%
Money Market Funds
Cash Account Trust – DWS Government & Agency Securities Portfolio	First $500 million 0.120% Next $500 million 0.100% Next $1.0 billion 0.075% Next $1.0 billion 0.060% Thereafter 0.050%(4)
Cash Account Trust – DWS Tax-Exempt Portfolio	First $500 million 0.120% Next $500 million 0.100% Next $1.0 billion 0.075% Next $1.0 billion 0.060% Thereafter 0.050%(4)
DWS Government Money Market Series	0.000%(5)
DWS Money Market Prime Series	First $215 million 0.400% Next $335 million 0.275% Next $250 million 0.200% Next $800 million 0.150% Next $800 million 0.140% Next $800 million 0.130% Thereafter 0.120%
Government Cash Management Portfolio	First $3 billion 0.1200% Next $4.5 billion 0.1025% Thereafter 0.0900%
Investors Cash Trust – DWS Treasury Portfolio	0.050%

(1)

Shareholders of a fund also indirectly bear their pro rata share of the operating expenses, including the management fee paid to DIMA or other investment advisor, of the underlying funds in which a fund invests.

(2)

The fund’s management fee rate includes administrative services provided by DIMA which are necessary for the fund’s operation as an open-end investment company.

(3)

The fund invests substantially all its assets in Deutsche DWS Equity 500 Index Portfolio (Master Fund). DIMA receives a management fee from the Master Fund. In the event that the fund withdraws its investment in the Master Fund, DIMA would become responsible for directly managing the assets of the fund. In such event, the fund would pay DIMA a management fee at an annual rate of 0.05% or 0.15% of the daily net assets of DWS Equity 500 Index Fund or DWS S&P 500 Index Fund, respectively.

(4)

The fund’s management fee is computed based on the combined average daily net assets of the DWS Government & Agency Securities Portfolio and DWS Tax-Exempt Portfolio, each a series of Cash Account Trust, and allocated among each fund based upon relative net assets. DIMA has contractually agreed to reduce its management fee for DWS Government & Agency Securities Portfolio such that after the allocation of the fee to each series of Cash Account Trust, the amount payable by DWS Government & Agency Securities Portfolio will be limited to 0.05% of its average daily net assets.

II-62

(5)

The fund invests substantially all its assets in Government Cash Management Portfolio (the Master Fund). DIMA receives a management fee from the Master Fund. In the event that the fund withdraws its investment in the Master Fund, DIMA would become responsible for directly managing the assets of the fund. In such event, the fund would pay DIMA a management fee directly, which would be as follows: (a) first $3 billion 0.1200%; (b) next $4.5 billion 0.1025%; and (c) thereafter 0.0900%.

Fee payable to DIMA for administrative services. DWS CROCI® Equity Dividend Fund and DWS ESG Core Equity Fund do not pay DIMA a separate administrative services fee. Each fund, except those noted below, pays DIMA an administrative services fee, computed daily and paid monthly, of 0.097% of a fund’s average daily net assets. Deutsche DWS Equity 500 Index Portfolio and Government Cash Management Portfolio each pay DIMA an administrative services fee, computed daily and paid monthly, of 0.030% of a fund’s average daily net assets.

Fees payable to DIMA for fund accounting services. Currently, DIMA receives no fee for its services to DWS CROCI® Equity Dividend Fund; however, subject to Board approval, DIMA may seek payment from the fund for fund accounting services in the future.

DIMA receives an annual fee from DWS ESG Core Equity Fund for fund accounting services equal to 0.015% of its average daily net assets.

Fee payable to DSC for transfer agency and shareholder services. DSC receives an annual fixed fee and annual per account fees. The annual fixed and per account fees are charged each month on a prorated basis to each class of the funds based on the number of open accounts within the class during the month. The DWS money market funds pay additional fixed fees for certain services specific to the DWS money market funds. Smaller fees are also charged for closed accounts for which information must be retained on DSC’s system for up to 18 months after closing for tax reporting purposes.

Certain out-of-pocket expenses incurred by DSC, including expenses of printing and mailing routine fund documents, costs of record retention and transaction processing costs are reimbursed by a fund or are paid directly by a fund. Certain additional out-of-pocket expenses, including costs of computer hardware and software, third party record-keeping fees in excess of 0.25%, printing of shareholder educational materials, processing of proxy statements, and hosting and maintaining the funds’ digital (including mobile) investor platforms may only be reimbursed by a fund with the prior approval of the Board.

Fees payable to Subadvisors by DIMA for subadvisory services.

The following sets forth information relating to subadvisory fees paid by DIMA to each of the applicable funds' Subadvisors that are not affiliated with DIMA. The subadvisory fee paid by DIMA for each of the following funds is computed daily and payable monthly, at the annual percentage rate of the daily net assets overseen by the Subadvisor, unless otherwise noted.

Fund Name	Subadvisor	Subadvisor Fee Rate
Index-Related Funds
Deutsche DWS Equity 500 Index Portfolio	NTI	First $2.0 billion 0.015% Next $2.0 billion 0.010% Thereafter 0.005%
Insurance/Annuity Funds
DWS Equity 500 Index VIP	NTI	First $2.0 billion 0.015% Next $2.0 billion 0.010% Thereafter 0.005%
DWS Small Cap Index VIP	NTI	First $100 million 0.080% Next $400 million 0.040% Thereafter 0.020%
International/Global Equity Funds

II-63

Part II: Appendix II-D—Financial Services Firms’ Compensation

General. DDI may pay compensation to financial intermediaries in connection with the sale of fund shares as described below. In addition, financial intermediaries may receive compensation for post-sale shareholder or administrative services from DDI or directly from a fund as described below.

In addition to the discounts or commissions described herein and in the prospectus, DDI, the Advisor or its affiliates may pay or allow additional discounts, commissions or incentives, in the form of cash, to firms that sell shares of a fund (see “Financial Intermediary Support Payments” under “Part II: Purchase and Redemption of Shares”).

Banks and other financial services firms may provide administrative services related to order placement and payment to facilitate transactions in shares of a fund for their clients, and DDI may pay them a transaction fee up to the level of the discount or commission allowable or payable to dealers.

Retail Funds: Class A, Class C and Class R Shares

Class A Shares: The fund receives the entire net asset value of all its Class A shares sold. DDI, as principal underwriter, retains the sales charge on sales of Class A shares from which it allows discounts from the applicable public offering price to investment dealers, which discounts are uniform for all dealers in the United States and its territories. The normal discount is set forth in the sales charge tables set forth in Appendix II-F. Upon notice to all dealers, DDI may re-allow to dealers up to the full applicable Class A sales charge during periods and for transactions specified in such notice and such re-allowances may be based upon attainment of minimum sales levels. During periods when 90% or more of the sales charge is re-allowed, such dealers may be deemed to be underwriters as that term is defined in the 1933 Act.

DDI may at its discretion compensate investment dealers or other financial services firms in connection with the sale of Class A shares of a fund in accordance with the Large Order NAV Purchase Privilege and the compensation schedule up to the following amounts:

Compensation Schedule: Retail Sales and DWS/Ascensus 403(b) Plan(1)
Amount of Shares Sold	As a Percentage of Net Asset Value
$250,000 to $2,999,999	0.75%(2)
$250,000 to $49,999,999	0.50%(3) 0.75%(4)
$250,000 to $4,999,999	1.00%(5)
$5,000,000 to $9,999,999	0.55%(5)(8)
$1 million to $2,999,999	0.85%(6) 1.00%(7)
$1 million to $4,999,999	1.00%(8)
$3 million to $49,999,999	0.50%(9)
$10 million to $49,999,999	0.50%(5)(8)
$50 million and greater	0.25%(10)

(1)

For purposes of determining the appropriate commission percentage to be applied to a particular sale under the foregoing schedule, DDI will consider the cumulative amount invested by the purchaser in a fund and other funds including purchases pursuant to the “Combined Purchases,” “Letter of Intent” and “Cumulative Discount” features referred to in the “Purchases” sub-heading of the “Purchase and Redemption of Shares” section of this SAI.

(2)

Applicable to the following funds: DWS CROCI® U.S. Fund, DWS International Growth Fund and DWS RREEF Real Assets Fund.

II-65

(3)

Applicable to the following fund: DWS GNMA Fund.

(4)

Applicable to the following funds: DWS Short Duration Fund and DWS Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund.

(5)

Applicable to the following funds: DWS California Tax-Free Income Fund, DWS Intermediate Tax-Free Fund, DWS Managed Municipal Bond Fund, DWS Massachusetts Tax-Free Fund, DWS New York Tax-Free Income Fund, DWS Strategic High Yield Tax-Free Fund and DWS Total Return Bond Fund.

(6)

Applicable to the following funds: DWS Global High Income Fund, DWS High Income Fund and DWS Emerging Markets Fixed Income Fund.

(7)

Applicable to all equity funds except those in footnote (2).

(8)

Applicable to DWS Floating Rate Fund.

(9)

Applicable to all income and equity funds except those noted in footnotes (3), (4), (5) and (8).

(10)

Applicable to all income and equity funds.

As described in the relevant prospectus(es) under “Annual Fund Operating Expenses” table and in the “Class A NAV Sales” sub-heading under the “Investing in the Fund(s)” section, Class A shares may be sold at net asset value without a sales charge in certain circumstances to certain professionals who assist in the promotion of DWS funds pursuant to personal services contracts with DDI, for themselves or immediate members of their families. DDI in its discretion may compensate financial services firms for sales of Class A shares under this privilege at a commission rate of 0.50% of the amount of Class A shares purchased. In addition, Class A shares of certain DWS mutual funds may participate in a no-load network, platform or self-directed brokerage account offered by a financial services firm that has entered into an agreement with DDI as further described in the relevant prospectus(es). The DWS mutual funds may collectively pay a financial services firm a one-time set-up fee of up to $25,000 to participate in such a no-load network, platform or self-directed brokerage account.

Compensation for Class C Shares. DDI currently pays firms for sales of Class C shares a distribution fee, generally payable quarterly, at an annual rate of 0.75% of net assets attributable to Class C shares maintained and serviced by the firm. Except as provided below, for sales of Class C shares, DDI advances to firms the first year distribution fee at a rate of 0.75% of the purchase price of such shares, and, for periods after the first year, DDI pays firms for sales of Class C shares a distribution fee, generally payable quarterly, at an annual rate of 0.75% of net assets attributable to Class C shares maintained and serviced by the firm. For sales of Class C shares to employer sponsored employee benefit plans using the OmniPlus subaccount record-keeping system made available through ADP, Inc. under an alliance with DDI and its affiliates, DDI does not advance the first year distribution fee and for periods after the date of sale, DDI currently pays firms a distribution fee, generally payable quarterly, at an annual rate of 0.75% based on net assets as of the last business day of the month attributable to Class C shares maintained and serviced by the firm. DDI is compensated by a fund for services as distributor and principal underwriter for Class C shares.

Compensation for Class R Shares. For sales of Class R shares, DDI currently pays firms a distribution fee, generally payable quarterly, at an annual rate of 0.25% based on net assets attributable to Class R shares maintained and serviced by the firm.

Service Fees for Class A, Class C and Class R Shares: With respect to Class A and Class R shares of a fund, DDI pays each firm a service fee, generally payable quarterly, at an annual rate of up to 0.25% of the net assets in fund accounts that it maintains and services attributable to Class A and Class R shares of a fund, generally commencing immediately after investment. With respect to Class C shares of a fund, DDI currently advances to firms the first-year service fee at a rate of up to 0.25% of the purchase price of such shares. DDI does not advance the first year service fee to firms for sales of Class C shares to employer-sponsored employee benefit plans using the OmniPlus subaccount record keeping system made available through ADP, Inc. under an alliance between ADP, Inc. and DDI and its affiliates. For periods after the first year, DDI currently intends to pay firms a service fee at a rate of up to 0.25% (calculated monthly and generally paid quarterly) of the net assets attributable to Class C shares of a fund maintained and serviced by the firm (see “Retail Funds: Class A, Class C and Class R Shares” under “Part II: Distribution and Service Agreements and Plans”).

II-66

Retail Funds: Institutional Class, Class R6 and Class S Shares

Compensation for Institutional Class, Class R6 and Class S Shares. There are no sales charges for Institutional, Class R6 and Class S shares of a fund.

Money Market Funds (except DWS Cash Investment Trust Class A and Class C Shares)

DWS Money Market Fund: For DWS Money Market Fund shares, a series of DWS Money Market Prime Series, DDI may in its discretion pay compensation, in amounts not to exceed 0.50% of net asset value, to firms in connection with the sales of fund shares to employee benefit plans in excess of $3 million using the OmniPlus subaccount record-keeping system maintained by ADP, Inc. for DWS Retirement Plans under an alliance with DDI and its affiliates.

Service Shares-Cash Account Trust: For the Service Shares classes of the DWS Government & Agency Securities Portfolio and the DWS Tax-Exempt Portfolio of Cash Account Trust, DDI normally pays firms a fee for distribution and administrative services, payable monthly, at a maximum annual rate of up to 0.60% of average daily net assets of Service Shares held in accounts that they maintain and service.

Managed Shares-Cash Account Trust: For the Government Cash Managed Shares class of the DWS Government & Agency Securities Portfolio of Cash Account Trust and the Tax-Exempt Cash Managed Shares class of the DWS Tax-Exempt Portfolio of Cash Account Trust, DDI normally pays firms a fee for administrative services, payable monthly, at a maximum annual rate of up to 0.15% of average daily net assets of Managed Shares held in accounts that they maintain and service.

Institutional Shares–Investors Cash Trust: For the Institutional Shares class of the DWS Treasury Portfolio, a series of Investors Cash Trust, DDI normally pays firms a fee for administrative services, payable monthly, at a maximum annual rate of up to 0.05% of average daily net assets of Institutional Shares held in accounts that they maintain and service.

Tax-Free Investment Class-Cash Account Trust and Investment Class Shares-Investors Cash Trust: For the Tax-Free Investment Class of the DWS Tax-Exempt Portfolio of Cash Account Trust and the Investment Class Shares of the DWS Treasury Portfolio of Investors Cash Trust (collectively, “Investment Class”), DDI normally pays firms a fee for distribution services, payable monthly, at a maximum annual rate of up to 0.25% of average daily net assets of shares of the Investment Class held in accounts that they maintain and service and DDI normally pays firms a fee for administrative services, payable monthly, at a maximum annual rate of up to 0.07% of average daily net assets of shares of the Investment Class held in accounts that they maintain and service.

Deutsche DWS Variable Series II and Deutsche DWS Investments VIT Funds: For each fund of Deutsche DWS Variable Series II and Deutsche DWS Investments VIT Funds that has authorized the issuance of Class B shares, each fund has adopted a distribution plan under Rule 12b-1 (Plan) that provides for fees for distribution and shareholder servicing activities payable through DDI to participating insurance companies as an expense of the Class B shares in an amount of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets of Class B shares held by the insurance company.

II-67

Part II: Appendix II-F—Class A Sales Charge Schedule

Class A Purchases. The public offering price of Class A shares for purchasers choosing an initial sales charge alternative is the net asset value plus a sales charge, as set forth below. Initial sales charges do not apply to Money Market Funds and Variable Insurance Funds, which includes Deutsche DWS Variable Series I, Deutsche DWS Variable Series II and Deutsche DWS Investments VIT Funds.

International/Global Equity funds: DWS Emerging Markets Equity Fund, DWS ESG International Core Equity Fund, DWS Global Macro Fund, DWS Global Small Cap Fund, DWS CROCI® International Fund and DWS Latin America Equity Fund; US Equity funds: DWS Capital Growth Fund, DWS Communications Fund, DWS Core Equity Fund, DWS CROCI® Equity Dividend Fund, DWS Equity Sector Strategy Fund, DWS Health and Wellness Fund, DWS Large Cap Focus Growth Fund, DWS ESG Core Equity Fund, DWS Science and Technology Fund, DWS Small Cap Core Fund and DWS Small Cap Growth Fund; Real Assets funds: DWS Enhanced Commodity Strategy Fund, DWS RREEF Global Infrastructure Fund, DWS RREEF Global Real Estate Securities Fund and DWS RREEF Real Estate Securities Fund; Asset Allocation funds: DWS Global Income Builder Fund, DWS Multi-Asset Conservative Allocation Fund and DWS Multi-Asset Moderate Allocation Fund.

	Sales Charge
Amount of Purchase	As a Percentage of Offering Price*	As a Percentage of Net Asset Value**	Allowed to Dealers as a Percentage of Offering Price
Less than $50,000	5.75%	6.10%	5.20%
$50,000 but less than $100,000	4.50%	4.71%	4.00%
$100,000 but less than $250,000	3.50%	3.63%	3.00%
$250,000 but less than $500,000	2.60%	2.67%	2.25%
$500,000 but less than $1 million	2.00%	2.04%	1.75%
$1 million and over	.00***	.00***	.00****

International/Global Equity fund: DWS International Growth Fund; US Equity fund: DWS CROCI® U.S. Fund; Real Assets fund: DWS RREEF Real Assets Fund:

	Sales Charge
Amount of Purchase	As a Percentage of Offering Price*	As a Percentage of Net Asset Value**	Allowed to Dealers as a Percentage of Offering Price
Less than $50,000	5.75%	6.10%	5.20%
$50,000 but less than $100,000	4.50%	4.71%	4.00%
$100,000 but less than $250,000	3.50%	3.63%	3.00%
$250,000 and over	.00***	.00***	.00****

Taxable Fixed-Income funds: DWS Emerging Markets Fixed Income Fund, DWS Global High Income Fund and DWS High Income Fund; Index-Related fund: DWS S&P 500 Index Fund:

	Sales Charge
Amount of Purchase	As a Percentage of Offering Price*	As a Percentage of Net Asset Value**	Allowed to Dealers as a Percentage of Offering Price
Less than $100,000	4.50%	4.71%	4.00%
$100,000 but less than $250,000	3.50%	3.63%	3.00%
$250,000 but less than $500,000	2.60%	2.67%	2.25%
$500,000 but less than $1 million	2.00%	2.04%	1.75%
$1 million and over	0.00***	0.00***	0.00****

II-73

Tax-Free Income funds: DWS California Tax-Free Income Fund, DWS Intermediate Tax-Free Fund, DWS Managed Municipal Bond Fund, DWS Massachusetts Tax-Free Fund, DWS New York Tax-Free Income Fund and DWS Strategic High Yield Tax-Free Fund; Taxable Fixed-Income fund: DWS GNMA Fund:

	Sales Charge
Amount of Purchase	As a Percentage of Offering Price*	As a Percentage of Net Asset Value**	Allowed to Dealers as a Percentage of Offering Price
Less than $100,000	2.75%	2.83%	2.25%
$100,000 but less than $250,000	2.50%	2.56%	2.00%
$250,000 and over	0.00***	0.00***	0.00****

Taxable Fixed-Income fund: DWS Floating Rate Fund:

	Sales Charge
Amount of Purchase	As a Percentage of Offering Price*	As a Percentage of Net Asset Value**	Allowed to Dealers as a Percentage of Offering Price
Less than $100,000	2.75%	2.83%	2.25%
$100,000 but less than $250,000	2.25%	2.30%	1.75%
$250,000 but less than $500,000	1.25%	1.27%	1.00%
$500,000 but less than $1 million	1.00%	1.01%	1.00%
$1 million and over	0.00***	0.00***	0.00****

Taxable Fixed-Income fund: DWS Total Return Bond Fund:

	Sales Charge
Amount of Purchase	As a Percentage of Offering Price*	As a Percentage of Net Asset Value**	Allowed to Dealers as a Percentage of Offering Price
Less than $100,000	2.75%	2.83%	2.25%
$100,000 but less than $250,000	2.50%	2.56%	2.00%
$250,000 and over	0.00***	0.00***	0.00****

Tax-Free Income fund: DWS Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund; Taxable Fixed-Income fund: DWS Short Duration Fund:

	Sales Charge
Amount of Purchase	As a Percentage of Offering Price*	As a Percentage of Net Asset Value**	Allowed to Dealers as a Percentage of Offering Price
Less than $100,000	2.25%	2.30%	1.75%
$100,000 but less than $250,000	1.75%	1.78%	1.25%
$250,000 and over	0.00***	0.00***	0.00****

The offering price includes the sales charge.

Rounded to the nearest one-hundredth percent.

***

Redemption of shares may be subject to a contingent deferred sales charge.

****

Commission is payable by DDI.

II-74

Part II: Appendix II-G—Investments, Practices and Techniques, and Risks

To the extent that a fund invests in an Underlying Fund, or one or more affiliated funds, certain of these risks would also apply to that fund.

Adjustable Rate Securities. The interest rates paid on the adjustable rate securities in which a fund invests generally are readjusted at periodic intervals, usually by reference to a predetermined interest rate index. Adjustable rate securities include US Government securities and securities of other issuers. Some adjustable rate securities are backed by pools of mortgage loans. There are three main categories of interest rate indices: those based on US Treasury securities, those derived from a calculated measure such as a cost of funds index and those based on a moving average of mortgage rates. Commonly used indices include the one-year, three-year and five-year constant maturity Treasury rates, the three-month Treasury bill rate, the 180-day Treasury bill rate, rates on longer-term Treasury securities, the 11th District Federal Home Loan Bank Cost of Funds, the National Median Cost of Funds, the one-month, three-month, six-month or one-year Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR), the prime rate of a specific bank or commercial paper rates. As with fixed-rates securities, changes in market interest rates and changes in the issuer’s creditworthiness may affect the value of adjustable rate securities.

Some indices, such as the one-year constant maturity Treasury rate, closely mirror changes in market interest rate levels. Others, such as the 11th District Home Loan Bank Cost of Funds index (Cost of Funds Index), tend to lag behind changes in market rate levels and tend to be somewhat less volatile. To the extent that the Cost of Funds index may reflect interest changes on a more delayed basis than other indices, in a period of rising interest rates, any increase may produce a higher yield later than would be produced by such other indices, and in a period of declining interest rates, the Cost of Funds index may remain higher for a longer period of time than other market interest rates, which may result in a higher level of principal prepayments on adjustable rate securities which adjust in accordance with the Cost of Funds index than adjustable rate securities which adjust in accordance with other indices. In addition, dislocations in the member institutions of the 11th District Federal Home Loan Bank in recent years have caused and may continue to cause the Cost of Funds index to change for reasons unrelated to changes in general interest rate levels. Furthermore, any movement in the Cost of Funds index as compared to other indices based upon specific interest rates may be affected by changes in the method used to calculate the Cost of Funds index.

If prepayments of principal are made on the securities during periods of rising interest rates, a fund generally will be able to reinvest such amounts in securities with a higher current rate of return. However, a fund will not benefit from increases in interest rates to the extent that interest rates rise to the point where they cause the current coupon of adjustable rate securities held as investments by a fund to exceed the maximum allowable annual or lifetime reset limits (cap rates) for a particular adjustable rate security. Also, a fund’s net asset value could vary to the extent that current yields on adjustable rate securities are different than market yields during interim periods between coupon reset dates.

During periods of declining interest rates, the coupon rates may readjust downward, resulting in lower yields to a fund. Further, because of this feature, the value of adjustable rate securities is unlikely to rise during periods of declining interest rates to the same extent as fixed-rate instruments. Interest rate declines may result in accelerated prepayment of adjustable rate securities, and the proceeds from such prepayments must be reinvested at lower prevailing interest rates.

London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), a common benchmark rate previously used for certain floating rate securities, has been phased out as of the end of 2021 for most maturities and currencies. As of the end of June 2023, certain remaining widely used US Dollar LIBOR rates that were published for an additional period of time to assist with the transition were also phased out. In addition, to aid in the transition, the Financial Conduct Authority in the United Kingdom, LIBOR's regulator, has required the continued publishing of certain “synthetic” US Dollar LIBOR rates for a period of 15 months after June 30, 2023 for use in certain cases. The transition process from LIBOR to SOFR for US Dollar LIBOR rates has become increasingly well defined, especially following the signing of the federal Adjustable Interest Rate (LIBOR) Act in March 2022 (discussed below). There is no assurance that the composition or characteristics

II-75

of any such alternative reference rate will be similar to or produce the same value or economic equivalence as LIBOR or that it will have the same volume or liquidity as did LIBOR prior to its discontinuance or unavailability, which may affect the value or liquidity of, or return on, certain of a fund’s investments.

On March 15, 2022, the federal Adjustable Interest Rate (LIBOR) Act was signed into law, which provided a statutory alternative rate-setting methodology on a nationwide basis for certain LIBOR-based instruments that contained no, or insufficient, alternative rate-setting provisions. On December 16, 2022, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System adopted a final rule to implement the LIBOR Act, which, among other things, established alternative benchmark rates based on SOFR to replace LIBOR by operation of law following the cessation date in such instruments that referenced the following US Dollar LIBOR rates: the overnight rate and the one-, three-, six- and 12-month rates. The transition of LIBOR-based instruments from LIBOR to a replacement rate as a result of amendment, application of existing alternative rate-setting provisions, statutory requirements or otherwise may result in a reduction in the value of certain instruments held by a fund or a reduction in the effectiveness of related fund transactions such as hedges. An instrument’s transition to a replacement rate could also result in variations in the reported yields of a fund that holds such instrument. In addition, a liquid market for newly-issued instruments that use alternative reference rates still may be developing. There may also be challenges for a fund to enter into hedging transactions against such newly-issued instruments until a market for such hedging transactions develops. All of the aforementioned may adversely affect a fund’s performance or net asset value.

Advance Refunded Bonds. A fund may purchase municipal securities that are subsequently refunded by the issuance and delivery of a new issue of bonds prior to the date on which the outstanding issue of bonds can be redeemed or paid. The proceeds from the new issue of bonds are typically placed in an escrow fund consisting of US Government obligations that are used to pay the interest, principal and call premium on the issue being refunded. A fund may also purchase municipal securities that have been refunded prior to purchase.

Asset-Backed Securities. A fund may invest in securities generally referred to as asset-backed securities. Asset-backed securities are securities that directly or indirectly represent interests in, or are secured by and payable from, an underlying pool of assets such as (but not limited to) first lien mortgages, motor vehicle installment sale contracts, other installment sale contracts, home equity loans, leases of various types of real and personal property, and receivables from revolving credit (i.e., credit card) agreements and trade receivables. Such assets are securitized through the use of trusts and special purpose corporations. Asset-backed securities may provide periodic payments that consist of interest and/or principal payments. Consequently, the life of an asset-backed security varies with the prepayment and loss experience of the underlying assets. Payments of principal and interest may be dependent upon the cash flow generated by the underlying assets backing the securities and, in certain cases, may be supported by some form of credit enhancement (for more information, see Credit Enhancement). The degree of credit enhancement provided for each issue is generally based on historical information respecting the level of credit risk associated with the underlying assets. Delinquency or loss in excess of that anticipated or failure of the credit enhancement could adversely affect the return on an investment in such a security. The value of the securities also may change because of changes in interest rates or changes in the market’s perception of the creditworthiness of the servicing agent for the loan pool, the originator of the loans or the financial institution providing the credit enhancement. Additionally, since the deterioration of worldwide economic and liquidity conditions that became acute in 2008, asset-backed securities have been subject to greater liquidity risk. Asset-backed securities are ultimately dependent upon payment of loans and receivables by individuals, businesses and other borrowers, and a fund generally has no recourse against the entity that originated the loans.

Because asset-backed securities may not have the benefit of a security interest in the underlying assets, asset-backed securities present certain additional risks that are not present with mortgage-backed securities. For example, credit card receivables are generally unsecured, and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give such debtors the right to avoid payment of certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due. Furthermore, most issuers of automobile receivables permit the servicer to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the related automobile receivables. In addition, because of the large number of vehicles involved in a typical issuance and technical requirements

II-76

under state laws, the trustee for the holders of the automobile receivables may not have a proper security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables. Therefore, there is the possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support payments on these securities.

The yield characteristics of the asset-backed securities in which a fund may invest differ from those of traditional debt securities. Among the major differences are that interest and principal payments are made more frequently on asset-backed securities (usually monthly) and that principal may be prepaid at any time because the underlying assets generally may be prepaid at any time. As a result, if a fund purchases these securities at a premium, a prepayment rate that is faster than expected will reduce their yield, while a prepayment rate that is slower than expected will have the opposite effect of increasing yield. Conversely, if a fund purchases these securities at a discount, faster than expected prepayments will increase, while slower than expected prepayments will reduce, the yield on these securities. Because prepayment of principal generally occurs during a period of declining interest rates, a fund may generally have to reinvest the proceeds of such prepayments at lower interest rates. Therefore, asset-backed securities may have less potential for capital appreciation in periods of falling interest rates than other income-bearing securities of comparable maturity. Conversely, during periods of rising interest rates, prepayment rates tend to decline, thus lengthening the duration of asset-backed securities, which may increase the price volatility of these securities.

Other Asset-Backed Securities. The securitization techniques used to develop mortgage-backed securities are now being applied to a broad range of assets. Through the use of trusts and special purpose corporations, various types of assets, including automobile loans, computer leases and credit card receivables, are being securitized in pass-through structures similar to mortgage pass-through structures or in a structure similar to the CMO structure. In general, the collateral supporting these securities is of shorter maturity than mortgage loans and is less likely to experience substantial prepayments with interest rate fluctuations.

Several types of asset-backed securities have already been offered to investors, including Certificates of Automobile Receivables (CARS) and Collateralized Loan Obligations (CLOs). CARS represent undivided fractional interests in a trust whose assets consist of a pool of motor vehicle retail installment sales contracts and security interests in the vehicles securing the contracts. Payments of principal and interest on CARS are passed through monthly to certificate holders, and are guaranteed up to certain amounts and for a certain time period by a letter of credit issued by a financial institution unaffiliated with the trustee or originator of the trust. An investor’s return on CARS may be affected by early prepayment of principal on the underlying vehicle sales contracts. If the letter of credit is exhausted, the trust may be prevented from realizing the full amount due on a sales contract because of state law requirements and restrictions relating to foreclosure sales of vehicles and the obtaining of deficiency judgments following such sales or because of depreciation, damage or loss of a vehicle, the application of federal and state bankruptcy and insolvency laws, or other factors. As a result, certificate holders may experience delays in payments or losses if the letter of credit is exhausted. CLOs represent interests in a trust whose underlying assets consist of a pool of loans. Such loans may include domestic and foreign senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans and subordinate corporate loans, some of which may be below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans. CLOs issue classes or “tranches” that vary in risk and yield. A CLO may experience substantial losses attributable to defaults on underlying assets. Such losses will be borne first by the holders of subordinate tranches. A fund’s investment in a CLO may decrease in market value because of (i) loan defaults or credit impairment, (ii) the disappearance of subordinate tranches (i.e., the complete erosion of subordinate tranches due to collateral defaults), (iii) market anticipation of defaults, and (iv) investor aversion to CLO securities as a class. These risks may be magnified depending on the tranche of CLO securities in which a fund invests. For example, investments in a junior tranche of CLO securities will likely be more sensitive to loan defaults or credit impairment than investments in more senior tranches.

A fund may also invest in residual interests in asset-backed securities. In the case of asset-backed securities issued in a pass-through structure, the cash flow generated by the underlying assets is applied to make required payments on the securities and to pay related administrative expenses. The residual in an asset-backed security pass-through structure represents the interest in any excess cash flow remaining after making the foregoing payments. The amount of residual cash flow resulting from a particular issue of asset-backed securities will depend on, among other things, the characteristics of the underlying assets, the coupon rates on the securities, prevailing interest rates, the amount

II-77

of administrative expenses and the actual prepayment experience on the underlying assets. Asset-backed security residuals not registered under the 1933 Act may be subject to certain restrictions on transferability. In addition, there may be no liquid market for such securities.

The availability of asset-backed securities may be affected by legislative or regulatory developments. It is possible that such developments may require a fund to dispose of any then-existing holdings of such securities.

Asset-Indexed Securities. A fund may purchase asset-indexed securities which are debt securities usually issued by companies in precious metals related businesses such as mining, the principal amount, redemption terms, or interest rates of which are related to the market price of a specified precious metal. Market prices of asset-indexed securities will relate primarily to changes in the market prices of the precious metals to which the securities are indexed rather than to changes in market rates of interest. However, there may not be a perfect correlation between the price movements of the asset-indexed securities and the underlying precious metals. Asset-indexed securities typically bear interest or pay dividends at below market rates (and in certain cases at nominal rates). The purchase of asset-indexed securities also exposes a fund to the credit risk of the issuer of the asset-indexed securities.

Auction Rate Securities. Auction rate securities in which certain municipal funds may invest consist of auction rate municipal securities and auction rate preferred securities issued by closed-end investment companies that invest primarily in municipal securities. Provided that the auction mechanism is successful, auction rate securities normally permit the holder to sell the securities in an auction at par value at specified intervals. The dividend is reset by a “Dutch” auction in which bids are made by broker-dealers and other institutions for a certain amount of securities at a specified minimum yield. The dividend rate set by the auction is the lowest interest or dividend rate that covers all securities offered for sale. While this process is designed to permit auction rate securities to be traded at par value, there is the risk that an auction will fail due to insufficient demand for the securities. If an auction fails, the dividend rate of the securities rate adjusts to a maximum rate, specified in the issuer’s offering documents and, in the case of closed-end funds, relevant charter documents. Security holders that submit sell orders in a failed auction may not be able to sell any or all of the shares for which they have submitted sell orders. Security holders may sell their shares at the next scheduled auction, subject to the same risk that the subsequent auction will not attract sufficient demand for a successful auction to occur. Broker-dealers may also try to facilitate secondary trading in the auction rate securities, although such secondary trading may be limited and may only be available for shareholders willing to sell at a discount. Since February 2008, many municipal issuers and closed-end funds have experienced, and continue to experience, failed auctions of their auction rate securities. Repeated auction failures have significantly affected the liquidity of auction rate securities, shareholders of such securities have generally continued to receive dividends at the above-mentioned maximum rate. There is no assurance that auctions will resume or that any market will develop for auction rate securities. Valuation of such securities are highly speculative. Dividends on auction rate preferred securities issued by a closed-end fund may be reported, generally on Form 1099, as exempt from federal income tax to the extent they are attributable to tax-exempt interest income earned by a fund on the securities in its portfolio and distributed to holders of the preferred securities, provided that the preferred securities are treated as equity securities for federal income tax purposes, and the closed-end fund complies with certain requirements under the Code. A fund’s investments in auction rate preferred securities of closed-end funds are subject to limitations on investments in other US registered investment companies, which limitations are prescribed by the 1940 Act.

Bank Loans. Bank loans are typically senior debt obligations of borrowers (issuers) and, as such, are considered to hold a senior position in the capital structure of the borrower. These may include loans that hold the most senior position, that hold an equal ranking with other senior debt, or loans that are, in the judgment of the Advisor, in the category of senior debt of the borrower. This capital structure position generally gives the holders of these loans a priority claim on some or all of the borrower’s assets in the event of a default. In most cases, these loans are either partially or fully collateralized by the assets of a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, or by cash flow that the Advisor believes at the time of acquisition is sufficient to service the loan. These loans are often issued in connection with recapitalizations, acquisitions, leveraged buy-outs and refinancings. Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s may rate bank loans higher than high yield bonds of the same issuer to reflect their more senior position. A fund may invest in both fixed- and floating-rate loans. Senior loans may have longer trade settlement periods than other types of investments and may be subject to the requirements of Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act if such loans will not settle within 35 days of the trade date.

II-78

Bank loans may include restrictive covenants which must be maintained by the borrower. Such covenants, in addition to the timely payment of interest and principal, may include mandatory prepayment provisions arising from free cash flow, restrictions on dividend payments and usually state that a borrower must maintain specific minimum financial ratios as well as establishing limits on total debt. A breach of covenant, which is not waived by the agent, is normally an event of acceleration, i.e., the agent has the right to call the outstanding bank loan. In addition, loan covenants may include mandatory prepayment provisions stemming from free cash flow. Free cash flow is cash that is in excess of capital expenditures plus debt service requirements of principal and interest. Such mandatory prepayments typically provide that all or a portion of free cash flow be applied to prepay the bank loan in the order of maturity described in the loan documents.

When a fund has an interest in certain types of bank loans, a fund may have an obligation to make additional loans upon demand by the borrower. These commitments may have the effect of requiring a fund to increase its investment in a borrower at a time when it would not otherwise have done so. A fund will enter into such commitments only if the fund reasonably believes that its assets will allow the fund to meet the obligations and the fund will comply with related documentation and recordkeeping requirements under Rule 18f-4.

In a typical interest in a bank loan, the agent administers the loan and has the right to monitor the collateral. The agent is also required to segregate the principal and interest payments received from the borrower and to hold these payments for the benefit of the lenders. A fund normally looks to the agent to collect and distribute principal of and interest on a bank loan. Furthermore, a fund looks to the agent to use normal credit remedies, such as to foreclose on collateral; monitor credit loan covenants; and notify the lenders of any adverse changes in the borrower’s financial condition or declarations of insolvency. In the event of a default by the borrower, it is possible, though unlikely, that a fund could receive a portion of the borrower’s collateral. If a fund receives collateral other than cash, such collateral will be liquidated and the cash received from such liquidation will be available for investment as part of a fund’s portfolio. At times a fund may also negotiate with the agent regarding the agent’s exercise of credit remedies under a bank loan. The agent is compensated for these services by the borrower as is set forth in the loan agreement. Such compensation may take the form of a fee or other amount paid upon the making of the bank loan and/or an ongoing fee or other amount.

The loan agreement in connection with bank loans sets forth the standard of care to be exercised by the agents on behalf of the lenders and usually provides for the termination of the agent’s agency status in the event that it fails to act properly, becomes insolvent, enters FDIC receivership, or if not FDIC insured, enters into bankruptcy or if the agent resigns. In the event an agent is unable to perform its obligations as agent, another lender would generally serve in that capacity.

Under a bank loan, the borrower generally must pledge as collateral assets which may include one or more of the following: cash; accounts receivable; inventory; property, plant and equipment; common and preferred stock in its subsidiaries; trademarks, copyrights, patent rights; and franchise value. A fund may also receive guarantees as a form of collateral. In some instances, a bank loan may be secured only by stock in a borrower or its affiliates. A fund may also invest in bank loans not secured by any collateral. The market value of the assets serving as collateral, at the time of investment, in the opinion of the Advisor, sufficiently collateralize the principal amount of the bank loan. The valuations of these assets may be performed by an independent appraisal. If the agent becomes aware that the value of the collateral has declined, the agent may take action as it deems necessary for the protection of its own interests and the interests of the other lenders, including, for example, giving the borrower an opportunity to provide additional collateral or accelerating the loan. There is no assurance, however, that the borrower would provide additional collateral or that the liquidation of the existing collateral would satisfy the borrower’s obligation in the event of nonpayment of scheduled interest or principal, or that such collateral could be readily liquidated.

Loan agreements frequently require the borrower to make full or partial prepayment of a loan when the borrower engages in asset sales or a securities issuance. Prepayments on bank loans may also be made by the borrower at its election. The rate of such prepayments may be affected by, among other things, general business and economic conditions, as well as the financial status of the borrower. Prepayment would cause the actual duration of a bank loan to be shorter than its stated maturity. This should, however, allow a fund to reinvest in a new loan and recognize as income any unamortized loan fees. This may result in a new facility fee payable to a fund. Because interest rates paid on bank loans periodically fluctuate with the market, it is expected that the prepayment and a subsequent purchase

II-79

of a new bank loan by a fund will not have a material adverse impact on the yield of the portfolio. A fund may hold bank loans to maturity unless it has become necessary to adjust a fund’s portfolio in accordance with the Advisor’s view of current or expected economic or specific industry or borrower conditions.

A fund may be required to pay and may receive various fees and commissions in the process of purchasing, selling and holding bank loans. The fee may include any, or a combination of, the following elements: arrangement fees, non-use fees, facility fees, letter of credit fees and ticking fees. Arrangement fees are paid at the commencement of a loan as compensation for the initiation of the transaction. A non-use fee is paid based upon the amount committed but not used under the loan. Facility fees are on-going annual fees paid in connection with a loan. Letter of credit fees are paid if a loan involves a letter of credit. Ticking fees are negotiated at the time of transaction, and are paid from the initial commitment indication until loan closing.

If legislation or state or federal regulators impose additional requirements or restrictions on the ability of financial institutions to make loans that are considered highly leveraged transactions, the availability of bank loans for investment by a fund may be adversely affected. In addition, such requirements or restrictions could reduce or eliminate sources of financing for certain borrowers. This would increase the risk of default. If legislation or federal or state regulators require financial institutions to dispose of bank loans that are considered highly leveraged transactions or subject such bank loans to increased regulatory scrutiny, financial institutions may determine to sell such bank loans. Such sales by affected financial institutions may not be at desirable prices, in the opinion of the Advisor. If a fund attempts to sell a bank loan at a time when a financial institution is engaging in such a sale, the price a fund could get for the bank loan may be adversely affected.

Affiliates of the Advisor may participate in the primary and secondary market for bank loans. Because of limitations imposed by applicable law, the presence of the Advisor's affiliates in the bank loan market may restrict a fund's ability to acquire some bank loans, or affect the timing or price of such acquisitions. The Advisor does not believe that this will materially affect a fund's ability to achieve its investment objective. Also, because the Advisor may wish to invest in the publicly traded securities of a borrower, it may not have access to material non-public information regarding the borrower to which other lenders have access.

Senior loans may not be considered “securities,” and purchasers, such as a fund, therefore may not be entitled to rely on the anti-fraud and misrepresentation protections of the federal securities laws.

Loan Participations and Assignments. A fund’s investments in bank loans are expected in most instances to be in the form of participations in bank loans (Participations) and assignments of portions of bank loans (Assignments) from third parties. Large loans to corporations or governments may be shared or syndicated among several lenders, usually banks. A fund may participate in such syndicates, or can buy part of a loan, becoming a direct lender.

When a fund buys an Assignment, it is essentially becoming a party to the bank agreement. The vast majority of all trades are Assignments and would therefore generally represent the preponderance of bank loans held by a fund. When a fund is a purchaser of an Assignment, it typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations under the loan agreement of the assigning lender and becomes a lender under the loan agreement with the same rights and obligations as the assigning lender. Because Assignments are arranged through private negotiations between potential assignees and potential assignors, however, the rights and obligations acquired by a fund as the purchaser of an Assignment may differ from, and may be more limited than, those held by the assigning lender.

In certain cases, a fund may buy bank loans on a participation basis, if for example, a fund did not want to become party to the bank agreement. With respect to any given bank loan, the rights of a fund when it acquires a Participation may be more limited than the rights of the original lenders or of investors who acquire an Assignment. Participations typically will result in a fund having a contractual relationship only with the lender and not with the borrower. A fund will have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the Participation and only upon receipt by the lender of the payments from the borrower. In connection with purchasing Participations, a fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement relating to the bank loan, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower, and a fund may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the bank loan in which it has purchased the Participation. As a result,

II-80

a fund will assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the Participation. In the event of the insolvency of the lender selling a Participation, a fund may be treated as a general creditor of the lender and may not benefit from any set-off between the lender and the borrower.

In the case of loan Participations where a bank or other lending institution serves as financial intermediary between a fund and the borrower, if the Participation does not shift to a fund the direct debtor-creditor relationship with the borrower, SEC interpretations require a fund, in some circumstances, to treat both the lending bank or other lending institution and the borrower as issuers for purposes of a fund’s investment policies. Treating a financial intermediary as an issuer of indebtedness may restrict a fund’s ability to invest in indebtedness related to a single financial intermediary, or a group of intermediaries engaged in the same industry, even if the underlying borrowers represent many different companies and industries.

A fund may pay a fee or forego a portion of interest payments to the lender selling a Participation or Assignment under the terms of such Participation or Assignment. In the case of loans administered by a bank or other financial institution that acts as agent for all holders, if assets held by the agent for the benefit of a purchaser are determined to be subject to the claims of the agent’s general creditors, the purchaser might incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment on the loan or loan Participation and could suffer a loss of principal or interest.

Participations and Assignments involve credit risk, interest rate risk, and liquidity risk, as well as the potential liability associated with being a lender. If a fund purchases a Participation, it may only be able to enforce its rights through the participating lender, and may assume the credit risk of both the lender and the borrower. Investments in loans through direct Assignment of a financial institution’s interests with respect to a loan may involve additional risks. For example, if a loan is foreclosed, a fund could benefit from becoming part owner of any collateral, however, a fund would bear the costs and liabilities associated with owning and disposing of the collateral.

A fund may have difficulty disposing of Assignments and Participations. Because no liquid market for these obligations typically exists, a fund anticipates that these obligations could be sold only to a limited number of institutional investors. The lack of a liquid secondary market will have an adverse effect on a fund’s ability to dispose of particular Assignments or Participations when necessary to meet a fund’s liquidity needs or in response to a specific economic event, such as a deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower. The lack of a liquid secondary market for Assignments and Participations may also make it more difficult for a fund to assign a value to those securities for purposes of valuing a fund’s portfolio and calculating its net asset value.

Borrowing. Under the 1940 Act, a fund is required to maintain continuous asset coverage of 300% with respect to permitted borrowings and to sell (within three days) sufficient portfolio holdings to restore such coverage if it should decline to less than 300% due to market fluctuations or otherwise, even if such liquidation of a fund's holdings may be disadvantageous from an investment standpoint.

Credit Facility. A fund and other affiliated funds (“Participants”) share in a revolving credit facility provided by a syndication of banks. A fund may borrow money under this credit facility for temporary or emergency purposes, including the funding of shareholder redemption requests, that otherwise might require the untimely disposition of securities. A fund’s ability to borrow is subject to the terms and conditions of its credit arrangements, which in some cases may limit the fund’s ability to borrow under the credit facility. Participants are charged an annual commitment fee, which is allocated based on net assets, among each of the Participants. Interest is charged to a fund on its borrowings at current commercial rates. A fund can prepay loans at any time and may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce, without the payment of a premium or penalty, its commitment under the credit facility subject to compliance with certain conditions.

Borrowing may exaggerate changes in the net asset value of fund shares and in the return on a fund’s portfolio. Borrowing will cost a fund interest expense and other fees, which may reduce a fund’s return. A fund is required to maintain continuous asset coverage with respect to its borrowings and may be required to sell some of its holdings to reduce debt and restore coverage at times when it is not advantageous to do so. There is no assurance that a borrowing strategy will be successful. Upon the expiration of the term of a fund’s existing credit arrangement, the lender may not be willing to extend further credit to a fund or may only be willing to do so at an increased cost to a fund. If a fund

II-81

is not able to extend its credit arrangement, it may be required to liquidate holdings to repay amounts borrowed from the lender. Because the funds are joint participants in the credit facility, any given fund may be unable to borrow some or all of its requested amount at any particular time. This may be true particularly during times of market stress. In addition, if a fund’s assets increase, there is no assurance that the lender will be willing to make additional loans to a fund in order to allow it to borrow the amounts desired by a fund to facilitate redemptions.

Brady Bonds. Brady Bonds are securities created through the exchange of existing commercial bank loans to public and private entities in certain emerging markets for new bonds in connection with debt restructurings under a debt restructuring plan introduced by former US Secretary of the Treasury, Nicholas F. Brady (Brady Plan). Brady Bonds may be collateralized or uncollateralized and are issued in various currencies (but primarily the dollar). Dollar-denominated, collateralized Brady Bonds, which may be fixed-rate bonds or floating-rate bonds, are generally collateralized in full as to principal by US Treasury zero coupon bonds having the same maturity as the Brady Bonds. Interest payments on these Brady Bonds generally are collateralized by cash or securities in an amount that, in the case of fixed rate bonds, is equal to at least one year of rolling interest payments or, in the case of floating rate bonds, initially is equal to at least one year’s rolling interest payments based on the applicable interest rate at that time and is adjusted at regular intervals thereafter. Brady Bonds are often viewed as having three or four valuation components: the collateralized repayment of principal at final maturity; the collateralized interest payments; the uncollateralized interest payments; and any uncollateralized repayment of principal at maturity (these uncollateralized amounts constitute the residual risk). In light of the residual risk of Brady Bonds and the history of defaults of countries issuing Brady Bonds, with respect to commercial bank loans by public and private entities, investments in Brady Bonds may be viewed as speculative.

Cash Management Vehicles. A fund may have cash balances that have not been invested in portfolio securities (Uninvested Cash). Uninvested Cash may result from a variety of sources, including dividends or interest received from portfolio securities, unsettled securities transactions, reserves held for investment strategy purposes, assets to cover a fund’s open futures and other derivatives positions, scheduled maturity of investments, liquidation of investment securities to meet anticipated redemptions and dividend payments, and new cash received from investors. Uninvested Cash may be invested directly in money market instruments or other short-term debt obligations. A fund may use Uninvested Cash to purchase shares of unaffiliated money market funds, or affiliated money market funds for which the Advisor or an affiliate of the Advisor may serve as investment advisor now or in the future. Such money market funds will operate in accordance with Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act and will seek to maintain a stable net asset value (NAV) or will maintain a floating NAV. A fund indirectly bears its proportionate share of the expenses of each money market fund in which it invests. The money market funds in which a fund may invest are registered under the 1940 Act or are excluded from the definition of “investment company” under Section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of the 1940 Act. Investments in such money market funds may exceed the limits of Section 12(d)(1)(A) of the 1940 Act.

Commercial Paper. A fund may invest in commercial paper issued by major corporations in reliance on the exemption from registration afforded by Section 3(a)(3) of the 1933 Act. Such commercial paper may be issued only to finance current transactions and must mature in nine months or less. Trading of such commercial paper is conducted primarily by institutional investors through investment dealers, and individual investor participation in the commercial paper market is very limited. A fund also may invest in commercial paper issued in reliance on the so-called “private placement” exemption from registration afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the 1933 Act (Section 4(a)(2) paper). Section 4(a)(2) paper is restricted as to disposition under the federal securities laws, and generally is sold to institutional investors such as a fund who agree that they are purchasing the paper for investment and not with a view to public distribution. Any resale by the purchaser must be in an exempt transaction. Section 4(a)(2) paper normally is resold to other institutional investors like a fund through or with the assistance of the issuer or investment dealers who make a market in Section 4(a)(2) paper, thus providing liquidity.

Commodity Pool Operator Exclusion. The Advisor currently intends to operate the fund (unless otherwise noted) in compliance with the requirements of Rule 4.5 of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC). As a result, a fund is not deemed to be a “commodity pool” under the Commodity Exchange Act (CEA) and will be limited in its ability to use futures and options on futures or commodities or engage in swap transactions for other than bona fide hedging purposes. Provided a fund operates within the limits of Rule 4.5 of the CFTC, a fund will be excluded from

II-82

registration with and regulation under the CEA and the Advisor will not be deemed to be a “commodity pool operator” with respect to the operations of a fund. If a fund were no longer able to claim the exclusion, the fund and the Advisor would be subject to regulation under the CEA.

Commodity Pool Operator Regulation. DWS Enhanced Commodity Strategy Fund and DWS RREEF Real Assets Fund are unable to rely on the exclusion from CFTC Rule 4.5 and therefore will be subjected to regulation under the CEA and CFTC rules as a commodity pool. The Advisor is currently registered with the National Futures Association as a “commodity pool operator” and a “commodity trading advisor” and the Advisor will act as such with respect to the operation of a fund. As a result, the Advisor and the fund are subject to dual regulation by the CFTC and the SEC. The CFTC recently adopted regulations that seek to “harmonize” CFTC regulations with overlapping SEC regulations. Pursuant to the CFTC harmonization regulations, the Advisor and the fund may elect to meet the requirements of certain CFTC regulations by complying with specific SEC rules and regulations relating to disclosure and reporting requirements. The CFTC could deem the fund or the Advisor in violation of an applicable CFTC regulation if the fund or the Advisor failed to comply with a related SEC regulatory requirement under the CFTC harmonization regulations. The fund and the Advisor will remain subject to certain CFTC-mandated disclosure, reporting and recordkeeping regulations even if they elect substitute compliance under the CFTC harmonization regulations. Compliance with the CFTC regulations could increase the fund’s expenses, adversely affecting investment returns. Investors in a fund and their financial representatives should consider whether a fund’s status as a “commodity pool” impacts their operations or status under the CEA in deciding whether to invest in a fund.

Common Stock. Common stock is issued by companies to raise cash for business purposes and represents a proportionate interest in the issuing companies. Therefore, a fund may participate in the success or failure of any company in which it holds stock. The market values of common stock can fluctuate significantly, reflecting the business performance of the issuing company, investor perception and general economic or financial market movements. Despite the risk of price volatility, however, common stocks have historically offered a greater potential for long-term gain on investment, compared to other classes of financial assets, such as bonds or cash equivalents, although there can be no assurance that this will be true in the future.

Convertible Securities. A fund may invest in convertible securities; that is, bonds, notes, debentures, preferred stocks and other securities that are convertible (by the holder or by the issuer) into common stock. Investments in convertible securities can provide an opportunity for capital appreciation and/or income through interest and dividend payments by virtue of their conversion or exchange features.

The convertible securities in which a fund may invest include fixed-income or zero coupon debt securities, which may be converted or exchanged at a stated or determinable exchange ratio into underlying shares of common stock. The exchange ratio for any particular convertible security may be adjusted from time to time due to stock splits, dividends, spin-offs, other corporate distributions or scheduled changes in the exchange ratio. A convertible security may be called for redemption or conversion by the issuer after a particular date and under certain circumstances (including a specified price) established upon issue. If a convertible security held by a fund is called for redemption or conversion, a fund could be required to tender it for redemption, convert it into the underlying common stock, or sell it to a third party, which may have an adverse effect on a fund’s ability to achieve its investment objectives. Convertible securities and convertible preferred stocks, until converted, have general characteristics similar to both debt and equity securities. Although to a lesser extent than with debt securities generally, the market values of convertible securities tend to decline as interest rates increase and, conversely, tend to increase as interest rates decline. In addition, because of the conversion or exchange feature, the market values of convertible securities typically change as the market values of the underlying common stocks change, and, therefore, also tend to follow movements in the general market for equity securities. A unique feature of convertible securities is that, as the market price of the underlying common stock declines, convertible securities tend to trade increasingly on a yield basis, and so may not experience market value declines to the same extent as the underlying common stock. When the market price of the underlying common stock increases, the prices of the convertible securities tend to rise as a reflection of the value of the underlying common stock, although typically not as much as the underlying common stock. While no securities investments are without risk, investments in convertible securities generally entail less risk than investments in common stock of the same issuer.

II-83

As debt securities, convertible securities are investments that provide for a stream of income (or in the case of zero coupon securities, accretion of income) with generally higher yields than common stocks. Convertible securities generally offer lower yields than non-convertible securities of similar quality because of their conversion or exchange features.

Of course, like all debt securities, there can be no assurance of income or principal payments because the issuers of the convertible securities may default on their obligations.

Convertible securities are generally subordinated to other similar but non-convertible securities of the same issuer, although convertible bonds, as corporate debt obligations, enjoy seniority in right of payment to all equity securities, and convertible preferred stock is senior to common stock, of the same issuer. However, because of the subordination feature, convertible bonds and convertible preferred stock typically have lower ratings than similar non-convertible securities. Convertible securities may be issued as fixed income obligations that pay current income or as zero coupon notes and bonds, including Liquid Yield Option Notes (LYONs).

Contingent convertible securities (CoCos). A contingent convertible security, or CoCo, is a type of convertible security typically issued by a non-U.S. bank that, upon the occurrence of a specified trigger event, may be (i) convertible into equity securities of the issuer at a predetermined share price; or (ii) written down in liquidation value. Trigger events are identified in the documents that govern the CoCo and may include a decline in the issuer’s capital below a specified threshold level, an increase in the issuer’s risk weighted assets, the share price of the issuer falling to a particular level for a certain period of time and certain regulatory events, such as a change in regulatory capital requirements. CoCos are designed to behave like bonds in times of economic health yet absorb losses when the trigger event occurs. CoCos are generally considered speculative and the prices of CoCos may be volatile.

With respect to CoCos that provide for conversion of the CoCo into common shares of the issuer in the event of a trigger event, the conversion would deepen the subordination of the investor, creating a greater risk of loss in the event of bankruptcy. In addition, because the common stock of the issuer may not pay a dividend, investors in such instruments could experience reduced yields (or no yields at all). With respect to CoCos that provide for the write down in liquidation value of the CoCo in the event of a trigger event, it is possible that the liquidation value of the CoCo may be adjusted downward to below the original par value or written off entirely under certain circumstances. For instance, if losses have eroded the issuer’s capital levels below a specified threshold, the liquidation value of the CoCo may be reduced in whole or in part. The write-down of the CoCo’s par value may occur automatically and would not entitle holders to institute bankruptcy proceedings against the issuer. In addition, an automatic write-down could result in a reduced income rate if the dividend or interest payment associated with the CoCo is based on par value. Coupon payments on CoCos may be discretionary and may be cancelled by the issuer for any reason or may be subject to approval by the issuer’s regulator and may be suspended in the event there are insufficient distributable reserves.

Credit Enhancement. Mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities are often backed by a pool of assets representing the obligations of a number of different parties. To lessen the effect of failure by obligors on underlying assets to make payments, such securities may contain elements of credit enhancement. Such credit enhancement falls into two categories: (1) liquidity protection and (2) protection against losses resulting from ultimate default by an obligor on the underlying assets. Liquidity protection refers to the provision of advances, generally by the entity administering the pool of assets, to ensure that the pass-through of payments due on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion. Protection against losses resulting from ultimate default enhances the likelihood of ultimate payment of the obligations on at least a portion of the assets in the pool. Such protection may be provided through guarantees, insurance policies or letters of credit obtained by the issuer or sponsor from third parties; through various means of structuring the transaction; or through a combination of such approaches. A fund may pay any additional fees for such credit enhancement, although the existence of credit enhancement may increase the price of a security.

The ratings of mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities for which third-party credit enhancement provides liquidity protection or protection against losses from default are generally dependent upon the continued creditworthiness of the provider of the credit enhancement. The ratings of such securities could be subject to reduction in the event of deterioration in the creditworthiness of the credit enhancement provider even in cases where the delinquency and loss experience on the underlying pool of assets is better than expected.

II-84

Examples of credit enhancement arising out of the structure of the transaction include “senior-subordinated securities” (multiple class securities with one or more classes subordinate to other classes as to the payment of principal thereof and interest thereon, with the result that defaults on the underlying assets are borne first by the holders of the subordinated class), creation of “reserve funds” (where cash or investments, sometimes funded from a portion of the payments on the underlying assets, are held in reserve against future losses) and “over-collateralization” (where the scheduled payments on, or the principal amount of, the underlying assets exceed those required to make payment of the securities and pay any servicing or other fees). The degree of credit enhancement provided for each issue is generally based on historical information with respect to the level of credit risk associated with the underlying assets. Delinquency or loss in excess of that which is anticipated could adversely affect the return on an investment in such a security.

Certain of a fund’s other investments may be credit-enhanced by a guaranty, letter of credit, or insurance from a third party. Any bankruptcy, receivership, default, or change in the credit quality of the third party providing the credit enhancement may adversely affect the quality and marketability of the underlying security and could cause losses to a fund and affect a fund’s share price.

Currency Strategies. In addition to a fund’s main investment strategy, certain funds seek to enhance returns by employing proprietary quantitative, rules-based methodology currency strategies using derivatives (contracts whose value are based on, for example, indices, currencies or securities), in particular forward currency contracts. These currency strategies are long/short rules-based strategies that offer a core approach to currency investing by investing across a diversified pool of developed and emerging market currencies. There are three strategies:

Carry strategy: Carry trades are widely known in currency markets. In a carry trade low interest rate currencies are systematically sold and high interest rate currencies are systematically bought. Such a strategy seeks to exploit what academics call “forward-rate bias” or the “forward premium puzzle,” that is, circumstances where the forward rate is not an unbiased estimate of the future spot. Positive returns may occur when an investor’s gain from interest rate differentials between the high yielding and low yielding jurisdictions exceed any losses from currency rate movements between the relevant currencies.

Momentum strategy: This strategy is based on the observation that many exchange rates have followed multi-year trends. A strategy that follows a multi-year trend may make positive returns over time. The segmentation of currency market participants, with some acting quickly on news while others respond more slowly is one reason why, in some circumstances, trends may emerge and can be protracted.

Valuation strategy: This strategy is based on the observation that in the long-term, currencies have tended to move toward their “fair value.” The goal of the valuation strategy is to seek a profit for the fund by systematically buying “undervalued” currencies and selling “overvalued” currencies in the medium-term. The success of the currency strategies depends, in part, on the effectiveness and implementation of portfolio management’s proprietary models. If portfolio management’s analysis proves to be incorrect, losses to the fund may be significant and may substantially exceed the intended level of market exposure for the currency strategies. As part of the currency strategies, a fund will be exposed to the risks of non-US currency markets. Foreign currency rates may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time for a number of reasons, including changes in interest rates and economic or political developments in the US or abroad. As a result, the fund’s exposure to foreign currencies could cause lower returns or even losses to the fund. Although portfolio management seeks to limit these risks through the aggregation of various long and short positions, there can be no assurance that it will be able to do so.

Custodial Receipts. Custodial receipts are interests in separately traded interest and principal component parts of US Government securities that are issued by banks or brokerage firms and are created by depositing US Government securities into a special account at a custodian bank. The custodian holds the interest and principal payments for the benefit of the registered owners of the certificates or receipts. The custodian arranges for the issuance of the certificates or receipts evidencing ownership and maintains the register. Custodial receipts include Treasury Receipts (TRs), Treasury Investment Growth Receipts (TIGRs), and Certificates of Accrual on Treasury Securities (CATS). TIGRs and CATS are interests in private proprietary accounts while TRs and STRIPS are interests in accounts sponsored by the US Treasury. Receipts are sold as zero coupon securities (see Zero Coupon Securities). A fund may acquire US Government securities and their unmatured interest coupons that have been separated (stripped) by their holder, typically a custodian bank

II-85

or investment brokerage firm. Having separated the interest coupons from the underlying principal of the US Government securities, the holder will resell the stripped securities in custodial receipt programs with a number of different names, including TIGRs and CATS. The stripped coupons are sold separately from the underlying principal, which is usually sold at a deep discount because the buyer receives only the right to receive a future fixed payment on the security and does not receive any rights to periodic interest (cash) payments. The underlying US Treasury bonds and notes themselves are generally held in book-entry form at a Federal Reserve Bank. Counsel to the underwriters of these certificates or other evidences of ownership of US Treasury securities have stated that, in their opinion, purchasers of the stripped securities most likely will be deemed the beneficial holders of the underlying US Government securities for federal tax and securities purposes. In the case of CATS and TIGRs, the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) has reached a similar conclusion for the purpose of applying the tax diversification requirements applicable to regulated investment companies such as a fund. CATS and TIGRs are not considered US Government securities by the staff of the SEC. Further, the IRS conclusion noted above is contained only in a general counsel memorandum, which is an internal document of no precedential value or binding effect, and a private letter ruling, which also may not be relied upon by a fund. A fund is not aware of any binding legislative, judicial or administrative authority on this issue.

Depositary Receipts. A fund may invest in sponsored or unsponsored American Depositary Receipts (ADRs), European Depositary Receipts (EDRs), Global Depositary Receipts (GDRs), International Depositary Receipts (IDRs) and other types of Depositary Receipts (which, together with ADRs, EDRs, GDRs and IDRs are hereinafter referred to as Depositary Receipts). Depositary Receipts provide indirect investment in securities of foreign issuers. Prices of unsponsored Depositary Receipts may be more volatile than if they were sponsored by the issuer of the underlying securities. Depositary Receipts may not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as the underlying securities into which they may be converted. In addition, the issuers of unsponsored Depositary Receipts are not obligated to disclose material information regarding the underlying securities or their issuer in the United States and, therefore, there may not be a correlation between such information and the market value of the Depositary Receipts. ADRs are Depositary Receipts that are bought and sold in the United States and are typically issued by a US bank or trust company which evidence ownership of underlying securities by a foreign corporation. GDRs, IDRs and other types of Depositary Receipts are typically issued by foreign banks or trust companies, although they may also be issued by United States banks or trust companies, and evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by either a foreign or a United States corporation. Generally, Depositary Receipts in registered form are designed for use in the United States securities markets and Depositary Receipts in bearer form are designed for use in securities markets outside the United States. Depositary Receipts, including those denominated in US dollars will be subject to foreign currency exchange rate risk. However, by investing in US dollar-denominated ADRs rather than directly in foreign issuers’ stock, a fund avoids currency risks during the settlement period. In general, there is a large, liquid market in the United States for most ADRs. However, certain Depositary Receipts may not be listed on an exchange and therefore may be illiquid securities.

Derivatives. A fund may use instruments referred to as derivatives. Derivatives are financial instruments the value of which is derived, at least in part, from the performance of an underlying asset (such as a commodity like gold or oil, or a currency), another security, or an index (a measure of value or rates, such as the S&P 500 Index or the prime lending rate). Derivatives often allow a fund to increase or decrease the level of risk to which a fund is exposed more quickly and efficiently than direct investments in the underlying asset or instruments.

A fund may, to the extent consistent with its investment objective and policies, purchase and sell (write) exchange-listed and over-the-counter (OTC) put and call options on securities, equity and fixed-income indices and other instruments, purchase and sell futures contracts and options thereon, enter into various transactions such as swaps, caps, floors, collars and contracts for difference, and may enter into currency forward contracts, currency futures contracts, currency swaps or options on currencies, or various other currency transactions. The types of derivatives identified above are not intended to be exhaustive and a fund may use types of derivatives and/or employ derivatives strategies not otherwise described in this Statement of Additional Information or a fund’s prospectuses.

OTC derivatives are purchased from or sold to securities dealers, financial institutions or other parties (Counterparties) pursuant to a bilateral agreement with the Counterparty. As a result, a significant risk of OTC derivatives is counterparty risk. The Advisor monitors the creditworthiness of OTC derivative counterparties.

II-86

A fund may use derivatives subject to certain limits imposed by a fund’s investment objective and policies (see Investment Restrictions) and the 1940 Act, or by the requirements for a fund to qualify as a regulated investment company for tax purposes (see Taxes) (i) to seek to achieve returns, (ii) to attempt to protect against possible changes in the market value of securities held in or to be purchased for a fund’s portfolio resulting from securities markets or currency exchange rate fluctuations, (iii) to protect a fund’s unrealized gains in the value of its portfolio securities, (iv) to facilitate the sale of portfolio securities for investment purposes, (v) to manage the effective maturity or duration of a fund’s portfolio, (vi) to establish a position in the derivatives markets as a substitute for purchasing or selling (including selling short) particular securities, (vii) for funds that invest in foreign securities, to increase exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one currency to another (not necessarily the US dollar), or (viii) for any other purposes permitted by law.

A fund may decide not to employ any of the strategies described below, and no assurance can be given that any strategy used will succeed. If the Advisor incorrectly forecasts interest rates, market values or other economic factors in using a derivatives strategy for a fund, a fund might have been in a better position if it had not entered into the transaction at all. Also, suitable derivatives may not be available in all circumstances. The use of these strategies involves certain special risks, including a possible imperfect correlation, or even no correlation, between price movements of derivatives and price movements of related investments. While some strategies involving derivatives can reduce risk of loss, they can also reduce the opportunity for gain or even result in losses by offsetting favorable price movements in related investments or otherwise, due to the possible inability of a fund to purchase or sell a portfolio security at a time that otherwise would be favorable or the possible need to sell a portfolio security at a disadvantageous time, and the possible inability of a fund to close out or liquidate its derivatives positions.

Pursuant to regulations adopted by the SEC in October 2020, registered investment companies that invest in derivatives instruments must comply with new Rule 18f-4 under the Investment Company Act. Among other things, Rule 18f-4 requires funds that invest in derivatives instruments beyond a specified limited amount to implement a value-at-risk based limit to their use of certain derivative instruments, maintain a comprehensive derivatives risk management program, and appoint a derivatives risk manager. A fund that limits its use of derivatives instruments is not subject to the full requirements of Rule 18f-4 and qualifies as a “limited derivatives user.” Derivative transactions entered into to close out existing positions with the same counterparty will not count towards a fund's derivatives exposure for purposes of Rule 18f-4. This new regulatory framework eliminated and replaced the asset segregation and coverage framework established by prior SEC guidance and regulations. Since the compliance date on August 19, 2022, the funds engaging in derivatives transactions comply with Rule 18f-4 as one of two types: funds that are “limited derivatives users” or funds that are derivatives users that must adopt a derivatives risk management program in compliance with Rule 18f-4. Rule 18f-4 also governs a fund's use of certain other transactions that create future payment and/or delivery obligations by the fund, such as short sale borrowings and reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions, and certain transactions entered into on a when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward-commitment basis that will not settle within 35 days of the trade date. The requirements of Rule 18f-4 may limit a fund's ability to engage in derivatives transactions and certain other transactions noted above as part of its investment strategies. These requirements may also increase the cost of doing business, which could adversely affect the performance of a fund.

General Characteristics of Options. A put option gives the purchaser of the option, upon payment of a premium, the right to sell, and the writer the obligation to buy, the underlying security, commodity, index, currency or other instrument at the exercise price. For instance, a fund’s purchase of a put option on a security might be designed to protect its holdings in the underlying instrument (or, in some cases, a similar instrument) against a substantial decline in the market value by giving a fund the right to sell such instrument at the option exercise price. A call option, upon payment of a premium, gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and the seller the obligation to sell, the underlying instrument at the exercise price. A fund’s purchase of a call option on a security, commodity, index, currency or other instrument might be intended to protect a fund against an increase in the price of the underlying instrument that it intends to purchase in the future by fixing the price at which it may purchase such instrument. If a fund sells or “writes” a call option, the premium that it receives may partially offset, to the extent of the option premium, a decrease in the value of the underlying securities or instruments in its portfolio or may increase a fund’s income. The sale of put options can also provide income and might be used to protect a fund against an increase in the price of the underlying instrument or provide, in the opinion of portfolio management, an acceptable entry point with regard to the underlying instrument.

II-87

A fund may write covered call options. A written call option is covered if a fund owns the security or instrument underlying the call or has an absolute right to acquire that security or instrument without additional cash consideration. A call option is covered if a fund holds a call on the same security, index or instrument as the written call option where the exercise price of the purchased call (long position) is equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written. Exchange listed options are issued and cleared by a regulated intermediary such as the Options Clearing Corporation (OCC). The OCC ensures that the obligations of each option it clears are fulfilled. The discussion below uses the OCC as an example, but is also applicable to other financial intermediaries. OCC issued and exchange listed options generally settle by physical delivery of the underlying security or currency, or cash delivery for the net amount, if any, by which the option is “in-the-money” (i.e., where the value of the underlying instrument exceeds, in the case of a call option, or is less than, in the case of a put option, the exercise price of the option) at the time the option is exercised. Frequently, rather than taking or making delivery of the underlying instrument through the process of exercising the option, listed options are closed by entering into offsetting purchase or sale transactions that do not result in ownership of the new option.

As noted above, OTC options are purchased from or sold to Counterparties through direct bilateral agreement with the Counterparty. In contrast to exchange listed options, which generally have standardized terms and performance mechanics, all the terms of an OTC option, including such terms as method of settlement, term, exercise price, premium, guarantees and security, are set by negotiation of the parties. Unless the parties provide for it, there is no central clearing or guaranty function in an OTC option. As a result, if the Counterparty fails to make or take delivery of the security, currency or other instrument underlying an OTC option it has entered into with a fund or fails to make a cash settlement payment due in accordance with the terms of that option, a fund will lose any premium it paid for the option as well as any anticipated benefit of the transaction.

There are a number of risks associated with transactions in options. Options on particular securities or instruments may be more volatile than a direct investment in the underlying security or instrument. A decision as to whether, when and how to use options involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived transaction may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected events. Additionally, there are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given options transaction not to achieve its objective. Disruptions in the markets for the securities underlying options purchased or sold by a fund could result in losses on the options. If trading is interrupted in an underlying security, the trading of options on that security is normally halted as well. As a result, a fund as purchaser or writer of an option will be unable to close out its positions until options trading resumes, and it may be faced with losses if trading in the security reopens at a substantially different price. In addition, the OCC or other options markets may impose exercise restrictions. If a prohibition on exercise is imposed at a time when trading in the option has also been halted, a fund as purchaser or writer of an option will be locked into its position until one of the two restrictions has been lifted. If a prohibition on exercise remains in effect until an option owned by a fund has expired, a fund could lose the entire value of its option.

During the option period, the covered call writer, in return for the premium on the option, gives up the opportunity to profit from a price increase in the underlying security or instrument above the sum of the option premium received and the option's exercise price, but as long as its obligations as a writer continue, retains the risk of loss, minus the option premium received, should the price of the underlying security or instrument decline. In writing options, a fund has no control over the time when it may be required to fulfill its obligations as the writer of the option. Once a fund receives an exercise notice for its option, it cannot effect a closing purchase transaction in order to terminate its obligation under the option and must deliver the underlying security at the exercise price. Thus, the use of covered call options may require the fund to sell portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, will limit the amount of appreciation the fund can realize above the exercise price of an option on a security, and may cause the fund to hold a security that it might otherwise sell.

In writing put options, there is a risk that a fund may be required to buy the underlying security or instrument at a disadvantageous price if the put option is exercised against a fund. If a put or call option purchased by a fund is not sold when it has remaining value, and if the market price of the underlying security or instrument remains, in the case of a put, equal to or greater than the exercise price, or in the case of a call, less than or equal to the exercise

II-88

price, a fund will lose the premium that it paid for the option. Also, where a put or call option is purchased as a hedge against price movements in the underlying security or instrument, the price of the put or call option may move more or less than the price of the underlying security or instrument.

The value of options may be adversely affected if the market for such options becomes less liquid or smaller. A fund’s ability to close out its position as a purchaser or seller of an OTC option or exchange listed put or call option is dependent, in part, upon the liquidity of the option market. There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when a fund seeks to close out an option position either, in the case of a written call option, by buying the option, or, in the case of a purchased put option, by selling the option. The possible reasons for the absence of a liquid options market on an exchange include, but are not limited to the following: (i) insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions on transactions imposed by an exchange; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying securities, including reaching daily price limits; (iv) interruption of the normal operations of the OCC or an exchange; (v) inadequacy of the facilities the OCC or an exchange to handle current trading volume; or (vi) a decision by one or more exchanges to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the relevant market for that option on that exchange would cease to exist, although outstanding options on that exchange would generally continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. A fund’s ability to terminate OTC options is more limited than with exchange-traded options and may involve the risk that broker-dealers participating in such transactions will not fulfill their obligations. If a fund were unable to close out a covered call option that it had written on a security, it would not be able to sell the underlying security unless the option expired without exercise.

Special risks are presented by internationally traded options. Because of the differences in trading hours between the US and various foreign countries, and because different holidays are observed in different countries, foreign options markets may be open for trading during hours or on days when US markets are closed. As a result, option premiums may not reflect the current prices of the underlying interests in the US.

The hours of trading for options may not conform to the hours during which the underlying securities are traded. To the extent that the options markets close before the markets for the underlying securities, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the options markets. Call options are marked-to-market daily and their value will be affected by changes in the value of and dividend rates of the underlying securities, an increase in interest rates, changes in the actual or perceived volatility of the stock market and the underlying securities and the remaining time to the options’ expiration. Additionally, the exercise price of an option may be adjusted downward before the option’s expiration as a result of the occurrence of certain corporate events affecting the underlying security, such as extraordinary dividends, stock splits, merger or other extraordinary distributions or events. A reduction in the exercise price of an option would reduce a fund’s capital appreciation potential on the underlying security.

The number of call options a fund can write is limited by the number of shares of underlying securities that the fund holds. Furthermore, a fund’s options transactions will be subject to limitations established by each of the exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities on which such options are traded. These limitations govern the maximum number of options in each class that may be written or purchased by a single investor or group of investors acting in concert, regardless of whether the options are written or purchased on the same or different exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities or are held or written in one or more accounts or through one or more brokers. Thus, the number of options that a fund may write or purchase may be affected by options written or purchased by other investment advisory clients of the Advisor. An exchange, board of trade or other trading facility may order the liquidation of positions found to be in excess of these limits, and it may impose certain other sanctions.

General Characteristics of Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts. A futures contract is an agreement between two parties to buy or sell a financial instrument or commodity for a set price on a future date. Futures are generally bought and sold on the commodities exchanges where they are listed with payment of initial and variation margin as described below. A futures contract generally obligates the purchaser to take delivery from the seller of the specific type of financial instrument or commodity underlying the contract at a specific future time for a set price. The purchase of a futures contract enables a fund, during the term of the contract, to lock in the price at which it may purchase a security, currency or commodity and protect against a rise in prices pending the purchase of portfolio securities. A futures contract generally obligates the seller to deliver to the buyer the specific type of financial instrument

II-89

underlying the contract at a specific future time for a set price. The sale of a futures contract enables a fund to lock in a price at which it may sell a security, currency or commodity and protect against declines in the value of portfolio securities. Options on futures contracts are similar to options on securities except that an option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right in return for the premium paid to assume a position in a futures contract and obligates the seller to deliver such position.

Although most futures contracts call for actual delivery or acceptance of the underlying financial instrument or commodity, the contracts are usually closed out before the settlement date without making, or taking, actual delivery. Futures contracts on financial indices, currency exchange instruments and certain other instruments provide for the delivery of an amount of cash equal to a specified dollar amount times the difference between the underlying instruments value (i.e., the index) at the open or close of the last trading day of the contract and futures contract price. A futures contract sale is closed out by effecting a futures contract purchase for the same aggregate amount of the specific type of underlying financial instrument and the same delivery date. If the sale price exceeds the offsetting purchase price, the seller would be paid the difference and would realize a gain. If the offsetting purchase price exceeds the sale price, the seller would pay the difference and would realize a loss. Similarly, a futures contract purchase is closed out by effecting a futures contract sale for the same aggregate amount of the specific type of underlying financial instrument or commodity and the same delivery date. If the offsetting sale price exceeds the purchase price, the purchaser would realize a gain, whereas if the purchase price exceeds the offsetting sale price, the purchaser would realize a loss. There can be no assurance that a fund will be able to enter into a closing transaction.

When a purchase or sale of a futures contract is made, a fund may be subject to initial margin deposit requirements set by the exchange on which the contract is traded, requiring the fund to deposit initial margin consisting of cash, US Government Securities or other liquid assets with the financial intermediary as security for its obligations under the contract. In addition, brokers may establish initial margin deposit requirements in excess of those required by the exchange. The margin deposits made are marked to market daily and a fund may be required to make subsequent deposits of cash, US Government securities or other liquid assets, called “variation margin” or “maintenance margin,” which reflects the price fluctuations of the futures contract. The purchase of an option on a futures contract involves payment of a premium for the option without any further obligation on the part of a fund. The sale of an option on a futures contract involves receipt of a premium for the option and the obligation to deliver (by physical or cash settlement) the underlying futures contract. If a fund exercises an option on a futures contract it will be obligated to post initial margin (and potential subsequent variation margin) for the resulting futures position just as it would for any position.

There are several risks associated with futures contracts and options on futures contracts. The prices of financial instruments or commodities subject to futures contracts (and thereby the futures contract prices) may correlate imperfectly with the behavior of the cash price of a fund’s securities or other assets (and the currencies in which they are denominated). Also, prices of futures contracts may not move in tandem with the changes in prevailing interest rates, market movements and/or currency exchange rates against which a fund seeks a hedge. Additionally, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for futures contracts and related options in which a fund may invest. In the event a liquid market does not exist, it may not be possible to close out a futures position and, in the event of adverse price movements, a fund would continue to be required to make daily payments of variation margin. The absence of a liquid market in futures contracts might cause a fund to make or take delivery of the instruments or commodities underlying futures contracts at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. The inability to close out positions and futures positions could also have an adverse impact on a fund’s ability to effectively hedge its positions.

The risk of loss in trading futures contracts in some strategies can be substantial, due both to the relatively low margin deposits required, and the extremely high degree of leverage involved in futures pricing. As a result, a relatively small price movement in a futures contract may result in immediate and substantial loss (as well as gain) to the investor. Thus, a purchase or sale of a futures contract may result in losses in excess of the amount invested in the contract.

Futures contracts and options thereon which are purchased or sold on non-US commodities exchanges may have greater price volatility than their US counterparts. Furthermore, non-US commodities exchanges may be less regulated and under less governmental scrutiny than US exchanges. Brokerage commissions, clearing costs and other transaction costs may be higher on non-US exchanges.

II-90

In the event of the bankruptcy of a broker through which a fund engages in transactions in futures or options thereon, a fund could experience delays and/or losses in liquidating open positions purchased or sold through the broker and/or incur a loss on all or part of its margin deposits with the broker.

Currency Transactions. A fund may engage in currency transactions for any purpose consistent with its investment strategy, policies and restrictions, including, without limitation, for hedging purposes or to seek to enhance returns. Certain currency transactions may expose a fund to the effects of leverage. Currency transactions include forward currency contracts, exchange listed currency futures, exchange listed and OTC options on currencies, and currency swaps. A forward currency contract involves a privately negotiated obligation to purchase or sell (with delivery generally required) a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. Forward contracts are generally traded in an interbank market directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. The parties to a forward contract may agree to offset or terminate the contract before its maturity, or may hold the contract to maturity and complete the contemplated currency exchange. A currency swap is an agreement to exchange cash flows based on the notional difference among two or more currencies and operates similarly to an interest rate swap, which is described below.

A fund may engage in currency derivative transactions to seek to enhance returns by taking a net long or net short position in one or more currencies, in which case the fund may have currency exposure that is different (in some cases, significantly different) from the currency exposure of its other portfolio investments or the currency exposure of its performance index. These overweight or underweight currency positions may increase the fund's exposure to the effects of leverage, which may cause the fund to be more volatile. A fund may realize a loss on a currency derivative in an amount that exceeds the capital invested in such derivative, regardless of whether the fund entered into the transaction to enhance returns or for hedging purposes.

“Transaction hedging” is entering into a currency transaction with respect to specific assets or liabilities of a fund, which will generally arise in connection with the purchase or sale of its portfolio securities or the receipt of income therefrom. Entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale of an amount of foreign currency involved in an underlying security transaction may “lock in” the US dollar price of the security. Forward contracts may also be used in anticipation of future purchases and sales of securities, even if specific securities have not yet been selected. “Position hedging” is entering into a currency transaction with respect to portfolio security positions denominated or generally quoted in that currency. Position hedging may protect against a decline in the value of existing investments denominated in the foreign currency. While such a transaction would generally offset both positive and negative currency fluctuations, such currency transactions would not offset changes in security values caused by other factors.

A fund may also “cross-hedge” currencies by entering into transactions to purchase or sell one or more currencies that are expected to decline in value relative to other currencies to which a fund has or to which a fund expects to have portfolio exposure. This type of investment technique will generally reduce or eliminate exposure to the currency that is sold, and increase the exposure to the currency that is purchased. As a result, a fund will assume the risk of fluctuations in the value of the currency purchased at the same time that it is protected against losses from a decline in the hedged currency.

To reduce the effect of currency fluctuations on the value of existing or anticipated holdings of portfolio securities, a fund may also engage in “proxy hedging.” Proxy hedging is often used when the currency to which a fund is exposed is difficult to hedge or to hedge against the dollar. Proxy hedging entails entering into a commitment or option to sell a currency whose changes in value are generally considered to be correlated to a currency or currencies in which some or all of a fund’s securities are or are expected to be denominated. Proxy hedges may result in losses if the currency used to hedge does not perform similarly to the currency in which the hedged securities are denominated.

Currency hedging involves some of the same risks and considerations as other transactions with similar instruments. Currency transactions can result in losses to a fund if the currency being hedged fluctuates in value to a degree or in a direction that is not anticipated. Further, there is the risk that the perceived correlation between various currencies may not be present or may not be present during the particular time that a fund is engaging in proxy hedging.

II-91

Currency transactions are subject to additional special risks that may not apply to other portfolio transactions. Because currency control is of great importance to the issuing governments and influences economic planning and policy, purchases and sales of currency and related instruments can be negatively affected by government exchange controls, blockages, and manipulations or exchange restrictions imposed by governments. These can result in losses to a fund if it is unable to deliver or receive currency or funds in settlement of obligations and could also cause hedges it has entered into to be rendered useless, resulting in full currency exposure as well as incurring transaction costs. Currency exchange rates, bid/ask spreads and liquidity may fluctuate based on factors that may, or may not be, related to that country’s economy.

Swap Agreements and Options on Swap Agreements. A fund may engage in swap transactions, including, but not limited to, swap agreements on interest rates, currencies, indices, credit and event linked swaps, total return and other swaps and related caps, floors and collars. In a standard swap transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on a predetermined financial instrument or instruments, which may be adjusted for an interest factor. The gross return to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties is generally calculated with respect to a “notional amount” which is generally equal to the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate in such financial instrument or instruments.

“Interest rate swaps” involve the exchange by a fund with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive interest (e.g., an exchange of floating rate payments for fixed rate payments with respect to a notional amount of principal). A “currency swap” is an agreement to exchange cash flows on a notional amount of two or more currencies based on the relative value differential among them. An “index swap” is an agreement to swap cash flows on a notional amount based on changes in the values of the reference indices. The purchase of a cap entitles the purchaser to receive payments on a notional principal amount from the party selling such cap to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined interest rate or amount. The purchase of a floor entitles the purchaser to receive payments on a notional principal amount from the party selling such floor to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate or amount. A collar is a combination of a cap and a floor that preserves a certain return within a predetermined range of interest rates or values.

A “credit default swap” is a contract between a buyer and a seller of protection against a pre-defined credit event. The buyer of protection pays the seller a fixed regular fee provided that no event of default on an underlying reference obligation, which can be a single debt instrument or an index of debt instruments, has occurred. If a credit event occurs, the seller typically pays the buyer the full notional value, or “par value,” of the reference obligation in exchange for the reference obligation upon settlement. Credit default swaps are used as a means of “buying” credit protection, i.e., attempting to mitigate the risk of default or credit quality deterioration in some portion of a fund’s holdings, or “selling” credit protection, i.e., attempting to gain exposure to an underlying issuer’s or group of issuers’ credit quality characteristics without directly investing in that issuer or group of issuers. When a fund is a seller of credit protection, it effectively adds leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its net assets, a fund would typically be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap. A fund will only sell credit protection with respect to securities in which it would be authorized to invest directly.

If a fund is a buyer of a credit default swap and no credit event occurs, a fund will lose its investment and recover nothing. However, if a fund is a buyer and a credit event occurs, a fund will typically receive the full notional value of the reference obligation, whose value may have deteriorated at the time the transaction settles. As a seller, a fund receives a fixed rate of income through the term of the contract (typically between six months and three years), provided that there is no default event. If a credit event occurs, the seller typically pays the buyer the full notional value of the reference obligation.

Credit default swaps involve greater risks than if a fund had invested in the reference obligation directly. In addition to the risks applicable to derivatives generally, credit default swaps involve special risks because they may be difficult to value, may be highly susceptible to liquidity and credit risk, and may pay a return to the party that has paid the premium only in the event of an actual default by the issuer or issuers of the underlying obligation (as opposed to a credit downgrade or other indication of financial difficulty).

II-92

A fund may use credit default swaps to gain exposure to particular issuers or particular markets through investments in portfolios of credit default swaps, such as Markit’s North American High Yield CDX Index, the CDX.NA.HY Index, or Markit’s North American Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities CMBX Index, the CMBX.NA Index. A fund can be a buyer or seller of protection based on these, or similar indexes. Contracts on these indexes are generally the same as contracts on single debt instruments, although there may be some differences, including that the contracts may be structured as pay as you go contracts.

“Total return” swaps are contracts in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party based on the change in market value of the assets underlying the contract, which may include a specific security, basket of securities or securities indices during the specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate or the total return of other underlying assets. Total return swap agreements may be used to obtain exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or investing directly in such market. Total return swaps may add leverage to a fund because, in addition to its net assets, a fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

Swaps typically involve a small investment of cash relative to the magnitude of risks assumed. As a result, swaps can be highly volatile and may have a considerable impact on a fund’s performance. Depending on how they are used, swaps may increase or decrease the overall volatility of a fund’s investments and its share price and yield. A fund will usually enter into swaps on a net basis, i.e., the two payment streams are netted out in a cash settlement on the payment date or dates specified in the instrument, with a fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments.

A fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a Counterparty. In addition, if the Counterparty’s creditworthiness declines, the value of a swap may decline, potentially resulting in losses for a fund. A fund may also suffer losses if it is unable to terminate outstanding swaps (either by assignment or other disposition) or reduce its exposure through offsetting transactions (i.e., by entering into an offsetting swap with the same party or similarly creditworthy party).

A fund may also enter into swap options. A swap option is a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation) in return for payment of a premium, to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement, at some future time on specified terms. Depending on the terms, a fund will generally incur greater risk when it writes a swap option than when it purchases a swap option. When a fund purchases a swap option, it risks losing the amount of the premium it has paid should it decide to let the option expire.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act) and related regulations have imposed several recent requirements on swap market participants, including registration and business conduct requirements on dealers that enter into swaps or non-deliverable forward currency contracts with certain clients and the imposition of central clearing and a corresponding exchange-trading execution requirement for certain swap contracts. Central clearing and a corresponding exchange-trading execution requirement are required for certain swap transactions, including some interest rate swaps and credit default index swaps. In a cleared transaction, a fund will enter into the transaction with a counterparty, and performance of the transaction will be effected by a central clearinghouse. A clearing arrangement reduces a fund's exposure to the credit risk of the counterparty, but subjects the fund to the credit risk of the clearinghouse and a member of the clearinghouse through which the fund holds its cleared position. A fund will be required to post specific levels of margin which may be greater than the margin a fund would have been required to post in the OTC market. In addition, uncleared OTC swap transactions will be subject to regulatory collateral requirements that could render entering into swaps in the OTC market prohibitively expensive. These regulations (or choice to no longer use a particular derivative instrument that triggers additional regulations) could cause a fund to change the derivative investments that it utilizes or to incur additional expenses.

In the event of a counterparty’s (or its affiliate’s) insolvency, a fund’s ability to exercise remedies, such as the termination of transactions, netting of obligations and realization on collateral, could be stayed or eliminated under special resolution regimes adopted in the United States, the European Union and various other jurisdictions. Such regimes generally

II-93

provide government authorities with broad authority to intervene when a financial institution is experiencing financial difficulty. In the European Union, the regulatory authorities could reduce, eliminate or convert to equity the liabilities to a fund of a counterparty subject to such proceedings (sometimes referred to as a “bail in”).

Contracts for Difference. A contract for difference offers exposure to price changes in an underlying security without ownership of such security, typically by providing investors the ability to trade on margin. A fund may purchase contracts for difference (CFD). A CFD is a privately negotiated contract between two parties, buyer and seller, stipulating that the seller will pay to or receive from the buyer the difference between the notional value of the underlying instrument at the opening of the contract and that instrument’s notional value at the end of the contract. The underlying instrument may be a single security, stock basket or index. A CFD can be set up to take either a short or long position on the underlying instrument. The buyer and seller are typically both required to post margin, which is adjusted daily. The buyer will also pay to the seller a financing rate on the notional amount of the capital employed by the seller less the margin deposit. A CFD is usually terminated at the buyer’s initiative. The seller of the CFD will simply match the exposure of the underlying instrument in the open market and the parties will exchange whatever payment is due.

As is the case with owning any financial instrument, there is the risk of loss associated with buying a CFD. For example, if a fund buys a long CFD and the underlying security is worth less at the end of the contract, the fund would be required to make a payment to the seller and would suffer a loss. Also, there may be liquidity risk if the underlying instrument is illiquid because the liquidity of a CFD is based on the liquidity of the underlying instrument. A further risk is that adverse movements in the underlying security will require the buyer to post additional margin. CFDs also carry counterparty risk, i.e., the risk that the counterparty to the CFD transaction may be unable or unwilling to make payments or to otherwise honor its financial obligations under the terms of the contract. If the counterparty were to do so, the value of the contract, and of a fund’s shares, may be reduced. CFDs are regulated as swaps by the CFTC.

Participatory Notes or Participation Notes. Participatory notes or participation notes are issued by banks or broker-dealers (often associated with non-US-based brokerage firms) and are designed to replicate the performance of certain securities or markets. Typically, purchasers of participatory notes are entitled to a return measured by the change in value of an identified underlying security or basket of securities. The price, performance, and liquidity of the participatory note are all linked directly to the underlying security. The holder of a participatory note may be entitled to receive any dividends paid in connection with the underlying security, which may increase the return of a participatory note, but typically does not receive voting or other rights as it would if it directly owned the underlying security. A fund’s ability to redeem or exercise a participatory note generally is dependent on the liquidity in the local trading market for the security underlying the note. Participatory notes are commonly used when a direct investment in the underlying security is restricted due to country-specific regulations.

Participatory notes are a type of equity-linked derivative, which are generally traded over-the-counter and, therefore, will be subject to the same risks as other over-the-counter derivatives. The performance results of participatory notes will not replicate exactly the performance of the securities or markets that the notes seek to replicate due to transaction costs and other expenses. Investments in participatory notes involve the same risks associated with a direct investment in the shares of the companies the notes seek to replicate. Participatory notes constitute general unsecured contractual obligations of the banks or broker-dealers that issue them. Consequently, a purchaser of a participatory note is relying on the creditworthiness of such banks or broker-dealers and has no rights under the note against the issuer of the security underlying the note. In addition, there is no guarantee that a liquid market for a participatory note will exist or that the issuer of the note will be willing to repurchase the note when a fund wishes to sell it. Because a participatory note is an obligation of the issuer of the note, rather than a direct investment in shares of the underlying security, a fund may suffer losses potentially equal to the full value of the participatory note if the issuer of the note fails to perform its obligations.

Commodity-Linked Derivatives. A fund may invest in instruments with principal and/or coupon payments linked to the value of commodities, commodity futures contracts, or the performance of commodity indices such as “commodity-linked” or “index-linked” notes.

II-94

The values of commodity-linked notes will rise and fall in response to changes in the underlying commodity or related index or investment. These notes expose a fund economically to movements in commodity prices, but a particular note has many features of a debt obligation. These notes also are subject to credit and interest rate risks that in general affect the value of debt securities. Therefore, at the maturity of the note, a fund may receive more or less principal than it originally invested. A fund might receive interest payments on the note that are more or less than the stated coupon interest rate payments.

Commodity-linked notes may involve leverage, meaning that the value of the instrument will be calculated as a multiple of the upward or downward price movement of the underlying commodity future or index. The prices of commodity-linked instruments may move in different directions than investments in traditional equity and debt securities in periods of rising inflation. Of course, there can be no guarantee that a fund’s commodity-linked investments would not be correlated with traditional financial assets under any particular market conditions.

Commodity-linked notes may be wholly principal protected, partially principal protected or offer no principal protection. With a wholly principal protected instrument, a fund will receive at maturity the greater of the par value of the note or the increase in value of the underlying index. Partially protected instruments may suffer some loss of principal up to a specified limit if the underlying index declines in value during the term of the instrument. For instruments without principal protection, there is a risk that the instrument could lose all of its value if the index declines sufficiently. The Advisor’s decision on whether and to what extent to use principal protection depends in part on the cost of the protection. In addition, the ability of a fund to take advantage of any protection feature depends on the creditworthiness of the issuer of the instrument.

Commodity-linked notes are generally hybrid instruments which are excluded from regulation under the CEA and the rules thereunder. Additionally, from time to time a fund may invest in other hybrid instruments that do not qualify for exemption from regulation under the CEA.

In order to qualify for the special tax treatment accorded regulated investment companies and their shareholders, a fund must, among other things, derive at least 90% of its income from certain specified sources (qualifying income). Income from certain commodity-related investments does not constitute qualifying income to a fund. The tax treatment of commodity-linked notes and certain other derivative instruments in which a fund might invest is not certain, in particular with respect to whether income and gains from such instruments constitutes qualifying income. If the fund treats income from a particular instrument as qualifying income and the income is later determined not to constitute qualifying income, and, together with any other nonqualifying income, causes the fund’s nonqualifying income to exceed 10% of its gross income in any taxable year, a fund will fail to qualify as a regulated investment company unless it is eligible to and does pay a tax at the fund level. Certain funds (including DWS Enhanced Commodity Strategy Fund and DWS RREEF Real Assets Fund) have obtained private letter rulings from the IRS confirming that the income and gain earned through a wholly-owned Subsidiary that invests in certain types of commodity-linked derivatives constitute qualifying income under the Code. See “Taxes” in Appendix II-H of this SAI.

Combined Transactions. A fund may enter into multiple transactions, including multiple options transactions, multiple futures transactions, multiple currency transactions (including forward currency contracts) and multiple interest rate transactions and any combination of futures, options, currency and interest rate transactions (component transactions), instead of a single derivative, as part of a single or combined strategy when, in the opinion of the Advisor, it is in the best interests of a fund to do so. A combined transaction will usually contain elements of risk that are present in each of its component transactions. Although combined transactions are normally entered into based on the Advisor’s judgment that the combined strategies will reduce risk or otherwise more effectively achieve the desired portfolio management goal, it is possible that the combination will instead increase such risks or hinder achievement of the portfolio management objective.

Direct Debt Instruments. Direct debt instruments are interests in amounts owed by a corporate, governmental or other borrower to lenders (direct loans), to suppliers of goods or services (trade claims or other receivables) or to other parties. When a fund participates in a direct loan it will be lending money directly to an issuer. Direct loans generally do not have an underwriter or agent bank, but instead, are negotiated between a company’s management team and a lender or group of lenders. Direct loans typically offer better security and structural terms than other types

II-95

of high yield securities. Direct debt obligations are often the most senior obligations in an issuer’s capital structure or are well-collateralized so that overall risk is lessened. Trade claims are unsecured rights of payment arising from obligations other than borrowed funds. Trade claims include vendor claims and other receivables that are adequately documented and available for purchase from high-yield broker-dealers. Trade claims typically sell at a discount. In addition to the risks otherwise associated with low-quality obligations, trade claims have other risks, including the possibility that the amount of the claim may be disputed by the obligor. Trade claims normally are be considered illiquid and pricing can be volatile. Direct debt instruments involve a risk of loss in case of default or insolvency of the borrower. A fund will rely primarily upon the creditworthiness of the borrower and/or the collateral for payment of interest and repayment of principal. The value of a fund’s investments may be adversely affected if scheduled interest or principal payments are not made. Because most direct loans will be secured, there will be a smaller risk of loss with direct loans than with an investment in unsecured high yield bonds or trade claims. Investment in the indebtedness of borrowers whose creditworthiness is poor involves substantially greater risks and may be highly speculative. Borrowers that are in bankruptcy or restructuring may never pay off their indebtedness or may pay only a small fraction of the amount owed. Investments in direct debt instruments also involve interest rate risk and liquidity risk. However, interest rate risk is lessened by the generally short-term nature of direct debt instruments and their interest rate structure, which typically floats. To the extent the direct debt instruments in which a fund invests are considered illiquid, the lack of a liquid secondary market (1) will have an adverse impact on the value of such instruments, (2) will have an adverse impact on a fund’s ability to dispose of them when necessary to meet a fund’s liquidity needs or in response to a specific economic event, such as a decline in creditworthiness of the issuer, and (3) may make it more difficult for a fund to assign a value to these instruments for purposes of valuing a fund’s portfolio and calculating its net asset value. In order to lessen liquidity risk, a fund anticipates investing primarily in direct debt instruments that are quoted and traded in the high yield market. Trade claims may also present a tax risk to a fund.

Dollar Roll Transactions. Dollar roll transactions consist of the sale by a fund to a bank or broker-dealer (counterparty) of mortgage-backed securities together with a commitment to purchase from the counterparty similar, but not identical, securities at a future date, at the same price. The counterparty receives all principal and interest payments, including prepayments, made on the security while it is the holder. A fund receives a fee from the counterparty as consideration for entering into the commitment to purchase. Dollar rolls may be renewed over a period of several months with a different purchase and repurchase price fixed and a cash settlement made at each renewal without physical delivery of securities. Moreover, the transaction may be preceded by a firm commitment agreement pursuant to which a fund agrees to buy a security on a future date.

A dollar roll involves costs to a fund. For example, while a fund receives a fee as consideration for agreeing to repurchase the security, a fund forgoes the right to receive all principal and interest payments while the counterparty holds the security. These payments to the counterparty may exceed the fee received by a fund, in which case the use of this technique will result in a lower return than would have been realized without the use of dollar rolls. Further, although a fund can estimate the amount of expected principal prepayment over the term of the dollar roll, a variation in the actual amount of prepayment could increase or decrease the cost of the dollar roll. A “covered roll” is a specific type of dollar roll for which there is an offsetting cash position or a cash equivalent security position which matures on or before the forward settlement date of the dollar roll transaction. A fund may enter into both covered and uncovered rolls.

The entry into dollar rolls involves potential risks of loss that are different from those related to the securities underlying the transactions. A fund will be exposed to counterparty risk. For example, if the counterparty becomes insolvent, a fund’s right to purchase from the counterparty might be restricted. Additionally, the value of such securities may change adversely before a fund is able to purchase them. Similarly, a fund may be required to purchase securities in connection with a dollar roll at a higher price than may otherwise be available on the open market. Since, as noted above, the counterparty is required to deliver a similar, but not identical security to a fund, the security that a fund is required to buy under the dollar roll may be worth less than the identical security. Finally, there can be no assurance that a fund’s use of the cash that it receives from a dollar roll will provide a return that exceeds transaction costs associated with the dollar roll.

II-96

Energy Infrastructure Companies. These are companies that own and operate assets that are used in the energy infrastructure sector, including assets used in exploring, developing, producing, generating, transporting (including marine), transmitting, terminal operation, storing, gathering, processing, refining, distributing, mining or marketing of natural gas, natural gas liquids, crude oil, refined petroleum products (including biodiesel and ethanol), coal or electricity, or that provide energy infrastructure related services. Energy infrastructure companies operate, among other things, assets used in exploring, developing, producing, generating, transporting, transmitting, storing, gathering, processing, refining, distributing, mining, marketing or generation of natural gas, natural gas liquids, crude oil, refined petroleum products (including biodiesel and ethanol), coal or electricity.

Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) Considerations. Although a fund does not seek to implement a specific ESG strategy unless disclosed in its Prospectus, portfolio management may consider ESG factors as part of the investment process for actively managed funds, when available. ESG factors are considered together with more traditional subjects of investment analysis such as market position, growth prospects, and business strategy, as part of a fund’s overall fundamental research process. When evaluating ESG factors, portfolio management may rely on data obtained from a variety of sources, including company annual reports and sustainability reports, as well as other publicly available information. For most asset classes and market segments, portfolio management also has access to ESG research and assessments, including research provided by internal DWS analysts which consider ESG risks and opportunities, as well as access to proprietary grades and additional information from DWS’s proprietary ESG software tool (the “DWS ESG Engine”). For funds that do not seek to implement a specific ESG strategy, portfolio management generally considers those ESG factors it deems financially material (also referred to as “sustainability risks”) when making investment decisions, and the materiality of ESG considerations in a fund’s process will differ from strategy to strategy, from sector to sector, and from portfolio manager to portfolio manager, and, in some cases, ESG considerations may not represent a material component of a fund’s investment process. Certain funds (“ESG-dedicated funds”) incorporate specific ESG considerations into their investment objectives, strategies, and/or processes, as described in a fund’s Prospectus. Because investors can differ in their views of what constitutes positive or negative ESG characteristics, a fund may invest in issuers that do not reflect the beliefs and values with respect to ESG of any particular investor. ESG considerations may affect a fund’s exposure to certain companies or industries, and an ESG-dedicated fund may forego certain investment opportunities. While portfolio management views ESG considerations as having the potential to contribute to a fund’s long-term performance, there is no guarantee that such results will be achieved.

As portfolio management weighs the ESG attributes of a potential investment, they may use the DWS ESG Engine. The DWS ESG Engine uses multiple external data providers and public data sources, and provides automated analysis of multiple ESG factors or issues, including a number of proprietary DWS ESG assessments. The DWS ESG Engine covers most listed asset classes but there is limited information on high yield, municipal bonds, emerging markets, IPOs and certain other types of securities due to incomplete vendor coverage. Through the DWS ESG Engine, portfolio management may also access issuer-specific contextual analysis that provides additional information about an issuer’s ESG risks and opportunities, risk mitigation actions or plans and other characteristics. An additional DWS internal review process allows for adjustments to certain individual ESG assessment scores, as calculated by the DWS ESG Engine. An internal review may occur, for example, if it is deemed that information is not reflected in the existing ESG grade because new information or insights have emerged that the ESG data vendors have not yet processed. Examples of information that may be considered in this review process include, but are not limited to, the announcement of new (or withdrawal from previously announced) climate-related commitments, or the resolution of legacy (or involvement in new) controversies.

Eurodollar Obligations. Eurodollar bank obligations are US dollar-denominated certificates of deposit and time deposits issued outside the US capital markets by foreign branches of US banks and US branches of foreign banks. Eurodollar obligations are subject to the same risks that pertain to domestic issues, notably credit risk, market risk and liquidity risk. Additionally, Eurodollar obligations are subject to certain sovereign risks. One such risk is the possibility that a sovereign country might prevent capital, in the form of dollars, from flowing across its borders. Other risks include: adverse political and economic developments; the extent and quality of government regulation of financial markets and institutions; the imposition of foreign withholding taxes, and the expropriation or nationalization of foreign issues.

II-97

Exchange-Traded Notes (ETNs). A fund may invest in exchange-traded notes, or ETNs, to the extent that such investments are consistent with the fund’s investment objective, policies, strategies and restrictions and the limitations of the 1940 Act. ETNs are senior, unsecured, unsubordinated debt securities issued by a bank or other issuer, the returns of which are linked to the performance of a particular market index, benchmark or strategy factor, minus applicable fees. ETNs typically do not make periodic interest payments and principal typically is not protected. ETNs are traded on an exchange during normal trading hours. However, investors can also hold ETNs until maturity. At maturity, the issuer pays to the investor a cash amount equal to the principal amount, subject to the day’s market index, benchmark or strategy factor. ETNs are subject to credit risk, including the credit risk of the issuer, and the value of the ETN may drop due to a downgrade in the issuer’s credit rating, regardless of the performance of the underlying market index, benchmark or strategy. The value of an ETN may also be influenced by time to maturity, level of supply and demand for the ETN, volatility and lack of liquidity in the underlying assets, changes in the applicable interest rates, and economic, legal, political or geographic events that affect the underlying assets. When a fund invests in an ETN, it will bear its proportionate share of any fees and expenses borne by the ETN. An ETN that is tied to a specific market index, benchmark or strategy may not be able to replicate and maintain the composition and relative weighting of securities, commodities or other components in the applicable market index, benchmark or strategy. Although an ETN is listed on an exchange, there can be no assurance that a secondary market will exist for an ETN. In addition, ETNs that use leverage may, at times, be relatively illiquid and thus may be difficult to buy or sell at a fair price. There may be times when an ETN trades at a premium or discount to its net asset value.

ETNs are also subject to tax risk. The U.S. federal income tax consequences of investing in ETNs are uncertain and may be less favorable than a direct investment in the underlying holdings. There can be no assurance that the IRS will accept, or a court will uphold, how a fund characterizes and treats ETNs for tax purposes. Among other issues, the Code could recharacterize all or a portion of any long-term capital gain that a fund recognizes with respect to ETNs as ordinary income.

Fixed Income Securities. Fixed income securities, including corporate debt obligations, generally expose a fund to the following types of risk: (1) interest rate risk (the potential for fluctuations in bond prices due to changing interest rates); (2) income risk (the potential for a decline in a fund’s income due to falling market interest rates); (3) credit risk (the possibility that a bond issuer will fail to make timely payments of either interest or principal to a fund); (4) prepayment risk or call risk (the likelihood that, during periods of falling interest rates, securities with high stated interest rates will be prepaid, or “called” prior to maturity, requiring a fund to invest the proceeds at generally lower interest rates); and (5) extension risk (the likelihood that as interest rates increase, slower than expected principal payments may extend the average life of fixed income securities, which will have the effect of locking in a below-market interest rate, increasing the security’s duration and reducing the value of the security).

In periods of declining interest rates, the yield (income from a fixed income security held by a fund over a stated period of time) of a fixed income security may tend to be higher than prevailing market rates, and in periods of rising interest rates, the yield of a fixed income security may tend to be lower than prevailing market rates. In addition, when interest rates are falling, the inflow of net new money to a fund will likely be invested in portfolio instruments producing lower yields than the balance of a fund’s portfolio, thereby reducing the yield of a fund. In periods of rising interest rates, the opposite can be true. The net asset value of a fund can generally be expected to change as general levels of interest rates fluctuate. The value of fixed income securities in a fund’s portfolio generally varies inversely with changes in interest rates. Prices of fixed income securities with longer effective maturities are more sensitive to interest rate changes than those with shorter effective maturities.

Corporate debt obligations generally offer less current yield than securities of lower quality, but lower-quality securities generally have less liquidity, greater credit and market risk, and as a result, more price volatility.

In a low or negative interest rate environment, debt instruments may trade at negative yields, which means the purchaser of the instrument may receive at maturity less than the total amount invested. In addition, in a negative interest rate environment, if a bank charges negative interest, instead of receiving interest on deposits, a depositor must pay the bank fees to keep money with the bank. To the extent a fund holds a negatively-yielding debt instrument or has a bank deposit with a negative interest rate, the fund would generate a negative return on that investment.

II-98

In response to market volatility and economic uncertainty in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic, the US government and certain foreign central banks took steps to stabilize markets by, among other things, reducing interest rates, including pursuing negative interest rate policies in some instances. In recent years, the US Federal Reserve and certain foreign central banks have raised interest rates in response to increased inflation. A rising interest rate environment may cause investors to move out of fixed-income and related securities on a large scale, which could adversely affect the price and liquidity of such securities and could also result in increased redemptions from a fund. Recent increased inflation may cause fixed-income securities and related markets to experience heightened levels of interest rate volatility and liquidity risk. A sharp rise in interest rates could cause a fund’s share price to decline. More recently, the US Federal Reserve and certain foreign central banks have subsequently cut interest rates as inflation has decreased.

These considerations may limit a fund’s ability to locate fixed-income instruments containing the desired risk/return profile. Changing interest rates could have unpredictable effects on the markets, may expose fixed-income and related markets to heightened volatility and potential illiquidity, and may increase interest rate risk for a fund.

Foreign Currencies. Because investments in foreign securities usually will involve currencies of foreign countries, and because a fund may hold foreign currencies and forward contracts, futures contracts and options on foreign currencies and foreign currency futures contracts, the value of the assets of a fund as measured in US dollars may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in foreign currency exchange rates and exchange control regulations, and a fund may incur costs and experience conversion difficulties and uncertainties in connection with conversions between various currencies. Fluctuations in exchange rates may also affect the earning power and asset value of the foreign entity issuing the security.

The strength or weakness of the US dollar against these currencies is responsible for part of a fund’s investment performance. If the dollar falls in value relative to the Japanese yen, for example, the dollar value of a Japanese stock held in the portfolio will rise even though the price of the stock remains unchanged. Conversely, if the dollar rises in value relative to the yen, the dollar value of the Japanese stock will fall. Many foreign currencies have experienced significant devaluation relative to the dollar.

Although a fund values its assets daily in terms of US dollars, it may not convert its holdings of foreign currencies into US dollars on a daily basis. Investors should be aware of the costs of currency conversion. Although foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, they realize a profit based on the difference (the spread) between the prices at which they are buying and selling various currencies. Thus, a dealer may offer to sell a foreign currency to a fund at one rate, while offering a lesser rate of exchange should a fund desire to resell that currency to the dealer. A fund will conduct its foreign currency exchange transactions either on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market, or through entering into options or forward or futures contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies.

Foreign Investment. Foreign securities are normally denominated and traded in foreign currencies. As a result, the value of a fund’s foreign investments and the value of its shares may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in currency exchange rates relative to the US dollar. There may be less information publicly available about a foreign issuer than about a US issuer, and foreign issuers may not be subject to accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards and practices comparable to those in the US. The securities of some foreign issuers are less liquid and at times more volatile than securities of comparable US issuers. Foreign brokerage commissions and other fees are also generally higher than in the US. Foreign settlement procedures and trade regulations may involve certain risks (such as delay in payment or delivery of securities or in the recovery of a fund’s assets held abroad) and expenses not present in the settlement of investments in US markets. Payment for securities without delivery may be required in certain foreign markets.

In addition, foreign securities may be subject to the risk of nationalization or expropriation of assets, imposition of currency exchange controls or restrictions on the repatriation of foreign currency, confiscatory taxation, political or financial instability and diplomatic developments which could affect the value of a fund’s investments in certain foreign countries. Governments of many countries have exercised and continue to exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector through the ownership or control of many companies, including some of the largest in these countries. As a result, government actions in the future could have a significant effect on economic conditions

II-99

which may adversely affect prices of certain portfolio securities. There is also generally less government supervision and regulation of stock exchanges, brokers, and listed companies than in the US. Dividends or interest on, or proceeds from the sale of, foreign securities may be subject to foreign withholding taxes, and special US tax considerations may apply (see Taxes). Moreover, foreign economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the US economy in such respects as growth of gross national product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payments position.

The foreign countries in which a fund invests may become subject to economic and trade sanctions or embargoes imposed by the US or foreign governments or the United Nations. Such sanctions or other actions could result in the devaluation of a country’s currency or a decline in the value and liquidity of securities of issuers in that country. In addition, such sanctions could result in a freeze on an issuer’s securities which would prevent a fund from selling securities it holds. The value of the securities issued by companies that operate in, or have dealings with these countries may be negatively impacted by any such sanction or embargo and may reduce a fund’s returns. The risks related to sanctions or embargoes are greater in emerging and frontier market countries.

Legal remedies available to investors in certain foreign countries may be more limited than those available with respect to investments in the US or in other foreign countries. The laws of some foreign countries may limit a fund’s ability to invest in securities of certain issuers organized under the laws of those foreign countries.

Many foreign countries are heavily dependent upon exports, particularly to developed countries, and, accordingly, have been and may continue to be adversely affected by trade barriers, managed adjustments in relative currency values, and other protectionist measures imposed or negotiated by the US and other countries with which they trade. These economies also have been and may continue to be negatively impacted by economic conditions in the US and other trading partners, which can lower the demand for goods produced in those countries.

China investment. Investments in the Greater China region are subject to special risks, such as less developed or less efficient trading markets, restrictions on monetary repatriation and possible seizure, nationalization or expropriation of assets. Investments in Taiwan may be adversely affected by its political and economic relationship with the People’s Republic of China (“China” or the “PRC”). In addition, the willingness of the Chinese government to support the Chinese and Hong Kong economies and markets is uncertain and changes in government policy could significantly affect the markets in both Hong Kong and China.

Increasing trade tensions between China and its trading partners, including the United States, have resulted in tariffs and other limitations, and may in the future result in additional measures or actions that could have an adverse effect on an investment in the Greater China region.

Investments in equity securities of companies based in the PRC and listed and traded on the Shanghai Stock Exchange and Shenzhen Stock Exchange (“A-Shares”) may be made through the Shanghai – Hong Kong and Shenzhen – Hong Kong Stock Connect programs (“Stock Connect”). Stock Connect is a securities trading and clearing program between either the Shanghai Stock Exchange or Shenzhen Stock Exchange and The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (“SEHK”), China Securities Depository and Clearing Corporation Limited and Hong Kong Securities Clearing Company Limited. Stock Connect is designed to permit mutual stock market access between mainland China and Hong Kong by allowing investors to trade and settle shares on each market via their local exchanges. Trading through Stock Connect is subject to a daily quota (“Daily Quota”), which limits the maximum daily net purchases on any particular day by Hong Kong investors (and foreign investors trading through Hong Kong) trading PRC listed securities and PRC investors trading Hong Kong listed securities trading through the relevant Stock Connect. Accordingly, a fund’s direct investments in A-Shares may be limited by the Daily Quota that limits total purchases through Stock Connect. The Daily Quota may restrict a fund’s ability to invest in A-Shares through Stock Connect on a timely basis, which could affect the fund’s performance.

Stock Connect is generally available only on business days when both the mainland Chinese and the Hong Kong markets are open. Therefore, due to differences in trading days, a fund may not be able to trade its A-Shares and may also be subject to the risk of price fluctuations in A-Shares on days when Stock Connect is not trading.

II-100

Investments made through Stock Connect are subject to trading, clearance and settlement procedures that are untested in the PRC, which could pose risks to a fund. Because of the way in which A-Shares are held in Stock Connect, the precise nature and rights of a fund are not well defined under the law of the PRC and a fund may not be able to exercise the rights of a shareholder and may be limited in their ability to pursue claims against the issuers of a security. Eligible securities invested through Stock Connect generally may not be sold, purchased or otherwise transferred other than through Stock Connect in accordance with applicable rules. The list of securities eligible to be traded through Stock Connect may change from time to time. When a security is recalled from the list of securities eligible for trading on Stock Connect, a fund may only sell, but not buy, the securities, which could adversely affect the fund’s investment strategy. Current tax regulations in PRC, including a temporary exemption from PRC income tax and PRC business tax for capital gains realized from trading on Stock Connect, are subject to change. Any such change could have an adverse effect on a fund’s returns.

European investment. European financial markets have recently experienced volatility and have been adversely affected by concerns about economic downturns, credit rating downgrades, rising government debt level and possible default on or restructuring of government debt in several European countries. Most countries in Western Europe are members of the European Union (EU), which faces major issues involving its membership, structure, procedures and policies. European countries that are members of the Economic and Monetary Union of the European Union ((EMU), comprised of the EU members that have adopted the Euro currency) are subject to restrictions on inflation rates, interest rates, deficits, and debt levels, as well as fiscal and monetary controls. European countries are significantly affected by fiscal and monetary controls implemented by the EMU, and it is possible that the timing and substance of these controls may not address the needs of all EMU member countries. In addition, the fiscal policies of a single member state can impact and pose economic risks to the EU as a whole. Investing in Euro-denominated securities also risks exposure to a currency that may not fully reflect the strengths and weaknesses of the disparate economies that comprise Europe. There is continued concern over member state-level support for the Euro, which could lead to certain countries leaving the EMU, the implementation of currency controls, or potentially the dissolution of the Euro. The dissolution of the Euro would have significant negative effects on European financial markets.

In a referendum held on June 23, 2016, citizens of the United Kingdom voted to leave the EU, creating economic, political and legal uncertainty. Consequently, the United Kingdom government, pursuant to the Treaty of Lisbon (the Treaty), gave notice of its withdrawal in March 2017 and began negotiations with the EU Council to agree to terms for the United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the EU. The Treaty provided for an initial two-year negotiation period, which was extended by agreement of the parties. On January 31, 2020, the United Kingdom officially withdrew from the EU pursuant to a withdrawal agreement, providing for a transition period in which the United Kingdom negotiated and finalized a trade deal with the EU, the EU-UK Trade and Cooperation Agreement (the Trade Agreement). As a result, as of January 1, 2021 the United Kingdom is no longer part of the EU customs union and single market, nor is it subject to EU policies and international agreements. The Trade Agreement, among other things, provides for zero tariffs and zero quotas on all goods that comply with appropriate rules of origin and establishes the treatment and level of access the United Kingdom and EU have agreed to grant each other’s service suppliers and investors. The Trade Agreement also covers digital trade, intellectual property, public procurement, aviation and road transport, energy, fisheries, social security coordination, law enforcement and judicial cooperation in criminal matters, thematic cooperation and participation in EU programs. Even with the Trade Agreement in place, the United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the EU may create new barriers to trade in goods and services and to cross-border mobility and exchanges.

The United Kingdom has one of the largest economies in Europe, and member countries of the EU are substantial trading partners of the United Kingdom. The City of London’s economy is dominated by financial services and uncertainty remains regarding the treatment of cross-border trade in financial services. While the Trade Agreement includes certain provisions to support cross-border trade in financial services, it is not comprehensively addressed in the Trade Agreement and the parties continue to discuss ‘equivalence’ rights to allow market access for cross-border financial services. In March 2021, the EU and the United Kingdom reached a memorandum of understanding, establishing a framework for voluntary regulatory cooperation on financial services, although the memorandum of understanding has not yet been formally signed or entered into force. The United Kingdom has only received two equivalence decisions from the EU, both of which were time-limited and only one of which, relating to United Kingdom central counterparties, is still in force. Without access to the EU single market, certain financial services in the United Kingdom may move outside of the United Kingdom as a result of its withdrawal from the EU. In addition, financial services firms in the

II-101

United Kingdom may need to move staff and comply with two separate sets of rules or lose business to financial services firms in the EU. Furthermore, the withdrawal from the EU creates the potential for decreased trade, the possibility of capital outflows, devaluation of the pound sterling, the cost of higher corporate bond spreads due to continued uncertainty, and the risk that all the above could damage business and consumer spending as well as foreign direct investment. As a result of the withdrawal from the EU, the British economy and its currency may be negatively impacted by changes to its economic and political relations with the EU. Additional member countries seeking to withdraw from the EU would likely cause additional market disruption globally and introduce new legal and regulatory uncertainties.

The long-term impact of the United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the EU is still unknown and could have adverse economic and political effects on the United Kingdom, the EU and its member countries, and the global economy, including financial markets and asset valuations.

Additionally, the manner in which the EU responded to the global recession and sovereign debt issues raised questions about its ability to react quickly to rising borrowing costs and a potential default by Greece and other countries on their sovereign debt and also revealed a lack of cohesion in dealing with the fiscal problems of member states. Many European countries continue to suffer from high unemployment rates. Since 2010, several countries, including Greece, Italy, Spain, Ireland and Portugal, agreed to at least one series of multi-year bailout loans from the European Central Bank, International Monetary Fund, and other institutions. To address budget deficits and public debt concerns, a number of European countries have imposed strict austerity measures and comprehensive financial and labor market reforms. In addition, social unrest, including protests against the austerity measures and domestic terrorism, could decrease tourism, lower consumer confidence, and otherwise impede financial recovery in Europe.

Emerging markets. In general, the Advisor considers “emerging markets” to include any country that is defined as an emerging market or developing economy by The International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (the World Bank), the International Finance Corporation or the United Nations or its authorities. The risks described above, including the risks of nationalization or expropriation of assets, typically are increased in connection with investments in “emerging markets.” For example, political and economic structures in these countries may be in their infancy and developing rapidly, and such countries may lack the social, political and economic stability characteristic of more developed countries (including amplified risk of war and terrorism). Certain of these countries have in the past failed to recognize private property rights and have at times nationalized and expropriated the assets of private companies. Investments in emerging markets may be considered speculative.

The currencies of certain emerging market countries have experienced devaluations relative to the US dollar, and future devaluations may adversely affect the value of assets denominated in such currencies. In addition, currency hedging techniques may be unavailable in certain emerging market countries. Many emerging market countries have experienced substantial, and in some periods extremely high, rates of inflation or deflation for many years, and future inflation may adversely affect the economies and securities markets of such countries.

In addition, unanticipated political or social developments may affect the value of investments in emerging markets and the availability of additional investments in these markets. Any change in the leadership or politics of emerging market countries, or the countries that exercise a significant influence over those countries, may halt the expansion of or reverse the liberalization of foreign investment policies now occurring and adversely affect existing investment opportunities. The small size, limited trading volume and relative inexperience of the securities markets in these countries may make investments in securities traded in emerging markets illiquid and more volatile than investments in securities traded in more developed countries. For example, limited market size may cause prices to be unduly influenced by traders who control large positions. In addition, a fund may be required to establish special custodial or other arrangements before making investments in securities traded in emerging markets. There may be little financial or accounting information available with respect to issuers of emerging market securities, and it may be difficult as a result to assess the value of prospects of an investment in such securities. Investors in emerging markets companies may face limited avenues for recourse due to limited corporate governance standards and difficulty in pursuing legal actions such as fraud claims.

II-102

The risk also exists that an emergency situation may arise in one or more emerging markets as a result of which trading of securities may cease or may be substantially curtailed and prices for a fund’s securities in such markets may not be readily available. Subject to the limitations of Section 22(e) of the 1940 Act, a fund may suspend redemption of its shares for any period during which an emergency exists.

Frontier market countries. Frontier market countries generally have smaller economies and less developed capital markets than traditional emerging or developing markets, and, as a result, the risks of investing in emerging or developing market countries are magnified in frontier market countries. The economies of frontier market countries are less correlated to global economic cycles than those of their more developed counterparts and their markets have low trading volumes and the potential for extreme price volatility and illiquidity. This volatility may be further heightened by the actions of a few major investors. For example, a substantial increase or decrease in cash flows of mutual funds investing in these markets could significantly affect local stock prices and, therefore, the price of fund shares. These factors make investing in frontier market countries significantly riskier than in other countries and any one of them could cause the price of a fund’s shares to decline.

Governments of many frontier market countries in which a fund may invest may exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector. In some cases, the governments of such frontier market countries may own or control certain companies. Accordingly, government actions could have a significant effect on economic conditions in a frontier market country and on market conditions, prices and yields of securities in a fund’s portfolio. Moreover, the economies of frontier market countries may be heavily dependent upon international trade and, accordingly, have been and may continue to be, adversely affected by trade barriers, exchange controls, managed adjustments in relative currency values and other protectionist measures imposed or negotiated by the countries with which they trade. These economies also have been and may continue to be adversely affected by economic conditions in the countries with which they trade.

Investment in equity securities of issuers operating in certain frontier market countries may be restricted or controlled to varying degrees. These restrictions or controls may at times limit or preclude foreign investment in equity securities of issuers operating in certain frontier market countries and increase the costs and expenses of a fund. Certain frontier market countries require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons, limit the amount of investment by foreign persons in a particular issuer, limit the investment by foreign persons only to a specific class of securities of an issuer that may have less advantageous rights than the classes available for purchase by domiciliaries of the countries and/or impose additional taxes on foreign investors. Certain frontier market countries may also restrict investment opportunities in issuers in industries deemed important to national interests.

Frontier market countries may require governmental approval for the repatriation of investment income, capital or the proceeds of sales of securities by foreign investors, such as a fund. In addition, if deterioration occurs in a frontier market country’s balance of payments, the country could impose temporary restrictions on foreign capital remittances. A fund could be adversely affected by delays in, or a refusal to grant, any required governmental approval for repatriation of capital, as well as by the application to a fund of any restrictions on investments. Investing in local markets in frontier market countries may require a fund to adopt special procedures, seek local government approvals or take other actions, each of which may involve additional costs to a fund.

There may be no centralized securities exchange on which securities are traded in frontier market countries. Also, securities laws in many frontier market countries are relatively new and unsettled. Therefore, laws regarding foreign investment in frontier market securities, securities regulation, title to securities, and shareholder rights may change quickly and unpredictably.

Banks in frontier market countries used to hold a fund’s securities and other assets in that country may lack the same operating experience as banks in developed markets. In addition, in certain countries there may be legal restrictions or limitations on the ability of a fund to recover assets held by a foreign bank in the event of the bankruptcy of the bank. Settlement systems in frontier markets may be less well organized than in the developed markets. As a result, there is greater risk than in developed countries that settlements will take longer and that cash or securities of a fund may be in jeopardy because of failures of or defects in the settlement systems.

II-103

Certain of the foregoing risks may also apply to some extent to securities of US issuers that are denominated in foreign currencies or that are traded in foreign markets, or securities of US issuers having significant foreign operations.

Supranational Entities. Supranational entities are international organizations designated or supported by governmental entities to promote economic reconstruction or development and international banking institutions and related government agencies. Examples include the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (the World Bank), The Asian Development Bank and the InterAmerican Development Bank. Obligations of supranational entities are backed by the guarantee of one or more foreign governmental parties which sponsor the entity.

Funding Agreements. Funding agreements are contracts issued by insurance companies that provide investors the right to receive a variable rate of interest and the full return of principal at maturity. Funding agreements also include a put option that allows a fund to terminate the agreement at a specified time prior to maturity. Funding agreements generally offer a higher yield than other variable securities with similar credit ratings. The primary risk of a funding agreement is the credit quality of the insurance company that issues it.

Gold or Precious Metals. Gold and other precious metals held by or on behalf of a fund may be held on either an allocated or an unallocated basis inside or outside the US. Placing gold or precious metals in an allocated custody account gives a fund a direct interest in specified gold bars or precious metals, whereas an unallocated deposit does not and instead gives a fund a right only to compel the counterparty to deliver a specific amount of gold or precious metals, as applicable. Consequently, a fund could experience a loss if the counterparty to an unallocated depository arrangement becomes bankrupt or fails to deliver the gold or precious metals as requested. An allocated gold or precious metals custody account also involves the risk that the gold or precious metals will be stolen or damaged while in transit. Both allocated and unallocated arrangements require a fund as seller to deliver, either by book entry or physically, the gold or precious metals sold in advance of the receipt of payment. These custody risks would apply to a wholly-owned subsidiary of a fund to the extent the subsidiary holds gold or precious metals.

In addition, in order to qualify for the special tax treatment accorded RICs and their shareholders, a fund must, among other things, derive at least 90% of its income from certain specified sources (qualifying income). Capital gains from the sale of gold or other precious metals will not constitute qualifying income. As a result, a fund may not be able to sell or otherwise dispose of all or a portion of its gold or precious metal holdings without realizing significant adverse tax consequences, including paying a tax at the fund level, or the failure to qualify as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. Rather than incur those tax consequences, a fund may choose to hold some amount of gold or precious metal that it would otherwise sell.

Greenfield Projects. Greenfield projects are energy-related projects built by private joint ventures formed by energy companies. Greenfield projects may include the creation of a new pipeline, processing plant or storage facility or other energy infrastructure asset that is integrated with the company’s existing assets. A fund may invest in the equity of greenfield projects and also may invest in the secured debt of greenfield projects. However, an investment also may be structured as pay-in-kind securities with minimal or no cash interest or dividends until construction is completed, at which time interest payments or dividends would be paid in cash. This leverages the organizational and operating expertise of large, publicly traded companies and provides a fund with the opportunity to earn higher returns. Greenfield projects involve less investment risk than typical private equity financing arrangements. The primary risk involved with greenfield projects is execution risk or construction risk. Changing project requirements, elevated costs for labor and materials, and unexpected construction hurdles all can increase construction costs. Financing risk exists should changes in construction costs or financial markets occur. Regulatory risk exists because changes in regulation could occur during construction or the necessary permits may not be secured prior to beginning construction.

High Yield Fixed Income Securities – Junk Bonds. A fund may purchase debt securities which are rated below investment-grade (junk bonds), that is, rated below the fourth highest credit rating category by Moody’s, S&P and Fitch, or unrated securities judged to be of equivalent quality as determined by the Advisor.

These securities usually entail greater risk (including the possibility of default or bankruptcy of the issuers of such securities), generally involve greater volatility of price and risk to principal and income, and may be less liquid, than securities in the higher rating categories. The lower the ratings of such debt securities, the more their risks render

II-104

them like equity securities. Securities rated D may be in default with respect to payment of principal or interest. Investments in high yield securities are described as “speculative” by ratings agencies. Securities ranked in the lowest investment grade category may also be considered speculative by certain ratings agencies. See “Ratings of Investments” in this SAI for a more complete description of the ratings assigned by ratings organizations and their respective characteristics.

Issuers of such high yielding securities often are highly leveraged and may not have more traditional methods of financing available to them. Therefore, the risk associated with acquiring the securities of such issuers generally is greater than is the case with higher rated securities. For example, during an economic downturn or a sustained period of rising interest rates, highly leveraged issuers of high yield securities may experience financial stress. During such periods, such issuers may not have sufficient revenues to meet their interest payment obligations. The issuer’s ability to service its debt obligations may also be adversely affected by specific corporate developments, or the issuer’s inability to meet specific projected business forecasts, or the unavailability of additional financing. The risk of loss from default by the issuer is significantly greater for the holders of high yield securities because such securities are generally unsecured and are often subordinated to other creditors of the issuer. Prices and yields of high yield securities will fluctuate over time and, during periods of economic uncertainty, volatility of high yield securities may adversely affect a fund’s net asset value. In addition, investments in high yield zero coupon or pay-in-kind bonds, rather than income-bearing high yield securities, may be more speculative and may be subject to greater fluctuations in value due to changes in interest rates.

A fund may have difficulty disposing of certain high yield securities because they may have a thin trading market. Because not all dealers maintain markets in all high yield securities, a fund anticipates that such securities could be sold only to a limited number of dealers or institutional investors. The lack of a liquid secondary market may have an adverse effect on the market price and a fund’s ability to dispose of particular issues and may also make it more difficult for a fund to obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing a fund’s assets. Market quotations generally are available on many high yield issues only from a limited number of dealers and may not necessarily represent firm bids of such dealers or prices for actual sales. Adverse publicity and investor perceptions may decrease the values and liquidity of high yield securities. These securities may also involve special registration responsibilities, liabilities and costs, and liquidity and valuation difficulties. Even though such securities do not pay current interest in cash, a fund nonetheless is required to accrue interest income on these investments and to distribute the interest income on a current basis. Thus, a fund could be required at times to liquidate other investments in order to satisfy its distribution requirements.

Credit quality in the high-yield securities market can change suddenly and unexpectedly, and even recently issued credit ratings may not fully reflect the actual risks posed by a particular high-yield security.

Prices for below investment-grade securities may be affected by legislative and regulatory developments. Also, Congress has from time to time considered legislation which would restrict or eliminate the corporate tax deduction for interest payments on these securities and regulate corporate restructurings. Such legislation may significantly depress the prices of outstanding securities of this type.

Illiquid Securities. For funds other than money market funds, illiquid securities are investments that a fund reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment, as determined pursuant to the fund’s liquidity risk management program (LRM Program) adopted pursuant to Rule 22e-4 under the 1940 Act. Under a fund’s LRM Program, the fund may not hold more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities. The LRM Program administrator is responsible for determining the liquidity classification of a fund’s investments and monitoring compliance with the 15% limit on illiquid securities. For money market funds operated in accordance with Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, limitations on investment in illiquid securities include that a fund may not hold more than 5% of its total assets in illiquid securities, defined as securities that cannot be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven calendar days at approximately the value ascribed to them by the fund. Money market funds are not subject to the requirements of Rule 22e-4 under the 1940 Act and therefore are not subject to the LRM Program. Historically, illiquid securities have included securities subject to contractual or legal restrictions on resale because they have not been registered under the 1933 Act, securities which are otherwise not readily marketable and repurchase agreements having a maturity of longer than seven days. Securities which have not been registered under the 1933 Act are referred

II-105

to as private placements or restricted securities and are purchased directly from the issuer or in the secondary market. Non-publicly traded securities (including Rule 144A Securities) may involve a high degree of business and financial risk and may result in substantial losses. These securities may be less liquid than publicly traded securities, and it may take longer to liquidate these positions than would be the case for publicly traded securities. Companies whose securities are not publicly traded may not be subject to the disclosure and other investor protection requirements applicable to companies whose securities are publicly traded. Certain securities may be deemed to be illiquid as a result of the Advisor’s receipt from time to time of material, non-public information about an issuer, which may limit the Advisor’s ability to trade such securities for the account of any of its clients, including a fund. In some instances, these trading restrictions could continue in effect for a substantial period of time. Limitations on resale may have an adverse effect on the marketability of portfolio securities and a mutual fund might be unable to dispose of illiquid securities promptly or at reasonable prices and might thereby experience difficulty satisfying redemptions within seven days. An investment in illiquid securities is subject to the risk that should a fund desire to sell any of these securities when a ready buyer is not available at a price that is deemed to be representative of their value, the value of a fund’s net assets could be adversely affected.

Mutual funds do not typically hold a significant amount of illiquid securities because of the potential for delays on resale and uncertainty in valuation. A mutual fund might also have to register such illiquid securities in order to dispose of them, resulting in additional expense and delay. A fund selling its securities in a registered offering may be deemed to be an “underwriter” for purposes of Section 11 of the 1933 Act. In such event, a fund may be liable to purchasers of the securities under Section 11 if the registration statement prepared by the issuer, or the prospectus forming a part of it, is materially inaccurate or misleading, although a fund may have a due diligence defense. Adverse market conditions could impede such a public offering of securities.

A large institutional market has developed for certain securities that are not registered under the 1933 Act, including repurchase agreements, commercial paper, non-US securities, municipal securities and corporate bonds and notes. Institutional investors depend on an efficient institutional market in which the unregistered security can be readily resold or on an issuer’s ability to honor a demand for repayment. The fact that there are contractual or legal restrictions on resale of such investments to the general public or to certain institutions may not be indicative of their liquidity.

Impact of Large Redemptions and Purchases of Fund Shares. From time to time, shareholders of a fund (which may include affiliated and/or non-affiliated registered investment companies that invest in a fund) may make relatively large redemptions or purchases of fund shares. These transactions may cause a fund to have to sell securities or invest additional cash, as the case may be. While it is impossible to predict the overall impact of these transactions over time, there could be adverse effects on a fund’s performance to the extent that a fund may be required to sell securities or invest cash at times when it would not otherwise do so. These transactions could also accelerate the recognition of taxable income if sales of securities resulted in capital gains or other income and could also increase transaction costs, which may impact a fund’s expense ratio and adversely affect a fund’s performance.

Income Trusts. A fund may invest in income trusts, including business trusts and oil royalty trusts. Income trusts are operating businesses that have been put into a trust. They pay out the bulk of their free cash flow to unitholders. The businesses that are sold into these trusts are usually mature and stable income-producing companies that lend themselves to fixed (monthly or quarterly) distributions. These trusts are regarded as equity investments with fixed-income attributes or high-yield debt with no fixed maturity date. These trusts typically offer regular income payments and a significant premium yield compared to other types of fixed income investments.

Business Trusts. A business trust is an income trust where the principal business of the underlying corporation or other entity is in the manufacturing, service or general industrial sectors. Each business represented is typically characterized by long-life assets or businesses that have exhibited a high degree of stability. Investments in business trusts are subject to various risks, including risks related to the underlying operating companies controlled by such trusts. These risks may include lack of or limited operating histories and increased susceptibility to interest-rate risks.

II-106

Oil Royalty Trusts. A royalty trust typically controls an operating company which purchases oil and gas properties using the trust’s capital. The royalty trust then receives royalties and/or interest payments from its operating company and distributes them as income to its unitholders. Units of the royalty trust represent an economic interest in the underlying assets of the trust.

A fund may invest in oil royalty trusts that are traded on stock exchanges. Oil royalty trusts are income trusts that own or control oil and gas operating companies. Oil royalty trusts pay out substantially all of the cash flow they receive from the production and sale of underlying crude oil and natural gas reserves to unitholders in the form of monthly dividends (distributions). As a result of distributing the bulk of their cash flow to unitholders, royalty trusts are effectively precluded from internally originating new oil and gas prospects. Therefore, these royalty trusts typically grow through acquisition of producing companies or those with proven reserves of oil and gas, funded through the issuance of additional equity or, where the trust is able, additional debt. Consequently, oil royalty trusts are considered less exposed to the uncertainties faced by a traditional exploration and production corporation. However, they are still exposed to commodity risk and reserve risk, as well as operating risk.

The operations and financial condition of oil royalty trusts, and the amount of distributions or dividends paid on their securities, is dependent on oil prices. Prices for commodities vary and are determined by supply and demand factors, including weather and general economic and political conditions. A decline in oil prices could have a substantial adverse effect on the operations and financial conditions of the trusts. Such trusts are also subject to the risk of an adverse change in the regulations of the natural resource industry and other operational risks relating to the energy sector. In addition, the underlying operating companies held or controlled by the trusts are usually involved in oil exploration; however, such companies may not be successful in holding, discovering, or exploiting adequate commercial quantities of oil, the failure of which will adversely affect their values. Even if successful, oil and gas prices have fluctuated widely during the most recent years and may continue to do so in the future. The combination of global demand growth and depleting reserves, together with current geopolitical instability, will likely continue to support strong crude oil prices over the long term. However, there is no guarantee that these prices will not decline. Declining crude oil prices may cause a fund to incur losses on its investments. In addition, the demand in and supply to the developing markets could be affected by other factors such as restrictions on imports, increased taxation, and creation of government monopolies, as well as social, economic and political uncertainty and instability. Furthermore, there is no guarantee that non-conventional sources of natural gas will not be discovered which would adversely affect the oil industry.

Moreover, as the underlying oil and gas reserves are produced, the remaining reserves attributable to the royalty trust are depleted. The ability of a royalty trust to replace reserves is therefore fundamental to its ability to maintain distribution levels and unit prices over time. Certain royalty trusts have demonstrated consistent positive reserve growth year-over-year and, as such, certain royalty trusts have been successful to date in this respect and are thus currently trading at unit prices significantly higher than those of five or ten years ago. Oil royalty trusts manage reserve depletion through reserve additions resulting from internal capital development activities and through acquisitions. When a fund invests in foreign oil royalty trusts, it will also be subject to foreign securities risks.

Indexed Securities. A fund may invest in indexed securities, the value of which is linked to currencies, interest rates, commodities, indices or other financial indicators (reference instruments). Most indexed securities have maturities of three years or less.

Indexed securities differ from other types of debt securities in which a fund may invest in several respects. First, the interest rate or, unlike other debt securities, the principal amount payable at maturity of an indexed security may vary based on changes in one or more specified reference instruments, such as an interest rate compared with a fixed interest rate or the currency exchange rates between two currencies (neither of which need be the currency in which the instrument is denominated). The reference instrument need not be related to the terms of the indexed security. For example, the principal amount of a US dollar denominated indexed security may vary based on the exchange rate of two foreign currencies. An indexed security may be positively or negatively indexed; that is, its value may increase or decrease if the value of the reference instrument increases. Further, the change in the principal amount payable or the interest rate of an indexed security may be a multiple of the percentage change (positive or negative) in the value of the underlying reference instrument(s).

II-107

Investment in indexed securities involves certain risks. In addition to the credit risk of the security’s issuer and the normal risks of price changes in response to changes in interest rates, the principal amount of indexed securities may decrease as a result of changes in the value of reference instruments. Further, in the case of certain indexed securities in which the interest rate is linked to a reference instrument, the interest rate may be reduced to zero, and any further declines in the value of the security may then reduce the principal amount payable on maturity. Also, indexed securities may be more volatile than the reference instruments underlying the indexed securities. Finally, a fund’s investments in certain indexed securities may generate taxable income in excess of the interest paid on the securities to a fund, which may cause a fund to sell investments to obtain cash to make income distributions (including at a time when it may not be advantageous to do so).

Industrial Development and Pollution Control Bonds. Industrial Development and Pollution Control Bonds (which are types of private activity bonds), although nominally issued by municipal authorities, are generally not secured by the taxing power of the municipality, but are secured by the revenues of the authority derived from payments by the industrial user. Consequently, the credit quality of these securities depends upon the ability of the user of the facilities financed by the bonds and any guarantor to meet its financial obligations. Under federal tax legislation, certain types of Industrial Development Bonds and Pollution Control Bonds may no longer be issued on a tax-exempt basis, although previously issued bonds of these types and certain refundings of such bonds are not affected.

Inflation. Inflation creates uncertainty over the future real value of an investment (the value after adjusting for inflation). The real value of certain assets or real income from investments will be less in the future as inflation decreases the value of money. As inflation increases, the present value of a fund's assets and distributions may decline. This risk is more prevalent with respect to debt securities held by a fund. Inflation rates may change frequently and drastically as a result of various factors, including unexpected shifts in the domestic or global economy. Moreover, a fund's investments may not keep pace with inflation, which may result in losses to fund shareholders or adversely affect the real value of shareholders' investment in a fund. Fund shareholders' expectation of future inflation can also impact the current value of a fund’s portfolio, resulting in lower asset values and potential losses. This risk may be elevated compared to historical market conditions and could be impacted by monetary policy measures and the current interest rate environment.

Inflation-Indexed Bonds. A fund may purchase inflation-indexed securities issued by the US Treasury, US government agencies and instrumentalities other than the US Treasury, and entities other than the US Treasury or US government agencies and instrumentalities.

Inflation-indexed bonds are fixed income securities or other instruments whose principal value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. Two structures are common. The US Treasury and some other issuers use a structure that accrues inflation on either a current or lagged basis into the principal value of the bond. Most other issuers pay out the Consumer Price Index accruals as part of a semi-annual coupon.

Inflation-indexed securities issued by the US Treasury have maturities of approximately five, ten or twenty years, although it is possible that securities with other maturities will be issued in the future. The US Treasury securities pay interest on a semi-annual basis, equal to a fixed percentage of the inflation-adjusted principal amount. For example, if a fund purchased an inflation-indexed bond with a par value of $1,000 and a 3% real rate of return coupon (payable 1.5% semi-annually), and the rate of inflation over the first six months was 1%, the mid-year par value of the bond would be $1,010 and the first semi-annual interest payment would be $15.15 ($1,010 times 1.5%). If the rate of inflation during the second half of the year resulted in the whole year’s inflation equaling 3%, the end of year par value of the bond would be $1,030 and the second semi-annual interest payment would be $15.45 ($1,030 times 1.5%).

If the periodic adjustment rate measuring inflation falls, the principal value of inflation-indexed bonds will be adjusted downward, and, consequently, the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. Repayment of the original bond principal on maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed in the case of US Treasury inflation-indexed bonds, even during a period of deflation, although the inflation-adjusted principal received could be less than the inflation-adjusted principal that had accrued to the bond at the time of purchase. However, the current market value of the bonds is not guaranteed and will fluctuate. A fund may also invest in other inflation related bonds that may or may not provide a similar guarantee. If a guarantee of principal is not provided, the

II-108

adjusted principal value of the bond repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal. In addition, if a fund purchases inflation-indexed bonds offered by foreign issuers, the rate of inflation measured by the foreign inflation index may not be correlated to the rate of inflation in the US.

The value of inflation-indexed bonds is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates, in turn, are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. Therefore, if the rate of inflation rises at a faster rate than nominal interest rates, real interest rates might decline, leading to an increase in value of inflation-indexed bonds. In contrast, if nominal interest rates increased at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates might rise, leading to a decrease in value of inflation-indexed bonds. There can be no assurance, however, that the value of inflation-indexed bonds will be directly correlated to changes in interest rates. In the event of sustained deflation, it is possible that the amount of semiannual interest payments, the inflation-adjusted principal of the security and the value of the stripped components, will decrease. If any of these possibilities are realized, a fund’s net asset value could be negatively affected.

While these securities are expected to provide protection from long-term inflationary trends, short-term increases in inflation may lead to a decline in value. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to changes in currency exchange rates), investors in these securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the bond’s inflation measure.

The periodic adjustment of US inflation-indexed bonds is generally linked to the Consumer Price Index for Urban Consumers (CPI-U), which is calculated monthly by the US Bureau of Labor Statistics. The CPI-U is a measurement of changes in the cost of living, made up of components such as housing, food, transportation and energy. Inflation-indexed bonds issued by a foreign government are generally adjusted to reflect a comparable inflation index calculated by the applicable government. There can be no assurance that the CPI-U or any foreign inflation index will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services. Moreover, there can be no assurance that the rate of inflation in a foreign country will be correlated to the rate of inflation in the US. Finally, income distributions of a fund are likely to fluctuate more than those of a conventional bond fund.

The taxation of inflation-indexed US Treasury securities is similar to the taxation of conventional bonds. Both interest payments and the difference between original principal and the inflation-adjusted principal will be treated as interest income subject to taxation. Interest payments are taxable when received or accrued. The inflation adjustment to the principal is subject to tax in the year the adjustment is made, not at maturity of the security when the cash from the repayment of principal is received. If an upward adjustment has been made (which typically should happen), investors in non-tax-advantaged accounts will pay taxes on this amount currently. Decreases in the indexed principal can be deducted only from current or previous interest payments reported as income.

Inflation-indexed US Treasury securities therefore have a potential cash flow mismatch to an investor, because investors must pay taxes on the inflation-adjusted principal before the repayment of principal is received. It is possible that, particularly for high income tax bracket investors, inflation-indexed US Treasury securities would not generate enough income in a given year to cover the tax liability they could create. This is similar to the current tax treatment for zero-coupon bonds and other discount securities. If inflation-indexed US Treasury securities are sold prior to maturity, capital losses or gains are realized in the same manner as traditional bonds.

Inflation-indexed securities are designed to offer a return linked to inflation, thereby protecting future purchasing power of the money invested in them. However, inflation-indexed securities provide this protected return only if held to maturity. In addition, inflation-indexed securities may not trade at par value. Real interest rates (the market rate of interest less the anticipated rate of inflation) change over time as a result of many factors, such as what investors are demanding as a true value for money. When real rates do change, inflation-indexed securities prices will be more sensitive to these changes than conventional bonds, because these securities were sold originally based upon a real interest rate that is no longer prevailing. Should market expectations for real interest rates rise, the price of inflation-indexed securities held by a fund may fall, resulting in a decrease in the share price of a fund.

II-109

Interest Rate Strategies. In addition to a fund’s main investment strategy, certain funds seek to enhance returns by employing a rules-based methodology to identify interest rate trends across developed markets using derivatives (contracts whose value are based on, for example, indices, currencies or securities), in particular buying and selling interest rate futures contracts. The success of the interest rate futures strategies depends, in part, on the effectiveness and implementation of the Advisor’s proprietary models. If the Advisor’s analysis proves to be incorrect, losses to a fund may be significant, possibly exceeding the amounts invested in the interest rate futures contracts. The risk of loss is heightened during periods of rapid increases in interest rates.

Interfund Borrowing and Lending Program. The DWS funds have received exemptive relief from the SEC, which permits the funds to participate in an interfund lending program. The interfund lending program allows the participating funds to borrow money from and loan money to each other for temporary or emergency purposes. The program is subject to a number of conditions designed to ensure fair and equitable treatment of all participating funds, including the following: (1) no fund may borrow money through the program unless it receives a more favorable interest rate than a rate approximating the lowest interest rate at which bank loans would be available to any of the participating funds under a loan agreement; and (2) no fund may lend money through the program unless it receives a more favorable return than that available from an investment in repurchase agreements and, to the extent applicable, money market cash sweep arrangements. In addition, a fund may participate in the program only if and to the extent that such participation is consistent with a fund’s investment objectives and policies (for instance, money market funds would normally participate only as lenders and tax exempt funds only as borrowers). Interfund loans and borrowings have a maximum duration of seven days. Loans may be called on one day’s notice. A fund may have to borrow from a bank at a higher interest rate if an interfund loan is called or not renewed. Any delay in repayment to a lending fund could result in a lost investment opportunity or additional costs. The program is subject to the oversight and periodic review of the Board.

Inverse Floaters. A fund may invest in inverse floaters. Inverse floaters are debt instruments with a floating rate of interest that bears an inverse relationship to changes in short-term market interest rates. A fund's investments in inverse floaters are treated as derivative transactions subject to the requirements of Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act. Investments in this type of security involve special risks as compared to investments in, for example, a fixed rate municipal security. The debt instrument in which a fund invests may be a tender option bond trust (the trust), which can be established by a fund, a financial institution or a broker, consisting of underlying municipal obligations with intermediate to long maturities and a fixed interest rate. Other investors in the trust usually consist of money market fund investors receiving weekly floating interest rate payments who have put options with the financial institutions. A fund may enter into shortfall and forbearance agreements by which a fund agrees to reimburse the trust, in certain circumstances, for the difference between the liquidation value of the fixed rate municipal security held by the trust and the liquidation value of the floating rate notes. A fund could lose money and its NAV could decline as a result of investments in inverse floaters if movements in interest rates are incorrectly anticipated. Moreover, the markets for inverse floaters may be less developed and may have less liquidity than the markets for more traditional municipal securities, especially during periods of instability in the credit markets. An inverse floater may exhibit greater price volatility than a fixed-rate obligation of similar credit quality. When a fund holds inverse floating rate securities, an increase in market interest rates will adversely affect the income received from such securities and the net asset value of a fund’s shares.

Investment Companies and Other Pooled Investment Vehicles. A fund may acquire securities of other registered investment companies and other pooled investment vehicles (collectively, investment funds) to the extent that such investments are consistent with its investment objective, policies, strategies and restrictions and the limitations of the 1940 Act. Pursuant to the 1940 Act, a fund’s investment in investment companies is limited to, subject to certain exceptions: (i) 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of any one investment company; (ii) 5% of the fund’s total assets with respect to any one investment company; and (iii) 10% of the fund’s total assets with respect to investment companies in the aggregate. In October 2020, the SEC adopted certain regulatory changes and took other actions related to the ability of an investment company to invest in the securities of another investment company. These changes include, among other things, the rescission of certain SEC exemptive orders permitting investments in excess of the statutory limits and the withdrawal of certain related SEC staff no-action letters, and the adoption of Rule 12d1-4 under the 1940 Act. Rule 12d1-4, which became effective on January 19, 2021, permits a fund to invest in other investment companies beyond the statutory limits, subject to certain conditions. The rescission of the applicable exemptive orders and the withdrawal of the applicable no-action letters was effective on January 19, 2022. Since such time, an

II-110

investment company may no longer rely on the aforementioned exemptive orders and no-action letters and is subject instead to Rule 12d1-4 and other applicable rules under Section 12(d)(1). To the extent allowed by law or regulation, each fund may invest its assets in the securities of investment companies that are money market funds, including those advised by the Advisor or otherwise affiliated with the Advisor, in excess of the limits discussed above. A money market fund that is operated in accordance with Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act may acquire shares of other money market mutual funds to the extent consistent with its investment policies and restrictions set forth in its prospectus. Investment funds may include mutual funds, closed-end funds, and exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and hedge funds (including investment funds managed by the Advisor and its affiliates). A fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management fees and other expenses paid by such other investment funds.

Because a fund may acquire securities of funds managed by the Advisor or an affiliate of the Advisor, the Advisor may have a conflict of interest in selecting funds. The Advisor considers such conflicts of interest as part of its investment process and has established practices designed to minimize such conflicts. The Advisor, any subadvisor and any affiliates of the Advisor, as applicable, earn fees at varying rates for providing services to underlying affiliated funds. The Advisor and any subadvisor may, therefore, have a conflict of interest in selecting underlying affiliated funds advised by the Advisor or an affiliate and in determining whether to invest in an unaffiliated fund from which they will not receive any fees. However, the Advisor and any subadvisor to a fund will select investments that it believes are appropriate to meet the fund’s investment objectives.

ETFs and closed-end funds trade on a securities exchange and their shares may trade at a premium or discount to their net asset value. A fund will incur brokerage costs when it buys and sells shares of ETFs and closed-end funds. ETFs that seek to track the composition and performance of a specific index may not replicate exactly the performance of their specified index because of trading costs and operating expenses incurred by the ETF. At times, there may not be an active trading market for shares of some ETFs and closed-end funds and trading of ETF and closed-end fund shares may be halted or delisted by the listing exchange.

To the extent consistent with its investment objective, policies, strategies and restrictions, a fund may invest in commodity-related ETFs. Certain commodity-related ETFs may not be registered as investment companies under the 1940 Act and shareholders of such commodity-related ETFs, including the investing affiliated fund, will not have the regulatory protections provided to investors in registered investment companies. Commodity-related ETFs may invest in commodities directly (such as purchasing gold) or they may seek to track a commodities index by investing in commodity-linked derivative instruments. Commodity-related ETFs are subject to the risks associated with the commodities or commodity-linked derivative instruments in which they invest. A fund’s ability to invest in commodity-related ETFs may be limited by its intention to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code. In addition, under recent amendments to rules of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC), a fund’s investment in commodity-related ETFs may subject the fund and/or the Advisor to certain registration, disclosure and reporting requirements of the CFTC. The Advisor will monitor a fund’s use of commodity-related ETFs to determine whether the fund and/or the Advisor will need to comply with CFTC rules.

To the extent consistent with its investment objective, policies, strategies and restrictions, a fund may seek exposure to alternative asset classes or strategies through investment in private funds, including hedge funds. A fund may substitute derivative instruments, including warrants and swaps, whose values are tied to the value of underlying hedge funds in lieu of a direct investment in hedge funds. A derivative instrument whose value is tied to one or more hedge funds or hedge fund indices will be subject to the market and other risks associated with the underlying assets held by the hedge fund. Hedge funds are not subject to the provisions of the 1940 Act or the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and their advisors may not be subject to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. Investments in hedge funds are illiquid and may be less transparent than an investment in a registered investment company. There are no market quotes for securities of hedge funds and hedge funds generally value their interests no more frequently than monthly or quarterly, in some cases. An investment in a derivative instrument based on a hedge fund may be subject to some or all of the structural risks associated with a direct investment in a hedge fund.

II-111

Investment-Grade Bonds. A fund may purchase “investment-grade” bonds, which are those rated within the top four credit ratings categories by Moody’s, S&P, or Fitch, or, if unrated, judged to be of equivalent quality as determined by the Advisor. Moody’s considers bonds it rates Baa to have speculative elements as well as investment-grade characteristics. To the extent that a fund invests in higher-grade securities, a fund will not be able to avail itself of opportunities for higher income which may be available at lower grades.

IPO Risk. Securities issued through an initial public offering (IPO) can experience an immediate drop in value if the demand for the securities does not continue to support the offering price. Information about the issuers of IPO securities is also difficult to acquire since they are new to the market and may not have lengthy operating histories. A fund may engage in short-term trading in connection with its IPO investments, which could produce higher trading costs and adverse tax consequences.

Lending of Portfolio Securities. To generate additional income, a fund may lend a percentage of its investment securities to approved institutional borrowers who need to borrow securities in order to complete certain transactions, such as covering short sales, avoiding failures to deliver securities or completing arbitrage operations, in exchange for collateral in the form of cash or US government securities. By lending its investment securities, a fund attempts to increase its net investment income through the receipt of interest on the loan. Any gain or loss in the market price of the securities loaned that might occur during the term of the loan would belong to a fund. A fund may lend its investment securities so long as the terms, structure and the aggregate amount of such loans are not inconsistent with the 1940 Act or the rules and regulations or interpretations of the SEC thereunder, which currently require that: (a) the borrower pledge and maintain with a fund collateral consisting of liquid, unencumbered assets having a value at all times not less than 100% of the value of the securities loaned; (b) the borrower add to such collateral whenever the price of the securities loaned rises or the value of non-cash collateral declines (i.e., the borrower “marks to the market” on a daily basis); (c) the loan be made subject to termination by a fund at any time; and (d) a fund receives a reasonable return on the loan (consisting of the return achieved on investment of the cash collateral, less the rebate owed to borrowers, plus distributions on the loaned securities and any increase in their market value).

A fund may pay reasonable fees in connection with loaned securities, pursuant to written contracts, including fees paid to a fund’s custodian and fees paid to a securities lending agent, including a securities lending agent that is an affiliate of the Advisor. Voting rights may pass with the loaned securities, but if an event occurs that the Advisor determines to be a material event affecting an investment on loan, the loan must be called and the securities voted. Pursuant to an exemptive order granted by the SEC, cash collateral received by a fund may be invested in a money market fund managed by the Advisor (or one of its affiliates).

A fund is subject to all investment risks associated with the reinvestment of any cash collateral received, including, but not limited to, interest rate, credit and liquidity risk associated with such investments. To the extent the value or return of a fund’s investments of the cash collateral declines below the amount owed to a borrower, a fund may incur losses that exceed the amount it earned on lending the security. If the borrower defaults on its obligation to return securities lent because of insolvency or other reasons, a fund could experience delays and costs in recovering the securities lent or gaining access to collateral. If a fund is not able to recover securities lent, a fund, through its securities lending agent, may sell the collateral and purchase a replacement investment in the market, incurring the risk that the value of the replacement security is greater than the value of the collateral. In the event of a counterparty’s (or its affiliate’s) insolvency, a fund’s ability to exercise remedies, such as the termination of transactions, netting of obligations and realization on collateral, could be stayed or eliminated under special resolution regimes adopted in the United States, the European Union and various other jurisdictions. Such regimes generally provide government authorities with broad authority to intervene when a financial institution is experiencing financial difficulty. However, loans will be made only to borrowers selected by a fund’s delegate after a commercially reasonable review of relevant facts and circumstances, including the creditworthiness of the borrower. A fund also bears the risk that the contractual obligations of its securities lending agent and/or the borrower may not cover all potential losses to the fund in connection with a securities lending transaction. See “Part II: Appendix II-H - Taxes - Taxation of US Shareholders - Dividends and distributions - Securities lending” for more information.

II-112

Master Limited Partnerships (MLPs). Master Limited Partnerships, or MLPs, are entities that receive partnership taxation treatment under the Code and whose interests or “units” are traded on securities exchanges like shares of corporate stock. Due to their partnership structure, MLPs generally do not pay income taxes. To be treated as a partnership for US federal income tax purposes, an MLP must derive at least 90% of its gross income for each taxable year from qualifying sources, including activities such as exploration, development, mining, production, processing, refining, transportation, storage and certain marketing of mineral or natural resources.

A fund may invest in upstream MLPs, downstream MLPs, midstream MLPs, coal MLPs, propane MLPs, or other MLPs with assets that are used in the energy infrastructure sector. Midstream MLPs are generally engaged in the treatment, gathering, compression, processing, transportation, transmission, fractionation, storage and terminalling of natural gas, natural gas liquids, crude oil, refined products or coal. Midstream MLPs also may operate ancillary businesses including marketing of energy products and logistical services. Upstream MLPs are primarily engaged in the exploration, recovery, development and production of crude oil, natural gas, and natural gas liquids. Downstream MLPs are primarily engaged in the processing, treatment, and refining of natural gas liquids and crude oil. Coal MLPs are engaged in the owning, leasing, managing, production and sale of various grades of steam and metallurgical grades of coal. Propane MLPs are engaged in the distribution of propane to homeowners for space and water heating and to commercial, industrial and agricultural customers. The MLPs in which a fund may invest might also own other assets that are used in the energy infrastructure sector, including assets used in exploring, developing, producing, generating, transporting, transmitting, storing, gathering, processing, refining, distributing, mining or marketing of natural gas, natural gas liquids, crude oil, refined products, coal or electricity, or may provide energy-related services such as refining and distribution of specialty refined products. MLPs may also engage in owning, managing and transporting alternative energy assets, including alternative fuels such as ethanol, hydrogen and biodiesel.

MLPs are generally organized under state law as limited partnerships or limited liability companies. An MLP consists of a general partner and limited partners (or in the case of MLPs organized as limited liability companies, a managing member and members). The general partner or managing member typically controls the operations and management of the MLP, has an ownership stake in the MLP and may be eligible to receive an incentive distribution. The limited partners or members, through their ownership of limited partner or member interests, provide capital to the entity, are intended to have no role in the operation and management of the entity, and receive cash distributions. Equity securities issued by MLPs generally consist of common units, subordinated units, and preferred units.

MLP common units are typically listed and traded on US securities exchanges, including the NYSE and the NASDAQ Stock Market (NASDAQ). A fund may purchase such common units through open market transactions and underwritten offerings, but may also acquire common units through direct placements and privately negotiated transactions. Holders of MLP common units have limited control and voting rights. Holders of MLP common units are typically entitled to receive a minimum quarterly distribution (MQD) from the issuer, and typically have a right, to the extent that an MLP fails to make a previous MQD, to recover in future distributions the amount by which the MQD was short (arrearage rights). Generally, an MLP must pay (or set aside for payment) the MQD to holders of common units before any distributions may be paid to subordinated unitholders. In addition, incentive distributions are typically not paid to the general partner or managing member unless the quarterly distributions on the common units exceed specified threshold levels above the MQD. In the event of a liquidation, common unitholders are intended to have a preference with respect to the remaining assets of the issuer over holders of subordinated units. MLPs also issue different classes of common units that may have different voting, trading and distribution rights.

MLP subordinated units, which, like common units, represent limited partner or member interests, are not typically listed or traded on an exchange. A fund may purchase outstanding subordinated units through negotiated transactions directly with holders of such units or newly issued subordinated units directly from the issuer. Holders of such subordinated units are generally entitled to receive a distribution only after the MQD and any arrearages from prior quarters have been paid to holders of common units. Holders of subordinated units typically have the right to receive distributions before any incentive distributions are payable to the general partner or managing member. Subordinated units generally do not provide arrearage rights. Most MLP subordinated units are convertible into common units after the passage of a specified period of time or upon the achievement by the issuer of specified financial goals. MLPs also issue different classes of subordinated units that may have different voting, trading, and distribution rights.

II-113

MLP convertible subordinated units are typically issued by MLPs to founders, corporate general partners of MLPs, entities that sell assets to MLPs, and institutional investors. Convertible subordinated units increase the likelihood that, during the subordination period, there will be available cash to be distributed to common unitholders. MLP convertible subordinated units generally are not entitled to distributions until holders of common units have received their specified MQD, plus any arrearages, and may receive less than common unitholders in distributions upon liquidation. Convertible subordinated unitholders generally are entitled to MQD prior to the payment of incentive distributions to the general partner, but are not entitled to arrearage rights. Therefore, MLP convertible subordinated units generally entail greater risk than MLP common units. Convertible subordinated units are generally convertible automatically into senior common units of the same issuer at a one-to-one ratio upon the passage of time or the satisfaction of certain financial tests. Convertible subordinated units do not trade on a national exchange or over-the-counter (OTC), and there is no active market for them. The value of a convertible subordinated unit is a function of its worth if converted into the underlying common units. Convertible subordinated units generally have similar voting rights as do MLP common units. Distributions may be paid in cash or in-kind.

MLP preferred units are not typically listed or traded on an exchange. A fund may purchase MLP preferred units through negotiated transactions directly with MLPs, affiliates of MLPs and institutional holders of such units. Holders of MLP preferred units can be entitled to a wide range of voting and other rights, depending on the structure of each separate security.

The general partner or managing member interest in an MLP is typically retained by the original sponsors of an MLP such as its founders, corporate partners and entities that sell assets to the MLP. The holder of the general partner or managing member interest can be liable in certain circumstances for amounts greater than the amount of the holder’s investment in the general partner or managing member. General partner or managing member interests often confer direct board participation rights in, and in many cases control over the operations of, the MLP. General partner or managing member interests can be privately held or owned by publicly traded entities. General partner or managing member interests receive cash distributions, typically in an amount of up to 2% of available cash, which is contractually defined in the partnership or limited liability company agreement. In addition, holders of general partner or managing member interests typically receive incentive distribution rights (IDRs), which provide them with an increasing share of the entity’s aggregate cash distributions upon the payment of per common unit distributions that exceed specified threshold levels above the MQD. Incentive distributions to a general partner are designed to encourage the general partner, who controls and operates the partnership, to maximize the partnership’s cash flow and increase distributions to the limited partners. Due to the IDRs, general partners of MLPs have higher distribution growth prospects than their underlying MLPs, but quarterly incentive distribution payments would also decline at a greater rate than the decline rate in quarterly distributions to common and subordinated unitholders in the event of a reduction in the MLP’s quarterly distribution. The ability of the limited partners or members to remove the general partner or managing member without cause is typically very limited. In addition, some MLPs permit the holder of IDRs to reset, under specified circumstances, the incentive distribution levels and receive compensation in exchange for the distribution rights given up in the reset.

Debt securities issued by MLPs may include those rated below investment grade. Investments in such securities may not offer the tax characteristics of equity securities of MLPs.

Investments in MLPs are generally subject to many of the risks that apply to partnerships. For example, holders of the units of MLPs may have limited control and limited voting rights on matters affecting the partnership. There may be fewer corporate protections afforded investors in an MLP than investors in a corporation. Conflicts of interest may exist among unitholders, subordinated unitholders and the general partner of an MLP, including those arising from incentive distribution payments. MLPs that concentrate in a particular industry or region are subject to risks associated with such industry or region. MLPs holding credit-related investments are subject to interest rate risk and the risk of default on payment obligations by debt issuers. Investments held by MLPs may be illiquid. MLP units may trade infrequently and in limited volume, and they may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than securities of larger or more broadly based companies. Holders of MLP units could potentially become subject to liability for all the obligations of an MLP, if a court determines that the rights of the unitholders to take certain action under the limited partnership agreement would constitute “control” of the business of that MLP, or if a court or governmental agency determines that the MLP is conducting business in a state without complying with the limited partnership statute of that state.

II-114

MLP Limited Liability Company Common Units. Some energy infrastructure companies in which a fund may invest have been organized as limited liability companies (MLP LLCs). Such MLP LLCs are treated in the same manner as MLPs for federal income tax purposes. A fund may invest in common units or other securities of such MLP LLCs. MLP LLC common units represent an equity ownership interest in an MLP LLC, entitling the holders to a share of the MLP LLC’s success through distributions and/or capital appreciation. Similar to MLPs, MLP LLCs typically do not pay federal income tax at the entity level and are required by their operating agreements to distribute a large percentage of their current operating earnings. MLP LLC common unitholders generally have first right to an MQD prior to distributions to subordinated unitholders and typically have arrearage rights if the MQD is not met. In the event of liquidation, MLP LLC common unitholders have first right to the MLP LLC’s remaining assets after bondholders, other debt holders and preferred unitholders, if any, have been paid in full. MLP LLC common units trade on a national securities exchange or OTC. In contrast to MLPs, MLP LLCs have no general partner and there are generally no incentives that entitle management or other unitholders to increased percentages of cash distributions as distributions reach higher target levels. In addition, MLP LLC common unitholders typically have voting rights with respect to the MLP LLC, whereas MLP common units have limited voting rights.

MLP Affiliates. A fund may invest in equity and debt securities issued by affiliates of MLPs, including the general partners or managing members of MLPs and companies that own MLP general partner interests and are energy infrastructure companies. Such issuers may be organized and/or taxed as corporations and therefore may not offer the advantageous tax characteristics of MLP units. A fund may purchase such other MLP equity securities through market transactions, but may also do so through direct placements.

MLP I-Units. I-Units represent an indirect ownership interest in an MLP and are issued by an MLP affiliate. The MLP affiliate uses the proceeds from the sale of I-Units to purchase limited partnership interests in its affiliated MLP. Thus, I-Units represent an indirect interest in an MLP. I-Units have limited voting rights and are similar in that respect to MLP common units. I-Units differ from MLP common units primarily in that instead of receiving cash distributions, holders of I-Units will receive distributions of additional I-Units in an amount equal to the cash distributions received by common unitholders. I-Units are traded on the NYSE. Issuers of MLP I-Units are treated as corporations and not partnerships for tax purposes.

Private Investment in Public Equities (PIPEs). A fund may elect to invest in PIPEs and other unregistered or otherwise restricted securities issued by public MLPs and similar entities, including unregistered MLP preferred units. Most such private securities are expected to be liquid within six to nine months of funding, but may also have significantly longer or shorter restricted periods. PIPEs involve the direct placement of equity securities to a purchaser such as a fund. Equity issued in this manner is often unregistered and therefore less liquid than equity issued through a public offering. Such private equity offerings provide issuers greater flexibility in structure and timing as compared to public offerings. Below are some of the reasons MLPs choose to issue equity through private placements.

MLPs typically distribute all of their available cash at the end of each quarter, and therefore generally finance acquisitions through the issuance of additional equity and debt securities. PIPEs allow MLPs to structure the equity funding to close concurrently with an acquisition, thereby eliminating or reducing the equity funding risk. This avoids equity overhang issues and can ease rating agency concerns over interim excessive leverage associated with an acquisition.

Generally an MLP unit price declines when investors know the MLP will be issuing public equity in the near term. An example of this is when an MLP closes a sizeable acquisition funded under its credit facility or with another form of debt financing. In this situation, equity investors will typically wait for the public offering to provide additional liquidity, and therefore the demand for units is reduced, and the unit price falls. Issuing units through a PIPE in conjunction with the acquisition eliminates this equity overhang.

Public equity offerings for MLPs are typically allocated primarily to retail investors. Private placements allow issuers to access new pools of equity capital. In addition, institutional investors, such as the Fund, that participate in PIPEs are potential investors for future equity financings.

II-115

Certain acquisitions and organic development projects require a more structured form of equity. For example, organic projects that require significant capital expenditures that do not generate near-term cash flow may require a class of equity that does not pay a distribution for a certain period. The public equity market is generally not an efficient venue to raise this type of specialized equity. Given the significant number of organic projects that have been announced by MLPs, the private placement of PIPEs are believed to be likely to remain an important funding component in the MLP sector.

Some issuers prefer the certainty of a private placement at a specified fixed discount, compared to the uncertainty of a public offering. The underwriting costs of a public equity issuance in the MLP space can significantly reduce gross equity proceeds, and the unit price of the issuance can decline during the marketing of a public deal, resulting in increased cost to an issuer. The cost of a PIPE can be competitive with that of a public issuance while providing greater certainty of funding.

Unlike public equity offerings, private placements are typically more time-efficient for management teams, with negotiations, due diligence and marketing required only for a small targeted group of sophisticated institutional investors.

Financial sponsors, founding partners and/or parent companies typically own significant stakes in MLPs in the form of subordinated units. As these units are not registered, monetization alternatives are limited. PIPEs provide liquidity in these situations.

Many MLPs rely on the private placement market as a source of equity capital. Given the limitations in raising equity from a predominantly retail investor base and the tax and administrative constraints to significant institutional participation, PIPEs have been a popular financing alternative with many MLPs.

Micro-Cap Companies. Micro-capitalization company stocks have customarily involved more investment risk than large company stocks. There can be no assurance that this will continue to be true in the future. Micro-capitalization companies may have limited product lines, markets or financial resources; may lack management depth or experience; and may be more vulnerable to adverse general market or economic developments than large companies. The prices of micro-capitalization company securities are often more volatile than prices associated with large company issues, and can display abrupt or erratic movements at times, due to limited trading volumes and less publicly available information.

Also, because micro-capitalization companies normally have fewer shares outstanding and these shares trade less frequently than large companies, it may be more difficult for a fund to buy and sell significant amounts of such shares without an unfavorable impact on prevailing market prices.

Some of the companies in which a fund may invest may distribute, sell or produce products which have recently been brought to market and may be dependent on key personnel. The securities of micro-capitalization companies are often traded over-the-counter and may not be traded in the volumes typical on a national securities exchange. Consequently, in order to sell this type of holding, a fund may need to discount the securities from recent prices or dispose of the securities over a long period of time.

Mining and Exploration Risks. The business of mining by its nature involves significant risks and hazards, including environmental hazards, industrial accidents, labor disputes, discharge of toxic chemicals, fire, drought, flooding and natural acts. The occurrence of any of these hazards can delay production, increase production costs and result in liability to the operator of the mines. A mining operation may become subject to liability for pollution or other hazards against which it has not insured or cannot insure, including those in respect of past mining activities for which it was not responsible.

Exploration for gold and other precious metals is speculative in nature, involves many risks and frequently is unsuccessful. There can be no assurance that any mineralisation discovered will result in an increase in the proven and probable reserves of a mining operation. If reserves are developed, it can take a number of years from the initial phases of drilling and identification of mineralisation until production is possible, during which time the economic feasibility of

II-116

production may change. Substantial expenditures are required to establish ore reserves properties and to construct mining and processing facilities. As a result of these uncertainties, no assurance can be given that the exploration programs undertaken by a particular mining operation will actually result in any new commercial mining.

Mortgage-Backed Securities. Mortgage-backed securities represent direct or indirect participations in or obligations collateralized by and payable from mortgage loans secured by real property, which may include subprime mortgages. A fund may invest in mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by (i) US Government agencies or instrumentalities such as the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) (also known as Ginnie Mae), the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) (also known as Fannie Mae) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) (also known as Freddie Mac) or (ii) other issuers, including private companies.

GNMA is a government-owned corporation that is an agency of the US Department of Housing and Urban Development. It guarantees, with the full faith and credit of the United States, full and timely payment of all monthly principal and interest on its mortgage-backed securities. Until recently, FNMA and FHLMC were government-sponsored corporations owned entirely by private stockholders. Both issue mortgage-related securities that contain guarantees as to timely payment of interest and principal but that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the US government. The value of the companies’ securities fell sharply in 2008 due to concerns that the firms did not have sufficient capital to offset losses. In mid-2008, the US Treasury was authorized to increase the size of home loans that FNMA and FHLMC could purchase in certain residential areas and, until 2009, to lend FNMA and FHLMC emergency funds and to purchase the companies’ stock. In September 2008, the US Treasury announced that FNMA and FHLMC had been placed in conservatorship by the Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA), a newly created independent regulator created under the Federal Housing Finance Regulatory Reform Act of 2008 (Reform Act). In addition to placing the companies in conservatorship, the US Treasury announced three additional steps that it intended to take with respect to FNMA and FHLMC. First, the US Treasury has entered into senior preferred stock purchase agreements (“SPSPAs”) under which, if the FHFA determines that FNMA’s or FHLMC’s liabilities have exceeded its assets under generally accepted accounting principles, the US Treasury will contribute cash capital to the company in an amount equal to the difference between liabilities and assets. The SPSPAs are designed to provide protection to the senior and subordinated debt and the mortgage-backed securities issued by FNMA and FHLMC. Second, the US Treasury established a new secured lending credit facility that is available to FNMA and FHLMC, which terminated on December 31, 2009. Third, the US Treasury initiated a temporary program to purchase FNMA and FHLMC mortgage-backed securities, which terminated on December 31, 2009. No assurance can be given that the US Treasury initiatives discussed above with respect to the debt and mortgage-backed securities issued by FNMA and FHLMC will be successful, or, with respect to initiatives that have expired, that the US Treasury would undertake similar initiatives in the future.

FHFA, as conservator or receiver for FNMA and FHLMC, has the power to repudiate any contract entered into by FNMA or FHLMC prior to FHFA’s appointment as conservator or receiver, as applicable, if FHFA determines, in its sole discretion, that performance of the contract is burdensome and that repudiation of the contract promotes the orderly administration of FNMA’s or FHLMC’s affairs. The Reform Act requires FHFA to exercise its right to repudiate any contract within a reasonable period of time after its appointment as conservator or receiver. FHFA, in its capacity as conservator, has indicated that it has no intention to repudiate the guaranty obligations of FNMA or FHLMC because FHFA views repudiation as incompatible with the goals of the conservatorship. However, in the event that FHFA, as conservator or if it is later appointed as receiver for FNMA or FHLMC, were to repudiate any such guaranty obligation, the conservatorship or receivership estate, as applicable, would be liable for actual direct compensatory damages in accordance with the provisions of the Reform Act. Any such liability could be satisfied only to the extent of FNMA’s or FHLMC’s assets available therefor.

In the event of repudiation, the payments of interest to holders of FNMA or FHLMC mortgage-backed securities would be reduced if payments on the mortgage loans represented in the mortgage loan groups related to such mortgage-backed securities are not made by the borrowers or advanced by the servicer. Any actual direct compensatory damages for repudiating these guaranty obligations may not be sufficient to offset any shortfalls experienced by such mortgage-backed security holders. Further, in its capacity as conservator or receiver, FHFA has the right to transfer or sell any asset or liability of FNMA or FHLMC without any approval, assignment or consent. Although FHFA has stated that it has no

II-117

present intention to do so, if FHFA, as conservator or receiver, were to transfer any such guaranty obligation to another party, holders of FNMA or FHLMC mortgage-backed securities would have to rely on that party for satisfaction of the guaranty obligation and would be exposed to the credit risk of that party.

In addition, certain rights provided to holders of mortgage-backed securities issued by FNMA and FHLMC under the operative documents related to such securities may not be enforced against FHFA, or enforcement of such rights may be delayed, during the conservatorship or any future receivership. The operative documents for FNMA and FHLMC mortgage-backed securities may provide (or with respect to securities issued prior to the date of the appointment of the conservator may have provided) that upon the occurrence of an event of default on the part of FNMA or FHLMC, in its capacity as guarantor, which includes the appointment of a conservator or receiver, holders of such mortgage-backed securities have the right to replace FNMA or FHLMC as trustee if the requisite percentage of mortgage-backed securities holders consent. The Reform Act prevents mortgage-backed security holders from enforcing such rights if the event of default arises solely because a conservator or receiver has been appointed. The Reform Act also provides that no person may exercise any right or power to terminate, accelerate or declare an event of default under certain contracts to which FNMA or FHLMC is a party, or obtain possession of or exercise control over any property of FNMA or FHLMC, or affect any contractual rights of FNMA or FHLMC, without the approval of FHFA, as conservator or receiver, for a period of forty-five (45) or ninety (90) days following the appointment of FHFA as conservator or receiver, respectively.

On June 3, 2019, under the Federal Housing Finance Agency’s “Single Security Initiative” intended to maximize liquidity for both Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac mortgage-backed securities in the TBA security market, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac expect to start issuing uniform mortgage-backed securities (“UMBS”) in place of their current separate offerings of TBA-eligible mortgage-backed securities. The issuance of UMBS may not achieve the intended results and may have unanticipated or adverse effects on the market for mortgage-backed securities.

The market value and yield of these mortgage-backed securities can vary due to market interest rate fluctuations and early prepayments of underlying mortgages. These securities represent ownership in a pool of federally insured mortgage loans with a maximum maturity of 30 years. A decline in interest rates may lead to a faster rate of repayment of the underlying mortgages, and may expose a fund to a lower rate of return upon reinvestment. To the extent that such mortgage-backed securities are held by a fund, the prepayment right will tend to limit to some degree the increase in net asset value of a fund because the value of the mortgage-backed securities held by a fund may not appreciate as rapidly as the price of non-callable debt securities. Mortgage-backed securities are subject to the risk of prepayment and the risk that the underlying loans will not be repaid. Because principal may be prepaid at any time, mortgage-backed securities may involve significantly greater price and yield volatility than traditional debt securities. At times, a fund may invest in securities that pay higher than market interest rates by paying a premium above the securities’ par value. Prepayments of these securities may cause losses on securities purchased at a premium. Unscheduled payments, which are made at par value, will cause a fund to experience a loss equal to any unamortized premium.

When interest rates rise, mortgage prepayment rates tend to decline, thus lengthening the life of a mortgage-related security and increasing the price volatility of that security, affecting the price volatility of a fund’s shares. The negative effect of interest rate increases on the market-value of mortgage backed securities is usually more pronounced than it is for other types of fixed-income securities potentially increasing the volatility of a fund.

Interests in pools of mortgage-backed securities differ from other forms of debt securities, which normally provide for periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts with principal payments at maturity or specified call dates. Instead, these securities provide a monthly payment which consists of both interest and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a “pass-through” of the monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on their mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such securities. Additional payments are caused by repayments of principal resulting from the sale of the underlying property, refinancing or foreclosure, net of fees or costs which may be incurred. Some mortgage-related securities (such as securities issued by GNMA) are described as “modified pass-through.” These securities entitle the holder to receive all interest and principal payments owed on the mortgage pool, net of certain fees, at the scheduled payment dates regardless of whether or not the mortgagor actually makes the payment.

II-118

Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers also create pass-through pools of conventional mortgage loans. Such issuers may, in addition, be the originators and/or servicers of the underlying mortgage loans as well as the guarantors of the mortgage-related securities. Pools created by such non-governmental issuers generally offer a higher rate of interest than government and government-related pools because there are no direct or indirect government or agency guarantees of payments. However, timely payment of interest and principal of these pools may be supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit. The insurance and guarantees are issued by governmental entities, private insurers and the mortgage poolers. Such insurance and guarantees and the creditworthiness of the issuers thereof will be considered in determining whether a mortgage-related security meets a fund’s investment quality standards. There can be no assurance that the private insurers or guarantors can meet their obligations under the insurance policies or guarantee arrangements. A fund may buy mortgage-related securities without insurance or guarantees. Although the market for such securities is becoming increasingly liquid, securities issued by certain private organizations may not be readily marketable.

Due to prepayments of the underlying mortgage instruments, mortgage-backed securities do not have a known actual maturity. In the absence of a known maturity, market participants generally refer to an estimated average life. An average life estimate is a function of an assumption regarding anticipated prepayment patterns. The assumption is based upon current interest rates, current conditions in the relevant housing markets and other factors. The assumption is necessarily subjective, and thus different market participants could produce somewhat different average life estimates with regard to the same security. There can be no assurance that the average estimated life of portfolio securities will be the actual average life of such securities.

Fannie Mae Certificates. Fannie Mae is a federally chartered corporation organized and existing under the Federal National Mortgage Association Charter Act of 1938. The obligations of Fannie Mae are obligations solely of Fannie Mae and are not backed by the full faith and credit of the US government.

Each Fannie Mae Certificate will represent a pro rata interest in one or more pools of FHA Loans, VA Loans or conventional mortgage loans (i.e., mortgage loans that are not insured or guaranteed by any governmental agency) of the following types: (1) fixed-rate level payment mortgage loans; (2) fixed-rate growing equity mortgage loans; (3) fixed-rate graduated payment mortgage loans; (4) variable rate mortgage loans; (5) other adjustable rate mortgage loans; and (6) fixed-rate and adjustable mortgage loans secured by multifamily projects.

Freddie Mac Certificates. Freddie Mac is a federally chartered corporation of the United States created pursuant to the Emergency Home Finance Act of 1970, as amended (FHLMC Act). The obligations of Freddie Mac are obligations solely of Freddie Mac and are not backed by the full faith and credit of the US government.

Freddie Mac Certificates represent a pro rata interest in a group of conventional mortgage loans (Freddie Mac Certificate group) purchased by Freddie Mac. The mortgage loans underlying the Freddie Mac Certificates will consist of fixed-rate or adjustable rate mortgage loans with original terms to maturity of between ten and thirty years, substantially all of which are secured by first liens on one- to four-family residential properties or multifamily projects. Each mortgage loan must meet the applicable standards set forth in the FHLMC Act. A Freddie Mac Certificate group may include whole loans, participating interests in whole loans and undivided interests in whole loans and participations comprising another Freddie Mac Certificate group.

Ginnie Mae Certificates. The National Housing Act of 1934, as amended (Housing Act), authorizes Ginnie Mae to guarantee the timely payment of the principal of and interest on certificates that are based on and backed by a pool of mortgage loans insured by the Federal Housing Administration under the Housing Act, or Title V of the Housing Act of 1949 (FHA Loans), or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs under the Servicemen’s Readjustment Act of 1944, as amended (VA Loans), or by pools of other eligible mortgage loans. The Housing Act provides that the full faith and credit of the US government is pledged to the payment of all amounts that may be required to be paid under any Ginnie Mae guaranty. In order to meet its obligations under such guaranty, Ginnie Mae is authorized to borrow from the US Treasury with no limitations as to amount.

II-119

The Ginnie Mae Certificates in which a fund invests will represent a pro rata interest in one or more pools of the following types of mortgage loans: (1) fixed-rate level payment mortgage loans; (2) fixed-rate graduated payment mortgage loans; (3) fixed-rate growing equity mortgage loans; (4) fixed-rate mortgage loans secured by manufactured (mobile) homes; (5) mortgage loans on multifamily residential properties under construction; (6) mortgage loans on completed multifamily projects; (7) fixed-rate mortgage loans as to which escrowed funds are used to reduce the borrower’s monthly payments during the early years of the mortgage loans (“buy down” mortgage loans); (8) mortgage loans that provide for adjustments in payments based on periodic changes in interest rates or in other payment terms of the mortgage loans; and (9) mortgage backed serial notes.

Multiple Class Mortgage-Backed Securities. A fund may invest in multiple class mortgage-backed securities including collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs) and real estate mortgage investment conduits (REMIC Certificates). These securities may be issued by US government agencies and instrumentalities such as Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac or by trusts formed by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage bankers, commercial banks, insurance companies, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. In general, CMOs are debt obligations of a legal entity that are collateralized by a pool of mortgage loans or mortgage-backed securities the payments on which are used to make payments on the CMOs or multiple class mortgage-backed securities. REMIC Certificates represent beneficial ownership interests in a REMIC trust, generally consisting of mortgage loans or Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae guaranteed mortgage-backed securities. To the extent that a CMO or REMIC Certificate is collateralized by Ginnie Mae guaranteed mortgage-backed securities, holders of the CMO or REMIC Certificate receive all interest and principal payments owed on the mortgage pool, net of certain fees, regardless of whether the mortgagor actually makes the payments, as a result of the GNMA guaranty, which is backed by the full faith and credit of the US government. The obligations of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac under their respective guaranty of the REMIC Certificates are obligations solely of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, respectively.

Fannie Mae REMIC Certificates are issued and guaranteed as to timely distribution of principal and interest by Fannie Mae. These certificates are obligations solely of Fannie Mae and are not backed by the full faith and credit of the US government. In addition, Fannie Mae will be obligated to distribute the principal balance of each class of REMIC Certificates in full, whether or not sufficient funds are otherwise available.

Freddie Mac guarantees the timely payment of interest on Freddie Mac REMIC Certificates and also guarantees the payment of principal as payments are required to be made on the underlying mortgage participation certificates (PCs). These certificates are obligations solely of Freddie Mac and are not backed by the full faith and credit of the US government. PCs represent undivided interests in specified level payment residential mortgages or participations therein purchased by Freddie Mac and placed in a PC pool. With respect to principal payments on PCs, Freddie Mac generally guarantees ultimate collection of all principal of the related mortgage loans without offset or deduction. Freddie Mac also guarantees timely payment of principal of certain PCs.

CMOs and REMIC Certificates are issued in multiple classes. Each class of CMOs or REMIC Certificates, often referred to as a “tranche,” is issued at a specific adjustable or fixed interest rate and must be fully retired no later than its final distribution date. Principal prepayments on the underlying mortgage loans or the mortgage-backed securities underlying the CMOs or REMIC Certificates may cause some or all of the classes of CMOs or REMIC Certificates to be retired substantially earlier than their final distribution dates. Generally, interest is paid or accrues on all classes of CMOs or REMIC Certificates on a monthly basis.

The principal of and interest on the mortgage-backed securities may be allocated among the several tranches in various ways. In certain structures (known as sequential pay CMOs or REMIC Certificates), payments of principal, including any principal prepayments, on the mortgage-backed securities generally are applied to the classes of CMOs or REMIC Certificates in the order of their respective final distribution dates. Thus, no payment of principal will be made on any class of sequential pay CMOs or REMIC Certificates until all other classes having an earlier final distribution date have been paid in full. Additional structures of CMOs and REMIC Certificates include, among others, “parallel pay” CMOs and REMIC Certificates. Parallel pay CMOs or REMIC Certificates are those which are structured to apply principal payments and prepayments of the mortgage-backed securities to two or more classes concurrently on a proportionate or disproportionate basis. These simultaneous payments are taken into account in calculating the final distribution date of each class.

II-120

A wide variety of REMIC Certificates may be issued in parallel pay or sequential pay structures. These securities include accrual certificates (Z Bonds), which only accrue interest at a specified rate until all other certificates having an earlier final distribution date have been retired and are converted thereafter to an interest-paying security, and planned amortization class (PAC) certificates, which are parallel pay REMIC Certificates that generally require that specified amounts of principal be applied on each payment date to one or more classes of REMIC Certificates (PAC Certificates), even though all other principal payments and prepayments of the mortgage-backed securities are then required to be applied to one or more other classes of the PAC Certificates. The scheduled principal payments for the PAC Certificates generally have the highest priority on each payment date after interest due has been paid to all classes entitled to receive interest currently. Shortfalls, if any, are added to the amount payable on the next payment date. The PAC Certificate payment schedule is taken into account in calculating the final distribution date of each class of PAC. In order to create PAC tranches, one or more tranches generally must be created that absorb most of the volatility in the underlying mortgage-backed securities. These tranches tend to have market prices and yields that are much more volatile than other PAC classes.

The prices of certain CMOs and REMIC Certificates, depending on their structure and the rate of prepayments, may be volatile. Some CMOs may also not be as liquid as other securities. In addition, the value of a CMO or REMIC Certificate, including those collateralized by mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by US government agencies or instrumentalities, may be affected by other factors, such as the availability of information concerning the pool and its structure, the creditworthiness of the servicing agent for the pool, the originator of the underlying assets, or the entities providing credit enhancement. The value of these securities also can depend on the ability of their servicers to service the underlying collateral and is, therefore, subject to risks associated with servicers' performance, including mishandling of documentation. A fund is permitted to invest in other types of mortgage-backed securities that may be available in the future to the extent consistent with its investment policies and objective.

Impact of Sub-Prime Mortgage Market. A fund may invest in mortgage-backed, asset-backed and other fixed-income securities whose value and liquidity may be adversely affected by the critical downturn in the sub-prime mortgage lending market in the US. Sub-prime loans, which have higher interest rates, are made to borrowers with low credit ratings or other factors that increase the risk of default. Concerns about widespread defaults on sub-prime loans have also created heightened volatility and turmoil in the general credit markets. As a result, a fund’s investments in certain fixed-income securities may decline in value, their market value may be more difficult to determine, and a fund may have more difficulty disposing of them.

Municipal Leases, Certificates of Participation and Other Participation Interests. A municipal lease is an obligation in the form of a lease or installment purchase contract that is issued by a state or local government to acquire equipment and facilities. Income from such obligations is generally exempt from state and local taxes in the state of issuance (as well as regular Federal income tax). Municipal leases frequently involve special risks not normally associated with general obligation or revenue bonds, such as non-payment and the risk of bankruptcy of the issuer. Leases and installment purchase or conditional sale contracts (which normally provide for title to the leased asset to pass eventually to the governmental issuer) have evolved as a means for governmental issuers to acquire property and equipment without meeting the constitutional and statutory requirements for the issuance of debt. The debt issuance limitations are deemed to be inapplicable because of the inclusion in many leases or contracts of “non-appropriation” clauses that relieve the governmental issuer of any obligation to make future payments under the lease or contract unless money is appropriated for such purpose by the appropriate legislative body on a yearly or other periodic basis. Thus, a fund’s investment in municipal leases will be subject to the special risk that the governmental issuer may not appropriate funds for lease payments.

In addition, such leases or contracts may be subject to the temporary abatement of payments in the event the issuer is prevented from maintaining occupancy of the leased premises or utilizing the leased equipment. Although the obligations may be secured by the leased equipment or facilities, the disposition of the property in the event of non-appropriation or foreclosure might prove difficult, time consuming and costly, and result in an unsatisfactory or delayed recoupment of a fund’s original investment.

Certificates of participation represent undivided interests in municipal leases, installment purchase contracts or other instruments. The certificates are typically issued by a trust or other entity that has received an assignment of the payments to be made by the state or political subdivision under such leases or installment purchase contracts.

II-121

Certain municipal lease obligations and certificates of participation may be deemed illiquid for the purpose of a fund’s limitation on investments in illiquid securities.

A fund may purchase participations in municipal securities held by a commercial bank or other financial institution, provided the participation interest is fully insured. Such participations provide a fund with the right to a pro rata undivided interest in the underlying municipal securities. In addition, such participations generally provide a fund with the right to demand payment, on not more than seven days notice, of all or any part of a fund’s participation interest in the underlying municipal security, plus accrued interest.

Each participation is backed by an irrevocable letter of credit or guarantee of the selling bank that the Advisor has determined meets the prescribed quality standards of a fund. Therefore, either the credit of the issuer of the municipal obligation or the selling bank, or both, will meet the quality standards of the particular fund. A fund has the right to sell the participation back to the bank after seven days’ notice for the full principal amount of a fund’s interest in the municipal obligation plus accrued interest, but only (i) as required to provide liquidity to a fund, (ii) to maintain a high quality investment portfolio or (iii) upon a default under the terms of the municipal obligation. The selling bank will receive a fee from a fund in connection with the arrangement.

Participation interests in municipal securities are subject to the same general risks as participation interests in bank loans, as described in the Bank Loans section above. Such risks include credit risk, interest rate risk, and liquidity risk, as well as the potential liability associated with being a lender. If a fund purchases a participation, it may only be able to enforce its rights through the participating lender, and may assume the credit risk of both the lender and the borrower.

Municipal Securities. Municipal obligations are issued by or on behalf of states, territories and possessions of the United States and their political subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities and the District of Columbia to obtain funds for various public purposes. The interest on these obligations is generally exempt from regular federal income tax in the hands of most investors. The two principal classifications of municipal obligations are “notes” and “bonds.” Municipal notes and bonds have different maturities and a fund may acquire “notes” and “bonds” with maturities that meets its particular investment policies and restrictions set forth in its prospectus.

Municipal notes are generally used to provide for short-term capital needs. Municipal notes include: Tax Anticipation Notes, Revenue Anticipation Notes, Bond Anticipation Notes, and Construction Loan Notes. Tax Anticipation Notes are sold to finance working capital needs of municipalities. They are generally payable from specific tax revenues expected to be received at a future date, such as income, sales, property, use and business taxes. Revenue Anticipation Notes are issued in expectation of receipt of other types of revenue, such as federal revenues available under federal revenue sharing programs. Bond Anticipation Notes are sold to provide interim financing until long-term bond financing can be arranged. In most cases, the long-term bonds provide the funds needed for the repayment of the notes. Construction Loan Notes are sold to provide construction financing. After the projects are successfully completed and accepted, many projects receive permanent financing through the Federal Housing Administration under Fannie Mae (Federal National Mortgage Association) or Ginnie Mae (Government National Mortgage Association). These notes are secured by mortgage notes insured by the Federal Housing Authority; however, the proceeds from the insurance may be less than the economic equivalent of the payment of principal and interest on the mortgage note if there has been a default. The obligations of an issuer of municipal notes are generally secured by the anticipated revenues from taxes, grants or bond financing. An investment in such instruments, however, presents a risk that the anticipated revenues will not be received or that such revenues will be insufficient to satisfy the issuer’s payment obligations under the notes or that refinancing will be otherwise unavailable. There are, of course, a number of other types of notes issued for different purposes and secured differently from those described above.

Municipal bonds, which meet longer-term capital needs and generally have maturities of more than one year when issued, have two principal classifications: “general obligation” bonds and “revenue” bonds. Issuers of general obligation bonds include states, counties, cities, towns and regional districts. The proceeds of these obligations are used to fund a wide range of public projects including the construction or improvement of schools, highways and roads, water and sewer systems and a variety of other public purposes. The basic security behind general obligation bonds is the issuer’s pledge of its full faith, credit, and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. The taxes that can be levied for the payment of debt service may be limited or unlimited as to rate, amount or special assessments.

II-122

The principal security for a revenue bond is generally the net revenues derived from a particular facility or group of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise or other specific revenue source. Revenue bonds have been issued to fund a wide variety of capital projects including: electric, gas, water and sewer systems; highways, bridges and tunnels; port and airport facilities; colleges and universities; and hospitals. Although the principal security behind these bonds varies widely, many provide additional security in the form of a debt service reserve fund whose monies may also be used to make principal and interest payments on the issuer’s obligations. Housing finance authorities have a wide range of security including partially or fully-insured, rent-subsidized or collateralized mortgages, and the net revenues from housing or other public projects. In addition to a debt service reserve fund, some authorities provide further security in the form of a state’s ability (without obligation) to make up deficiencies in the debt reserve fund. Lease rental bonds issued by a state or local authority for capital projects are secured by annual lease rental payments from the state or locality to the authority sufficient to cover debt service on the authority’s obligations.

Some issues of municipal bonds are payable from United States Treasury bonds and notes or agency obligations held in escrow by a trustee, frequently a commercial bank. The interest and principal on these US Government securities are sufficient to pay all interest and principal requirements of the municipal securities when due. Some escrowed Treasury securities are used to retire municipal bonds at their earliest call date, while others are used to retire municipal bonds at their maturity.

Securities purchased for a fund may include variable/floating rate instruments, variable mode instruments, put bonds, and other obligations which have a specified maturity date but also are payable before maturity after notice by the holder (demand obligations). Demand obligations are considered for a fund’s purposes to mature at the demand date.

In addition, there are a variety of hybrid and special types of municipal obligations as well as numerous differences in the security of municipal obligations both within and between the two principal classifications (i.e., notes and bonds) discussed above.

An entire issue of municipal securities may be purchased by one or a small number of institutional investors such as a fund. Thus, such an issue may not be said to be publicly offered. Unlike the equity securities of operating companies or mutual funds which must be registered under the 1933 Act prior to offer and sale unless an exemption from such registration is available, municipal securities, whether publicly or privately offered, may nevertheless be readily marketable. A secondary market exists for municipal securities which have been publicly offered as well as securities which have not been publicly offered initially but which may nevertheless be readily marketable. Municipal securities purchased for a fund are subject to the limitations on holdings of securities which are not readily marketable based on whether it may be sold in a reasonable time consistent with the customs of the municipal markets (usually seven days) at a desirable price (or interest rate). A fund believes that the quality standards applicable to its investments enhance marketability. In addition, stand-by commitments, participation interests and demand obligations also enhance marketability.

The municipal securities market can be susceptible to increases in volatility and decreases in liquidity. Liquidity can decline unpredictably in response to overall economic conditions or credit tightening. Increases in volatility and decreases in liquidity may be caused by a rise in interest rates (or the expectation of a rise in interest rates). Municipal bonds may be more susceptible to downgrades or defaults during recessions or similar periods of economic stress, which in turn could affect the market values and marketability of many or all municipal obligations of issuers in a state, territory, commonwealth or possession. Since some municipal obligations may be secured or guaranteed by banks and other institutions, the risk to a fund could increase if the banking or financial sector suffers an economic downturn and/or if the credit ratings of the institutions issuing the guarantee are downgraded or at risk of being downgraded by a national rating organization. If such events were to occur, the value of the security could decrease or the value could be lost entirely, and it may be difficult or impossible for a fund to sell the security at the time and the price that normally prevails in the market. In light of the uncertainty surrounding the magnitude, duration, reach, costs and effects of the pandemic, as well as actions that have been or could be taken by governmental authorities or other third parties, it is difficult to predict the level of financial stress and duration of such stress states and municipalities may experience.

In addition to being downgraded, provisions of the federal bankruptcy statutes relating to the adjustment of debts of political subdivisions and authorities of states of the US provide that, in certain circumstances, such subdivisions or authorities may be authorized to initiate bankruptcy proceedings without prior notice to or consent of creditors, which

II-123

proceedings could result in material and adverse modification or alteration of the rights of holders of obligations issued by such subdivisions or authorities. The reorganization of such subdivisions’ or authorities’ debts may include extending debt maturities, reducing the amount of principal or interest, refinancing the debt or taking other measures, which may significantly affect the rights of creditors and the value of the securities issued by the political subdivisions and authorities and the value of the fund's investments.

Litigation challenging the validity under state constitutions of present systems of financing public education has been initiated or adjudicated in a number of states, and legislation has been introduced to effect changes in public school finances in some states. In other instances there has been litigation challenging the issuance of pollution control revenue bonds or the validity of their issuance under state or federal law which litigation could ultimately affect the validity of those municipal securities or the tax-free nature of the interest thereon.

In some cases, municipalities may issue bonds relying on proceeds from litigation settlements. These bonds may be further secured by debt service reserve funds established at the time the bonds were issued. Bonds that are supported in whole or in part by expected litigation proceeds are subject to the risk that part or all of the expected proceeds may not be received. For example, a damage award could be overturned or reduced by a court, or the terms of a settlement or damage award may allow for reduced or discontinued payments if certain conditions are met. As a result, bonds that rely on proceeds from litigation settlements are subject to an increased risk of nonpayment or default.

Puerto Rico Risk. Adverse political and economic conditions and developments affecting any territory or Commonwealth of the US may, in turn, negatively affect the value of the fund’s holdings in such obligations. In recent years, Puerto Rico has experienced a recession and difficult economic conditions, which may negatively affect the value of a fund’s holdings in Puerto Rico municipal obligations. Pending or future legislation, including legislation that would allow Puerto Rico to restructure its municipal debt obligations, thus increasing the risk that Puerto Rico may never pay off municipal indebtedness, or may pay only a small fraction of the amount owed, could also impact the value of a fund’s investments in Puerto Rico municipal securities.

In June 2016, the Puerto Rico Oversight, Management, and Economic Stability Act (PROMESA) was signed into law. Among other things, PROMESA established a federally-appointed Oversight Board to oversee Puerto Rico’s financial operations and provides Puerto Rico a path to restructuring its debts. In May 2017, petitions were approved by the Oversight Board and filed under Title III of PROMESA to restructure debt and other obligations of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and the Puerto Rico Sales Tax Financing Corporation (COFINA), two of the largest issuers of Puerto Rico debt. Additional Puerto Rican instrumentalities could in the future file petitions under Title III or other provisions of PROMESA. It is unclear at this time how the proceedings under PROMESA will be resolved.

Insured Municipal Securities. A fund may purchase municipal securities that are insured under policies issued by certain insurance companies. Insured municipal securities typically receive a higher credit rating which means that the issuer of the securities pays a lower interest rate. In purchasing such insured securities, the Advisor gives consideration both to the insurer and to the credit quality of the underlying issuer. The insurance reduces the credit risk for a particular municipal security by supplementing the creditworthiness of the underlying bond and provides additional security for payment of the principal and interest of a municipal security. Certain of the insurance companies that provide insurance for municipal securities provide insurance for other types of securities, including some involving subprime mortgages. The value of subprime mortgage securities has declined recently and some may default, increasing a bond insurer’s risk of having to make payments to holders of subprime mortgage securities. Because of this risk, the ratings of some insurance companies have been, or may be, downgraded and it is possible that an insurance company may become insolvent. If an insurance company’s rating is downgraded or the company becomes insolvent, the prices of municipal securities insured by the insurance company may decline.

Letters of Credit. Municipal obligations, including certificates of participation, commercial paper and other short-term obligations may be backed by an irrevocable letter of credit of a bank which assumes the obligation for payment of principal and interest in the event of default by the issuer.

II-124

Pre-Refunded Municipal Securities. Pre-refunded municipal securities are subject to interest rate risk, market risk and limited liquidity. The principal of and interest on municipal securities that have been pre-refunded are no longer paid from the original revenue source for the securities. Instead, after pre-refunding of the principal of and interest on these securities are typically paid from an escrow fund consisting of obligations issued or guaranteed by the US Government. The assets in the escrow fund are derived from the proceeds of refunding bonds issued by the same issuer as the pre-refunded municipal securities. Issuers of municipal securities use this advance refunding technique to obtain more favorable terms with respect to securities that are not yet subject to call or redemption by the issuer. For example, advance refunding enables an issuer to refinance debt at lower market interest rates, restructure debt to improve cash flow or eliminate restrictive covenants in the indenture or other governing instrument for the pre-refunded municipal securities. However, except for a change in the revenue source from which principal and interest payments are made, the pre-refunded municipal securities remain outstanding on their original terms until they mature or are redeemed by the issuer. Pre-refunded municipal securities are usually purchased at a price which represents a premium over their face value.

Municipal Trust Receipts. Municipal trust receipts (MTRs) are sometimes called municipal asset-backed securities, floating rate trust certificates, or municipal securities trust receipts. MTRs are typically structured by a bank, broker-dealer or other financial institution by depositing municipal securities into a trust or partnership, coupled with a conditional right to sell, or put, the holder’s interest in the underlying securities at par plus accrued interest to a financial institution. MTRs may be issued as fixed or variable rate instruments. These trusts are organized so that the purchaser of the MTR would be considered to be investing for federal income tax purposes in the underlying municipal securities. This structure is intended to allow the federal income tax exempt status of interest generated by the underlying asset to pass through to the purchaser. A fund’s investments in MTRs are subject to similar risks as other investments in municipal debt obligations, including interest rate risk, credit risk, prepayment risk and security selection risk. Additionally, investments in MTRs raise certain tax issues that may not be presented by direct investments in municipal bonds. There is some risk that certain legal issues could be resolved in a manner that could adversely affect the performance of a fund or shareholder investment returns. The Advisor expects that it would invest in MTRs for which a legal opinion has been given to the effect that the income from an MTR is tax-exempt for federal income tax purposes to the same extent as the underlying bond(s), although it is possible that the IRS will take a different position and there is a risk that the interest paid on such MTRs would be deemed taxable.

Obligations of Banks and Other Financial Institutions. A fund may invest in US dollar-denominated fixed rate or variable rate obligations of US or foreign financial institutions, including banks. Obligations of domestic and foreign financial institutions in which a fund may invest include (but are not limited to) certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, bank time deposits, commercial paper, and other US dollar-denominated instruments issued or supported by the credit of US or foreign financial institutions, including banks, commercial and savings banks, savings and loan associations and other institutions.

Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates evidencing the obligations of a bank to repay funds deposited with it for a specified period of time. Banker’s acceptances are credit instruments evidencing the obligations of a bank to pay a draft drawn on it by a customer. These instruments reflect the obligation both of the bank and of the drawer to pay the face amount of the instrument upon maturity. Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained in a banking institution for a specified period of time at a stated interest rate. Time deposits that may be held by a fund will not benefit from insurance from the Bank Insurance Fund or the Savings Association Insurance Fund administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Fixed time deposits may be withdrawn on demand, but may be subject to early withdrawal penalties that vary with market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation.

Obligations of foreign branches of US banks and foreign banks may be general obligations of the parent bank in addition to the issuing bank or may be limited by the terms of a specific obligation and by government regulation. Investments in obligations of foreign banks may entail risks that are different in some respects from those of investments in obligations of US domestic banks because of differences in political, regulatory and economic systems and conditions. These risks include the possibility that these obligations may be less marketable than comparable obligations of United States banks, and the selection of these obligations may be more difficult because there may be less publicly available information concerning foreign banks. Other risks include future political and economic developments, currency blockage, the possible imposition of withholding taxes on interest payments, possible seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits,

II-125

difficulty or inability to pursue legal remedies and obtain or enforce judgments in foreign courts, possible establishment of exchange controls or the adoption of other foreign governmental restrictions that might affect adversely the payment of principal and interest on bank obligations. Foreign branches of US banks and foreign banks may also be subject to less stringent reserve requirements and to different accounting, auditing, reporting and record keeping standards than those applicable to domestic branches of US banks.

Participation Interests. A fund may purchase from financial institutions participation interests in securities in which a fund may invest. A participation interest gives a fund an undivided interest in the security in the proportion that a fund’s participation interest bears to the principal amount of the security. These instruments may have fixed, floating or variable interest rates. For certain participation interests, a fund will have the right to demand payment, on not more than seven days’ notice, for all or any part of a fund’s participation interests in the security, plus accrued interest. As to these instruments, a fund generally intends to exercise its right to demand payment only upon a default under the terms of the security.

Preferred Stock. Preferred stock is an equity security, but possesses certain attributes of debt securities. Holders of preferred stock normally have the right to receive dividends at a fixed rate when and as declared by the issuer’s board of directors, but do not otherwise participate in amounts available for distribution by the issuing corporation. Dividends on preferred stock may be cumulative, and, in such cases, all cumulative dividends usually must be paid prior to dividend payments to common stockholders. Preferred stock has a preference (i.e., ranks higher) in liquidation (and generally dividends) over common stock, but is subordinated (i.e., ranks lower) in liquidation to fixed income securities. Because of this preference, preferred stocks generally entail less risk than common stocks. As a general rule, the market value of preferred stocks with fixed dividend rates and no conversion rights moves inversely with interest rates and perceived credit risk, with the price determined by the dividend rate. Some preferred stocks are convertible into other securities (e.g., common stock) at a fixed price and ratio or upon the occurrence of certain events. The market price of convertible preferred stocks generally reflects an element of conversion value. Because many preferred stocks lack a fixed maturity date, these securities generally fluctuate substantially in value when interest rates change; such fluctuations often exceed those of long-term bonds of the same issuer. Some preferred stocks pay an adjustable dividend that may be based on an index, formula, auction procedure or other dividend rate reset mechanism. In the absence of credit deterioration, adjustable rate preferred stocks tend to have more stable market values than fixed rate preferred stocks.

All preferred stocks are also subject to the same types of credit risks as corporate bonds. In addition, because preferred stock is subordinate to debt securities and other obligations of an issuer, deterioration in the credit rating of the issuer will cause greater changes in the value of a preferred stock than in a more senior debt security with similar yield characteristics. Preferred stocks may be rated by S&P and Moody’s although there is no minimum rating which a preferred stock must have to be an eligible investment for a fund.

In summary, there are a number of special risks associated with investing in preferred stocks, including:

Credit and Subordination Risk. Credit risk is the risk that a preferred stock in a fund’s portfolio will decline in price or the issuer of the preferred stock will fail to make dividend, interest, or principal payments when due because the issuer experiences a decline in its financial status. As noted above, preferred stocks are generally subordinated to bonds and other debt instruments in a company’s capital structure in terms of having priority to corporate income, claims to corporate assets, and liquidation payments and, therefore, will be subject to greater credit risk than more senior debt instruments.

Interest Rate Risk. Interest rate risk is the risk that a preferred stock will decline in value because of changes in market interest rates. As described above, when market interest rates rise, the market value of a preferred stock generally will generally fall. Preferred stocks with longer periods before maturity may be more sensitive to interest rate changes.

Deferral and Omission Risk. Preferred stocks may have provisions that permit the issuer, at its discretion, to defer or omit distributions for a stated period without any adverse consequences to the issuer. In certain cases, deferring or omitting distributions may be mandatory. If a fund owns a preferred stock that is deferring its distributions, the fund may be required to report income for tax purposes although it has not yet received such income.

II-126

Call, Reinvestment, and Income Risk. During periods of declining interest rates, an issuer may be able to exercise an option to redeem its outstanding preferred stock at par earlier than scheduled, which is generally known as call risk. If this occurs, a fund may be forced to reinvest in lower yielding securities. This is known as reinvestment risk. Preferred stocks frequently have call features that allow the issuer to repurchase the stock prior to its stated maturity. An issuer may redeem an obligation if the issuer can refinance the obligation at a lower cost due to declining interest rates or an improvement in the credit standing of the issuer, or in the event of regulatory changes affecting the capital treatment of its outstanding preferred stock. Another risk associated with a declining interest rate environment is that the income from a fund’s portfolio may decline over time when the fund invests the proceeds from share sales at market interest rates that are below the portfolio’s current earnings rate.

Liquidity Risk. Certain preferred stocks may be substantially less liquid than many other stocks, such as common stocks or US Government securities. Illiquid preferred stocks involve the risk that the stock may not be able to be sold at the time desired by a fund or at prices approximating the value at which the fund is carrying the stock on its books.

Limited Voting Rights Risk. Generally, traditional preferred stocks offer no voting rights with respect to the issuer unless preferred dividends have been in arrears for a specified number of periods, at which time the preferred stock holders may elect a number of directors to the issuer’s board. Generally, once all the arrearages have been paid, the preferred stock holders no longer have voting rights.

Special Redemption Rights Risk. In certain varying circumstances, an issuer of preferred stock may redeem the stock prior to a specified date. For instance, for certain types of preferred stocks, a redemption may be triggered by a change in US federal income tax or securities laws. As with call provisions, a redemption by the issuer may negatively impact the return of the preferred stock held by a fund.

Lastly, dividends from certain preferred stocks may not be eligible for the corporate dividends-received deduction or for treatment.

Private Activity Bonds. Certain types of municipal securities, generally referred to as industrial development bonds (and referred to under current tax law as private activity bonds), are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to obtain funds for privately-operated housing facilities, airport, mass transit or port facilities, sewage disposal, solid waste disposal or hazardous waste treatment or disposal facilities and certain local facilities for water supply, gas or electricity. Other types of industrial development bonds, the proceeds of which are used for the construction, equipment, repair or improvement of privately operated industrial or commercial facilities, may constitute municipal securities, although the current federal tax laws place substantial limitations on the size of such issues. The interest from certain private activity bonds owned by a fund (including a fund’s distributions attributable to such interest) may be a preference item for purposes of the federal alternative minimum tax (“AMT”). The credit quality of such bonds depends upon the ability of the user of the facilities financed by the bonds and any guarantor to meet its financial obligations.

Privatized Enterprises. A fund may invest in foreign securities which may include securities issued by enterprises that have undergone or are currently undergoing privatization. The governments of certain foreign countries have, to varying degrees, embarked on privatization programs contemplating the sale of all or part of their interests in state enterprises. A fund’s investments in the securities of privatized enterprises may include privately negotiated investments in a government or state-owned or controlled company or enterprise that has not yet conducted an initial equity offering, investments in the initial offering of equity securities of a state enterprise or former state enterprise and investments in the securities of a state enterprise following its initial equity offering.

In certain jurisdictions, the ability of foreign entities, such as a fund, to participate in privatizations may be limited by local law, or the price or terms on which a fund may be able to participate may be less advantageous than for local investors. Moreover, there can be no assurance that governments that have embarked on privatization programs will continue to divest their ownership of state enterprises, that proposed privatizations will be successful or that governments will not re-nationalize enterprises that have been privatized.

II-127

In the case of the enterprises in which a fund may invest, large blocks of the stock of those enterprises may be held by a small group of stockholders, even after the initial equity offerings by those enterprises. The sale of some portion or all of those blocks could have an adverse effect on the price of the stock of any such enterprise.

Prior to making an initial equity offering, most state enterprises or former state enterprises go through an internal reorganization of management. Such reorganizations are made in an attempt to better enable these enterprises to compete in the private sector. However, certain reorganizations could result in a management team that does not function as well as an enterprise’s prior management and may have a negative effect on such enterprise. In addition, the privatization of an enterprise by its government may occur over a number of years, with the government continuing to hold a controlling position in the enterprise even after the initial equity offering for the enterprise.

Prior to privatization, most of the state enterprises in which a fund may invest enjoy the protection of and receive preferential treatment from the respective sovereigns that own or control them. After making an initial equity offering, these enterprises may no longer have such protection or receive such preferential treatment and may become subject to market competition from which they were previously protected. Some of these enterprises may not be able to operate effectively in a competitive market and may suffer losses or experience bankruptcy due to such competition.

Put Bonds. A fund may invest in “put” bonds (including securities with variable interest rates) that may be sold back to the issuer of the security at face value at the option of the holder prior to their stated maturity. The option to “put” the bond back to the issuer before the stated final maturity can cushion the price decline of the bond in a rising interest rate environment. However, the premium paid, if any, for an option to put will have the effect of reducing the yield otherwise payable on the underlying security.

Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs). A REIT invests primarily in income-producing real estate or makes loans to persons involved in the real estate industry. REITs are sometimes informally categorized into equity REITs, mortgage REITs and hybrid REITs. Equity REITs buy real estate and pay investors income from the rents received from the real estate owned by the REIT and from any profits on the sale of its properties. Mortgage REITs lend money to building developers and other real estate companies and pay investors income from the interest paid on those loans. Hybrid REITs engage in both owning real estate and making loans. Investment in REITs may subject a fund to risks associated with the direct ownership of real estate, such as decreases in real estate values, delays in completion of construction, overbuilding, increased competition and other risks related to local or general economic conditions, increases in operating costs and property taxes, changes in zoning laws, casualty or condemnation losses, possible environmental liabilities, regulatory limitations on rent and fluctuations in rental income. Equity REITs generally experience these risks directly through fee or leasehold interests, whereas mortgage REITs generally experience these risks indirectly through mortgage interests, unless the mortgage REIT forecloses on the underlying real estate. Changes in interest rates may also affect the value of a fund’s investment in REITs. For instance, during periods of declining interest rates, certain mortgage REITs may hold mortgages that the mortgagors elect to prepay, which prepayment may diminish the yield on securities issued by those REITs. Conversely, during periods of rising interest rates, mortgage prepayment rates tend to decline, thus lengthening the life of mortgages that may be held by mortgage REITs, which may increase the price volatility of securities issued by those REITs.

Certain REITs have relatively small market capitalizations, which may tend to increase the volatility of the market price of their securities. Furthermore, REITs are dependent upon specialized management skills, have limited diversification and are, therefore, subject to risks inherent in operating and financing a limited number of projects. REITs are also subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers or lessees and the possibility of failing to qualify for tax-free pass-through of income under the Code, and to maintain exemption from the registration requirements of the 1940 Act. By investing in REITs indirectly through a fund, a shareholder will bear not only his or her proportionate share of the expenses of a fund, but also, indirectly, similar expenses of the REITs. In addition, REITs depend generally on their ability to generate cash flow to make distributions to shareholders.

Repurchase Agreements. A fund may invest in repurchase agreements pursuant to its investment guidelines. In a repurchase agreement, a fund acquires ownership of a security (Obligation) and simultaneously commits to resell that security to the seller, typically a bank or broker/dealer, at a specified time and price.

II-128

In accordance with current SEC guidance, DWS Government & Agency Securities Portfolio, Government Cash Management Portfolio, DWS Government Money Market VIP, DWS Central Cash Management Government Fund, DWS Treasury Portfolio and DWS Money Market Prime Series may also transfer uninvested cash balances into a single joint account (a Joint Account). The daily aggregate balance of a Joint Account will be invested in one or more repurchase agreements. The Board has established and periodically reviews procedures applicable to transactions involving Joint Accounts.

A repurchase agreement provides a means for a fund to earn income on funds for periods as short as overnight. The repurchase price may be higher than the purchase price, the difference being income to a fund, or the purchase and repurchase prices may be the same, with interest at a stated rate due to a fund together with the repurchase price upon repurchase. In either case, the income to a fund is unrelated to the interest rate on the Obligation itself. Obligations will be held by the custodian or in the Federal Reserve Book Entry System.

The SEC has finalized new rules requiring the central clearing of certain repurchase transactions involving U.S. Treasuries. Historically, such transactions have not been required to be cleared and voluntary clearing of such transactions has generally been limited. The new clearing requirements could increase the fund’s costs of executing certain investment strategies.

It is not clear whether a court would consider the Obligation purchased by a fund subject to a repurchase agreement as being owned by a fund or as being collateral for a loan by a fund to the seller. In the event of the commencement of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings with respect to the seller of the Obligation before repurchase of the Obligation under a repurchase agreement, a fund may encounter delay and incur costs before being able to sell the security. Delays may involve loss of interest or decline in price of the Obligation. If the court characterizes the transaction as a loan and a fund has not perfected a security interest in the Obligation, a fund may be required to return the Obligation to the seller’s estate and be treated as an unsecured creditor of the seller. As an unsecured creditor, a fund would be at risk of losing some or all of the principal and income involved in the transaction. As with any unsecured debt obligation purchased for a fund, the Advisor seeks to reduce the risk of loss through repurchase agreements by analyzing the creditworthiness of the obligor, in this case the seller of the Obligation. Apart from the risk of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, there is also the risk that the seller may fail to repurchase the Obligation, in which case a fund may incur a loss if the proceeds to a fund of the sale to a third party are less than the repurchase price. However, if the market value (including interest) of the Obligation subject to the repurchase agreement becomes less than the repurchase price (including interest), a fund will direct the seller of the Obligation to deliver additional securities so that the market value (including interest) of all securities subject to the repurchase agreement will equal or exceed the repurchase price.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements. A fund may enter into “reverse repurchase agreements,” which are repurchase agreements in which a fund, as the seller of the securities, agrees to repurchase such securities at an agreed time and price. Under a reverse repurchase agreement, a fund continues to receive any principal and interest payments on the underlying security during the term of the agreement. A fund’s obligations under reverse repurchase agreements are generally treated as derivatives transactions subject to the requirements of Rule 18f-4, except for DWS money market funds in which a fund’s obligations under reverse repurchase agreements are treated as borrowings requiring the necessary asset coverage under Section 18(f) of the 1940 Act. Such transactions may increase fluctuations in the market value of fund assets and its yield.

Securities as a Result of Exchanges or Workouts. Consistent with a fund’s investment objectives, policies and restrictions, a fund may hold various instruments received in an exchange or workout of a distressed security (i.e., a low-rated debt security that is in default or at risk of becoming in default). Such instruments may include, but are not limited to, equity securities, warrants, rights, participation interests in sales of assets and contingent-interest obligations.

II-129

Securities with Put Rights. The right of a fund to exercise a put is unconditional and unqualified. A put is not transferable by a fund, although a fund may sell the underlying securities to a third party at any time. If necessary and advisable, a fund may pay for certain puts either separately in cash or by paying a higher price for portfolio securities that are acquired subject to such a put (thus reducing the yield to maturity otherwise available for the same securities).

The ability of a fund to exercise a put will depend on the ability of a counterparty to pay for the underlying securities at the time the put is exercised. In the event that a counterparty should default on its obligation to repurchase an underlying security, a fund might be unable to recover all or a portion of any loss sustained from having to sell the security elsewhere.

The acquisition of a put will not affect the valuation by a fund of the underlying security. The actual put will be valued at zero in determining net asset value of a fund. Where a fund pays directly or indirectly for a put, its cost will be reflected in realized gain or loss when the put is exercised or expires. If the value of the underlying security increases, the potential for unrealized or realized gain is reduced by the cost of the put.

Short Sales. When a fund takes a long position, it purchases a stock outright. When a fund takes a short position, it sells at the current market price a stock it does not own but has borrowed in anticipation that the market price of the stock will decline. To complete, or close out, the short sale transaction, a fund buys the same stock in the market and returns it to the lender. The price at such time may be more or less than the price at which the security was sold by a fund. Until the security is replaced, a fund is required to pay the lender amounts equal to any dividends or interest, which accrue during the period of the loan. To borrow the security, a fund may also be required to pay a premium, which would increase the cost of the security sold. The proceeds of the short sale will be retained by the broker, to the extent necessary to meet the margin requirements, until the short position is closed out. A fund may also be required to deposit additional collateral with the broker (in addition to the short sale proceeds held by the broker), which may be as much as 50% of the value of the securities sold short, to meet short sale margin requirements. A fund makes money when the market price of the borrowed stock goes down and a fund is able to replace it for less than it earned by selling it short. Alternatively, if the price of the stock goes up after the short sale and before the short position is closed, a fund will lose money because it will have to pay more to replace the borrowed stock than it received when it sold the stock short.

A fund may not always be able to close out a short position at a particular time or at an acceptable price. A lender may request that the borrowed securities be returned to it on short notice, and a fund may have to buy the borrowed securities at an unfavorable price. If this occurs at a time that other short sellers of the same security also want to close out their positions, a “short squeeze” can occur. A short squeeze occurs when demand is greater than supply for the stock sold short. A short squeeze makes it more likely that a fund will have to cover its short sale at an unfavorable price. If that happens, a fund will lose some or all of the potential profit from, or even incur a loss as a result of, the short sale.

Until a fund closes its short position or replaces the borrowed security, a fund’s short positions will count towards its derivatives exposure for purposes of Rule 18f-4. Depending on the arrangements made with the broker or custodian, a fund may or may not receive any payments (including interest) on collateral it has deposited with the broker.

Short sales involve the risk that a fund will incur a loss by subsequently buying a security at a higher price than the price at which a fund previously sold the security short. Any loss will be increased by the amount of compensation, interest or dividends, and transaction costs a fund must pay to a lender of the security. In addition, because a fund’s loss on a short sale stems from increases in the value of the security sold short, the extent of such loss, like the price of the security sold short, is theoretically unlimited. By contrast, a fund’s loss on a long position arises from decreases in the value of the security held by a fund and therefore is limited by the fact that a security’s value cannot drop below zero.

The use of short sales, in effect, leverages a fund’s portfolio, which could increase a fund’s exposure to the market, magnify losses and increase the volatility of returns.

II-130

Although a fund’s share price may increase if the securities in its long portfolio increase in value more than the securities underlying its short positions, a fund’s share price may decrease if the securities underlying its short positions increase in value more than the securities in its long portfolio.

In addition, a fund’s short selling strategies may limit its ability to fully benefit from increases in the equity markets. Also, there is the risk that the counterparty to a short sale may fail to honor its contractual terms, causing a loss to a fund. The SEC and other (including non-US) regulatory authorities have imposed, and may in the future impose, restrictions on short selling, either on a temporary or permanent basis, which may include placing limitations on specific companies and/or industries with respect to which a fund may enter into short positions. Any such restrictions may hinder a fund in, or prevent it from, fully implementing its investment strategies, and may negatively affect performance.

Short Sales Against the Box. A fund may make short sales of common stocks if, at all times when a short position is open, a fund owns the stock or owns preferred stocks or debt securities convertible or exchangeable, without payment of further consideration, into the shares of common stock sold short. Short sales of this kind are referred to as short sales “against the box.” The broker/dealer that executes a short sale generally invests cash proceeds of the sale until they are paid to a fund. Arrangements may be made with the broker/dealer to obtain a portion of the interest earned by the broker on the investment of short sale proceeds. A fund’s short positions “against the box” will count towards its derivatives exposure for purposes of Rule 18f-4. Uncertainty regarding the tax effects of short sales of appreciated investments may limit the extent to which a fund may enter into short sales against the box. A fund will incur transaction costs in connection with short sales against the box.

Short-Term Securities. In order to meet anticipated redemptions, to hold pending the purchase of additional securities for a fund’s portfolio, or, in some cases, for temporary defensive purposes, a fund may invest a portion (up to 100%) of its assets in money market and other short-term securities. When a fund is invested for temporary defensive purposes, it may not achieve or pursue its investment objective.

Examples of short-term securities include:

•

Securities issued or guaranteed by the US government and its agencies and instrumentalities;

•

Commercial paper;

•

Certificates of deposit and euro dollar certificates of deposit;

•

Bankers’ acceptances;

•

Short-term notes, bonds, debentures or other debt instruments; and

•

Repurchase agreements.

Small Companies. The Advisor believes that many small companies often may have sales and earnings growth rates that exceed those of larger companies, and that such growth rates may, in turn, be reflected in more rapid share price appreciation over time. Investing in smaller company stocks, however, involves greater risk than is customarily associated with investing in larger, more established companies. For example, smaller companies can have limited product lines, markets, or financial and managerial resources. Smaller companies may also be dependent on one or a few key persons, and may be more susceptible to losses and risks of bankruptcy. Also, the securities of smaller companies may be thinly traded (and therefore have to be sold at a discount from current market prices or sold in small lots over an extended period of time or their stock values may fluctuate more sharply than other securities). Transaction costs in smaller company stocks may be higher than those of larger companies.

Sovereign Debt. Investments in sovereign debt can involve a high degree of risk. The governmental entity that controls the repayment of sovereign debt may not be able or willing to repay the principal and/or interest when due in accordance with the terms of such debt. A governmental entity’s willingness or ability to repay principal and interest due in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation, the extent of its foreign reserves,

II-131

the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the governmental entity’s policy toward the International Monetary Fund, and the political constraints to which a governmental entity may be subject. Governmental entities may also be dependent on expected disbursements from foreign governments, multilateral agencies and others abroad to reduce principal and interest arrearages on their debt. The commitment on the part of these governments, agencies and others to make such disbursements may be conditioned on a governmental entity’s implementation of economic reforms and/or economic performance and the timely service of such debtor’s obligations. Failure to implement such reforms, achieve such levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of such third parties’ commitments to lend funds to the governmental entity, which may further impair such debtor’s ability or willingness to service its debts in a timely manner. Consequently, governmental entities may default on their sovereign debt. Holders of sovereign debt may be requested to participate in the rescheduling of such debt and to extend further loans to governmental entities. There is no reliable bankruptcy proceeding by which sovereign debt on which governmental entities have defaulted may be collected in whole or in part.

Special Information Concerning Master-Feeder Fund Structure. The following applies to the extent that the fund employs the master-feeder fund structure. Unlike other open-end management investment companies (mutual funds) which directly acquire and manage their own portfolio securities, a fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing substantially all of its assets in a master portfolio (Portfolio), a separate registered investment company with the same investment objective as a fund. Therefore, an investor’s interest in the Portfolio’s securities is indirect. In addition to selling a beneficial interest to a fund, the Portfolio may sell beneficial interests to other mutual funds, investment vehicles or institutional investors. Such investors will invest in the Portfolio on the same terms and conditions and will pay a proportionate share of the Portfolio’s expenses. However, the other investors investing in the Portfolio are not required to sell their shares at the same public offering price as a fund due to variations in sales commissions and other operating expenses. Therefore, investors in a fund should be aware that these differences may result in differences in returns experienced by investors in the different funds that invest in the Portfolio. Such differences in returns are also present in other mutual fund structures.

Smaller funds investing in the Portfolio may be materially affected by the actions of larger funds investing in the Portfolio. For example, if a large fund withdraws from the Portfolio, the remaining funds may experience higher pro rata operating expenses, thereby producing lower returns (however, this possibility exists as well for traditionally structured funds which have large institutional investors). Also, the Portfolio may be required to sell investments at a price or time not advantageous to the Portfolio in order to meet such a redemption. Additionally, the Portfolio may become less diverse, resulting in increased portfolio risk. Also, funds with a greater pro rata ownership in the Portfolio could have effective voting control of the operations of the Portfolio. Whenever a fund is requested to vote on a matter pertaining to the Portfolio, the fund will vote its interests in the Portfolio without a meeting of shareholders of the fund if the proposal is one that would not require the vote of shareholders of the fund as long as such action is permissible under applicable statutory and regulatory requirements. In addition, whenever the fund is required to vote on a particular matter relating to the Portfolio, the fund will hold a meeting of the shareholders of the fund and, at the meeting of the investors of the Portfolio, will cast its vote in the same proportion as the votes of the fund’s shareholders even if all the fund’s shareholders did not vote.

Certain changes in the Portfolio’s investment objectives, policies or restrictions may require a fund to withdraw its interest in the Portfolio. Any such withdrawal could result in a distribution “in kind” of portfolio securities (as opposed to a cash distribution from the Portfolio). If securities are distributed, a fund could incur brokerage, tax or other charges in converting the securities to cash. In addition, the distribution in kind may result in a less diversified portfolio of investments or adversely affect the liquidity of a fund. Notwithstanding the above, there are other means for meeting redemption requests, such as borrowing.

A fund may withdraw its investment from the Portfolio at any time, if the Board determines that it is in the best interests of the shareholders of a fund to do so. Upon any such withdrawal, the Board would consider what action might be taken, including the investment of all the assets of a fund in another pooled investment entity having the same investment objective as a fund or the retaining of an investment advisor to manage a fund’s assets in accordance with the investment policies described herein with respect to the Portfolio.

II-132

Stable Net Asset Value (for all money market funds except Government Cash Management Portfolio). A fund effects purchases and redemptions at its net asset value per share. In fulfillment of its responsibilities under Rule 2a-7 of the 1940 Act, the Board has approved policies reasonably designed, taking into account current market conditions and a fund’s investment objective, to stabilize a fund’s net asset value per share, and the Board will periodically review the Advisor’s operations under such policies at regularly scheduled Board meetings. In addition to imposing limitations on the quality, maturity, diversity and liquidity of portfolio instruments held by a fund as described in the prospectus, those policies include a weekly monitoring by the Advisor of unrealized gains and losses in a fund and, when necessary, in an effort to avoid a material deviation of a fund’s net asset value per share determined by reference to market valuations from a fund’s $1.00 price per share, taking corrective action, such as adjusting the maturity of a fund, or, if possible, realizing gains or losses to offset in part unrealized losses or gains. The result of those policies may be that the yield on shares of a fund will be lower than would be the case if the policies were not in effect. Such policies also provide for certain action to be taken with respect to portfolio securities which experience a downgrade in rating or suffer a default.

There is no assurance that a fund’s net asset value per share will be maintained at $1.00. Pursuant to rules relating to money market funds, a fund may be required to publicly disclose, among other things: (1) financial support payments from DIMA or its affiliates to the fund for the purpose of stabilizing the value of the fund or (2) a deviation of the fund’s net asset value per share determined by reference to market valuations from the fund’s $1.00 price per share by 0.25% or greater. To the extent a fund were to make such disclosures, it could cause significant redemptions from the fund and further impair the fund’s ability to maintain a stable $1.00 share price. This risk may be heightened for a fund to the extent it has a large proportion of institutional investors.

Stand-by Commitments. A stand-by commitment is a right acquired by a fund, when it purchases a municipal obligation from a broker, dealer or other financial institution (seller), to sell up to the same principal amount of such securities back to the seller, at a fund’s option, at a specified price. Stand-by commitments are also known as “puts.” The exercise by a fund of a stand-by commitment is subject to the ability of the other party to fulfill its contractual commitment.

Stand-by commitments acquired by a fund may have the following features: (1) they will be in writing and will be physically held by a fund’s custodian; (2) a fund’s right to exercise them will be unconditional and unqualified; (3) they will be entered into only with sellers which in the Advisor’s opinion present a minimal risk of default; (4) although stand-by commitments will not be transferable, municipal obligations purchased subject to such commitments may be sold to a third party at any time, even though the commitment is outstanding; and (5) their exercise price will be (i) a fund’s acquisition cost (excluding any accrued interest which a fund paid on their acquisition), less any amortized market premium or plus any amortized original issue discount during the period a fund owned the securities, plus (ii) all interest accrued on the securities since the last interest payment date.

A fund expects that stand-by commitments generally will be available without the payment of any direct or indirect consideration. However, if necessary or advisable, a fund will pay for stand-by commitments, either separately in cash or by paying a higher price for portfolio securities which are acquired subject to the commitments.

It is difficult to evaluate the likelihood of use or the potential benefit of a stand-by commitment. Therefore, it is expected that the Advisor will determine that stand-by commitments ordinarily have a “fair value” of zero, regardless of whether any direct or indirect consideration was paid. However, if the market price of the security subject to the stand-by commitment is less than the exercise price of the stand-by commitment, such security will ordinarily be valued at such exercise price. Where a fund has paid for a stand-by commitment, its cost will be reflected as unrealized depreciation for the period during which the commitment is held.

The IRS has issued a favorable revenue ruling to the effect that, under specified circumstances, a RIC will be the owner of tax-exempt municipal obligations acquired subject to a put option. The IRS has also issued private letter rulings to certain taxpayers (which do not serve as precedent for other taxpayers) to the effect that tax-exempt interest received by a RIC with respect to such obligations will be tax-exempt in the hands of the company and may be distributed to its shareholders as exempt-interest dividends. The IRS has subsequently announced that it will not ordinarily issue advance ruling letters as to the identity of the true owner of property in cases involving the sale of securities or participation interests therein if the purchaser has the right to cause the security, or the participation interest therein, to be purchased

II-133

by either the seller or a third party. A fund intends to take the position that it owns any municipal obligations acquired subject to a stand-by commitment and that tax-exempt interest earned with respect to such municipal obligations will be tax-exempt in its hands. There is no assurance that the IRS will agree with such position in any particular case.

Structured Notes (including Equity-Linked Notes (ELNs)). Structured notes are hybrid debt securities, the interest rate or principal of which is determined by reference to changes in value of a specific security or securities, reference rate, or index. ELNs are a type of structured note that have their principal and/or interest based on the performance of a single equity security, a basket of equity securities, or an equity index. ELNs may be designed to provide for protection of principal in exchange for limited participation in the appreciation of the underlying equity securities or equity index, or may not be principal protected. In addition, ELNs may be leveraged or unleveraged, and may trade on a securities exchange, on over-the-counter markets or through privately negotiated transactions. Because ELNs are structured to seek the characteristics of the underlying equity securities or equity index with written call options or put options, the fund may not benefit fully from an increase in value of the underlying instrument. Correlation between the price of an ELN and the underlying instruments may be imperfect. Indexed securities, similar to structured notes, are typically, but not always, debt securities whose value at maturity or coupon rate is determined by reference to other securities. The performance of a structured note or indexed security is based upon the performance of the underlying instrument.

The terms of a structured note may provide that, in certain circumstances, no principal is due on maturity and, therefore, may result in loss of investment. Structured notes may be indexed positively or negatively to the performance of the underlying instrument such that the appreciation or deprecation of the underlying instrument will have a similar effect to the value of the structured note at maturity or at the time of any coupon payment. In addition, changes in the interest rate and value of the principal at maturity may be fixed at a specific multiple of the change in value of the underlying instrument, making the value of the structured note more volatile than the underlying instrument. In addition, structured notes may be less liquid and more difficult to price accurately than less complex securities or traditional debt securities. Structured notes are also subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the issuer of the structured note will default on its commitments. Structured notes, including ELNs, based on underlying equity instruments have the risks inherent in the underlying equity instruments, including market risk, but are also exposed to risks applicable to debt instruments, such as credit risk and interest rate risk.

The federal income tax treatment of a structured note will depend on the particular features of the structured note and in some cases may be uncertain. No assurance can be given that the IRS will accept, or a court will uphold, how a fund characterizes and treats structured notes for federal income tax purposes.

Subsidiary Companies. A fund may gain exposure to the commodity markets in part by investing a portion of a fund’s assets in a wholly-owned subsidiary (Subsidiary). Investments in a Subsidiary are expected to provide exposure to the commodity markets within the limitations of the Code and IRS rulings (see “Taxes” in Appendix II-H of this SAI). The Subsidiaries are companies organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands, and each is overseen by its own board of directors.

Among other investments, the Subsidiaries are expected to invest in commodity-linked derivative instruments, such as swaps and futures. The Subsidiaries will also invest in fixed income instruments, cash, cash equivalents and affiliated money market funds. In monitoring compliance with its investment restrictions, including derivatives exposures for purposes of Rule 18f-4, a fund will consider the assets of its Subsidiary to be assets of the fund.

To the extent that a fund invests in its Subsidiary, a fund may be subject to the risks associated with those derivative instruments and other securities, which are discussed elsewhere in a fund’s prospectus(es) and this SAI. While the Subsidiaries may be considered similar to investment companies, they are not registered under the 1940 Act and are not directly subject to all of the investor protections of the 1940 Act and other US regulations. Changes in the laws of the US or the Cayman Islands could result in the inability of a fund or a Subsidiary to operate as intended or may subject the fund or its advisor to new or additional regulatory requirements and could negatively affect a fund and its shareholders.

II-134

In order to qualify for the special tax treatment accorded regulated investment companies and their shareholders, a fund must, among other things, satisfy several diversification requirements, including the requirement that not more than 25% of the value of the fund's total assets may be invested in the securities (other than those of the US government or other regulated investment companies) of any one issuer or of two or more issuers which the fund controls (as defined in the Code) and which are engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses. Therefore, so long as a fund is subject to this limit, the fund may not invest any more than 25% of the value of its total assets in a Subsidiary. Absent this diversification requirement, a fund would be permitted to invest more than 25% of the value of its total assets in a Subsidiary.

In order to qualify for the special tax treatment accorded regulated investment companies and their shareholders, a fund must, among other things, derive at least 90% of its gross income from certain specified sources (qualifying income). Income from certain commodity-related investments does not constitute qualifying income to a fund. The tax treatment of commodity-linked notes and certain other derivative instruments in which a fund might invest is not certain, in particular with respect to whether income and gains from such instruments constitutes qualifying income. If the Fund treats income from a particular instrument as qualifying income and the income is later determined not to constitute qualifying income, and, together with any other nonqualifying income, causes the fund’s nonqualifying income to exceed 10% of its gross income in any taxable year, a fund will fail to qualify as a regulated investment company unless it is eligible to and does pay a tax at the fund level. Certain funds (including DWS Enhanced Commodity Strategy Fund and DWS RREEF Real Assets Fund) have obtained private letter rulings from the IRS confirming that the income and gain earned through a wholly-owned Subsidiary that invests in certain types of commodity-linked derivatives constitute qualifying income under the Code.

Tax-Exempt Commercial Paper. Issues of tax-exempt commercial paper typically represent short-term, unsecured, negotiable promissory notes. These obligations are issued by state and local governments and their agencies to finance working capital needs of municipalities or to provide interim construction financing and are paid from general revenues of municipalities or are refinanced with long-term debt. In most cases, tax-exempt commercial paper is backed by letters of credit, lending agreements, note repurchase agreements or other credit facility agreements offered by banks or other institutions.

Tax-Exempt Custodial Receipts. Tax-exempt custodial receipts (Receipts) evidence ownership in an underlying bond that is deposited with a custodian for safekeeping. Holders of the Receipts receive all payments of principal and interest when paid on the bonds. Receipts can be purchased in an offering or from a counterparty (typically an investment bank). To the extent that any Receipt is illiquid, it is subject to a fund’s limitation on illiquid securities.

Tax-Exempt Pass-Through Securities. Tax exempt pass-through certificates represent an interest in a pool or group of fixed-rate long-term debt obligations issued by or on behalf of primarily not-for-profit institutions, the interest on which is exempt from federal income taxation, including AMT. Such fixed-rate long-term debt obligations may be private activity bonds issued by states, municipalities or public authorities to provide funds, usually through a loan or lease arrangement, to a non-profit corporation for the purpose of financing or refinancing the construction or improvement of a facility to be used by the non-profit corporation. Distributions on tax exempt pass-through certificates may be adversely affected by defaults in or prepayment of the underlying debt obligations. Certain tax exempt pass-through certificates are issued in several classes with different levels of yields and credit protection. A fund may invest in lower classes of tax exempt pass-through certificates that have less credit protection. Tax exempt pass-through certificates have limited liquidity and certain transfer restrictions may apply. There currently is no trading market for tax exempt pass-through certificates and there can be no assurance that such a market will develop.

Tender Option Bond Transactions. A fund may leverage its assets through the use of proceeds through tender option bond (TOB) transactions. In a TOB transaction, the fund typically transfers fixed-rate, long-term municipal bonds into a special purpose entity (a ”TOB Trust”) that has been created for the purpose of repackaging such municipal bonds. The TOB Trust issues short-term floating rate notes and a residual interest security “(TOB Inverse Floater Residual Interests”). The short term floating rate notes (“TOB Floaters”) are issued in a face amount equal to some fraction of the par value of the underlying bonds. The TOB Floaters are sold to third parties, typically money market funds, and the TOB Inverse Floater Residual Interests are held by the fund. The fund receives the proceeds from the sale of the TOB Floaters as consideration for the transferred municipal bonds, and the fund uses the cash proceeds received

II-135

from the sale of the TOB Floaters to make additional investments. The TOB Floaters pay an interest rate that resets periodically at a reference rate, typically a short-term tax-exempt market rate, and can be tendered to the TOB Trust at par, unless certain events occur. Typically, such tenders are funded through a remarketing of the tendered TOB Floaters or a draw down on a liquidity facility. A fund, as the holder of the TOB Inverse Floater Residual Interests, has full exposure to any increase or decrease in the value of the underlying bonds. The holder of the TOB Inverse Floater Residual Interests receives interest in an amount equal to the interest paid on the underlying bonds, less the interest paid on the TOB Floaters (and less certain expenses associated with the TOB Trust such as trustee, administrative and liquidity fees). By holding the TOB Inverse Floater Residual Interests, a fund typically has the right to collapse the TOB Trust by causing the holders of the TOB Floaters to tender their notes at par and have the TOB Trust administrator transfer the underlying bonds to the fund. In connection with these investments, a fund may enter into shortfall and forbearance agreements whereby the fund agrees to reimburse the TOB Trust, in certain circumstances, for the difference between the liquidation value of the underlying bonds held by the TOB Trust and the liquidation value of the TOB Floaters plus any shortfalls in interest cash flows. This could potentially expose the fund to losses in excess of the value of the fund’s investment in the TOB Inverse Floater Residual Interests.

The value of TOB Inverse Floater Residual Interests may decrease significantly when interest rates increase. The market for TOB Inverse Floater Residual Interests may be more volatile and less liquid than other municipal bonds of comparable maturity. Moreover, the TOB Trust could be terminated for reasons outside of a fund’s control, resulting in a reduction of leverage and disposal of portfolio investments at inopportune times and prices. Investments in TOB Inverse Floater Residual Interests generally involve greater risk than investments in fixed-rate bonds.

The final rules implementing Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Volcker Rule”) preclude banking entities from sponsoring and/or providing services to existing TOB Trusts. In response to these rules, investment market participants have developed TOB Trust structures that are intended to ensure that banking entities do not sponsor TOB Trusts in violation of the Volcker Rule.

DWS municipal bond fund TOB Trusts are structured to be in compliance with the Volcker Rule. A Volcker-compliant TOB Trust structure is similar to pre-Volcker TOB Trust structures, with certain key differences. The basic features of a Volcker-compliant TOB Trust structure are as follows:

•

Portfolio management continues to make certain basic investment determinations, such as which bonds are placed in the TOB Trust, the amount of leverage for any given transaction, whether the transaction is structured as non-recourse or recourse, etc.

•

Similar to pre-Volcker TOB Trust structures, the fund continues to be the holder of the TOB Inverse Floater Residual Interests.

•

Unlike pre-Volcker TOB Trust structures, a bank or financial institution no longer serves as the sponsor, depositor, or trust administrator nor does it have any discretionary decision making authority with respect to the TOB Trust.

•

Consistent with pre-Volcker TOB Trust structures, a bank or financial institution serves as the trustee, liquidity provider, and remarketing agent.

•

A third-party administrative agent retained by the fund performs certain of the roles and responsibilities historically provided by banking entities in pre-Volcker TOB Trust structures, including certain historical sponsor/ administrative roles and responsibilities.

The ultimate impact of the Volcker Rule on the TOB market and the municipal market generally is not yet certain. Such changes could make early unwinds of TOB Trusts more likely, may make the use of TOB Trusts more expensive, and may make it more difficult to use TOB Trusts in general. The new rules may also expose the fund to additional risks, including, but not limited to, compliance, securities law and operational risks.

II-136

Third Party Puts. A fund may purchase long-term fixed rate bonds that have been coupled with an option granted by a third party financial institution allowing a fund at specified intervals to tender (put) the bonds to the institution and receive the face value thereof (plus accrued interest). These third party puts are available in several different forms, may be represented by custodial receipts or trust certificates and may be combined with other features such as interest rate swaps. A fund receives a short-term rate of interest (which is periodically reset), and the interest rate differential between that rate and the fixed rate on the bond is retained by the financial institution. The financial institution granting the option does not provide credit enhancement, and in the event that there is a default in the payment of principal or interest, or downgrading of a bond to below investment grade, or a loss of the bond’s tax-exempt status, the put option will terminate automatically. As a result, a fund would be subject to the risks associated with holding such a long-term bond and the weighted average maturity of that fund’s portfolio would be adversely affected.

These bonds coupled with puts may present the same tax issues as are associated with Stand-By Commitments. As with any Stand-By Commitments acquired by a fund, a fund intends to take the position that it is the owner of any municipal obligation acquired subject to a third-party put, and that tax-exempt interest earned with respect to such municipal obligations will be tax-exempt in its hands. There is no assurance that the IRS will agree with such position in any particular case. Additionally, the federal income tax treatment of certain other aspects of these investments, including the treatment of tender fees and swap payments, in relation to various RIC tax provisions is unclear. However, the Advisor seeks to manage a fund’s portfolio in a manner designed to minimize any adverse impact from these investments.

To Be Announced (TBA) Purchase Commitments. Similar to When-Issued or Delayed-Delivery securities, a TBA purchase commitment is a security that is purchased or sold for a fixed price with the underlying securities to be announced at a future date. However, the seller does not specify the particular securities to be delivered. Instead, a fund agrees to accept any securities that meets the specified terms. For example, in a TBA mortgage-backed transaction, a fund and seller would agree upon the issuer, interest rate and terms of the underlying mortgages, but the seller would not identify the specific underlying security until it issues the security. TBA purchase commitments involve a risk of loss if the value of the underlying security to be purchased declines prior to delivery date. The yield obtained for such securities may be higher or lower than yields available in the market on delivery date. Unsettled TBA purchase commitments are valued at the current market value of the underlying securities.

Trust Preferred Securities. A fund may invest in Trust Preferred Securities, which are hybrid instruments issued by a special purpose trust (Special Trust), the entire equity interest of which is owned by a single issuer. The proceeds of the issuance to a fund of Trust Preferred Securities are typically used to purchase a junior subordinated debenture, and distributions from the Special Trust are funded by the payments of principal and interest on the subordinated debenture.

If payments on the underlying junior subordinated debentures held by the Special Trust are deferred by the debenture issuer, the debentures would be treated as original issue discount (OID) obligations for the remainder of their term. As a result, holders of Trust Preferred Securities, such as a fund, would be required to accrue daily for federal income tax purposes their share of the stated interest and the OID on the debentures (regardless of whether a fund receives any cash distributions from the Special Trust), and the value of Trust Preferred Securities would likely be negatively affected. Interest payments on the underlying junior subordinated debentures typically may only be deferred if dividends are suspended on both common and preferred stock of the issuer. The underlying junior subordinated debentures generally rank slightly higher in terms of payment priority than both common and preferred securities of the issuer, but rank below other subordinated debentures and debt securities. Trust Preferred Securities may be subject to mandatory prepayment under certain circumstances. The market values of Trust Preferred Securities may be more volatile than those of conventional debt securities. Trust Preferred Securities may be issued in reliance on Rule 144A under the 1933 Act, and, unless and until registered, are restricted securities. There can be no assurance as to the liquidity of Trust Preferred Securities and the ability of holders of Trust Preferred Securities, such as a fund, to sell their holdings.

US Government Securities. A fund may invest in obligations issued or guaranteed as to both principal and interest by the US Government, its agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises which include: (a) direct obligations of the US Treasury; and (b) securities issued or guaranteed by US Government agencies.

II-137

Examples of direct obligations of the US Treasury are Treasury bills, notes, bonds and other debt securities issued by the US Treasury. These instruments are backed by the “full faith and credit” of the United States. They differ primarily in interest rates, the length of maturities and the dates of issuance. Treasury bills have original maturities of one year or less. Treasury notes have original maturities of one to ten years and Treasury bonds generally have original maturities of greater than ten years.

Some agency securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States (such as Maritime Administration Title XI Ship Financing Bonds and Agency for International Development Housing Guarantee Program Bonds) and others are backed only by the rights of the issuer to borrow from the US Treasury (such as Federal Home Loan Bank Bonds and Federal National Mortgage Association Bonds), while still others, such as the securities of the Federal Farm Credit Bank, are supported only by the credit of the issuer. With respect to securities supported only by the credit of the issuing agency or by an additional line of credit with the US Treasury, there is no guarantee that the US Government will provide support to such agencies and such securities may involve risk of loss of principal and interest.

US Government securities may include “zero coupon” securities that have been stripped by the US Government of their unmatured interest coupons and collateralized obligations issued or guaranteed by a US Government agency or instrumentality. Because interest on zero coupon securities is not distributed on a current basis but is, in effect, compounded, zero coupon securities tend to be subject to greater risk than interest-paying securities of similar maturities.

Interest rates on US Government securities may be fixed or variable. Interest rates on variable rate obligations are adjusted at regular intervals, at least annually, according to a formula reflecting then current specified standard rates, such as 91-day US Treasury bill rates. These adjustments generally tend to reduce fluctuations in the market value of the securities.

The government guarantee of the US Government securities in a fund’s portfolio does not guarantee the net asset value of the shares of a fund. There are market risks inherent in all investments in securities and the value of an investment in a fund will fluctuate over time. Normally, the value of investments in US Government securities varies inversely with changes in interest rates. For example, as interest rates rise the value of investments in US Government securities will tend to decline, and as interest rates fall the value of a fund’s investments in US Government securities will tend to increase. In addition, the potential for appreciation in the event of a decline in interest rates may be limited or negated by increased principal prepayments with respect to certain mortgage-backed securities, such as GNMA Certificates. Prepayments of high interest rate mortgage-backed securities during times of declining interest rates will tend to lower the return of a fund and may even result in losses to a fund if some securities were acquired at a premium. Moreover, during periods of rising interest rates, prepayments of mortgage-backed securities may decline, resulting in the extension of a fund’s average portfolio maturity. As a result, a fund’s portfolio may experience greater volatility during periods of rising interest rates than under normal market conditions.

Because of the rising US Government debt burden and potential limitations caused by the statutory debt ceiling, it is possible that the US Government may not be able to meet its financial obligations or that securities issued by the US Government may experience credit downgrades. In the past, US sovereign credit has experienced downgrades and there can be no guarantee that it will not experience further downgrades in the future by rating agencies. Such a credit event may adversely impact the financial markets and the fund. From time to time, uncertainty regarding the status of negotiations in the US Government to increase the statutory debt ceiling and/or failure to increase the statutory debt ceiling could increase the risk that the US Government may default on payments on certain US Government securities, cause the credit rating of the US Government to be downgraded or increase volatility in financial markets, result in higher interest rates, reduce prices of US Treasury securities and/or increase the costs of certain kinds of debt.

Variable and Floating Rate Instruments. Debt instruments purchased by a fund may be structured to have variable or floating interest rates. The interest rate on variable and floating rate securities may be reset daily, weekly or on some other reset period and may have a floor or ceiling on interest rate changes. The interest rate of variable rate securities ordinarily is determined by reference to or is a percentage of an objective standard such as a bank’s prime rate, the 90-day US Treasury Bill rate, or the rate of return on commercial paper or bank certificates of deposit. Generally, the changes in the interest rate on variable rate securities reduce the fluctuation in the market value of such securities.

II-138

Accordingly, as interest rates decrease or increase, the potential for capital appreciation or depreciation is less than for fixed-rate obligations. A fund may purchase variable rate securities on which stated minimum or maximum rates, or maximum rates set by state law, limit the degree to which interest on such instruments may fluctuate; to the extent it does, increases or decreases in value of such instruments may be somewhat greater than would be the case without such limits. Because the adjustment of interest rates on the variable rate securities is made in relation to movements of the applicable rate adjustment index, the instruments are not comparable to long-term fixed interest rate securities. Accordingly, interest rates on the variable rate securities may be higher or lower than current market rates for fixed rate obligations of comparable quality with similar final maturities. A money market fund determines the maturity of variable rate securities in accordance with Rule 2a-7, which allows a fund to consider certain of such instruments as having maturities shorter than the maturity date on the face of the instrument.

The Advisor will consider the earning power, cash flows and other liquidity ratios of the issuers and guarantors of such instruments and, if the instrument is subject to a demand feature (described below), will continuously monitor the issuer’s financial ability to meet payment on demand. Where necessary to ensure that a variable or floating rate instrument is equivalent to the quality standards applicable to a fund’s fixed income investments, the issuer’s obligation to pay the principal of the instrument will be backed by an unconditional bank letter or line of credit, guarantee or commitment to lend. Any bank providing such a bank letter, line of credit, guarantee or loan commitment will meet a fund’s investment quality standards relating to investments in bank obligations. The Advisor will also monitor the creditworthiness of issuers of such instruments to determine whether a fund should continue to hold the investments.

The absence of an active secondary market for certain variable and floating rate notes could make it difficult to dispose of the instruments, and a fund could suffer a loss if the issuer defaults or during periods in which a fund is not entitled to exercise its demand rights. When a reliable trading market for the variable and floating rate instruments held by a fund does not exist and a fund may not demand payment of the principal amount of such instruments within seven days, the instruments may be deemed illiquid and therefore subject to a fund’s limitation on investments in illiquid securities.

Variable Rate Demand Securities. A fund may purchase variable rate demand securities, which are variable rate securities that permit a fund to demand payment of the unpaid principal balance plus accrued interest upon a specified number of days’ notice to the issuer or its agent. The demand feature may be backed by a bank letter of credit or guarantee issued with respect to such instrument. A bank that issues a repurchase commitment may receive a fee from a fund for this arrangement. The issuer of a variable rate demand security may have a corresponding right to prepay in its discretion the outstanding principal of the instrument plus accrued interest upon notice comparable to that required for the holder to demand payment.

Variable Rate Master Demand Notes. A fund may purchase variable rate master demand notes, which are unsecured instruments that permit the indebtedness thereunder to vary and provide for periodic adjustments in the interest rate. Because variable rate master demand notes are direct lending arrangements between a fund and the issuer, they are not ordinarily traded. Although no active secondary market may exist for these notes, a fund will purchase only those notes under which it may demand and receive payment of principal and accrued interest daily or may resell the note at any time to a third party. These notes are not typically rated by credit rating agencies.

Variable Rate Preferred Securities. A fund may purchase certain variable rate preferred securities (VRPs) issued by closed-end municipal bond funds, which, in turn, invest primarily in portfolios of tax-exempt municipal bonds. A fund may invest in securities issued by single-state or national closed-end municipal bond funds. VRPs are issued by closed-end funds to leverage returns for common shareholders. Under the 1940 Act, a closed-end fund that issues preferred shares must maintain an asset coverage ratio of at least 200% immediately after the time of issuance and at the time of certain distributions on repurchases of its common stock. It is anticipated that the interest on the VRPs will be exempt from federal income tax and, with respect to any such securities issued by single-state municipal bond funds, exempt from the applicable state’s income tax, although interest on VRPs may be subject to the federal AMT. The VRPs will pay a variable dividend rate, determined either daily or weekly, typically through a remarketing process, and will typically include a demand feature that provides a fund with a contractual right to tender the securities to either a liquidity provider or back to the closed-end municipal bond fund. A fund could lose money if the liquidity provider fails to honor its obligation, becomes insolvent, or files for bankruptcy. If the tender is directly to the closed-end municipal

II-139

bond fund a fund could lose money if the closed-end municipal bond fund fails to honor its obligation, becomes insolvent, or files for bankruptcy. In certain instances, a fund may not have the right to put the securities back to the closed-end municipal bond fund or demand payment or redemption directly from the closed-end municipal bond fund. If the VRPs were offered under an exemption from registration under the 1933 Act (e.g. Regulation D) the VRPs would not be freely transferable and, therefore, a fund may only transfer the securities to another investor in compliance with certain exemptions under the 1933 Act, including Rule 144A. If the VRPs were to be registered under the 1933 Act, the VRPs would be freely transferable.

A fund’s purchase of VRPs issued by closed-end municipal bond funds is subject to the restrictions set forth under the heading “Investment Companies and Other Pooled Investment Vehicles.”

Warrants. The holder of a warrant has the right, until the warrant expires, to purchase a given number of shares of a particular issuer at a specified price. Such investments can provide a greater potential for profit or loss than an equivalent investment in the underlying security. Prices of warrants do not necessarily move, however, in tandem with the prices of the underlying securities and are, therefore, considered speculative investments. Warrants pay no dividends and confer no rights other than a purchase option. Thus, if a warrant held by a fund were not exercised by the date of its expiration, a fund would lose the entire purchase price of the warrant.

When-Issued and Delayed-Delivery Securities. A fund may purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis. Delivery of and payment for these securities can take place a month or more after the date of the purchase commitment. The payment obligation and the interest rate that will be received on when-issued and delayed-delivery securities are fixed at the time the buyer enters into the commitment. Due to fluctuations in the value of securities purchased or sold on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis, the yields obtained on such securities may be higher or lower than the yields available in the market on the dates when the investments are actually delivered to the buyers. When-issued securities may include securities purchased on a “when, as and if issued” basis, under which the issuance of the security depends on the occurrence of a subsequent event, such as approval of a merger, corporate reorganization or debt restructuring. The value of such securities is subject to market fluctuation during this period and no interest or income, as applicable, accrues to a fund until settlement takes place.

At the time a fund makes the commitment to purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis, it will record the transaction, reflect the value each day of such securities in determining its net asset value and, if applicable, calculate the maturity for the purposes of average maturity from that date. At the time of settlement a when-issued security may be valued at less than the purchase price. Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act permits a fund to invest in a security on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis and the transaction will be deemed not to involve a senior security, provided that the fund intends to physically settle the transaction and the transaction will settle within 35 days of its trade date. If a fund chooses to dispose of the right to acquire a when-issued security prior to its acquisition, it could, as with the disposition of any other portfolio obligation, incur a gain or loss due to market fluctuation. When a fund engages in when-issued or delayed-delivery transactions, it relies on the other party to consummate the trade and is, therefore, exposed to counterparty risk. Failure of the seller to do so may result in a fund’s incurring a loss or missing an opportunity to obtain a price considered to be advantageous.

Yankee Bonds. Yankee Bonds are US dollar-denominated bonds sold in the US by non-US issuers. As compared with bonds issued in the US, such bond issues normally pay interest but are less actively traded. Investing in the securities of foreign companies involves more risks than investing in securities of US companies. Their value is subject to economic and political developments in the countries where the companies operate and to changes in foreign currency values. Values may also be affected by foreign tax laws, changes in foreign economic or monetary policies, exchange control regulations and regulations involving prohibitions on the repatriation of foreign currencies. In many foreign countries, there is less publicly available information about foreign issuers, and there is less government regulation and supervision of foreign stock exchanges, brokers and listed companies. Also in many foreign countries, companies are not subject to uniform accounting, auditing, and financial reporting standards comparable to those applicable to domestic issuers. Security trading practices and custody arrangements abroad may offer less protection to a fund’s investments and there may be difficulty in enforcing legal rights outside the United States. Settlement of transactions in some foreign markets may be delayed or may be less frequent than in the United States which could affect the liquidity of a fund’s portfolio. Additionally, in some foreign countries, there is the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation, limitations

II-140

on the removal of securities, property, or other fund assets, political or social instability or diplomatic developments which could affect investments in foreign securities. In addition, the relative performance of various countries’ fixed income markets historically has reflected wide variations relating to the unique characteristics of each country’s economy. Year-to-year fluctuations in certain markets have been significant, and negative returns have been experienced in various markets from time to time.

Yields and Ratings. The yields on certain obligations in which a fund may invest (such as commercial paper and bank obligations), are dependent on a variety of factors, including general market conditions, conditions in the particular market for the obligation, the financial condition of the issuer, the size of the offering, the maturity of the obligation and the ratings of the issue. The ratings of Moody’s, S&P and Fitch represent their opinions as to the quality of the securities that they undertake to rate. Ratings, however, are general and are not absolute standards of quality or value. Consequently, obligations with the same rating, maturity and interest rate may have different market prices. See “Ratings of Investments” for descriptions of the ratings provided by certain recognized rating organizations.

Zero Coupon Securities and Deferred Interest Bonds. A fund may invest in zero coupon securities that are “stripped” US Treasury notes and bonds and in deferred interest bonds. Zero coupon securities are the separate income or principal components of a debt instrument. Zero coupon and deferred interest bonds are debt obligations which are issued at a significant discount from face value. The original discount approximates the total amount of interest the bonds will accrue and compound over the period until maturity or the first interest accrual date at a rate of interest reflecting the market rate of the security at the time of issuance. Zero coupon securities are redeemed at face value at their maturity date without interim cash payments of interest or principal. The amount of this discount is accrued over the life of the security, and the accrual constitutes the income earned on the security for both accounting and federal income tax purposes. Because of these features, the market prices of zero coupon securities are generally more volatile than the market prices of securities that have similar maturity but that pay interest periodically.

While zero coupon bonds do not require the periodic payment of interest, deferred interest bonds generally provide for a period of delay before the regular payment of interest begins. Although this period of delay is different for each deferred interest bond, a typical period is approximately one-third of the bond’s term to maturity. Such investments benefit the issuer by mitigating its initial need for cash to meet debt service, but some also provide a higher rate of return to attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of such cash.

A fund will accrue income on such investments for tax and accounting purposes, as required, which will generally be prior to the receipt of the corresponding cash payments. Because a fund is required to distribute to shareholders substantially all of its net investment income, including such accrued income, to avoid federal income and excise taxes, a fund may be required to liquidate portfolio securities to satisfy a fund’s distribution obligations (including at a time when it may not be advantageous to do so). Under many market conditions, investments in zero coupon, step-coupon and pay-in-kind securities may be illiquid, making it difficult for a fund to dispose of them or to determine their current value.

II-141

Part II: Appendix II-H—Taxes

The following is intended to be a general summary of certain federal income tax consequences of investing in a fund. This discussion does not address all aspects of taxation (including state, local, and foreign taxes) that may be relevant to particular shareholders in light of their own investment or tax circumstances, or to particular types of shareholders (including insurance companies, tax-advantaged retirement plans, financial institutions or broker-dealers, foreign corporations, and if you are not a US person or you are an investor subject to special tax treatment (such as an financial institution, real estate investment trust, regulated investment company, insurance company, individual retirement account, other tax-exempt entity or dealer in securities) under the federal income tax laws. Current and prospective investors are therefore advised to consult with their tax advisors before making an investment in a fund. If an entity is classified as a partnership holds shares of a fund, the US federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partnership holding the shares of a fund or a partner in such a partnership, you should consult your tax advisor as to the particular US and foreign tax consequences of the partnership’s investment in a fund. This discussion assumes that shareholders own shares of a fund as capital assets. This summary is based on the laws in effect on the date of this SAI and on existing judicial and administrative interpretations thereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.

Feeder Funds. Certain funds (Feeder Funds) invest all or substantially all of their assets in either the Deutsche DWS Equity 500 Index Portfolio or the Government Cash Management Portfolio (each, a Master Portfolio), which are partnerships for federal income tax purposes. For a discussion of the federal income tax treatment of a Master Portfolio, please see the registration statement for that Master Portfolio. The amount and character of a Feeder Fund’s income, gains, losses, deductions and other tax items will generally be determined at the Master Portfolio level and the Feeder Fund will be allocated, and is required to take into account, its share of its Master Portfolio’s income, gains, losses and other tax items for each taxable year. Consequently, references herein to a fund’s income, gains, losses and other tax items, as well as its activities, investment and holdings, as applied to a Feeder Fund, generally include the tax items, activities, investments and holdings realized, recognized, conducted or held, as applicable, either by the Feeder Fund directly or through its Master Portfolio. See “Investments in the Master Portfolios” for more information.

Taxation of a fund and its Investments

Qualification as a regulated investment company. A fund has elected (or in the case of a new fund, intends to elect) to be treated, and intends to qualify each year, as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. If a fund qualifies for treatment as a regulated investment company that is accorded special tax treatment, such fund will not be subject to federal income tax on income distributed in a timely manner to its shareholders in the form of dividends (including Capital Gain Dividends, as defined below). In order to qualify for the special tax treatment accorded regulated investment companies and their shareholders under the Code, a fund must, among other things:

(a) derive at least 90% of its gross income for each taxable year from (i) dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures, or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities, or currencies and (ii) net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined below);

(b) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of its taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the market value of its total assets are represented by cash and cash items, US Government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and other securities limited in respect of any one issuer to a value not greater than 5% of the value of a fund's total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of its assets are invested, including through corporations in which the fund owns a 20% or more voting interest, (x) in the securities (other than those of the US Government or other regulated investment companies) of any one issuer or of two or more issuers which the fund controls and which are engaged in the same, similar, or related trades or businesses, or (y) in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships (as defined below); and

II-142

(c) distribute with respect to each taxable year at least 90% of the sum of its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code without regard to the deduction for dividends paid; investment company taxable income generally consists of taxable ordinary income and the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses) and net tax-exempt interest income, if any, for such year.

In general, for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement described in paragraph (a) above, income derived from a partnership will be treated as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership which would be qualifying income if realized directly by a fund. However, 100% of net income derived from an interest in a “qualified publicly traded partnership” (generally, a partnership (x) the interests in which are traded on an established securities market or readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof, and (y) that derives less than 90% of its gross income from the qualifying income described in paragraph (a)(i) above) will be treated as qualifying income.

For purposes of the diversification test in paragraph (b) above, the term “outstanding voting securities of such issuer” will include the equity securities of a qualified publicly traded partnership. It is possible that certain partnerships in which a fund may invest will be master limited partnerships constituting qualified publicly traded partnerships. Such investments will be limited by a fund's intention to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code. In addition, although the passive loss rules of the Code do not generally apply to regulated investment companies, such rules do apply to a regulated investment company with respect to items attributable to an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership. Fund investments in partnerships, including in qualified publicly traded partnerships, may result in a fund being subject to state, local or foreign income, franchise or withholding taxes.

Pursuant to current IRS guidance, a Feeder Fund investing in a Master Portfolio will be treated as holding directly the underlying assets of the Master Portfolio for purposes of the diversification test in (b) above.

In addition, for purposes of the diversification test in paragraph (b) above, the identification of the issuer (or, in some cases, issuers) of a particular fund investment can depend on the terms and conditions of that investment. In some cases, identification of the issuer (or issuers) is uncertain under current law, and an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to issuer identification for a particular type of investment may adversely affect a fund’s ability to meet the diversification test in paragraph (b) above.

Failure to qualify as a regulated investment company. If a fund were to fail to meet the income, diversification or distribution tests described above, the fund could in some cases cure such failure, including by paying a fund-level tax, paying interest, making additional distributions or disposing of certain assets. If a fund were ineligible to or otherwise did not cure such failure for any year, the fund would fail to qualify as a “regulated investment company” for such year. All of the fund's taxable income would be subject to federal income tax at regular corporate rates (without any deduction for distributions to its shareholders), and all distributions from earnings and profits, including any distributions of net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains, would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. Some portions of such distributions, however, could be eligible (i) to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of shareholders taxed as individuals and other noncorporate shareholders and (ii) for the dividends-received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders provided, in both cases, the shareholder meets certain holding period and other requirements in respect of the fund's shares (as described below). In addition, a fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest and make substantial distributions before requalifying as a regulated investment company that is accorded special federal income tax treatment.

A fund is subject to a 4% nondeductible excise tax on amounts that have been retained rather than distributed, as required, under a prescribed formula. The formula requires payment to shareholders during a calendar year of distributions representing at least 98% of a fund's taxable ordinary income for the calendar year and at least 98.2% of the excess of its capital gains over capital losses realized during the one-year period ending October 31 of such year (or the last day of a fund’s taxable year if a fund’s taxable year ends in November or December and a fund makes an election to use such later date), as well as amounts that were neither distributed by nor taxed to a fund during the prior calendar year. For purposes of the required excise tax distribution, ordinary gains and losses from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of property that would be taken into account after October 31 (or later if the fund is permitted to so elect and does so elect) are treated as arising on January 1 of the following calendar year. Also for purposes of

II-143

the excise tax, a fund will be treated as having distributed any ordinary income or capital gain net income on which it has been subject to corporate income tax in the taxable year ending within the calendar year. Although a fund's distribution policies should enable it to avoid this excise tax, a fund may retain (and be subject to income or excise tax on) a portion of its capital gain or other income if it appears to be in the interest of such fund.

Special tax provisions that apply to certain investments. Certain of a fund's investment practices are subject to special and complex federal income tax provisions, including rules relating to short sales, constructive sales, “straddle” and “wash sale” transactions and section 1256 contracts (as defined below), that may, among other things: (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions; (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gains into higher taxed short-term capital gains or ordinary income; (iii) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss; (iv) cause a fund to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash; and/or (v) adversely alter the characterization of certain fund investments. Moreover, the straddle rules and short sale rules may require the capitalization of certain related expenses of a fund.

Certain debt obligations. Some debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance (and zero-coupon debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance) that are acquired by a fund will be treated as debt obligations that are issued originally at a discount. Generally, the amount of the original issue discount (OID) is treated as interest income and required to be accrued (and required to be distributed by a fund) over the term of the debt security, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, upon partial or full repayment or disposition of the debt security. In addition, payment-in-kind debt securities will give rise to income which is required to be distributed and, in the case of a taxable obligation, is taxable, even though a fund holding the security receives no interest payment in cash on the security during the year.

Some debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance that are acquired by a fund in the secondary market may be treated as having “market discount.” Very generally, market discount is the excess of the stated redemption price of a debt obligation (or in the case of an obligation issued with OID, its “revised issue price”) over the purchase price of such obligation. Generally, any gain recognized on the disposition of, and any partial payment of principal on, a debt security having market discount is treated as interest income to the extent the gain, or principal payment, does not exceed the “accrued market discount” on such debt security. Alternatively, a fund may elect to accrue market discount currently, in which case a fund will be required to distribute the accrued market discount over the term of the debt security, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, upon partial or full repayment or disposition of the debt security. The rate at which the market discount accrues will depend upon which of the permitted accrual methods a fund elects.

Some debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of one year or less from the date of issuance that are acquired by a fund may be treated as having OID or, in certain cases, “acquisition discount” (very generally, the excess of the stated redemption price over the purchase price). A fund will be required to accrue the OID or acquisition discount and thus distribute it over the term of the debt security, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, upon partial or full repayment or disposition of the debt security. The rate at which OID or acquisition discount accrues will depend upon which of the permitted accrual methods a fund elects.

If a fund holds the foregoing kinds of securities, it may be required to pay out as an income distribution each year an amount which is greater than the total amount of cash interest a fund actually received. Such distributions may be made from the cash assets of a fund or by liquidation of portfolio securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold. A fund may realize gains or losses from such liquidations. In the event a fund realizes net gains from such transactions, its shareholders may receive larger distributions than they would have received in the absence of such transactions. These investments may also affect the character of income recognized by a fund.

A portion of the OID accrued on certain high yield discount obligations may not be deductible to the issuer and, in such cases, will instead generally be treated as a dividend paid by the issuer to the extent of the issuer’s earnings and profits. In such cases, dividend payments by a fund may be eligible for qualified dividend income treatment or, if the issuer of the high yield discount obligations is a corporation, the dividends received deduction for corporations to the extent attributable to the deemed dividend portion of such OID.

II-144

Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present special tax issues for a fund. Federal income tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as whether and, if so, to what extent a fund should recognize market discount on such a debt obligation, when a fund may cease to accrue interest, OID or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless securities, how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income and whether exchanges of debt obligations in a workout context are taxable. These and other issues will be addressed by a fund, when, as and if it invests in such securities, in order to seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its eligibility for treatment as a regulated investment company and does not become subject to federal income or excise tax.

Very generally, where a fund purchases a bond at a price that exceeds the redemption price at maturity (i.e., a premium), the premium is amortizable over the remaining term of the bond. In the case of a taxable bond, if a fund makes an election applicable to all such bonds it purchases, which election is irrevocable without consent of the IRS, the fund reduces the current taxable income from the bond by the amortized premium and reduces its tax basis in the bond by the amount of such offset; upon the disposition or maturity of such bonds acquired on or after January 4, 2013, the fund is permitted to deduct any remaining premium allocable to a prior period. In the case of a tax-exempt bond, tax rules require such a fund to reduce its tax basis by the amount of amortized premium.

Derivatives. In addition to the special rules described below in respect of options transactions and futures, a fund's transactions in other derivative instruments (e.g. forward contracts and swap agreements), as well as any of its other hedging, short sale or similar transactions, may be subject to special provisions of the Code (including provisions relating to “hedging transactions” and “straddles”) that, among other things, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by a fund (i.e., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to a fund and defer fund losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions may also: (i) require a fund to mark to market annually certain types of the positions in its portfolio (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out at the end of each year); or (ii) cause a fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to pay dividends or make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements described above in order to avoid certain income and excise taxes. A fund may be required to liquidate other investments (including when it is not advantageous to do so) to meet its distribution requirements, which may also accelerate the recognition of gain by the fund. A fund will monitor its transactions, make the appropriate tax elections and make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires any foreign currency, forward contract, option, futures contract or hedged investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of a fund from treatment as a regulated investment company.

In general, option premiums received by a fund are not immediately included in the income of a fund. Instead, the premiums are recognized when the option contract expires, the option is exercised by the holder, or a fund transfers or otherwise terminates the option (e.g., through a closing transaction). If a call option written by a fund is exercised and a fund sells or delivers the underlying stock, a fund generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to (a) the sum of the strike price and the option premium received by a fund minus (b) a fund’s basis in the stock. Such gain or loss generally will be short-term or long-term depending upon the holding period of the underlying stock. If securities are purchased by a fund pursuant to the exercise of a put option written by it, a fund generally will subtract the premium received from its cost basis in the securities purchased. The gain or loss with respect to any termination of a fund’s obligation under an option other than through the exercise of the option and related sale or delivery of the underlying stock generally will be short-term gain or loss depending on whether the premium income received by a fund is greater or less than the amount paid by a fund (if any) in terminating the transaction. Thus, for example, if an option written by a fund expires unexercised, a fund generally will recognize short-term gain equal to the premium received.

A fund's options activities may include transactions constituting straddles for federal income tax purposes that trigger the federal income tax straddle rules contained primarily in Section 1092 of the Code. Such straddles include, for example, positions in a particular security, or an index of securities, and one or more options that offset the former position, including options that are “covered” by a fund's long position in the subject security. Very generally, where applicable, Section 1092 requires: (i) that losses be deferred on positions deemed to be offsetting positions with respect to “substantially similar or related property,” to the extent of unrealized gain in the latter; and (ii) that the holding period of such a straddle position that has not already been held for the long-term holding period be terminated and begin anew once the position is no longer part of a straddle. The straddle rules apply in modified form to so-called “qualified

II-145

covered calls.” Very generally, where a taxpayer writes an option on a single stock that is “in the money” but not “deep in the money,” the holding period on the stock will not be terminated, as it would be under the general straddle rules, but will be suspended during the period that such calls are outstanding. These straddle rules could cause gains that would otherwise constitute long-term capital gains to be treated as short-term capital gains, and distributions that would otherwise constitute “qualified dividend income” (as discussed below) or qualify for the dividends-received deduction (as discussed below) to fail to satisfy the holding period requirements and therefore to be taxed at ordinary income tax rates or to fail to qualify for the dividends-received deduction, as the case may be.

In summary, a fund's options activities can cause a substantial portion of the fund's income to consist of short-term capital gains, taxable to shareholders at ordinary income rates when distributed to them.

A fund's investment in so-called “section 1256 contracts,” which include certain futures contracts as well as listed non-equity options written or purchased by a fund on US exchanges (including options on futures contracts, equity indices and debt securities), are subject to special federal income tax rules. All section 1256 contracts held by a fund at the end of its taxable year are required to be marked to their market value, and any unrealized gain or loss on those positions will be included in a fund's income as if each position had been sold for its fair market value at the end of the taxable year. The resulting gain or loss will be combined with any gain or loss realized by a fund from positions in section 1256 contracts closed during the taxable year. Provided such positions were held as capital assets and were neither part of a “hedging transaction” nor part of a “straddle,” 60% of the resulting net gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and 40% of such net gain or loss will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss (although certain foreign currency gains and losses from such contracts may be treated as ordinary in character), regardless of the period of time the positions were actually held by a fund.

As a result of entering into swap contracts, a fund may make or receive periodic net payments. A fund may also make or receive a payment when a swap is terminated prior to maturity through an assignment of the swap or other closing transaction. Periodic net payments will generally constitute ordinary income or deductions, while termination of a swap will generally result in capital gain or loss (which will be a long-term capital gain or loss if a fund has been a party to the swap for more than one year). With respect to certain types of swaps, a fund may be required to currently recognize income or loss with respect to future payments on such swaps or may elect under certain circumstances to mark such swaps to market annually for federal income tax purposes as ordinary income or loss. The federal income tax treatment of many types of credit default swaps is uncertain under current law.

In general, gain or loss on a short sale is recognized when a fund closes the sale by delivering the borrowed property to the lender, not when the borrowed property is sold. Gain or loss from a short sale is generally treated as capital gain or loss to the extent that the property used to close the short sale constitutes a capital asset in a fund's hands. Except with respect to certain situations where the property used by a fund to close a short sale has a long-term holding period on the date of the short sale, special rules would generally treat the gains on short sales as short-term capital gains. These rules may also terminate the running of the holding period of “substantially identical property” held by a fund. Moreover, a loss on a short sale will be treated as a long-term capital loss if, on the date of the short sale, “substantially identical property” has been held by a fund for more than a year. In general, a fund will not be permitted to deduct payments made to reimburse the lender of securities for dividends paid on borrowed stock if the short sale is closed on or before the 45th day after the short sale is entered into.

Income from certain commodity-related investments does not constitute qualifying income to a fund. The federal income tax treatment of commodity-linked notes and certain other derivative instruments in which a fund might invest is not certain, in particular with respect to whether income and gains from such instruments constitutes qualifying income. If a fund treats income from a particular instrument as qualifying income and the income is later determined not to constitute qualifying income, and, together with any other nonqualifying income, causes the fund’s nonqualifying income to exceed 10% of its gross income in any taxable year, the fund will fail to qualify as a regulated investment company unless it is eligible to and does pay a tax at the fund level. Certain funds (including DWS Enhanced Commodity
Strategy Fund, DWS Global Macro Fund and DWS RREEF Real Assets Fund) obtain exposure to commodities through a wholly owned subsidiary that invests in certain types of commodity-linked derivatives and other commodities-related investments. The income and gain earned through such subsidiaries is expected to constitute qualifying income under the Code. See “Investment in Wholly Owned Foreign Subsidiary” for more information.

II-146

Because the rules described above and other federal income tax rules applicable to these types of transactions are in some cases uncertain under current law, an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to these rules (which determination or guidance could be retroactive) may affect whether a fund has made sufficient distributions, and otherwise satisfied the relevant requirements, to maintain its qualification as a regulated investment company and avoid a fund-level tax. A fund intends to limit its activities in options, futures contracts, forward contracts, short sales, swaps and related transactions to the extent necessary to meet the requirements for qualification and treatment as a regulated investment company under the Code.

REITs. A fund’s investments in equity securities of REITs may result in a fund’s receipt of cash in excess of the REIT’s earnings; if a fund distributes these amounts, the distributions could constitute a return of capital to fund shareholders for federal income tax purposes. In addition, such investments in REIT equity securities also may require a fund to accrue and distribute income not yet received. To generate sufficient cash to make the requisite distributions, a fund may be required to sell securities in its portfolio (including when it is not advantageous to do so) that it otherwise would have continued to hold. Dividends received by a fund from a REIT will not qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction and generally will not constitute qualified dividend income.

Under a notice issued by the IRS in October 2006 and Treasury regulations that have yet to be issued but may apply retroactively, a portion of a fund’s income from a residual interest in a real estate mortgage investment conduit (REMIC) or an equity interest in a taxable mortgage pool (TMP) including such income received indirectly through a REIT or other pass-through entity (referred to in the Code as an “excess inclusion”) will be subject to federal income tax in all events. This notice also provides, and the regulations are expected to provide, that excess inclusion income of a regulated investment company will be allocated to shareholders of the regulated investment company in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related REMIC or TMP interest directly (see “Taxation of US Shareholders – Dividends and distributions – Additional considerations” and see also “Tax-exempt Shareholders” for a summary of certain federal income tax consequences to shareholders of distributions reported as excess inclusion income).

For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 and before January 1, 2026, qualified REIT dividends (i.e., REIT dividends other than capital gain dividends and portions of REIT dividends designated as qualified dividend income) are eligible for a 20% federal income tax deduction in the case of individuals, trusts and estates. A fund that receives qualified REIT dividends may elect to pass the special character of this income through to its shareholders. To be eligible to treat distributions from a fund as qualified REIT dividends, a shareholder must hold shares of the fund for more than 45 days during the 91-day period beginning on the date that is 45 days before the date on which the shares become ex-dividend with respect to such dividend and the shareholder must not be under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. If a fund does not elect to pass the special character of this income through to shareholders or if a shareholder does not satisfy the above holding period requirements, the shareholder will not be entitled to the 20% deduction for the shareholder’s share of the fund’s qualified REIT dividend income while direct investors in REITs may be entitled to the deduction.

Standby commitments. A fund may purchase municipal securities together with the right to resell the securities to the seller at an agreed upon price or yield within a specified period prior to the maturity date of the securities. Such a right to resell is commonly known as a “put” and is also referred to as a “standby commitment.” A fund may pay for a standby commitment either in cash or in the form of a higher price for the securities which are acquired subject to the standby commitment, thus increasing the cost of securities and reducing the yield otherwise available. Additionally, a fund may purchase beneficial interests in municipal securities held by trusts, custodial arrangements or partnerships and/or combined with third-party puts or other types of features such as interest rate swaps; those investments may require a fund to pay “tender fees” or other fees for the various features provided. The IRS has issued a revenue ruling to the effect that, under specified circumstances, a regulated investment company will be the owner of tax-exempt municipal obligations acquired subject to a put option. The IRS has also issued private letter rulings to certain taxpayers (which do not serve as precedent for other taxpayers) to the effect that tax-exempt interest received by a regulated investment company with respect to such obligations will be tax-exempt in the hands of the company and may be distributed to its shareholders as exempt-interest dividends. The IRS has subsequently announced that it will not ordinarily issue advance ruling letters as to the identity of the true owner of property in cases involving the sale of securities

II-147

or participation interests therein if the purchaser has the right to cause the security, or the participation interest therein, to be purchased by either the seller or a third party. A fund, where relevant, intends to take the position that it is the owner of any municipal obligations acquired subject to a standby commitment or other third party put and that tax-exempt interest earned with respect to such municipal obligations will be tax-exempt in its hands. There is no assurance that the IRS will agree with such position in any particular case. If a fund is not viewed as the owner of such municipal obligations, it will not be permitted to treat the exempt interest paid on such obligations as belonging to it. This may affect the fund’s eligibility to pay exempt-interest dividends to its shareholders. Additionally, the federal income tax treatment of certain other aspects of these investments, including the treatment of tender fees paid by a fund, in relation to various regulated investment company tax provisions is unclear. However, the Advisor intends to manage a fund's portfolio in a manner designed to minimize any adverse impact from the tax rules applicable to these investments.

As described herein, in certain circumstances a fund may be required to recognize taxable income or gain even though no corresponding amounts of cash are received concurrently. A fund may therefore be required to obtain cash to satisfy its distribution requirements by selling securities at times when it might not otherwise be desirable to do so or by borrowing the necessary cash, thereby incurring interest expense. In certain situations, a fund will, for a taxable year, defer all or a portion of its capital losses and currency losses realized after October 31 until the next taxable year in computing its investment company taxable income and net capital gain, which will defer the recognition of such realized losses. Such deferrals and other rules regarding gains and losses realized after October 31 may affect the federal income tax character of shareholder distributions.

Foreign investments. Income (including, in some cases, capital gains) from investments in foreign stocks or securities may be subject to foreign taxes, including withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign jurisdictions. Tax conventions between certain countries and the US may reduce or eliminate such taxes. It is not possible to determine a fund’s effective rate of foreign tax in advance since the amount of a fund's assets to be invested in various countries is not known. Payment of such taxes will reduce a fund's yield on those investments.

If a fund is liable for foreign taxes and if more than 50% of the value of a fund's total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of stocks or securities of foreign corporations (including foreign governments), a fund may make an election pursuant to which certain foreign taxes paid by a fund would be treated as having been paid directly by shareholders of a fund. Pursuant to such election, shareholders may be able to claim a credit or deduction on their federal income tax returns for their pro rata portions of qualified taxes paid by a fund to foreign countries in respect of foreign securities that such fund has held for at least the minimum period specified in the Code. In such a case, shareholders will include in gross income from foreign sources their pro rata shares of such taxes paid by a fund. Each shareholder of a fund will be notified whether the foreign taxes paid by a fund will “pass through” for that year and, if so, such notification will report the shareholder's portion of (i) the foreign taxes paid by a fund and (ii) a fund's foreign source income. Certain fund of funds also may qualify to pass through to shareholders foreign taxes paid by underlying funds in which the fund of funds invests. See Investments in Underlying Funds, below.

A shareholder’s ability to claim an offsetting foreign tax credit or deduction in respect of foreign taxes paid by a fund is subject to certain limitations imposed by the Code, which may result in the shareholder not receiving a full credit or deduction (if any) for the amount of such taxes. Shareholders who do not itemize on their federal income tax returns may claim a credit (but not a deduction) for such foreign taxes. The amount of foreign taxes that a shareholder may claim as a credit in any year will generally be subject to a separate limitation for “passive income,” which includes, among other types of income, dividends, interest and certain foreign currency gains. Because capital gains realized by a fund on the sale of foreign securities will be treated as US source income, the available credit of foreign taxes paid with respect to such gains may be restricted. Shareholders that are not subject to federal income tax, and those who invest in a fund through tax-advantaged accounts (including those who invest through individual retirement accounts or other tax-advantaged retirement plans), generally will receive no benefit from any tax credit or deduction passed through by a fund.

If a fund does not satisfy the requirements for passing through to its shareholders their proportionate shares of any foreign taxes paid by a fund, shareholders generally will not be entitled to claim a credit or deduction with respect to foreign taxes incurred by a fund and will not be required to include such taxes in their gross income.

II-148

A fund’s transactions in foreign currencies, foreign-currency-denominated debt obligations and certain foreign currency options, futures contracts and forward contracts (and similar instruments) may in certain instances give rise to ordinary income or loss to the extent such income or loss results from fluctuations in the value of the foreign currency concerned. Under section 988 of the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time a fund accrues income or receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time a fund actually collects such income or pays such liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or ordinary loss. In general, gains (and losses) realized on debt instruments will be treated as section 988 gain (or loss) to the extent attributable to changes in exchange rates between the US dollar and the currencies in which the instruments are denominated. Similarly, gains or losses on foreign currency, foreign currency forward contracts and certain foreign currency options or futures contracts, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss unless a fund elects otherwise. Any such ordinary income treatment may accelerate or increase fund distributions to shareholders, and increase the distributions taxed to shareholders as ordinary income. Any net ordinary losses so created cannot be carried forward by a fund to offset income or gains earned in subsequent taxable years. With regard to forward contracts entered into beginning January 15, 2015 the DWS CROCI® International Fund has elected to treat eligible currency gains and losses derived from forward contracts as capital gains and losses; not all currency gains and losses are eligible for this treatment.

Investment in passive foreign investment companies (PFICs). If a fund purchases shares in certain foreign investment entities, called “passive foreign investment companies” (PFICs), it may be subject to federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares, which tax cannot be eliminated by making distributions to fund shareholders. Such excess distributions and gains will be considered ordinary income. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on a fund in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains.

However, a fund may elect to avoid the imposition of that tax. For example, a fund may in certain cases elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Code (i.e., make a “QEF election”), in which case a fund would be required to include in income each year its share of the ordinary earnings and net capital gains of the qualified electing fund, even if such amounts were not distributed to a fund. In order to make this election, a fund would be required to obtain certain annual information from the PFICs in which it invests, which may be difficult or not possible to obtain.

Alternatively, a fund may make a mark-to-market election that will result in a fund being treated as if it had sold (and, solely for purposes of this mark-to-market election, repurchased) its PFIC stock at the end of such fund’s taxable year. In such case, a fund would report any such gains as ordinary income and would deduct any such losses as ordinary losses to the extent of previously recognized gains. The QEF and mark-to-market elections must be made separately for each PFIC owned by a fund and, once made, would be effective for all subsequent taxable years, unless revoked with the consent of the IRS. By making the election, a fund could potentially ameliorate the adverse federal income tax consequences with respect to its ownership of shares in a PFIC, but in any particular year may be required to recognize income in excess of the distributions it receives from PFICs and its proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock. A fund may have to distribute this “phantom” income and gain to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement and/or to avoid imposition of the 4% excise tax. Making either of these elections therefore may require a fund to liquidate other investments (including when it is not advantageous to do so) to meet its distribution requirement, which also may accelerate the recognition of gain and affect a fund's total return. A fund will make the appropriate tax elections, if possible, and take any additional steps that are necessary to mitigate the effect of these rules. Because it is not always possible to identify a foreign corporation as a PFIC, a fund may incur the tax and interest charges described above in some instances. Dividends paid by PFICs will not be eligible to be treated as “qualified dividend income.”

Investment in Wholly Owned Foreign Subsidiary. Certain funds may invest a portion of their assets (but not more than 25% of the value of the fund’s total assets as of the end of each quarter of such fund’s taxable year) in a wholly owned foreign subsidiary that will invest in certain types of commodity-linked derivatives and other commodities-related investments (each a “Subsidiary”). Each Subsidiary was formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands and is classified as a corporation for federal income tax purposes.

II-149

For federal income tax purposes, each Subsidiary will be treated as a controlled foreign corporation and the applicable fund will be treated as a “US shareholder” of the Subsidiary. As a result, each fund will be required to include in gross income for federal income tax purposes all of its Subsidiary’s “subpart F income” and any “global intangible low-taxed income” (“GILTI”), whether or not such income is distributed by the Subsidiary. It is expected that all or substantially all of each Subsidiary’s income will be “subpart F income.” Each fund's recognition of its Subsidiary's “subpart F income” and GILTI will increase the fund's basis in its shares of the Subsidiary. Distributions by a Subsidiary to the applicable fund will be tax-free, to the extent of the Subsidiary's previously undistributed “subpart F income” and GILTI and will correspondingly reduce the fund’s basis in its shares of the Subsidiary. “Subpart F income” and GILTI are generally treated as ordinary income, regardless of the character of a Subsidiary’s underlying income. Therefore, each fund’s investment in its Subsidiary may cause the fund to realize more ordinary income than would be the case if the fund invested directly in the investments held by its Subsidiary. If a net loss is realized by a Subsidiary, such loss is not generally available to offset other income earned by the applicable fund; such net losses generally cannot be carried forward by the Subsidiary to offset income or gain realized by it in future years.

As noted above, to qualify as a regulated investment company, a fund must derive at least 90% of its gross income each taxable year from certain specified sources. Income from direct investments in commodities and certain commodity-related investments generally does not constitute qualifying income. The IRS, however, has issued regulations under which each of the subpart F income and GILTI of a regulated investment company attributable to the regulated investment company’s investment in a controlled foreign corporation is qualifying income to the regulated investment company to the extent that such income is derived with respect to the regulated investment company’s business of investing in stock, securities or currencies. Each fund that invests in a Subsidiary expects its subpart F income attributable to its investment in its Subsidiary to be derived with respect to the fund’s business of investing in stock, securities or currencies. Accordingly, each fund expects its subpart F income attributable to its investment in its Subsidiary to be treated as qualifying income. The IRS, however, may assert that a fund’s income attributable to its Subsidiary is not qualifying income. In such a case, a fund could fail to qualify as a regulated investment company, could be limited in its ability to implement its current investment strategies and may need to significantly change its investment strategies, which could adversely affect the fund. A fund also may incur transaction and other costs.

Investments in MLP Equity Securities. A fund may invest to a limited degree in MLPs and other entities that are treated as qualified publicly traded partnerships for federal income tax purposes. Net income derived from a qualified publicly traded partnership is included in the sources of income from which a regulated investment company must derive at least 90% of its gross income. However, no more than 25% of the value of a regulated investment company’s total assets at the end of each fiscal quarter may be invested in securities of qualified publicly traded partnerships. If an MLP in which a fund invests is treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, a fund will be required to take into account a fund’s allocable share of the income, gains, losses, deductions, expenses and tax credits recognized by each such MLP regardless of whether the MLP distributes cash to a fund. Income allocated to a fund from an MLP may include income recognized as a result of the cancellation of the MLP’s debt. Because a fund may recognize income from an MLP in excess of the cash distributions received from the MLP, a fund may be required to sell other securities or may have to use leverage in order to satisfy the distribution requirements to qualify as a regulated investment company and to avoid federal income and excise taxes. The longer that a fund holds a particular MLP investment, the more likely it is that such MLP could generate net taxable income allocable to a fund equal to or in excess of the distributions the MLP makes to a fund.

Distributions to a fund from an MLP that that is taxed as a partnership for federal income tax purposes are not taxable unless the cash amount (or in certain cases, the fair market value of marketable securities) distributed exceeds a fund’s basis in its MLP interest. A fund’s basis in its equity securities in an MLP taxed as a partnership generally is equal to the amount a fund paid for the equity securities (i) increased by a fund’s allocable share of the MLP’s net income and certain MLP debt, if any, and (ii) decreased by a fund’s allocable share of the MLP’s net losses and distributions received by a fund from the MLP. Although any distributions by an MLP to a fund in excess of a fund’s allocable share of such MLP’s net income may create a temporary economic benefit to a fund, such distribution will decrease a fund’s basis in its MLP interest and will therefore increase the amount of gain (or decrease the amount of loss) that will be recognized on the sale of an equity security in the MLP by a fund. A portion of any gain or loss recognized by a fund on a disposition of an MLP equity security where the MLP is taxed as a partnership may be taxed as ordinary income

II-150

or loss to the extent attributable to assets of the MLP that give rise to depreciation recapture, intangible drilling and development cost recapture or other “unrealized receivables” or “inventory items” under the Code. Any such gain may exceed net taxable gain realized on the disposition and will be recognized even if there is a net taxable loss on the disposition.

For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 and before January 1, 2026, “qualified publicly traded partnership income” is treated as “qualified business income” that is eligible for a 20% federal income tax deduction in the case of individuals, trusts and estates. The Code currently does not contain a provision permitting a regulated investment company to pass the special character of this income through to shareholders. As a result, direct investors in MLPs that are publicly traded partnerships taxed as partnerships may be entitled to this deduction while investors that invest in a fund that invests in such MLPs will not.

Investments in the Master Portfolios. Special tax considerations apply to a Feeder Fund investing in a Master Portfolio. As noted above, each Master Portfolio is treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. For federal income tax purposes, a Feeder Fund generally will be allocated its distributive share (as determined in accordance with the governing instruments of the applicable Master Portfolio, as well as with the Code, the Treasury regulations thereunder, and other applicable authority) of the income, gains, losses, deductions, credits, and other tax items of its Master Portfolio so as to reflect the Feeder Fund’s interests in the Master Portfolio. A Master Portfolio may modify its partner allocations to comply with applicable tax regulations, including, without limitation, the income tax regulations under Sections 704, 734, 743, 754, and 755 of the Code. It also may make special allocations of specific tax items, including gross income, gain, deduction, or loss. These modified or special allocations could result in a Feeder Fund, as a partner, receiving more or less items of income, gain, deduction, or loss (and/or income, gain, deduction, or loss of a different character) than it would in the absence of such modified or special allocations. A Feeder Fund will be required to include in its income its share of its Master Portfolio’s tax items, including gross income, gain, deduction, or loss, for any taxable year regardless of whether or not the Master Portfolio distributes any cash to the Feeder Fund in such year.

A Master Portfolio is not required, and generally does not expect, to make distributions (other than distributions in redemption of Master Portfolio interests) to its investors each year. Accordingly, the income recognized by a Feeder Fund in respect of its investment in a Master Portfolio could exceed amounts distributed (if any) by the Master Portfolio to the Feeder Fund in a particular taxable year, and thus the Feeder Fund could be required to redeem a portion of its interests in the Master Portfolio in order to obtain sufficient cash to satisfy its annual distribution requirements (described above) and to otherwise avoid fund-level federal income and excise taxes.

A Feeder Fund’s receipt of a non-liquidating cash (or in certain cases, marketable securities) distribution from a Master Portfolio generally will result in recognized gain (but not loss) only to the extent that the amount of the distribution exceeds the Feeder Fund’s adjusted basis in its interests of the Master Portfolio before the distribution. A Feeder Fund that receives a liquidating cash (or in certain cases, marketable securities) distribution from a Master Portfolio generally will recognize capital gain to the extent of the difference between the proceeds received by the Feeder Fund and the Feeder Fund’s adjusted tax basis in interests of such Master Portfolio; however, the Feeder Fund generally will recognize ordinary income, rather than capital gain, to the extent that the Feeder Fund’s allocable share of “unrealized receivables” (including any accrued but untaxed market discount) and substantially appreciated inventory, if any, exceeds the Feeder Fund’s share of the basis in those unrealized receivables and substantially appreciated inventory. Any capital loss realized on a liquidating cash (or in certain cases, marketable securities) distribution may be recognized by a Feeder Fund only if it redeems all of its Master Portfolio interests for cash (or in certain cases, marketable securities). A Feeder Fund generally will not recognize gain or loss on an in-kind distribution of property from a Master Portfolio, including on an in-kind redemption of Master Portfolio interests. However, certain exceptions to this general rule may apply.

II-151

Taxation of US Shareholders

Dividends and distributions. A fund intends to distribute substantially all of its investment company taxable income (computed without regard to the dividends-paid deduction) and net capital gain (that is, the excess of net realized long-term capital gains over net realized short-term capital losses), if any, to shareholders each year. Unless a shareholder instructs the Trust/Corporation to pay such dividends and distributions in cash, they will be automatically reinvested in additional shares of a fund.

Dividends and other distributions by a fund are generally treated under the Code as received by the shareholders at the time the dividend or distribution is made, whether you receive them in cash or reinvest them in additional shares. However, any dividend or distribution declared by a fund in October, November or December of any calendar year and payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month shall be deemed to have been received by each shareholder on December 31 of such calendar year and to have been paid by a fund not later than such December 31, provided such dividend is actually paid by a fund on or before January 31 of the following calendar year. Dividends and distributions received by a retirement plan qualifying for tax-exempt treatment under the Code will not be subject to current federal income taxation. However, withdrawals from such retirement plans may be subject to federal income tax.

If a fund retains for investment an amount equal to all or a portion of its net capital gain, it will be subject to federal income tax at the fund level at regular corporate rates on the amount retained. In that event, a fund may designate such retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders who (i) will be required to include in income for federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gains, their proportionate shares of the undistributed amount, and (ii) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the federal income tax paid by a fund on the undistributed amount against their federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent their credits exceed their liabilities. The tax basis of shares owned by a fund shareholder, for federal income tax purposes, will be increased by an amount equal to the difference between the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s gross income and the federal income tax deemed paid by the shareholder under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence. Organizations or persons not subject to federal income tax on such capital gains will be entitled to a refund of their pro rata share of such taxes paid by a fund upon filing appropriate returns or claims for refund with the IRS.

For federal income tax purposes, distributions of investment income (other than “exempt-interest dividends,” see below) are generally taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. Taxes on distributions of capital gains are determined by how long a fund owned (or is deemed to have owned) the investments that generated them, rather than how long a shareholder has owned his, her or its shares. In general, the fund will recognize long-term capital gain or loss on investments it has owned (or is deemed to have owned) for more than one year, and short-term capital gain or loss on investments it has owned (or is deemed to have owned) for one year or less. Distributions of net capital gains that are properly reported by a fund as capital gain dividends (Capital Gain Dividends) will be taxable as long-term capital gains includible in and taxed at the reduced rates applicable to net capital gain. Distributions from capital gains are generally made after applying any available capital loss carryovers. Except as discussed below, all other dividends of a fund (including dividends from short-term capital gains) from current and accumulated earnings and profits are generally subject to federal income tax as ordinary income.

Section 1411 of the Code generally imposes a 3.8% Medicare contribution tax on the net investment income of certain individuals, trusts and estates to the extent their income exceeds certain threshold amounts. For these purposes, “net investment income” generally includes, among other things, (i) distributions paid by a fund of net investment income and capital gains (other than exempt-interest dividends, described below) as described above, and (ii) any net gain from the sale, redemption, exchange or other taxable disposition of a fund's shares. Shareholders are advised to consult their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this additional tax on their investment in a fund.

Qualified dividend income. Distributions reported by a fund as derived from “qualified dividend income” will be taxed to individuals and other noncorporate shareholders at the reduced federal income tax rates generally applicable to net capital gains, provided certain holding period and other requirements are met at both the shareholder and fund levels. Dividends subject to these special rules are not actually treated as capital gains, however, and thus are not included in the computation of an individual's net capital gain and generally cannot be offset by capital losses.

II-152

If 95% or more of a fund's gross income (excluding net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) in a taxable year is attributable to qualified dividend income received by a fund, 100% of the dividends paid by a fund (other than distributions reported by a fund as Capital Gain Dividends) to individuals and other noncorporate shareholders during such taxable year will be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income. If less than 95% of a fund’s gross income is attributable to qualified dividend income, then only the portion of the fund’s dividends that is attributable to qualified dividend income and reported as such by the fund will be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income.

For these purposes, qualified dividend income generally means income from dividends received by a fund from US corporations and certain foreign corporations. Dividend income received by a fund and distributed to a fund shareholder may not be treated as qualified dividend income by the shareholder unless a fund satisfies certain holding period and other requirements with respect to the stock in its portfolio generating such dividend income and the shareholder meets certain holding period and other requirements with respect to a fund's shares. A dividend will not be treated as qualified dividend income (at either a fund or shareholder level) (1) if the dividend is received with respect to any share of stock held for fewer than 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (or, in the case of certain preferred stock, 91 days during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date), (2) to the extent that the recipient is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property, (3) if the recipient elects to have the dividend income treated as investment income for purposes of the limitation on deductibility of investment interest, or (4) if the dividend is received from a foreign corporation that is (a) not eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the US (with the exception of dividends paid on stock of such a foreign corporation readily tradable on an established securities market in the US) or (b) treated as a passive foreign investment company or surrogate foreign corporation that is not treated as a domestic corporation under Section 7874(b) of the Code. For purposes of determining the holding period for stock on which a dividend is received, such holding period is reduced for any period the recipient has an option to sell, is under a contractual obligation to sell or has made (and not closed) a short sale of substantially identical stock or securities, and in certain other circumstances.

Qualified dividend income does not include any dividends received from tax-exempt corporations or interest from fixed income securities. Also, dividends received by a fund from a REIT or another regulated investment company are generally qualified dividend income only to the extent the dividend distributions are made out of qualified dividend income received by such REIT or other regulated investment company.

Dividends-received deduction. If dividends from domestic corporations constitute a portion of a fund's gross income, a portion of the income distributions of a fund may be eligible for the 50% dividends-received deduction generally available to corporations to the extent of the amount of eligible dividends received by a fund from domestic corporations for the taxable year. A dividend received by a fund will not be treated as a dividend eligible for the dividends-received deduction (i) if it has been received with respect to any share of stock that the fund has held for less than 46 days (91 days in the case of certain preferred stock) during the 91-day period beginning on the date which is 45 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date in the case of certain preferred stock) or (ii) to the extent that the fund is under an obligation (pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. Moreover, the dividends-received deduction may otherwise be disallowed or reduced (i) if a corporate shareholder fails to satisfy the foregoing requirements with respect to its shares of a fund or (ii) by application of various provisions of the Code (for instance, the dividends-received deduction is reduced in the case of a dividend received on debt-financed portfolio stock (generally, stock acquired with borrowed funds)). For purposes of determining the holding period for stock on which a dividend is received, such holding period is reduced for any period the recipient has an option to sell, is under a contractual obligation to sell or has made (and not closed) a short sale of substantially identical stock or securities, and in certain other circumstances.

Distributions from REITs do not qualify for the deduction for dividends-received. Shareholders will be informed of the portion of fund dividends that so qualifies.

II-153

Capital gains. In determining its net capital gain, including in connection with determining the amount available to support a Capital Gain Dividend, its taxable income and its earnings and profits, a fund may elect to treat any post-October capital loss (defined as any net capital loss attributable to the portion of the taxable year after October 31 or, if there is no such loss, the net long-term capital loss or net short-term capital loss attributable to such portion of the taxable year) and late-year ordinary loss (generally, the sum of its (i) net ordinary losses from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of property, attributable to the portion of the taxable year after October 31 and its (ii) other net ordinary losses attributable to the portion of the taxable year after December 31) as if incurred in the succeeding taxable year.

Capital gains distributions may be reduced if a fund has capital loss carryforwards available. Capital losses in excess of capital gains (“net capital losses”) are not permitted to be deducted against a fund’s net investment income. Instead, subject to certain limitations, a fund may carry forward a net capital loss from any taxable year to offset capital gains, if any, realized during a subsequent taxable year. Any such carryforward losses will retain their character as short-term or long-term. Capital loss carryforwards are reduced to the extent they offset current-year net realized capital gains, whether the fund retains or distributes such gains. Any capital loss carryforwards and any post-October loss deferrals to which a fund is entitled are disclosed in a fund's annual reports to shareholders.

Additional considerations. Certain of a fund’s investments in derivative instruments and foreign currency-denominated instruments, and any of a fund’s transactions in foreign currencies and hedging activities, are likely to produce a difference between its book income and the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income. If there are differences between a fund’s book income and the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income, a fund may be required to distribute amounts in excess of its book income or a portion of fund distributions may be treated as a return of capital to shareholders. If a fund’s book income exceeds the sum of its taxable income (including realized capital gains) and net tax-exempt income, the distribution of such excess generally will be treated as (i) a dividend to the extent of a fund’s remaining earnings and profits, (ii) thereafter, as a return of capital to the extent of the recipient’s basis in its shares, and (iii) thereafter, as gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset. If a fund’s book income is less than the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income, a fund could be required to make distributions exceeding its book income to qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company.

Distributions to shareholders reported as excess inclusion income (see Special tax provisions that apply to certain investments – REITs) (i) may constitute “unrelated business taxable income” (UBTI) for those shareholders who would otherwise be exempt from federal income tax, such as individual retirement accounts, 401(k) accounts, Keogh plans, pension plans and certain charitable entities, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a federal income tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income, (ii) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (iii) will not be eligible for reduced US withholding tax rates for non-US shareholders (including non-US shareholders eligible for the benefits of a US income tax treaty), and (iv) may cause a fund to be subject to tax if certain “disqualified organizations,” as defined in the Code, are fund shareholders. A shareholder will be subject to federal income tax on such inclusions notwithstanding any exemption from such income tax otherwise available under the Code. See Tax-exempt shareholders below.

All distributions by a fund result in a reduction in the net asset value of a fund's shares. Should a distribution reduce the net asset value below a shareholder's cost basis, such distribution would nevertheless be taxable to the shareholder as ordinary income, qualified dividend income or capital gain as described above, even though, from an investment standpoint, it may constitute a partial return of capital. In particular, investors should be careful to consider the tax implications of buying shares just prior to a distribution. The price of shares purchased at that time includes the amount of the forthcoming distribution. Those purchasing fund shares just prior to a distribution will receive a partial return of capital upon the distribution, which nevertheless may be taxable to them for federal income tax purposes.

After the end of each calendar year, a fund will inform shareholders of the federal income tax status of dividends and distributions paid (or treated as paid) during such calendar year.

II-154

Exempt-interest dividends. Any dividends paid by a fund that are reported by a fund as exempt-interest dividends will not be subject to regular federal income tax. A fund will be qualified to pay exempt-interest dividends to its shareholders if, at the end of each quarter of a fund's taxable year, at least 50% of the total value of a fund's assets consists of obligations of a state or political subdivision thereof the interest on which is exempt from federal income tax under Code section 103(a). Distributions that a fund reports as exempt-interest dividends are treated as interest excludable from shareholders' gross income for federal income tax purposes but may result in liability for federal alternative minimum tax purposes and for state and local tax purposes for both individual and corporate shareholders. For example, if a fund invests in “private activity bonds,” certain shareholders may be subject to AMT on the part of a fund's distributions derived from interest on such bonds.

Certain funds of funds may also qualify to pay exempt-interest dividends to shareholders, to the extent of exempt-interest dividends received from underlying funds in which the fund of funds invests. See Investments in Underlying Funds, below.

Interest on indebtedness incurred directly or indirectly to purchase or carry shares of a fund will not be deductible to the extent it is deemed related to exempt-interest dividends paid by a fund. The portion of interest that is not deductible is equal to the total interest paid or accrued on the indebtedness, multiplied by the percentage of a fund's total distributions (not including Capital Gain Dividends) paid to the shareholder that are exempt-interest dividends. Under rules used by the IRS to determine when borrowed funds are considered incurred for the purpose of purchasing or carrying particular assets, the purchase of shares may be considered to have been made with borrowed funds even though such funds are not directly traceable to the purchase of shares. In addition, the Code may require a shareholder that receives exempt-interest dividends to treat as taxable income a portion of certain otherwise non-taxable social security and railroad retirement benefit payments. A portion of any exempt-interest dividend paid by a fund that represents income derived from certain revenue or private activity bonds held by a fund may not retain its tax-exempt status in the hands of a shareholder who is a “substantial user” of a facility financed by such bonds, or a “related person” thereof. Moreover, some or all of the exempt-interest dividends distributed by a fund may be a specific preference item, or a component of an adjustment item, for purposes of the federal AMT. The receipt of dividends and distributions from a fund may affect a foreign corporate shareholder's federal “branch profits” tax liability and the federal “excess net passive income” tax liability of a shareholder that is a Subchapter S corporation. Shareholders should consult their own tax advisors as to whether they are (i) “substantial users” with respect to a facility or “related” to such users within the meaning of the Code or (ii) subject to a federal AMT, the federal “branch profits” tax or the federal “excess net passive income” tax.

Shareholders that are required to file tax returns are required to report tax-exempt interest income, including exempt-interest dividends, on their federal income tax returns. A fund will inform shareholders of the federal income tax status of its distributions after the end of each calendar year, including the amounts, if any, that qualify as exempt-interest dividends and any portions of such amounts that constitute tax preference items under the federal AMT. Shareholders who have not held shares of a fund for a full taxable year may have designated as tax-exempt or as a tax preference item a percentage of their distributions which is different from the percentage of a fund’s income that was tax-exempt or comprising tax preference items during the period of their investment in a fund. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors for more information.

Securities lending. Securities lending activities may result in adverse tax consequences for the shareholders of a fund. While securities are loaned by a fund, the borrower will pay the fund amounts equal to any dividends or interest paid on the borrowed securities in lieu of the dividends or interest. For federal income tax purposes, payments made in lieu of dividends are not considered dividend income and, in turn, do not qualify for the preferential tax rates on qualified dividends for individuals or the dividends-received deduction for corporations. Additionally, in the case of a fund that loans tax-exempt securities, any payments made in lieu of tax-exempt interest will be considered taxable income to the fund, and thus, to the shareholders, even though such interest may be tax-exempt when paid to the borrower of the securities. A fund will not be able to pass-through to its shareholders foreign taxes withheld on payments made in lieu of dividends or interest. You should consult your financial intermediary or tax advisor to discuss how securities lending affects your particular circumstances.

II-155

Transactions in fund shares. Upon the sale or exchange of his, her or its shares, a shareholder generally will realize a taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and his, her or its basis in the shares. A redemption of shares by a fund generally will be treated as a sale for this purpose. Such gain or loss will be treated as capital gain or loss if the shares are capital assets in the shareholder's hands, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for more than one year and short-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for one year or less. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange will be disallowed to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced, including replacement through the reinvesting of dividends and capital gains distributions in a fund, within a 61-day period beginning thirty (30) days before and ending thirty (30) days after the disposition of the shares. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be increased to reflect the disallowed loss.

Any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of a fund's shares held by a shareholder for six months or less will be treated as long-term, rather than short-term, to the extent of any capital gain dividends received (or deemed received) by the shareholder with respect to the shares. Any loss realized by a shareholder on the sale of fund shares held by the shareholder for six months or less will be disallowed to the extent of any exempt-interest dividends received by the shareholder with respect to such shares, unless a fund declares exempt-interest dividends on a daily basis in an amount equal to at least 90% of its net tax-exempt interest and distributes such dividends on a monthly or more frequent basis. A shareholder's ability to utilize capital losses may be limited under the Code. If a shareholder incurs a sales charge in acquiring shares of a fund, disposes of those shares within 90 days and then acquires by January 31 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the disposition occurred shares in a mutual fund for which the otherwise applicable sales charge is reduced by reason of a reinvestment right (e.g., an exchange privilege), the original sales charge will not be taken into account in computing gain or loss on the original shares to the extent the subsequent sales charge is reduced. Instead, the disregarded portion of the original sales charge will be added to the tax basis of the newly acquired shares. Furthermore, the same rule also applies to a disposition of the newly acquired shares made within 90 days of the second acquisition. This provision prevents a shareholder from immediately deducting the sales charge by shifting his, her or its investment within a family of mutual funds.

The sale or other disposition of shares of a fund by a retirement plan qualifying for tax-exempt treatment under the Code will not be subject to federal income tax. However, withdrawals from such retirement plans may be subject to federal income tax. Because the federal income tax treatment of a sale or exchange of fund shares depends on your purchase price and your personal tax position, you should keep your regular account statements to use in determining your federal income tax liability.

Under US Treasury regulations, a shareholder of a money market fund may elect a simplified method for determining gain or loss on fund shares. This simplified method is called the NAV method. Under the NAV method, gain or loss on fund shares is not computed on every sale or redemption. Instead, gain or loss is based on the aggregate value of a shareholder’s fund shares during the computation period. A shareholder’s gain or loss generally equals (i) the aggregate fair market value of the shareholder’s shares in the fund at the end of the computation period, (ii) minus the aggregate fair market value of the shareholder’s shares at the end of the prior computation period, (iii) minus the shareholder’s “net investment” in the fund for the computation period. A shareholder’s net investment is the aggregate cost of fund shares purchased during the computation period (including reinvested dividends) minus the aggregate amount received in taxable redemptions of fund shares during the same period. The computation period may be the shareholder’s taxable year or a shorter period, as long as all computation periods contain days from only one taxable year and every day during the taxable year falls within one and only one computation period. Any capital gain or loss realized under the NAV method will be a short-term capital gain or loss. Shareholders should consult their own tax advisor to determine if the NAV method is appropriate for their individual circumstances.

Cost basis reporting. A fund or, for a shareholder that purchased fund shares through a financial intermediary, the financial intermediary, is generally required to report to the IRS, and furnish to such shareholder “cost basis” and “holding period” information for fund shares the shareholder acquired on or after January 1, 2012 and redeemed on or after that date (covered shares). These requirements do not apply to investments through a tax-advantaged arrangement or to shares of money market funds. For covered shares, the fund or the financial intermediary, as appropriate, will report the following information to the IRS and to the shareholder on Form 1099-B: (i) the adjusted basis of such shares; (ii) the gross proceeds received on the redemption; and (iii) whether any gain or loss with respect to the redeemed shares is long-term or short-term.

II-156

With respect to fund shares in accounts held directly with a fund, the fund will calculate and report cost basis using a fund’s default method of average cost, unless the shareholder instructs the fund to use a different calculation method. Please visit the DWS Web site at dws.com (the Web site does not form a part of this Statement of Additional Information) for more information.

Shareholders who hold fund shares through a financial intermediary should contact the financial intermediary regarding the cost basis reporting default method used by the financial intermediary and the reporting elections available.

Shareholders should contact a tax advisor regarding the application of the cost basis reporting rules to their particular situation, including whether to elect a cost basis calculation method or use a fund’s default method of average cost.

Tax-exempt shareholders. A fund generally serves to “block” (that is, prevent the attribution to shareholders of) UBTI from being realized by tax-exempt shareholders. Notwithstanding this “blocking” effect, a tax-exempt shareholder could recognize UBTI by virtue of its investment in a fund if shares in a fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of Code Section 514(b).

Furthermore, a tax-exempt shareholder may recognize UBTI if a fund recognizes “excess inclusion income” derived from direct or indirect investments in REMIC residual interests or TMPs if the amount of such income recognized by a fund exceeds a fund’s investment company taxable income (after taking into account deductions for dividends paid by a fund). Any investment in residual interests of a Collateralized Mortgage Obligation (CMO) that has elected to be treated as a REMIC likewise can create complex tax problems, especially if a fund has state or local governments or other tax-exempt organizations as shareholders.

In addition, special tax consequences apply to charitable remainder trusts (CRTs) that invest in regulated investment companies that invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in REMICs or equity interests in TMPs. Under legislation enacted in December 2006, if a CRT (defined in section 664 of the Code) realizes any UBTI for a taxable year, it must pay an excise tax annually of an amount equal to such UBTI. Under IRS guidance issued in October 2006, a CRT will not recognize UBTI as a result of investing in a fund that recognizes “excess inclusion income.” Rather, if at any time during any taxable year a CRT (or one of certain other tax-exempt shareholders, such as the US, a state or political subdivision, or an agency or instrumentality thereof, and certain energy cooperatives) is a record holder of a share in a fund that recognizes “excess inclusion income,” then a fund will be subject to a tax on that portion of its “excess inclusion income” for the taxable year that is allocable to such shareholders at the highest federal corporate income tax rate. The extent to which this IRS guidance remains applicable in light of the December 2006 legislation is unclear. To the extent permitted under the 1940 Act and the Code, a fund may elect to specially allocate any such tax to the applicable CRT, or other shareholder, and thus reduce such shareholder’s distributions for the year by the amount of the tax that relates to such shareholder’s interest in a fund. CRTs and other tax-exempt investors are urged to consult their tax advisors concerning the consequences of investing in a fund.

Backup withholding and other tax considerations

A fund generally is required to withhold federal income tax on distributions (including exempt-interest dividends) and redemption proceeds payable to shareholders who fail to provide a fund with their correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, who have underreported dividend or interest income, or who have been notified (or when a fund is notified) by the IRS that they are subject to backup withholding. The backup withholding tax rate is currently 24%. Corporate shareholders and certain other shareholders specified in the Code generally are exempt from such backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholder’s federal income tax liability.

Special tax rules apply to investments through defined contribution plans and other tax-qualified plans. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the suitability of shares of a fund as an investment through such plans and the precise effect of an investment on their particular tax situation.

II-157

A fund’s shareholders may be subject to state and local taxes on distributions received from a fund and on redemptions of a fund’s shares. Rules of state and local taxation of dividend and capital gains distributions from regulated investment companies often differ from rules for federal income taxation described above. You are urged to consult your tax advisor as to the consequences of these and other state and local tax rules affecting an investment in a fund.

If a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to a fund’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance shareholders of a regulated investment company are not excepted. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

Shareholder Reporting Obligations With Respect to Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts. Shareholders that are US persons (i.e., US citizens and residents and US corporations, trusts and estates) and own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of a fund by vote or value could be required to report annually their “financial interest” in a fund’s “foreign financial accounts,” if any, on FinCen Form 114, Report of Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts. Shareholders should consult a tax advisor regarding the applicability to them of this reporting requirement.

Other Reporting and Withholding Requirements

Sections 1471-1474 of the Code and the US Treasury and IRS guidance issued thereunder (collectively, the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act or FATCA) generally require a fund to obtain information sufficient to identify the status of each of its shareholders under FATCA or under an applicable intergovernmental agreement (an IGA) between the US and a foreign government. If a shareholder fails to provide the requested information or otherwise fails to comply with FATCA or an IGA, a fund may be required to withhold under FATCA at a rate of 30% with respect to that shareholder on ordinary dividends, gross proceeds of share redemptions or exchanges and certain Capital Gain Dividends. Proposed Treasury Regulations, however, generally eliminate withholding under FATCA on gross proceeds, which include certain Capital Gains Dividends and gross proceeds from a sale, redemption or exchange of fund shares. Taxpayers generally may rely on these proposed Treasury Regulations until final Treasury Regulations are issued. If a payment by a fund is subject to FATCA withholding, a fund is required to withhold even if such payment would otherwise be exempt from withholding under the rules applicable to foreign shareholders described below (e.g., Capital Gain Dividends). Each prospective investor is urged to consult its tax advisor regarding the applicability of FATCA and any other reporting requirements with respect to the prospective investor’s own situation, including investments through an intermediary.

Taxation of non-US shareholders. In general, dividends other than Capital Gain Dividends and exempt-interest dividends paid by a fund to a shareholder that is not a “US person” within the meaning of the Code (non-US shareholder) are subject to withholding of federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate) even if they are funded by income or gains (such as portfolio interest, short-term capital gains, or foreign-source dividend and interest income) that, if paid to a non-US shareholder directly, would not be subject to withholding. Distributions properly reported as Capital Gain Dividends and exempt-interest dividends generally are not subject to withholding of federal income tax.

However, a fund is not required to withhold any amounts (i) with respect to distributions from US-source interest income of types similar to those not subject to federal income tax if earned directly by an individual non-US shareholder, to the extent such distributions are properly reported by a fund (interest-related dividends), and (ii) with respect to distributions of net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, to the extent such distributions are properly reported by the fund (short-term capital gain dividends). The exception to withholding for interest-related dividends does not apply to distributions to a non-US shareholder (A) that has not provided a satisfactory statement that the beneficial owner is not a US person, (B) to the extent that the dividend is attributable to certain interest on an obligation if the non-US shareholder is the issuer or is a 10% shareholder of the issuer, (C) that is within certain foreign countries that have inadequate information exchange with the US, or (D) to the extent the dividend is attributable to interest paid by a person that is a related person of the non-US shareholder and the non-US shareholder is a controlled foreign corporation. The exception to withholding for short-term capital gain dividends does not apply to (A) distributions to an individual non-US shareholder who is present in the US for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more

II-158

during the year of the distribution and (B) distributions subject to special rules regarding the disposition of US real property interests (USRPIs) as defined below. Depending on the circumstances, a fund may make designations of interest-related and/or short-term capital gain dividends with respect to all, some or none of its potentially eligible dividends and/or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for these exemptions from withholding. A fund does not currently intend to make designations of interest-related dividends.

A non-US shareholder is not, in general, subject to federal income tax on gains (and is not allowed a deduction for losses) realized on the sale of shares of a fund or on Capital Gain Dividends unless: (i) such gain or dividend is effectively connected with the conduct by the non-US shareholder of a trade or business within the US; (ii) in the case of a non-US shareholder that is an individual, the shareholder is present in the US for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the sale or the receipt of the Capital Gain Dividend and certain other conditions are met; or (iii) the shares constitute USRPIs or the Capital Gain Dividends are attributable to gains from the sale or exchange of USRPIs in accordance with the rules set forth below.

The 30% withholding tax does not apply to dividends paid to a non-US shareholder who provides a Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-US shareholder's conduct of a trade or business within the US. Instead, foreign shareholders with respect to whom income from a fund is effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by the foreign shareholder within the US will in general be subject to federal income tax on the income derived from a fund at the graduated rates applicable to US citizens, residents or domestic corporations, whether such income is received in cash or reinvested in shares of a fund and, in the case of a foreign corporation, may also be subject to a branch profits tax. If a foreign shareholder is eligible for the benefits of a tax treaty, any effectively connected income or gain will generally be subject to federal income tax on a net basis only if it is also attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the shareholder in the US. More generally, foreign shareholders who are residents in a country with an income tax treaty with the US may obtain different tax results than those described herein and are urged to consult their tax advisors.

In order to qualify for any exemption from withholding tax or a reduced rate of withholding tax under an applicable income tax treaty, a non-US shareholder will need to comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-US status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN or substitute form). In the case of shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold tax even if a fund reports a dividend as an interest-related dividend or short-term capital gain dividend. Non-US shareholders should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts.

A non-US shareholder who fails to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN or other applicable form may be subject to backup withholding at the appropriate rate.

In general, except as noted in this subsection, federal withholding tax will not apply to any gain or income realized by a non-US shareholder in respect of any distributions of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses, exempt-interest dividends, or upon the sale or other disposition of shares of a fund.

Special rules apply to distributions to certain non-US shareholders from a fund if a fund is either a “US real property holding corporation” (USRPHC) or would be a USRPHC but for the operation of the exceptions to the definition thereof described below. Additionally, special rules apply to the sale of shares in a fund if a fund is a USRPHC or former USRPHC. Very generally, a USRPHC is a domestic corporation that holds US real property interests (USRPIs) the fair market value of which equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market values of the corporation's USRPIs plus interests in real property located outside the US and other assets. USRPIs are defined as any interest in US real property or any interest (other than a creditor) in a USRPHC or former USRPHC. If a fund holds (directly or indirectly) significant interests in REITs, it may be a USRPHC. The special rules discussed in the next paragraph also apply to distributions from a fund if it would be a USRPHC absent exclusions from USRPI treatment for interests in domestically controlled REITs or regulated investment companies and not-greater-than-10% interests in publicly traded classes of stock in REITs or not-greater-than-5% interests in publicly traded classes of stock in regulated investment companies.

II-159

If a fund is a USRPHC or would be a USRPHC but for the exceptions from the definition of USRPI (described above), under a “look-through” rule, distributions by a fund that are attributable directly or indirectly to: (a) gain realized on the disposition of USRPIs by a fund; and (b) distributions received by a fund from a lower-tier regulated investment company or REIT that a fund is required to treat as USRPI gain in its hands will retain their character as gains realized from USRPIs in the hands of a fund's non-US shareholders and will be subject to federal withholding tax. In addition, such distributions could result in the foreign shareholder being required to file a US tax return and pay tax on the distributions at regular federal income tax rates. The consequences to a non-US shareholder, including the rate of such withholding and character of such distributions (e.g., ordinary income or USRPI gain) will vary depending on the extent of the non-US shareholder’s current and past ownership of a fund.

In addition, if a fund is a USRPHC or former USRPHC, a fund may be required to withhold US tax upon a redemption of shares by a greater-than-5% shareholder that is a non-US shareholder, and that shareholder would be required to file a US income tax return for the year of the disposition of the USRPI and pay any additional tax due on the gain. However, no such withholding is generally required with respect to amounts paid in redemption of shares of a fund if a fund was a domestically controlled qualified investment entity, or, in certain other limited cases, if a fund (whether or not domestically controlled) held substantial investments in regulated investment companies that were domestically controlled qualified investment entities.

Non-US shareholders are also subject to “wash sale” rules to prevent the avoidance of the tax-filing and payment obligations discussed above through the sale and repurchase of fund shares.

Shares of a fund held by a non-US shareholder at death will be considered situated within the US and will be subject to the US estate tax.

The tax consequences to a foreign shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may be different from those described herein. Foreign shareholders should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in a fund, including the applicability of foreign taxes.

Investments in Underlying Funds. Generally, the character of the income or gains that a fund receives from other mutual funds, Exchange Traded Funds or other investment companies that qualify as regulated investment companies under the Code (collectively, “underlying funds”) will pass through to the fund’s shareholders. However, to the extent that an underlying fund realizes net losses on its investments for a given taxable year, a fund will not be able to benefit from those losses until (i) the underlying fund realizes gains that it can reduce by those losses, or (ii) the fund recognizes its share of those losses (so as to offset income or gains from other investments) when it disposes of shares of the underlying fund. Moreover, even when a fund does make such a disposition, a portion of its loss may be recognized as a long-term capital loss.

In addition, in certain circumstances, the “wash sale” rules under Section 1091 of the Code may apply to a fund’s sales of underlying fund shares that have generated losses. A wash sale occurs if shares of an underlying fund are sold by a fund at a loss and the fund acquires additional shares of that same underlying fund or other substantially identical stock or securities 30 days before or after the date of the sale. The wash sale rules could defer losses in the fund’s hands on sales of underlying fund shares (to the extent such sales are wash sales) for extended (and, in certain cases, potentially indefinite) periods of time.

A fund’s sale of shares of an underlying fund, including those resulting from changes in the fund’s allocation of assets, could cause the fund to recognize taxable gains. A portion of such gains may be short-term capital gains, which will be taxable as ordinary income when distributed to a fund’s shareholders.

As a result of the foregoing rules, and certain other special rules, it is possible that the amounts of net investment income and net capital gain that a fund will be required to distribute to shareholders will be greater than such amounts would have been had the fund invested directly in the securities held by the underlying funds, rather than investing in shares of the underlying funds. For similar reasons, the character of distributions from a fund (e.g., long-term capital gain, exempt interest, eligibility for dividends-received deduction, etc.) will not necessarily be the same as it would have been had the fund invested directly in the securities held by the underlying funds.

II-160

If a fund receives dividends from an underlying fund, and the underlying fund reports such dividends as “qualified dividend income,” then the fund is permitted, in turn, to report a portion of its distributions as “qualified dividend income,” provided the fund meets the holding period and other requirements with respect to shares of the underlying fund.

If a fund receives dividends from an underlying fund, and the underlying fund reports such dividends as eligible for the dividends-received deduction, then the fund is permitted, in turn, to report a portion of its distributions as eligible for the dividends-received deduction, provided the fund meets the holding period and other requirements with respect to shares of the underlying fund.

If a fund receives tax credit bond credits from an underlying fund, and the underlying fund made an election to pass through such tax credits to its shareholders, then the fund is permitted in turn to elect to pass through its proportionate share of those tax credits to its shareholders, provided that the fund meets the shareholder notice and other requirements.

If at the close of each quarter of a fund’s taxable year, at least 50% of its total assets consists of interests in other regulated investment companies, a fund will be a “qualified fund of funds.” In that case, the fund is permitted to elect to pass through to its shareholders foreign income and other similar taxes paid by the fund or by an underlying fund that itself elected to pass such taxes through to shareholders, so that shareholders of the qualified fund of funds will be eligible to claim a tax credit or deduction for such taxes.

A qualified fund of funds (defined above) is permitted to distribute exempt-interest dividends and thereby pass through to its shareholders the tax-exempt character of interest on tax-exempt obligations and exempt-interest dividends it receives from underlying funds.

Variable annuity funds. Certain special tax considerations apply to the variable annuity funds (Deutsche DWS Variable Series I, Deutsche DWS Variable Series II and Deutsche DWS Investments VIT Funds). These funds intend to comply with the separate diversification requirements imposed by Section 817(h) of the Code and the regulations thereunder on certain insurance company separate accounts. These requirements limit the percentage of total assets used to fund variable contracts that an insurance company separate account may invest in any single investment. Because Section 817(h) and those regulations treat the assets of a regulated investment company owned exclusively by insurance company separate accounts and certain other permitted investors as assets of the separate accounts investing in that regulated investment company, these regulations are imposed on the assets of the variable annuity funds in addition to the diversification requirements imposed on the funds by the 1940 Act and Subchapter M of the Code. Specifically, the regulations provide that, except as permitted by the “safe harbor” described below (and, in general, during a one year start-up period), as of the end of each calendar quarter or within thirty (30) days thereafter no more than 55% of the total assets of a separate account may be represented by any one investment, no more than 70% by any two investments, no more than 80% by any three investments, and no more than 90% by any four investments. For this purpose, all securities of the same issuer are generally considered a single investment, and each US Government agency and instrumentality is considered a separate issuer. Section 817(h) provides, as a safe harbor, that a separate account will be treated as being adequately diversified if the diversification requirements under Subchapter M are satisfied and no more than 55% of the value of the account’s total assets is attributable to cash and cash items (including receivables), US Government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies. In addition, a separate account is considered adequately diversified if the account invests all its assets in a regulated investment company that is a government money market fund as defined in Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act and the regulated investment company is owned exclusively by insurance company separate accounts and certain other permitted investors.

Failure by a variable annuity fund to qualify as a regulated investment company or to satisfy the Section 817(h) requirements by failing to comply with the “55%-70%-80%-90%” diversification test or the safe harbor described above could cause the variable contracts to lose their favorable tax status and require a contract holder to include in ordinary income any income accrued under the contracts for the current and all prior taxable years. Under certain circumstances described in the applicable Treasury regulations, inadvertent failure to satisfy the Section 817(h) diversification requirements may be corrected, but such a correction could require a payment to the IRS with respect to the period or periods during which the investments of the account did not meet the diversification requirements. The amount of any such

II-161

payment could be based on the tax contract holders would have incurred if they were treated as receiving the income on the contract for the period during which the diversification requirements were not satisfied. Any such failure could also result in adverse tax consequences for the insurance company issuing the contracts.

The 4% excise tax described above does not apply to any regulated investment company whose sole shareholders are tax-exempt pension trusts, separate accounts of life insurance companies funding variable contracts and certain other tax-exempt entities and other regulated investment companies that qualify for this exception to the excise tax. In determining the sole shareholders of a regulated investment company for purposes of this exception to the excise tax, shares attributable to an investment in the regulated investment company (not exceeding $250,000) made in connection with the organization of the regulated investment company are not taken into account.

The IRS has indicated that too great a degree of investor control over the investment options underlying variable contracts may result in the loss of tax-deferred treatment for such contracts. The Treasury Department has issued rulings addressing the circumstances in which a variable contract owner’s control of the investments of the separate account may cause the contract owner, rather than the insurance company, to be treated as the owner of the assets held by the separate account, and is likely to issue additional rulings in the future. If the contract owner is considered the owner of the securities underlying the separate account, income and gains produced by those securities would be included currently in the contract owner’s gross income.

In determining whether an impermissible level of investor control is present, one factor the IRS considers when a separate account invests in one or more regulated investment companies is whether a regulated investment company's investment strategies are sufficiently broad to prevent a contract holder from being deemed to be making particular investment decisions through its investment in the separate account. Current IRS guidance indicates that typical regulated investment company investment strategies, even those with a specific sector or geographical focus, are generally considered sufficiently broad to prevent a contract holder from being deemed to be making particular investment decisions through its investment in a separate account. For example, the IRS has issued a favorable ruling concerning a separate account offering sub-accounts (each funded through a single regulated investment company) with the following investment strategies: money market, bonds, large company stock, international stock, small company stock, mortgage-backed securities, health care industry, emerging markets, telecommunications, financial services, South American stock, energy, and Asian markets. Each variable annuity fund has an investment objective and strategies that are not materially narrower than the investment strategies described in this IRS ruling.

The above discussion addresses only one of several factors that the IRS considers in determining whether a contract holder has an impermissible level of investor control over a separate account. Contract holders should consult with their insurance companies, their tax advisors, as well as the prospectus relating to their particular contract for more information concerning this investor control issue.

In the event that additional rules, regulations or other guidance are issued by the IRS or the Treasury Department concerning this issue, such guidance could affect the treatment of a variable annuity fund as described above, including retroactively. In addition, there can be no assurance that a variable annuity fund will be able to continue to operate as currently described, or that a variable annuity fund will not have to change its investment objective or investment policies in order to prevent, on a prospective basis, any such rules and regulations from causing variable contract owners to be considered the owners of the shares of the variable annuity fund.

All funds

The preceding is only a summary of certain material federal income tax consequences affecting a fund and its shareholders. Current and prospective shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in a fund, including federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences.

II-162

Part II: Appendix II-I—Proxy Voting Policy and Guidelines—DWS Americas

Scope

DWS investment advisors (“DWS”)1 registered with the SEC have adopted and implemented the following Proxy Voting Policy and Guidelines – DWS Americas (“Policy and Guidelines”). The Policy and Guidelines are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best economic interest of DWS’s advisory clients2 with voting rights (i.e., equity securities) and in accordance with its fiduciary duties and local regulation. The Policy and Guidelines apply to DWS when on behalf of client accounts, it has taken on the responsibility to vote, or provide recommendations relating to proxies.

The guidelines attached as Attachment A represent a set of recommendations (the “Guidelines”) that were determined by the DWS Proxy Voting Sub-Committee (“the PVSC”). These Guidelines were developed and approved by the PVSC to provide DWS with a comprehensive list of recommendations that represent how DWS will generally vote proxies for its clients. The Guidelines are closely aligned with, although not identical to, those of its proxy voting agent, Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”). As a fiduciary, DWS owes its clients a duty of loyalty and duty of care. As a result, DWS has a fiduciary obligation to vote proxies in the best economic interest of clients taking into consideration reasonable costs without considering any relationship that it or its parent or affiliates may have with an issuer. In addition, the organizational structures and documents of the various DWS legal entities allow, where necessary or appropriate, the execution by individual DWS subsidiaries of the proxy voting rights independently of any parent or affiliated company.

Capitalised terms have the meaning ascribed to them in the Glossary.

DWS’s Proxy Voting Responsibilities

Proxy votes are the property of DWS’s advisory clients. As such, DWS’s authority and responsibility to vote such proxies depend upon its contractual relationships with its clients or other delegated authority. DWS has delegated responsibility for effecting its advisory clients’ proxy votes to ISS, an independent third-party proxy voting specialist. ISS analyses and votes DWS’s advisory clients’ proxies in accordance with the Guidelines or DWS’s specific instructions. Where a client has given specific instructions as to how a proxy should be voted, DWS will notify ISS to carry out those instructions. Where no specific instruction exists, DWS will follow the procedures in voting the proxies set forth in this document. Certain Taft-Hartley clients may direct DWS to have ISS vote their proxies in accordance with Taft-Hartley Voting Guidelines.

1 These include DWS Investment Management Americas, Inc. (“DIMA”), DBX Advisors LLC (“DBX”) and RREEF Americas L.L.C. (“RREEF”) as well as DWS registered investment advisors based outside of the U.S. who provide services to U.S. accounts based on delegation from DIMA, DBX or RREEF.

2 For purposes of this document, “clients” refers to persons or entities: (i) for which DWS serves as investment advisor or sub-advisor; (ii) for which DWS votes proxies; and (iii) that have an economic or beneficial ownership interest in the portfolio securities of issuers soliciting such proxies.

Clients may in certain instances contract with their custodial agent and notify DWS that they wish to engage in securities lending transactions. In such cases, it is the responsibility of the custodian to deduct the number of shares that are on loan so that they do not get voted twice. DWS generally does not recall shares during a particular proxy vote but may recall shares under the limited circumstances described below. DWS maintains a list of U.S. and Canadian securities for certain clients that it does not intend to lend through a securities lending program during a given proxy voting season based on such factors as the overall ownership level to impact a vote, expected proxy votes on various matters or potential revenue associated with the security being out on loan over the period. DWS will also recall shares of securities on loan during a particular proxy vote for all products that have adopted an environmental, social and governance

II-163

(“ESG”) dedicated investment strategy. The handling of all recall requests is beyond DWS’s control and may not be satisfied in time for DWS to vote the shares in question. When shares remain on loan through a securities lending program, the portfolio management teams will not be able to participate in the votes.

POLICIES

Proxy Voting Activities are Conducted in the Best Economic Interest of Clients

DWS has adopted the following Policies and Guidelines to ensure that proxies are voted in accordance with the best economic interest of its clients, as determined by DWS in good faith after appropriate review. DWS believes that this responsibility includes consideration of the economic effect on companies of certain relevant ESG factors.

DWS Investment Platform

Portfolio managers or research analysts in the DWS Investment Platform with appropriate standing (“Portfolio Management”)3 review recommendations for the U.S. accounts they manage from ISS on how to vote proxies based on its application of the Guidelines. Portfolio Management and members of the PVSC may request that the PVSC consider voting a particular proxy contrary to the Guidelines or recommendations from ISS based on its application of the Guidelines, if they believe that it may not be in the best economic interest of clients to vote the proxy in accordance with the Guidelines or ISS recommendations.

The Proxy Voting Sub-Committee

The PVSC is an internal working group established by the applicable DWS’s Investment Risk Oversight Committee pursuant to written Terms of Reference. The PVSC is responsible for overseeing DWS’s proxy voting activities, including:

•

Adopting, monitoring and updating the Guidelines that provide how DWS will generally vote proxies pertaining to a comprehensive list of common proxy voting matters;

•

Making decisions on how to vote proxies where: (i) the issues are not covered by specific client instruction or the Guidelines; or (ii) where an exception to the Guidelines may be in the best economic interest of DWS’s clients;

•

Review recommendations raised by Portfolio Management, the PVSC and others to vote a particular proxy contrary to the Guidelines or recommendations from ISS based on its application of the Guidelines; and

•

Monitoring DWS’s Proxy Vendor Oversight Group (“Proxy Vendor Oversight”) proxy voting activities (see below).

DWS’s Proxy Vendor Oversight, a function of DWS’s Operations Group, is responsible for coordinating with ISS to administer DWS’s proxy voting process and for voting proxies in accordance with any specific client instructions or, if there are none, the Guidelines, and overseeing ISS’s proxy responsibilities in this regard.

3 Portfolio Management also includes portfolio managers from DWS registered investment advisors based outside the U.S. who provided services to the U.S. accounts based on a delegation from DIMA, DBX or RREEF.

Availability of Proxy Voting Policies and Proxy Voting Record

Copies of this Policy and Guidelines, as it may be updated from time to time are made available to clients as required by law and otherwise at DWS’s discretion. Clients may also obtain information on how their proxies were voted by DWS as required by law and otherwise at DWS’s discretion. Note, however, that DWS must not selectively disclose its investment company clients’ proxy voting records. Proxy Vendor Oversight will make proxy voting reports available to advisory clients upon request. The investment companies’ proxy voting records will be disclosed to shareholders by means of publicly available annual filings of each company’s proxy voting record for the 12-month periods ending June 30, if so required by relevant law.

II-164

Procedures

The key aspects of DWS’s proxy voting process are delineated below.

The DWS Proxy Voting Guidelines

The Guidelines set forth the PVSC’s standard voting positions on a comprehensive list of common proxy voting matters. The PVSC has developed and continues to update the Guidelines based on consideration of current corporate governance principles, industry standards, client feedback, and the impact of the matter on issuers and the value of the investments.

The PVSC will review the Guidelines as necessary to support the best economic interest of DWS’s clients and, in any event, at least annually. The PVSC will make changes to the Guidelines, whether as a result of the annual review or otherwise, taking solely into account the best economic interest of clients. Before changing the Guidelines, the PVSC will thoroughly review and evaluate the proposed change and the reasons therefore, and the PVSC Chairperson(s) will ask PVSC members whether anyone outside or within the DWS organization (including Deutsche Bank and its affiliates) or any entity that identifies itself as an DWS advisory client has requested or attempted to influence the proposed change and whether any member has a conflict of interest with respect to the proposed change. If any such matter is reported to the PVSC Chairperson(s), the Chairperson(s) will promptly notify the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee and will defer the approval, if possible. Lastly, the PVSC will fully document its rationale for approving any change to the Guidelines.

The Guidelines may reflect a voting position that differs from the actual practices of the public company(ies) within the Deutsche Bank organization or of the investment companies for which DWS or an affiliate serves as investment advisor or sponsor. Investment companies, particularly closed-end investment companies, are different from traditional operating companies. These differences may call for differences in the actual practices of the investment company and the voting positions of the investment company on the same or similar matters. Further, the manner in which DWS votes proxies on behalf investment company proxies may differ from the voting recommendations made by a DWS-advised or sponsored investment company soliciting proxies from its shareholders.

Proxy Voting Recommendations and Decisions Made on a Case-by-Case Basis

Proxy Vendor Oversight will refer to Portfolio Management and members of the PVSC for review and recommendations on how to vote proxies prepared by ISS based upon the Guidelines. The proxies shall be voted on a case-by-case basis based on ISS’s application of the Guidelines. Portfolio Management and members of PVSC may request that the PVSC consider voting a particular proxy contrary to the Guidelines if they believe that it may not be in the best economic interest of clients to vote the proxy in accordance with the Guidelines.

Specific Proxy Voting Decisions Made by the PVSC

Proxy Vendor Oversight will refer to the PVSC only proxy proposals: (i) that are not covered by specific client instructions or the Guidelines; or (ii) that, in accordance with this Policy and Guidelines, have been appealed. The Proxy Vendor Oversight team will present to Portfolio Management and members of the PVSC all proposals voted on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the Guidelines which will include recommendations from ISS based on ISS’s application of the Guidelines and, in certain instances as outlined in the Guidelines or its Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines (“Sustainability”) Policy on social and sustainability issues. In addition, DWS may in certain circumstance consider the Coalition for Environmentally Responsible Economies (“CERES”) guidance on environmental and social matters contained in the CERES Roadmap 2030. Portfolio Management may appeal a recommendation when they believe that it may not be in the best economic interest of the client to vote in accordance with the recommendation, and such appeal will be referred by the Proxy Vendor Oversight team to the PVSC for consideration.

The DWS Corporate Governance Center (“CGC”) provides support to the PVSC but does not make any voting recommendations or determinations. The CGC will research recommendations from ISS based on the Sustainability Policy or CERES Roadmap 2030 to assess whether such recommendations are in the best economic interest of clients and will inform the PVSC Chairperson(s) of any such ISS recommendations that the CGC believes may not be in the best economic interest of clients. The CGC will periodically provide a report to the PVSC that includes details of its

II-165

analysis with respect to the ISS recommendations based on the Sustainability Policy or CERES Roadmap 2030 and how DWS voted on each proxy. The CGC may also, at the PVSC’s request, provide research and analysis related to other proxy matters.

Additionally, if Proxy Vendor Oversight, the PVSC Chairperson(s), any member of the PVSC or Portfolio Management believes that voting a particular proxy in accordance with the Guidelines may not be in the best economic interest of clients, that individual may bring the matter to the attention of the PVSC Chairperson(s) and/or Proxy Vendor Oversight.

If Proxy Vendor Oversight refers a proxy proposal to the PVSC (or Action Group) or the PVSC (or Action Group) determines that voting a particular proxy in accordance with the Guidelines is not in the best economic interest of clients, the PVSC (or Action Group) will evaluate and instruct the Proxy Vendor Oversight team to vote the proxy in accordance with its fiduciary duty and subject to the procedures below regarding conflicts. Proxy Vendor Oversight shall periodically report to the PVSC the details of any instructions received from any Action Group.

The PVSC endeavours to determine how to vote particular proxies prior to the voting deadline.

Proxies that Cannot Be Voted or Instances When DWS Abstains from Voting

In some cases, the PVSC may determine that it is in the best economic interest of its clients not to vote certain proxies, or that it may not be feasible to vote certain proxies. If the conditions below are met with regard to a proxy proposal, DWS will not vote on the issue:

•

Neither the Guidelines nor specific client instructions cover an issue;

•

ISS does not make a recommendation on the issue; or

•

There is not sufficient time prior to the voting deadline to make a determination as to what voting decision would be in the client’s best interest.

In addition, it is DWS’s policy not to vote proxies of issuers subject to laws of those jurisdictions that impose restrictions upon selling shares after proxies are voted, in order to preserve liquidity. In other cases, it may not be possible to vote certain proxies, despite good faith efforts to do so. For example, some jurisdictions do not provide adequate notice to shareholders so that proxies may be voted on a timely basis. Voting rights on securities that have been loaned to third-parties transfer to those third-parties, with loan termination often being the only way to attempt to vote proxies on the loaned securities. Lastly, the PVSC may determine that the costs to the client(s) associated with voting a particular proxy or group of proxies outweighs the economic benefits expected from voting the proxy or group of proxies.

There may be instances when DWS holds a position in a private company requiring a voting decision. ISS does not provide research and is unable to provide a voting recommendation based on the Guidelines with respect to private companies. As a result, DWS will refer all private company proxies to portfolio management for a review based on information that is available to them. Portfolio management will submit any recommendations to vote “For” or “Against” proposals for private companies to the PVSC for consideration. DWS will vote to “Abstain” for proposals for private companies if portfolio management does not have a recommendation to vote “For” or “Against” based on the available information.

Proxy Vendor Oversight will coordinate with the PVSC Chairperson(s) regarding any specific proxies and any categories of proxies that will not or cannot be voted. The reasons for not voting any proxy shall be documented.

Conflict of Interest Procedures

Procedures to Address Conflicts of Interest and Improper Influence

Overriding Principle

II-166

In the limited circumstances where the PVSC votes proxies,4 the PVSC will vote those proxies in accordance with what it, in good faith, determines to be the best economic interest of DWS’s clients.5

Independence of the PVSC

As a matter of Compliance policy, the PVSC and Proxy Vendor Oversight are structured to be independent from other parts of Deutsche Bank. Members of the PVSC and the employee responsible for Proxy Vendor Oversight are employees of DWS. As such, they may not be subject to the supervision or control of any employees of Deutsche Bank Corporate and Investment Banking division (“CIB”). Their compensation cannot be based upon their contribution to any business activity outside of DWS without prior approval of Legal and Compliance. They can have no contact with employees of Deutsche Bank outside of DWS regarding specific clients, business matters, or initiatives without the prior approval of Legal and Compliance. They furthermore may not discuss proxy votes with any person outside of DWS (and within DWS only on a need-to-know basis).

Conflict Review Procedures

The “Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee” within DWS monitors for potential material conflicts of interest in connection with proxy proposals that are to be evaluated by the PVSC. The Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee members include DWS Compliance, the chief compliance officers of the advisors and the DWS Funds. Promptly upon a determination that a proxy vote shall be presented to the PVSC, the PVSC Chairperson(s) shall notify the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee. The Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee shall promptly collect and review any information deemed reasonably appropriate to evaluate, in its reasonable judgment, if DWS or any person participating in the proxy voting process has, or has the appearance of, a material conflict of interest. For the purposes of this policy, a conflict of interest shall be considered “material” to the extent that a reasonable person could expect the conflict to influence, or appear to influence, the PVSC’s decision on the particular vote at issue. PVSC should provide the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee a reasonable amount of time (no less than 24 hours for the Americas/Europe and 48 hours for APAC) to perform all necessary and appropriate reviews. To the extent that a conflicts review cannot be sufficiently completed by the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee the proxies will be voted in accordance with the standard Guidelines.

4 As mentioned above, the PVSC votes proxies where: (i) neither a specific client instruction nor a Guideline directs how the proxy should be voted; or (ii) where voting in accordance with the Guidelines may not be in the best economic interest of clients. Further, the PVSC will review recommendations for proxies if Portfolio Management or a member of the PVSC recommends voting contrary to the ISS recommendation if they believe that it may not be in the best economic interest of the client to vote in accordance with the Guidelines or ISS recommendation based on its application of the Guidelines.

5 Proxy Vendor Oversight, who serves as the non-voting secretary of the PVSC, may receive routine calls from proxy solicitors and other parties interested in a particular proxy vote. Any contact that attempts to exert improper pressure or influence shall be reported to the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee.

The information considered by the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee may include without limitation information regarding: (i) DWS client relationships; (ii) any relevant personal conflict known by the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee or brought to the attention of that sub-committee; and (iii) any communications with members of the PVSC (or anyone participating or providing information to the PVSC) and any person outside or within the DWS organization (including Deutsche Bank and its affiliates) or any entity that identifies itself as an DWS advisory client regarding the vote at issue. In the context of any determination, the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee may consult with and shall be entitled to rely upon all applicable outside experts, including legal counsel.

II-167

Upon completion of the investigation, the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee will document its findings and conclusions. If the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee determines that: (i) DWS has a material conflict of interest that would prevent it from deciding how to vote the proxies concerned without further client consent; or (ii) certain individuals should be recused from participating in the proxy vote at issue, the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee will so inform the PVSC Chairperson(s).

If notified that DWS has a material conflict of interest as described above, the PVSC chairperson(s) will obtain instructions as to how the proxies should be voted either from: (i) if time permits, the affected clients; or (ii) in accordance with the standard Guidelines. If notified that certain individuals should be recused from the proxy vote at issue, the PVSC Chairperson(s) shall do so in accordance with the procedures set forth below.

Note: Any DWS employee who becomes aware of a potential, material conflict of interest in respect of any proxy vote to be made on behalf of clients shall notify Compliance or the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee. Compliance shall call a meeting of the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee to evaluate such conflict and determine a recommended course of action.

Procedures to be followed by the PVSC

At the beginning of any discussion regarding how to vote any proxy, the PVSC Chairperson(s) (or his or her delegate) will inquire as to whether any PVSC member (whether voting or ex officio) or any person participating in the proxy voting process has a personal conflict of interest or has knowledge of an actual or apparent conflict that has not been reported to the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee.

The PVSC Chairperson(s) also will inquire of these same parties whether they have actual knowledge regarding whether any Director, officer, or employee outside or within the DWS organization (including Deutsche Bank and its affiliates) or any entity that identifies itself as an DWS advisory client, has: (i) requested that DWS, Proxy Vendor Oversight (or any member thereof), or a PVSC member vote a particular proxy in a certain manner; (ii) attempted to influence DWS, Proxy Vendor Oversight (or any member thereof), a PVSC member or any other person in connection with proxy voting activities; or (iii) otherwise communicated with a PVSC member, or any other person participating or providing information to the PVSC regarding the particular proxy vote at issue and which incident has not yet been reported to the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee.

If any such incidents are reported to the PVSC Chairperson(s), the Chairperson(s) will promptly notify the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee and, if possible, will delay the vote until the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee can complete the conflicts review. If a delay is not possible, the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee will instruct the PVSC (i) whether anyone should be recused from the proxy voting process or (ii) whether DWS should vote the proxy in accordance with the standard guidelines, seek instructions as to how to vote the proxy at issue from ISS or, if time permits, the affected clients. These inquiries and discussions will be properly reflected in the PVSC’s minutes.

Duty to Report. Any DWS employee, including any PVSC member (whether voting or ex officio), that is aware of any actual or apparent conflict of interest relevant to, or any attempt by any person outside or within the DWS organization (including Deutsche Bank and its affiliates) or any entity that identifies itself as an DWS advisory client to influence how DWS votes its proxies has a duty to disclose the existence of the situation to the PVSC Chairperson(s) (or his or her designee) and the details of the matter to the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee. In the case of any person participating in the deliberations on a specific vote, such disclosure should be made before engaging in any activities or participating in any discussion pertaining to that vote.

Recusal of Members

The PVSC will recuse from participating in a specific proxy vote any PVSC members (whether voting or ex officio) and/or any other person who: (i) are personally involved in a material conflict of interest; or (ii) who, as determined by the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee, have actual knowledge of a circumstance or fact that could affect their independent judgment, in respect of such vote. The PVSC will also exclude from consideration the views

II-168

of any person (whether requested or volunteered) if the PVSC or any member thereof knows, or if the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee has determined, that such other person has a material conflict of interest with respect to the particular proxy or has attempted to influence the vote in any manner prohibited by these policies.

If, after excluding all relevant PVSC voting members pursuant to the paragraph above, there are three or more PVSC voting members remaining, those remaining PVSC members will determine how to vote the proxy in accordance with these Policies and Guidelines. If there are fewer than three PVSC voting members remaining, the PVSC Chairperson(s) will vote the proxy in accordance with the standard Guidelines or will obtain instructions as to how to have the proxy voted from, if time permits, the affected clients and otherwise from ISS.

Affiliated Investment Companies, Rule 12d1-4 and Affiliated Public Companies

Investment Companies

For investment companies for which DWS or an affiliate serves as investment advisor or principal underwriter, such proxies are voted in the same proportion as the vote of all other shareholders (i.e., “mirror” or “echo” voting). In addition, if a registered investment company (including an exchange traded fund) advised by DWS or an affiliate together with DWS advisory clients, in aggregate, (i) hold more than 25% of the outstanding voting securities of an investment company that is not a registered closed-end fund or business development company, or (ii) hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of an investment company that is a registered closed-end fund or business development company, then DWS will vote its holdings in such registered investment company’s securities in the same proportion as the vote of all other holders of such securities (i.e., “mirror” or “echo” voting) as required by Rule 12d1-4 of the 1940 Act. Master Fund proxies solicited from feeder Funds are voted in accordance with applicable provisions of Section 12 of 1940 Act.

Affiliated Public Companies

For proxies solicited by non-investment company issuers of or within the DWS or Deutsche Bank organization (e.g., shares of DWS or Deutsche Bank), these proxies will be voted in the same proportion as the vote of other shareholders (i.e., “mirror” or “echo” voting). In markets where mirror voting is not permitted, DWS will “Abstain” from voting such shares.

Note: With respect to affiliated registered investment companies that invest in the DWS Central Cash Management Government Fund (registered under the 1940 Act), the affiliated registered investment companies are not required to engage in echo voting with respect to proxies of the DWS Central Cash Management Government Fund and the investment advisor will use these Guidelines and may determine, with respect to proxies of the DWS Central Cash Management Government Fund, to vote contrary to the positions in the Guidelines, consistent with the Fund’s best interest.

Other Procedures that Limit Conflicts of Interest

DWS and other entities in the Deutsche Bank organization have adopted a number of policies, procedures, and internal controls that are designed to avoid various conflicts of interest, including those that may arise in connection with proxy voting, including but not limited to:

•

Code of Conduct– DB Group;

•

Conflicts of Interest Policy – DWS Group;

•

Code of Ethics – DWS Group;

The PVSC expects that these policies, procedures, and internal controls will greatly reduce the chance that the PVSC (or its members) would be involved in, aware of, or influenced by an actual or apparent conflict of interest.

II-169

RECORDKEEPING

At a minimum, the following records must be properly maintained and readily accessible in order to evidence compliance with this Policy.

•

DWS will maintain a record of each proxy vote cast by DWS that includes among other things, company name, meeting date, proposals presented, vote cast, and shares voted.

•

Proxy Vendor Oversight maintains records for each of the proxy ballots it votes. Specifically, the records include, but are not limited to:

−

The proxy statement (and any additional solicitation materials) and relevant portions of annual statements;

−

Any additional information considered in the voting process that may be obtained from an issuing company, its agents, or proxy research firms;

−

Analyst worksheets created for stock option plan and share increase analyses; and

−

Proxy Edge print-screen of actual vote election.

•

DWS will: (i) retain this Policy and the Guidelines; (ii) maintain records of requests from Portfolio Management and members of the PVSC to appeal a recommendation on how to vote a proxy; (iii) maintain minutes of the meeting of the PVSC; (iv) maintain records of client requests for proxy voting information; and (v) retain any documents prepared by Proxy Vendor Oversight, the CGC or the PVSC that were material to making a voting decision or that memorialized the basis for a proxy voting decision.

•

The PVSC also will create and maintain appropriate records documenting its compliance with this Policy, including records of its deliberations and decisions regarding conflicts of interest and their resolution.

•

With respect to DWS’s investment company clients, ISS will create and maintain records of each company’s proxy voting record for the 12-month periods ending June 30. DWS will compile the following information for each matter relating to a portfolio security considered at any shareholder meeting held during the period covered by the report (and with respect to which the company was entitled to vote):

•

The name of the issuer of the portfolio security;

•

The exchange ticker symbol of the portfolio security (if symbol is available through reasonably practicable means);

•

The Council on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures (“CUSIP”) number for the portfolio security (if the number is available through reasonably practicable means);

•

The shareholder meeting date;

•

A brief identification of the matter voted on;

•

Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a security holder;

•

Whether the company cast its vote on the matter;

•

How the company cast its vote (e.g., for or against proposal, or abstain; for or withhold regarding election of Directors); and

•

Whether the company cast its vote for or against Management.

II-170

Note: This list is intended to provide guidance only in terms of the records that must be maintained in accordance with this policy. In addition, please note that records must be maintained in accordance with the Records Management Policy - Deutsche Bank Group and applicable policies and procedures thereunder.

With respect to electronically stored records, “properly maintained” is defined as complete, authentic (unalterable), usable and backed-up. At a minimum, records should be retained for a period of not less than six years (or longer, if necessary to comply with applicable regulatory requirements), the first three years in an appropriate DWS office.

OVERSIGHT RESPONSIBILITIES

Proxy Vendor Oversight will review a reasonable sampling of votes based on its procedures on a regular basis to ensure that ISS has cast the votes in a manner consistent with the Guidelines. Proxy Vendor Oversight will provide the PVSC with a quarterly report of its review and identify any issues encountered during the period. Proxy Vendor Oversight will also perform a post season review once a year on certain proposals to assess whether ISS voted consistent with the Guidelines.

In addition, the PVSC will, in cooperation with Proxy Vendor Oversight and DWS Compliance, consider, on at least an annual basis, whether ISS has the capacity and competence to adequately analyze the matters for which it is responsible. This includes whether ISS has effective polices, and methodologies and a review of ISS’s policies and procedures with respect to conflicts.

The PVSC also monitors the proxy voting process by reviewing summary proxy information presented by ISS to determine, among other things, whether any changes should be made to the Guidelines. This review will take place at least quarterly and is documented in the PVSC’s meeting minutes.

ANNUAL REVIEW

The PVSC, in cooperation with Proxy Vendor Oversight and DWS Compliance, will review and document, no less frequently than annually, the adequacy of the Guidelines, including whether the Guidelines continue to be reasonably designed to ensure that DWS votes in the best interest of its clients.

GLOSSARY

Term	Definition
Action Group	A sub-group of the PVSC (as defined below) that will include the Chairperson(s) and at least one other member of the PVSC.
ISS	Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc.
PVSC	Proxy Voting Sub-Committee
SEC	Securities and Exchange Commission
1940 Act	Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended

LIST OF ANNEXES AND ATTACHMENTS

Attachment A – DWS Proxy Voting Guidelines – DWS Americas

Attachment A

DWS

Proxy Voting Guidelines – DWS Americas

Effective April 18, 2024

II-171

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	BOARD OF DIRECTORS
	Independence
	Composition
	Responsiveness
	Accountability
	Problematic Takeover Defenses, Capital Structure and Governance Structure
	Problematic Audit-Related Practices
	Problematic Compensation Practices
	Problematic Pledging of Company Stock
	Climate Accountability
	Governance Failures
	Voting on Director Nominees in Contested Elections
	Vote-No Campaigns
	Proxy Contests/Proxy Access
	Other Board Related Proposals
	Adopt Anti-Hedging/Pledging/Speculative Investments Policy
	Board Refreshment
	Term/Tenure Limits
	Age Limits
	Board Size
	Classification/Declassification of the Board
	CEO Succession Planning
	Cumulative Voting
	Director and Officer Indemnification, Liability Protection and Exculpation
	Establish/Amend Nominee Qualifications
	Establish Other Board Committee Proposals
	Filling Vacancies/Removal of Directors
	Independent Board Chair
	Majority of Independent Directors/ Establishment of Independent Committees
	Majority Vote Standard for the Election of Directors
	Proxy Access
	Require More Nominees than Open Seats
	Shareholder Engagement Policy (Shareholder Advisory Committee)
	AUDIT-RELATED
	Auditor Indemnification and Limitation of Liability

II-172

	Reincorporation Proposals
	Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent
	Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings
	Stakeholder Provisions
	State Antitakeover Statutes
	Supermajority Vote Requirements
	Virtual Shareholder Meetings
	CAPITAL RESTRUCTURING
	Capital
	Adjustments to Par Value of Common Stock
	Common Stock Authorization
	Dual Class Structure
	Issue Stock for Use with Rights Plan
	Preemptive Rights
	Preferred Stock Authorization
	Recapitalization Plans
	Reverse Stock Splits
	Share Issuance Mandates at U.S. Domestic Issuers Incorporated Outside the U.S.
	Share Repurchase Programs
	Share Repurchase Programs Shareholder Proposals
	Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends
	Tracking Stock
	Restructuring
	Appraisal Rights
	Asset Purchases
	Asset Sales
	Bundled Proposals
	Conversion of Securities
	Corporate Reorganization/Debt Restructuring/Prepackaged Bankruptcy Plans/ Reverse Leveraged Buyouts/Wrap Plans
	Formation of Holding Company
	Going Private and Going Dark Transactions (LBOs and Minority Squeeze-outs)
	Joint Ventures
	Liquidations
	Mergers and Acquisitions
	Private Placements/Warrants/Convertible Debentures
	Reorganization/Restructuring Plan (Bankruptcy)
	Special Purpose Acquisition Corporations (SPACs)
	Special Purpose Acquisition Corporations (SPACs) - Proposals for Extensions
	Spin-offs
	Value Maximization Shareholder Proposals
	COMPENSATION
	Executive Pay Evaluation

II-174

	Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation—Management Proposals (Say-on-Pay)
	Frequency of Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (“Say When on Pay”)
	Voting on Golden Parachutes in an Acquisition, Merger, Consolidation, or Proposed Sale
	Equity-Based and Other Incentive Plans
	Further Information on certain EPSC Factors:
	Egregious Factors
	Amending Cash and Equity Plans (including Approval for Tax Deductibility (162(m))
	Specific Treatment of Certain Award Types in Equity Plan Evaluations
	Operating Partnership (OP) Units in Equity Plan Analysis of Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs)
	Other Compensation Plans
	401(k) Employee Benefit Plans
	Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs)
	Employee Stock Purchase Plans—Qualified Plans
	Employee Stock Purchase Plans—Non- Qualified Plans
	Option Exchange Programs/Repricing Options
	Stock Plans in Lieu of Cash
	Transfer Stock Option (TSO) Programs
	Director Compensation
	Shareholder Ratification of Director Pay Programs
	Equity Plans for Non-Employee Directors
	Non-Employee Director Retirement Plans
	Shareholder Proposals on Compensation
	Bonus Banking/Bonus Banking “Plus”
	Compensation Consultants-Disclosure of Board or Company’s Utilization
	Disclosure/Setting Levels or Types of Compensation for Executives and Directors
	Golden Coffins/Executive Death Benefits
	Hold Equity Past Retirement or for a Significant Period of Time
	Pay Disparity
	Pay for Performance/Performance-Based Awards
	Pay for Superior Performance
	Pre-Arranged Trading Plans (10b5-1 Plans)
	Prohibit Outside CEOs from Serving on Compensation Committees

II-175

	Say on Climate (SoC) Management Proposals
	Say on Climate (SoC) Shareholder Proposals
	Climate Change/Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions
	Energy Efficiency
	Renewable Energy
	Diversity
	Board Diversity
	Equality of Opportunity
	Gender Identity, Sexual Orientation, and Domestic Partner Benefits
	Gender, Race / Ethnicity Pay Gap
	Racial Equity and/or Civil Rights Audit Guidelines
	Environment and Sustainability
	Facility and Workplace Safety
	General Environmental Proposals and Community Impact Assessments
	Hydraulic Fracturing
	Operations in Protected Areas
	Recycling
	Sustainability Reporting
	Water Issues
	General Corporate Issues
	Charitable Contributions
	Data Security, Privacy, and Internet Issues
	Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) Compensation-Related Proposals
	Human Rights, Human Capital Management, and International Operations
	Human Rights Proposals
	Mandatory Arbitration
	Operations in High Risk Markets
	Outsourcing/Offshoring
	Sexual Harassment
	Weapons and Military Sales
	Political Activities
	Lobbying
	Political Contributions
	Political Expenditures and Lobbying Congruency
	Political Ties
	REGISTERED INVESTMENT COMPANY PROXIES
	Election of Directors

II-177

NOTE: Because of the unique oversight structure and regulatory scheme applicable to closed-end and open-end investment companies, except as otherwise noted, these voting guidelines are not applicable to holdings of shares of closed-end and open-end investment companies (except Real Estate Investment Trusts).

In voting proxies that are noted case-by-case, DWS will vote such proxies based on recommendations from ISS based on its application of the Guidelines.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for director nominees6, except under the following circumstances (with new nominees considered on case-by-case basis):

Independence

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against7 or withhold from non-independent directors when (See Appendix 1 for Classification of Directors):

•

Independent directors comprise 50 percent or less of the board;

•

The non-independent director serves on the audit, compensation, or nominating committee;

•

The company lacks an audit, compensation, or nominating committee so that the full board functions as that committee; or

•

The company lacks a formal nominating committee, even if the board attests that the independent directors fulfill the functions of such a committee.

6 A “new nominee” is a director who is being presented for election by shareholders for the first time. Recommendations on new nominees who have served for less than one year are made on a case-by-case basis depending on the timing of their appointment and the problematic governance issue in question.

7 In general, companies with a plurality vote standard use “Withhold” as the contrary vote option in director elections; companies with a majority vote standard use “Against”. However, it will vary by company and the proxy must be checked to determine the valid contrary vote option for the particular company.

Composition

Attendance at Board and Committee Meetings

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against or withhold from directors (except nominees who served only part of the fiscal year8) who attend less than 75 percent of the aggregate of their board and committee meetings for the period for which they served, unless an acceptable reason for absences is disclosed in the proxy or another SEC filing. Acceptable reasons for director absences are generally limited to the following:

•

Medical issues/illness;

•

Family emergencies; and

•

Missing only one meeting (when the total of all meetings is three or fewer).

II-180

In cases of chronic poor attendance without reasonable justification, in addition to voting against the director(s) with poor attendance, DWS’s policy is to generally vote against or withhold from appropriate members of the nominating/governance committees or the full board.

If the proxy disclosure is unclear and insufficient to determine whether a director attended at least 75 percent of the aggregate of his/her board and committee meetings during his/her period of service, DWS’s policy is to generally vote against or withhold from the director(s) in question.

Overboarded Directors

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against or withhold from individual directors who:

•

Sit on more than four public company boards; or

•

Are CEOs of public companies who sit on the boards of more than one public company besides their own—withhold only at their outside board9

Gender Diversity

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against or withhold from the chair of the nominating committee (or other directors on a case-by-case basis) at companies where there are no women on the company's board. An exception will be made if there was at least one woman on the board at the preceding annual meeting and the board makes a firm commitment to return to a gender-diverse status within a year.

Racial and/or Ethnic Diversity:

For companies in the Russell 3000 or S&P 1500 indices, DWS’s policy is to generally vote against or withhold from the chair of the nominating committee (or other directors on a case-by-case basis) where the board has no apparent racially or ethnically diverse members10. An exception will be made if (i) there was racial and/or ethnic diversity on the board at the preceding annual meeting and the board makes a firm commitment to appoint at least one racial and/or ethnic diverse member within a year; or (ii) there are no new nominees proposed for election to the board.

8 Nominees who served for only part of the fiscal year are generally exempted from the attendance policy.

9 Although all of a CEO’s subsidiary boards with publicly-traded common stock will be counted as separate boards, DWS will not recommend a withhold vote for the CEO of a parent company board or any of the controlled (˃50 percent ownership) subsidiaries of that parent but may do so at subsidiaries that are less than 50 percent controlled and boards outside the parent/subsidiary relationships.

10 Aggregate diversity statistics provided by the board will only be considered if specific to racial and/or ethnic diversity.

Combined Chair/CEO

DWS’s policy is to vote case-by-case for new nominees who are up for election to serve as a combined Chair and CEO, taking into considerations the following:

•

A majority independent board and/or the presence of independent directors on a key board committees;

•

A clearly defined lead independent director serving as an appropriate counterbalance to a combined CEO/chair role.

II-181

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for an incumbent director who is a combined Chair and CEO up for reelection.

Responsiveness

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on individual directors, committee members, or the entire board of directors as appropriate if:

•

The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received the support of a majority of the shares cast in the previous year or failed to act on a management proposal seeking to ratify an existing charter/bylaw provision that received opposition of a majority of the shares cast in the previous year. Factors that will be considered are:

−

Disclosed outreach efforts by the board to shareholders in the wake of the vote;

−

Rationale provided in the proxy statement for the level of implementation;

−

The subject matter of the proposal;

−

The level of support for and opposition to the resolution in past meetings;

−

Actions taken by the board in response to the majority vote and its engagement with shareholders;

−

The continuation of the underlying issue as a voting item on the ballot (as either shareholder or management proposals); and

−

Other factors as appropriate.

•

The board failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of shares are tendered; or

•

At the previous board election, any director received more than 50 percent withhold/against votes of the shares cast and the company has failed to address the issue(s) that caused the high withhold/against vote.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on Compensation Committee members (or, in exceptional cases, the full board) and the Say on Pay proposal if:

•

The company’s previous say-on-pay received the support of less than 70 percent of votes cast. Factors that will be considered are:

The company's response, including:

•

Disclosure of engagement efforts with major institutional investors, including the frequency and timing of engagements and the company participants (including whether independent directors participated);

•

Disclosure of the specific concerns voiced by dissenting shareholders that led to the say-on-pay opposition; and

−

Disclosure of specific and meaningful actions taken to address shareholders' concerns;

•

Other recent compensation actions taken by the company;

•

Whether the issues raised are recurring or isolated;

•

The company's ownership structure; and

•

Whether the support level was less than 50 percent, which would warrant the highest degree of responsiveness.

•

The board implements an advisory vote on executive compensation on a less frequent basis than the frequency that received the plurality of votes cast.

II-182

Accountability

Problematic Takeover Defenses, Capital Structure and Governance Structure

Poison Pills

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against or withhold from all nominees (except new nominees, who should be considered case-by-case) if:

•

The company has a poison pill with a deadhand or slowhand feature11;

•

The board makes a material adverse modification to an existing pill, including, but not limited to, extension, renewal, or lowering the trigger, without shareholder approval; or

•

The company has a long-term poison pill, (with a term of over one year) that was not approved by the public shareholders.12

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on nominees if the board adopts an initial short-term pill (with a term of one year or less) without shareholder approval, taking into consideration:

•

The disclosed rationale for the adoption;

•

The trigger;

•

The company’s market capitalization (including absolute level and sudden changes);

•

A commitment to put any renewal to a shareholder vote; and

•

Other factors as relevant

Unequal Voting Rights:

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for directors of a company employing a common stock structure with unequal voting rights.13

Classified Board Structure:

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against or withhold directors individually, committee members, or the entire board (except new nominees, who should be considered case-by-case), if the company’s board is classified, and a continuing director responsible for a problematic governance issue at the board/committee level that would warrant a withhold / against vote recommendation is not up for election. All appropriate nominees (except new) may be held accountable.

11 If the short-term pill with a deadhand or slowhand feature is enacted but expires before the next shareholder vote, DWS will generally still withhold or vote against nominees at the next shareholder meeting following its adoption.

12Approval prior to, or in connection, with a company’s becoming publicly traded or in connection with a de-SPAC transaction, is sufficient.

13This generally includes classes of common stock that have additional votes per share than other shares; classes of shares that are not entitled to vote on all the same ballot items or nominees; or stock with time-phased voting rights (“loyalty shares”).

II-183

Removal of Shareholder Discretion on Classified Boards

Problematic Governance Structure

For companies that hold or held their first annual meeting of public shareholders after February 1, 2015, DWS’s policy is to generally vote against or withhold from directors individually, committee member, or the entire board (except new nominees, who should be considered case-by-case) if, prior to or in connection with the company’s public offering, the company or its board adopted the following bylaw or charter provisions that are considered to be materially adverse to shareholder rights:

•

Supermajority vote requirements to amend the bylaws or charter;

•

A classified board structure; or

•

Other egregious provisions.

A provision which specifies that the problematic structure(s) will be sunset within seven years of the date of going public will be considered a mitigating factor.

Unless the adverse provision is reversed or removed, DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on director nominees in subsequent years.

Unilateral Bylaw/Charter Amendments

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against or withhold from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board (except new nominees who should be considered case-by-case) if the board amends the company's bylaws or charter without shareholder approval in a manner that materially diminishes shareholders' rights or that could adversely impact shareholders, considering the following factors:

•

The board's rationale for adopting the bylaw/charter amendment without shareholder ratification;

•

Disclosure by the company of any significant engagement with shareholders regarding the amendment;

•

The level of impairment of shareholders' rights caused by the board's unilateral amendment to the bylaws/charter;

•

The board's track record with regard to unilateral board action on bylaw/charter amendments or other entrenchment provisions;

•

The company's ownership structure;

•

The company's existing governance provisions;

•

The timing of the board's amendment to the bylaws/charter in connection with a significant business development; and

•

Other factors, as deemed appropriate, that may be relevant to determine the impact of the amendment on share-holders.

Unless the adverse amendment is reversed or submitted to a binding shareholder vote, in subsequent years DWS’s policy is generally to vote case-by-case on director nominees.

II-184

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against (except new nominees, who should be considered case-by-case) if the directors:

•

Classified the board;

•

Adopted supermajority vote requirements to amend the bylaws or charter; or

•

Eliminated shareholders' ability to amend bylaws.

•

Adopted a fee-shifting provision; or

•

Adopted another provision deemed egregious.

Restricting Binding Shareholder Proposals

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against or withhold from the members of the governance committee if:

•

The company’s governing documents impose undue restrictions on shareholders ability to amend the bylaws.

Such restrictions include but are not limited to: outright prohibition on the submission of binding shareholder proposals or share ownership requirements, subject matter restrictions, or time holding requirements in excess of Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. DWS’s policy is to generally vote against or withhold on an ongoing basis in such cases.

Submission of management proposals to approve or ratify requirements in excess of the requirements under Rule 14a-8 for the submission of binding bylaw amendments will generally be viewed as insufficient restoration of shareholders’ rights. DWS’s policy is to generally vote against or withhold on an ongoing basis until shareholders are provided with an unfettered ability to amend the bylaws or a proposal providing for such unfettered right is submitted for shareholder approval.

Director Performance Evaluation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against or withhold from (the members of the governance committee) if the board lack mechanisms to promote accountability and oversight, coupled with sustained poor performance relative to peers. Sustained poor performance is measured by one-, three- and five-year total shareholder returns in the bottom half of a company’s four-digit GICS industry group (Russell 3000 companies only). Take into consideration the company’s operational metrics and other factors as warranted. Problematic provisions include but are not limited to:

•

A classified board structure;

•

A supermajority vote requirement;

•

Either a plurality vote standard in uncontested director elections, or a majority vote standard in contested elections;

•

The inability of shareholders to call special meetings;

•

The inability of shareholders to act by written consent;

•

A multi-class capital structure; and/or

•

A non-shareholder-approved poison pill.

Management Proposals to Ratify Existing Charter or Bylaw Provisions

II-185

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against/withhold from individual directors, members of the governance committee, or the full board, where boards ask shareholders to ratify existing charter or bylaw provisions considering the following factors:

•

The presence of a shareholder proposal addressing the same issue on the same ballot;

•

The board's rationale for seeking ratification;

•

Disclosure of actions to be taken by the board should the ratification proposal fail;

•

Disclosure of shareholder engagement regarding the board’s ratification request;

•

The level of impairment to shareholders' rights caused by the existing provision;

•

The history of management and shareholder proposals on the provision at the company’s past meetings;

•

Whether the current provision was adopted in response to the shareholder proposal;

•

The company's ownership structure; and

•

Previous use of ratification proposals to exclude shareholder proposals.

Problematic Audit-Related Practices

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against or withhold from the members of the Audit Committee if:

•

The non-audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive;

•

The company receives an adverse opinion on the company’s financial statements from its auditor; or

•

There is persuasive evidence that the Audit Committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on members of the Audit Committee and potentially the full board if:

•

Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a level of serious concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures. Examine the severity, breadth, chronological sequence, and duration, as well as the company’s efforts at remediation or corrective actions, in determining whether withhold/against votes are warranted.

Problematic Compensation Practices

In the absence of an Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say on Pay) ballot item or in egregious situations, DWS’s policy is to generally vote against or withhold from the members of the Compensation Committee and potentially the full board if:

•

There is an unmitigated misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance);

•

The company maintains significant problematic pay practices; or

•

The board exhibits a significant level of poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders.

II-186

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against or withhold from the Compensation Committee chair, other committee members, or potentially the full board if:

•

The company fails to include a Say on Pay ballot item when required under SEC provisions, or under the company’s declared frequency of say on pay; or

•

The company fails to include a Frequency of Say on Pay ballot item when required under SEC provisions.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against members of the board committee responsible for approving/setting non-employee director compensation if there is a pattern (i.e., two or more years) of awarding excessive non-employee director compensation without disclosing a compelling rationale or other mitigating factors.

Problematic Pledging of Company Stock

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against the members of the committee that oversees risks related to pledging, or the full board, where a significant level of pledged company stock by executives or directors raises concerns.

The following factors will be considered:

•

The presence of an anti-pledging policy, disclosed in the proxy statement, that prohibits future pledging activity;

•

The magnitude of aggregate pledged shares in terms of total common shares outstanding, market value, and trading volume;

•

Disclosure of progress or lack thereof in reducing the magnitude of aggregate pledged shares over time;

•

Disclosure in the proxy statement that shares subject to stock ownership and holding requirements do not include pledged company stock; and

•

Any other relevant factors.

Climate Accountability

For companies that are significant greenhouse gas (GHG) emitters, through their operations or value chain14, DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by case on the election of the incumbent chair of the responsible committee (or other directors) in cases where DWS determines that the company is not taking the minimum steps needed to understand, assess and mitigate the risks related to climate change to the company and the larger economy which may lead to regulatory risks.

Minimum steps to understand and mitigate those risks are considered to be the following.

•

Detailed disclosure of climate-related risks, such as according to the framework established by the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD), including:

−

Board governance measures;

−

Corporate strategy;

−

Risk management analyses; and

−

Metrics and targets.

Governance Failures

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on directors individually, committee members, or the entire board, due to:

II-187

•

Material failures of governance, stewardship, risk oversight15, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company, including failures to adequately manage or mitigate environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks;

•

Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

•

Egregious actions related to a director’s service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

14Companies defined as “significant GHG emitters” will be those on the current Climate Action 100+ Focus Group list.

15 Examples of failure of risk oversight include but are not limited to: bribery; large or serial fines or sanctions from regulatory bodies; demonstrably poor oversight of environmental and social issues, including climate change; significant adverse legal judgments or settlement; or hedging of company stock.

Voting on Director Nominees in Contested Elections

Vote-No Campaigns

General Recommendation

In cases where companies are targeted in connection with public “vote-no” campaigns, evaluate director nominees under the existing governance policies for voting on director nominees in uncontested elections. Take into consideration the arguments submitted by shareholders and other publicly available information.

Proxy Contests/Proxy Access

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on the election of directors in contested elections, considering the following factors:

•

Long-term financial performance of the company relative to its industry;

•

Management’s track record;

•

Background to the contested election;

•

Nominee qualifications and any compensatory arrangements;

•

Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality of the critique against management;

•

Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives can be achieved (both slates); and

•

Stock ownership positions.

In the case of candidates nominated pursuant to proxy access, DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case considering any applicable factors listed above or additional factors which may be relevant, including those that are specific to the company, to the nominee(s) and/or to the nature of the election (such as whether there are more candidates than board seats).

II-188

Other Board-Related Proposals

Adopt Anti-Hedging/Pledging/Speculative Investments Policy

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals seeking a policy that prohibits named executive officers from engaging in derivative or speculative transactions involving company stock, including hedging, holding stock in a margin account, or pledging stock as collateral for a loan. However, the company’s existing policies regarding responsible use of company stock will be considered.

Board Refreshment

DWS believes Board refreshment is best implemented through an ongoing program of individual director evaluations, conducted annually, to ensure the evolving needs of the board are met and to bring in fresh perspectives, skills, and diversity as needed.

Term/Tenure Limits

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on management proposals regarding director term/tenure limits, considering:

•

The rationale provided for adoption of the term/tenure limit;

•

The robustness of the company’s board evaluation process;

•

Whether the limit is of sufficient length to allow for a broad range of director tenures;

•

Whether the limit would disadvantage independent directors compared to non-independent directors; and

•

Whether the board will impose the limit evenly, and not have the ability to waive it in a discriminatory manner.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals asking for the company to adopt director term/tenure limits, considering:

•

The scope of the shareholder proposal; and

•

Evidence of problematic issues at the company combined with, or exacerbated by, a lack of board refreshment.

Age Limits

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against management and shareholder proposals to limit the tenure of independent directors through mandatory retirement ages. DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals to remove mandatory age limits.

Board Size

General Recommendation

II-189

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals seeking to fix the board size or designate a range for the board size. DWS’s policy is to generally vote against proposals that give management the ability to alter the size of the board outside of a specified range without shareholder approval.

Classification/Declassification of the Board

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against proposals to classify (stagger) the board. DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all directors annually.

CEO Succession Planning

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals seeking disclosure on a CEO succession planning policy, considering, at a minimum, the following factors:

•

The reasonableness/scope of the request; and

•

The company’s existing disclosure on its current CEO succession planning process.

Cumulative Voting

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against management proposals to eliminate cumulate voting, and for shareholder proposals to restore or provide for cumulative voting, unless:

•

The company has proxy access16, thereby allowing shareholders to nominate directors to the company’s ballot; and

•

The company has adopted a majority vote standard, with a carve-out for plurality voting in situations where there are more nominees than seats, and a director resignation policy to address failed elections.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals for cumulative voting at controlled companies (insider voting power ˃ 50%).

Director and Officer Indemnification, Liability Protection and Exculpation

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals on director and officer indemnification, liability protection and exculpation17.

16 A proxy access right that meets the recommended guidelines.

17Indemnification: the condition of being secured against loss or damage.

Limited liability: a person’s financial liability is limited to the fixed sum, or personal financial assets are not at risk if the individual loses a lawsuit that results in financial award/damages to the plaintiff.

Exculpation: to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director or officer to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer.

II-190

DWS’s policy is to consider the stated rationale for the proposed change. DWS will also consider, among other factors, the extent to which the proposal would:

•

Eliminate directors' and officers' liability for monetary damages for violating the duty of care;

•

Eliminate directors’ and officers’ liability for monetary damages for violating the duty of loyalty;

•

Expand coverage beyond just legal expenses to liability for acts that are more serious violations of fiduciary obligation than mere carelessness; or

•

Expand the scope of indemnification to provide for mandatory indemnification of company officials in connection with acts that previously the company was permitted to provide indemnification for, at the discretion of the company's board (i.e., “permissive indemnification”), but that previously the company was not required to indemnify.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for those proposals providing such expanded coverage in cases when a director’s or officer’s legal defense was unsuccessful if both of the following apply:

•

If the individual was found to have acted in good faith and in a manner that the individual reasonably believed was in the best interests of the company; and

•

If only the individual’s legal expenses would be covered.

Establish/Amend Nominee Qualifications

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals that establish or amend director qualifications. Votes should be based on the reasonableness of the criteria and the degree to which they may preclude dissident nominees from joining the board.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on shareholder resolutions seeking a director nominee who possesses a particular subject matter expertise, considering:

•

The company’s board committee structure, existing subject matter expertise, and board nomination provisions relative to that of its peers;

•

The company’s existing board and management oversight mechanisms regarding the issue for which board oversight is sought;

•

The company’s disclosure and performance relating to the issue for which board oversight is sought and any significant related controversies; and

•

The scope and structure of the proposal.

Establish Other Board Committee Proposals

General Recommendation

•

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against shareholder proposals to establish a new board committee, as such proposals seek a specific oversight mechanism/structure that potentially limits a company’s flexibility to determine an appropriate oversight mechanism for itself. However, the following factors will be considered:

II-191

•

Existing oversight mechanisms (including current committee structure) regarding the issue for which board oversight is sought;

•

Level of disclosure regarding the issue for which board oversight is sought;

•

Company performance related to the issue for which board oversight is sought;

•

Board committee structure compared to that of other companies in its industry sector; and

•

The scope and structure of the proposal.

Filling Vacancies/Removal of Directors

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against proposals that provide that directors may be removed only for cause.

•

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals to restore shareholders’ ability to remove directors with or without cause.

•

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against proposals that provide that only continuing directors may elect replacements to fill board vacancies.

•

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals that permit shareholders to elect directors to fill board vacancies.

Independent Board Chair

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for shareholder proposals requiring that the board chair position be filled by an independent director, taking into consideration the following:

•

The scope and rationale of the proposal;

•

The company's current board leadership structure;

•

The company's governance structure and practices;

•

Company performance; and

•

Any other relevant factors that may be applicable.

The following factors will increase the likelihood of a “for” recommendation:

•

A majority non-independent board and/or the presence of non-independent directors on key board committees;

•

A weak or poorly defined lead independent director role that fails to serve as an appropriate counterbalance to a combined CEO/chair role;

•

The presence of an executive or non-independent chair in addition to the CEO, a recent recombination of the role of CEO and chair, and/or departure from a structure with an independent chair;

•

Evidence that the board has failed to oversee and address material risks facing the company;

II-192

•

A material governance failure, particularly if the board has failed to adequately respond to shareholder concerns or if the board has materially diminished shareholder rights; or

•

Evidence that the board has failed to intervene when management’s interests are contrary to shareholders' interests.

Majority of Independent Directors/Establishment of Independent Committees

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for shareholder proposals asking that a majority or more of directors be independent unless the board composition already meets the proposed threshold by DWS’s definition of Independent Director.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for shareholder proposals asking that board audit, compensation, and/or nominating committees be composed exclusively of independent directors unless they currently meet that standard.

Majority Vote Standard for the Election of Directors

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for management proposals to adopt a majority of votes cast standard for directors in uncontested elections. DWS’s policy is to generally vote against such proposals if no carve-out for a plurality vote standard in contested elections is included.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for precatory and binding shareholder resolutions requesting that the board change the company’s bylaws to stipulate that directors need to be elected with an affirmative majority of votes cast, provided it does not conflict with the state law where the company is incorporated. Binding resolutions need to allow for a carve-out for a plurality vote standard when there are more nominees than board seats.

Companies are strongly encouraged to also adopt a post-election policy (also known as a director resignation policy) that will provide guidelines so that the company will promptly address the situation of a holdover director.

Proxy Access

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for management and shareholder proposals for proxy access with the following provisions:

•

Ownership threshold: maximum requirement not more than three percent (3%) of the voting power;

•

Ownership duration: maximum requirement not longer than three (3) years of continuous ownership for each member of the nominating group;

•

Aggregation: minimal or no limits on the number of shareholders permitted to form a nominating group; and

•

Cap: cap on nominees of generally twenty-five percent (25%) of the board.

DWS will review for reasonableness any other restrictions on the right of proxy access. DWS’s policy is to generally vote against proposals that are more restrictive than these guidelines.

Require More Nominees than Open Seats

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against shareholder proposals that would require a company to nominate more candidates than the number of open board seats.

II-193

Shareholder Engagement Policy (Shareholder Advisory Committee)

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for shareholder proposals requesting that the board establish an internal mechanism/process, which may include a committee, in order to improve communications between directors and shareholders, unless the company has the following features, as appropriate:

•

Established a communication structure that goes beyond the exchange requirements to facilitate the exchange of information between shareholders and members of the board;

•

Effectively disclosed information with respect to this structure to its shareholders;

•

Company has not ignored majority-supported shareholder proposals or a majority withhold vote on a director nominee; and

•

The company has an independent chair or a lead director. This individual must be made available for periodic consultation and direct communication with major shareholders.

AUDIT-RELATED

Auditor Indemnification and Limitation of Liability

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on the issue of auditor indemnification and limitation of liability. Factors to be assessed include, but are not limited to:

•

The terms of the auditor agreement—the degree to which these agreements impact shareholders' rights;

•

The motivation and rationale for establishing the agreements;

•

The quality of the company’s disclosure; and

•

The company’s historical practices in the audit area.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against or withhold from members of an audit committee in situations where there is persuasive evidence that the audit committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.

Auditor Ratification

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals to ratify auditors unless any of the following apply:

•

An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent;

•

There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion that is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position;

•

Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a serious level of concern, such as fraud or misapplication of GAAP; or

II-194

•

Fees for non-audit services (“Other” fees) are excessive.

Non-audit fees are excessive if:

•

Non-audit (“other”) fees ˃ audit fees + audit-related fees + tax compliance/preparation fees

Tax compliance and preparation include the preparation of original and amended tax returns and refund claims, and tax payment planning. All other services in the tax category, such as tax advice, planning, or consulting, should be added to “Other” fees. If the breakout of tax fees cannot be determined, add all tax fees to “Other” fees.

In circumstances where “Other” fees include fees related to significant one-time capital structure events (such as initial public offerings, bankruptcy emergence, and spin-offs) and the company makes public disclosure of the amount and nature of those fees that are an exception to the standard “non-audit fee” category, then such fees may be excluded from the non-audit fees considered in determining the ratio of non-audit to audit/audit-related fees/tax compliance and preparation for purposes of determining whether non-audit fees are excessive.

Shareholder Proposals Limiting Non-Audit Services

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals asking companies to prohibit or limit their auditors from engaging in non-audit services.

Shareholder Proposals on Audit Firm Rotation

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals asking for audit firm rotation, taking into account:

•

The tenure of the audit firm;

•

The length of rotation specified in the proposal;

•

Any significant audit-related issues at the company;

•

The number of Audit Committee meetings held each year;

•

The number of financial experts serving on the committee; and

•

Whether the company has a periodic renewal process where the auditor is evaluated for both audit quality and competitive price.

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS & DEFENSES

Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals/Nominations

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on advance notice proposals, giving support to those proposals which allow shareholders to submit proposals/nominations as close to the meeting date as reasonably possible and within the broadest window possible, recognizing the need to allow sufficient notice for company, regulatory, and shareholder review.

II-195

To be reasonable, the company’s deadline for shareholder notice of a proposal/nominations must be no earlier than 120 days prior to the anniversary of the previous year’s meeting and have a submittal window of no shorter than 30 days from the beginning of the notice period. The submittal window is the period under which shareholders must file their proposals/nominations prior to the deadline.

In general, support additional efforts by companies to ensure full disclosure in regard to a proponent’s economic and voting position in the company so long as the informational requirements are reasonable and aimed at providing shareholders with the necessary information to review such proposals.

Amend Bylaws without Shareholder Consent

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against proposals giving the board exclusive authority to amend the bylaws.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals giving the board the ability to amend the bylaws in addition to shareholders, taking into account the following:

•

Any impediments to shareholders' ability to amend the bylaws (i.e., supermajority voting requirements);

•

The company's ownership structure and historical voting turnout;

•

Whether the board could amend bylaws adopted by shareholders; and

•

Whether shareholders would retain the ability to ratify any board-initiated amendments.

Control Share Acquisition Provisions

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals to opt out of control share acquisition statutes unless doing so would enable the completion of a takeover that would be detrimental to shareholders.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against proposals to amend the charter to include control share acquisition provisions. DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals to restore voting rights to the control shares.

Control share acquisition statutes function by denying shares their voting rights when they contribute to ownership in excess of certain thresholds. Voting rights for those shares exceeding ownership limits may only be restored by approval of either a majority or supermajority of disinterested shares. Thus, control share acquisition statutes effectively require a hostile bidder to put its offer to a shareholder vote or risk voting disenfranchisement if the bidder continues buying up a large block of shares.

Control Share Cash - Out Provisions

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals to opt out of control share cash-out statutes.

Control share cash-out statutes give dissident shareholders the right to “cash-out” of their position in a company at the expense of the shareholder who has taken a control position. In other words, when an investor crosses a preset threshold level, remaining shareholders are given the right to sell their shares to the acquirer, who must buy them at the highest acquiring price.

II-196

Disgorgement Provisions

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals to opt out of state disgorgement provisions.

Disgorgement provisions require an acquirer or potential acquirer of more than a certain percentage of a company's stock to disgorge, or pay back, to the company any profits realized from the sale of that company's stock purchased 24 months before achieving control status. All sales of company stock by the acquirer occurring within a certain period of time (between 18 months and 24 months) prior to the investor's gaining control status are subject to these recapture-of-profits provisions.

Fair Price Provisions

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals to adopt fair price provisions (provisions that stipulate that an acquirer must pay the same price to acquire all shares as it paid to acquire the control shares), evaluating factors such as the vote required to approve the proposed acquisition, the vote required to repeal the fair price provision, and the mechanism for determining the fair price.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against fair price provisions with shareholder vote requirements greater than a majority of disinterested shares.

Freeze-Out Provisions

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals to opt out of state freeze-out provisions. Freeze-out provisions force an investor who surpasses a certain ownership threshold in a company to wait a specified period of time before gaining control of the company.

Greenmail

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals to adopt anti-greenmail charter or bylaw amendments or otherwise restrict a company’s ability to make greenmail payments.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on anti-greenmail proposals when they are bundled with other charter or bylaw amendments.

Greenmail payments are targeted share repurchases by management of company stock from individuals or groups seeking control of the company. Since only the hostile party receives payment, usually at a substantial premium over the market value of its shares, the practice discriminates against all other shareholders.

Shareholder Litigation Rights

Federal Forum Selection Provisions

Federal forum selection provisions require that U.S federal courts be the sole forum for shareholders to litigate claims arising under federal securities law.

General Recommendation

II-197

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for federal forum selection provisions in the charter or bylaws that specify “the district courts of the United States” as the exclusive forum for federal securities law matters, in the absence of serious concerns about corporate governance or board responsiveness to shareholders.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against provisions that restrict the forum to a particular federal district court; unilateral adoption (without a shareholder vote) of such a provision will generally be considered a one-time failure under the Unilateral Bylaw/Charter Amendments policy.

Exclusive Forum Provisions for State Law Matters

Exclusive forum provisions in the charter or bylaws restrict shareholders’ ability to bring derivative lawsuits against the company, for claims arising out of state corporate law, to the courts of a particular state (generally the state of incorporation).

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for charter or bylaw provisions that specify courts located within the state of Delaware as the exclusive forum for corporate law matters for Delaware corporations, in the absence of serious concerns about corporate governance or board responsiveness to shareholders.

For states other than Delaware, DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on exclusive forum provisions, taking into consideration:

•

The company's stated rationale for adopting such a provision;

•

Disclosure of past harm from duplicative shareholder lawsuits in more than one forum;

•

The breadth of application of the charter or bylaw provision, including the types of lawsuits to which it would apply and the definition of key terms; and

•

Governance features such as shareholders' ability to repeal the provision at a later date (including the vote standard applied when shareholders attempt to amend the charter or bylaws) and their ability to hold directors accountable through annual director elections and a majority vote standard in uncontested elections.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against provisions that specify a state other than the state of incorporation as the exclusive forum for corporate law matters, or that specify a particular local court within the state; unilateral adoption of such provision will generally be considered a one-time failure under the Unilateral Bylaw/Charter Amendments policy.

Fee shifting

Fee-shifting provisions in the charter or bylaws require that a shareholder who sues a company unsuccessfully pay all litigation expenses of the defendant corporation and its directors and officers.

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against provisions that mandate fee-shifting whenever plaintiffs are not completely successful on the merits (i.e., including cases where the plaintiffs are partially successful).

Unilateral adoption of a fee-shifting provision will generally be considered an ongoing failure under the Unilateral Bylaw/Charter Amendments policy.

Net Operating Loss (NOL) Protective Amendments

General Recommendation

II-198

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against proposals to adopt a protective amendment for the stated purpose of protecting a company's net operating losses (NOL) if the effective term of the protective amendment would exceed the shorter of three years and the exhaustion of the NOL.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case, considering the following factors, for management proposals to adopt an NOL protective amendment that would remain in effect for the shorter of three years (or less) and the exhaustion of the NOL:

•

The ownership threshold (NOL protective amendments generally prohibit stock ownership transfers that would result in a new 5-percent holder or increase the stock ownership percentage of an existing 5-percent holder);

•

The value of the NOLs;

•

Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision or commitment to cause expiration of the protective amendment upon exhaustion or expiration of the NOL);

•

The company's existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and

•

Any other factors that may be applicable.

Poison Pills (Shareholder Rights Plans)

Shareholder Proposals to Put Pill to a Vote and/or Adopt a Pill Policy

General Recommendation:

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for shareholder proposals requesting that the company submit its poison pill to a shareholder vote or redeem it unless the company has: (1) A shareholder-approved poison pill in place; or (2) The company has adopted a policy concerning the adoption of a pill in the future specifying that the board will only adopt a shareholder rights plan if either:

•

Shareholders have approved the adoption of the plan; or

•

The board, in its exercise of its fiduciary responsibilities, determines that it is in the best interest of shareholders under the circumstances to adopt a pill without the delay in adoption that would result from seeking stockholder approval (i.e., the “fiduciary out” provision). A poison pill adopted under this fiduciary out will be put to a shareholder ratification vote within 12 months of adoption or expire. If the pill is not approved by a majority of the votes cast on this issue, the plan will immediately terminate.

If the shareholder proposal calls for a time period of less than 12 months for shareholder ratification after adoption, DWS’s policy is to generally vote for the proposal, but add the caveat that a vote within 12 months would be considered sufficient implementation.

Management Proposals to Ratify a Poison Pill

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on management proposals on poison pill ratification, focusing on the features of the shareholder rights plan. Rights plans should contain the following attributes:

•

No lower than a 20 percent trigger, flip-in or flip-over;

•

A term of no more than three years;

II-199

•

No deadhand, slowhand, no-hand, or similar feature that limits the ability of a future board to redeem the pill;

•

Shareholder redemption feature (qualifying offer clause); if the board refuses to redeem the pill 90 days after a qualifying offer is announced, 10 percent of the shares may call a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the pill.

In addition, the rationale for adopting the pill should be thoroughly explained by the company. In examining the request for the pill, take into consideration the company’s existing governance structure, including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, and any problematic governance concerns.

Management Proposals to Ratify a Pill to Preserve Net Operating Losses (NOLs)

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against proposals to adopt a poison pill for the stated purpose of protecting a company's net operating losses (NOL) if the term of the pill would exceed the shorter of three years and the exhaustion of the NOL.

DWS’s policy is to vote case-by-case on management proposals for poison pill ratification, considering the following factors, if the term of the pill would be the shorter of three years (or less) and the exhaustion of the NOL:

•

The ownership threshold to transfer (NOL pills generally have a trigger slightly below 5 percent);

•

The value of the NOLs;

•

Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision, or commitment to cause expiration of the pill upon exhaustion or expiration of NOLs);

•

Any other factors that may be applicable.

Proxy Voting Disclosure, Confidentiality, and Tabulation

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals regarding proxy voting mechanics, taking into consideration whether implementation of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder rights. Specific issues covered under the policy include, but are not limited to, confidential voting of individual proxies and ballots, confidentiality of running vote tallies, and the treatment of abstentions and/or broker non-votes in the company's vote-counting methodology.

While a variety of factors may be considered in each analysis, the guiding principles are: transparency, consistency, and fairness in the proxy voting process. The factors considered, as applicable to the proposal, may include:

•

The scope and structure of the proposal;

•

The company's stated confidential voting policy (or other relevant policies) and whether it ensures a “level playing field” by providing shareholder proponents with equal access to vote information prior to the annual meeting;

•

The company's vote standard for management and shareholder proposals and whether it ensures consistency and fairness in the proxy voting process and maintains the integrity of vote results;

•

Whether the company's disclosure regarding its vote counting method and other relevant voting policies with respect to management and shareholder proposals are consistent and clear;

II-200

•

Any recent controversies or concerns related to the company's proxy voting mechanics;

•

Any unintended consequences resulting from implementation of the proposal; and

•

Any other factors that may be relevant.

Ratification Proposals: Management Proposals to Ratify Existing Charter or Bylaw Provisions

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against management proposals to ratify provisions of the company’s existing charter or bylaws, unless these governance provisions align with best practice.

In addition, voting against/withhold from individual directors, members of the governance committee, or the full board may be warranted, considering:

•

The presence of a shareholder proposal addressing the same issue on the same ballot;

•

The board's rationale for seeking ratification;

•

Disclosure of actions to be taken by the board should the ratification proposal fail;

•

Disclosure of shareholder engagement regarding the board’s ratification request;

•

The level of impairment to shareholders' rights caused by the existing provision;

•

The history of management and shareholder proposals on the provision at the company’s past meetings;

•

Whether the current provision was adopted in response to the shareholder proposal;

•

The company's ownership structure; and

•

Previous use of ratification proposals to exclude shareholder proposals.

Reimbursing Proxy Solicitation Expenses

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses.

When voting in conjunction with support of a dissident slate, DWS’s policy is to generally vote for the reimbursement of all appropriate proxy solicitation expenses associated with the election.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for shareholder proposals calling for the reimbursement of reasonable costs incurred in connection with nominating one or more candidates in a contested election where the following apply:

•

The election of fewer than 50 percent of the directors to be elected is contested in the election;

•

One or more of the dissident’s candidates is elected;

•

Shareholders are not permitted to cumulate their votes for directors; and

The election occurred, and the expenses were incurred, after the adoption of this bylaw.

II-201

Reincorporation Proposals

General Recommendation

Management or shareholder proposals to change a company's state of incorporation should be evaluated case-by-case, giving consideration to both financial and corporate governance concerns including the following:

•

Reasons for reincorporation;

•

Comparison of company's governance practices and provisions prior to and following the reincorporation; and

•

Comparison of corporation laws of original state and destination state.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for reincorporation when the economic factors outweigh any neutral or negative governance changes.

Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent

General Recommendation: DWS’s policy is to generally vote against management and shareholder proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholders' ability to act by written consent.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for management and shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to act by written consent, taking into account the following factors:

•

Shareholders' current right to act by written consent;

•

The consent threshold;

•

The inclusion of exclusionary or prohibitive language;

•

Investor ownership structure; and

•

Shareholder support of, and management's response to, previous shareholder proposals.

DWS’s policy is to vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals if, in addition to the considerations above, the company has the following governance and antitakeover provisions:

•

An unfettered18 right for shareholders to call special meetings at a 10 percent threshold;

•

A majority vote standard in uncontested director elections;

•

No non-shareholder-approved pill; and

•

An annually elected board.

18 “Unfettered” means no restrictions on agenda items, no restrictions on the number of shareholders who can group together to reach the 10 percent threshold, and only reasonable limits on when a meeting can be called: no greater than 30 days after the last annual meeting and no greater than 90 prior to the next annual meeting.

Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings

General Recommendation

II-202

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against management or shareholder proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholders’ ability to call special meetings.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for management or shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to call special meetings taking into account the following factors:

•

Shareholders’ current right to call special meetings;

•

Minimum ownership threshold necessary to call special meetings (10 percent preferred);

•

The inclusion of exclusionary or prohibitive language;

•

Investor ownership structure; and

•

Shareholder support of, and management’s response to, previous shareholder proposals.

Stakeholder Provisions

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against proposals that ask the board to consider non-shareholder constituencies or other non-financial effects when evaluating a merger or business combination.

State Antitakeover Statutes

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals to opt in or out of state takeover statutes (including fair price provisions, stakeholder laws, poison pill endorsements, severance pay and labor contract provisions, and anti-greenmail provisions).

Supermajority Vote Requirements

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote.

•

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for management or shareholder proposals to reduce supermajority vote requirements. However, for companies with shareholder(s) who have significant ownership levels, DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case, taking into account:

•

Ownership structure;

•

Quorum requirements; and

•

Vote requirements.

Virtual Shareholder Meetings

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for management proposals allowing for the convening of shareholder meetings by electronic means, so long as they do not preclude in-person meetings. Companies are encouraged to disclose the circumstances under which virtual-only19 meetings would be held, and to allow for comparable rights and opportunities for shareholders to participate electronically as they would have during an in-person meeting.

II-203

19 Virtual-only shareholder meeting” refers to a meeting of shareholders that is held exclusively using technology without a corresponding in-person meeting.

DWS’s policy is to vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals concerning virtual-only meetings, considering:

•

Scope and rationale of the proposal; and

•

Concerns identified with the company’s prior meeting practices.

CAPITAL / RESTRUCTURING

Capital

Adjustments to Par Value of Common Stock

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for management proposals to reduce the par value of common stock unless the action is being taken to facilitate an anti-takeover device or some other negative corporate governance action.

DWS’s policy is to vote for management proposals to eliminate par value.

Common Stock Authorization

General Authorization Requests

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals to increase the number of authorized shares of common stock that are to be used for general corporate purposes:

•

if share usage (outstanding plus reserved) is less than 50% of the current authorized shares, vote for an increase of up to 50% of current authorized shares;

•

If share usage is 50% to 100% of the current authorized, vote for an increase of up to 100% of current authorized shares;

•

If share usage is greater than current authorized shares, vote for an increase of up to the current share usage; or

•

In the case of a stock split, the allowable increase is calculated (per above) based on the post-split adjusted authorization.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against proposed increases, even if within the above ratios, if the proposal or the company’s prior or ongoing use of authorized shares is problematic, including, but not limited to:

•

The proposal seeks to increase the number of authorized shares of the class of common stock that has superior voting rights to other share classes;

•

On the same ballot is a proposal for a reverse split for which support is warranted despite the fact that it would result in an excessive increase in the share authorization;

•

The company has a non-shareholder approved poison pill (including an NOL pill); or

II-204

•

The company has previous sizeable placements (within the past 3 years) of stock with insiders at prices substantially below market value, or with problematic voting rights, without shareholder approval.

However, DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposed increases beyond the above ratios or problematic situations when there is disclosure of specific and severe risks to shareholders of not approving the request, such as:

•

In, or subsequent to, the company’s most recent 10-k filing, the company discloses that there is substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern;

•

The company states that there is a risk of imminent bankruptcy or imminent liquidation if shareholders do not approve the increase in authorized capital; or

•

A government body has in the past year required the company to increase capital ratios.

For companies incorporated in states that allow increases in authorized capital without shareholder approval, DWS’s policy is to generally vote withhold or against all nominees if a unilateral capital authorization increase does not conform to the above policies.

Specific Authorization Requests

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals to increase the number of authorized common shares where the primary purpose of the increase is to issue shares in connection with transaction(s) (such as acquisitions, SPAC transactions, private placements, or similar transactions) on the same ballot, or disclosed in the proxy statement, that warrant support. For such transactions, the allowable increase will be the greater of:

•

twice the amount needed to support the transactions on the ballot, and

•

the allowable increase as calculated for general issuances above.

Dual Class Structure

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against proposals to create a new class of common stock unless:

•

The company discloses a compelling rationale for the dual-class capital structure, such as:

•

The company's auditor has concluded that there is substantial doubt about the company's ability to continue as a going concern; or

•

The new class of shares will be transitory;

•

The new class is intended for financing purposes with minimal or no dilution to current shareholders in both the short term and long term; and

•

The new class is not designed to preserve or increase the voting power of an insider or significant shareholder.

Issue Stock for Use with Rights Plan

General Recommendation: DWS’s policy is to generally vote against proposals that increase authorized common stock for the explicit purpose of implementing a non-shareholder-approved shareholder rights plan (poison pill).

II-205

Preemptive Rights

General Recommendation: DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals that seek pre-emptive rights, taking into consideration:

•

The size of the company;

•

The shareholder base; and

•

The liquidity of the stock.

Preferred Stock Authorization

General Authorization Requests

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals to increase the number of authorized shares of preferred stock that are to be used for general corporate purposes as follows:

•

If share usage (outstanding plus reserved) is less than 50% of the current authorized shares, vote for an increase of up to 50% of current authorized shares;

•

If share usage is 50% to 100% of the current authorized, vote for an increase up to 100% of current authorized shares;

•

If share usage is greater than current authorized shares, vote for an increase of up to the current share usage;

•

In the case of a stock split, the allowable increase is calculated (per above) based on the post-split adjusted authorization; or

•

If no preferred shares are currently issued and outstanding, vote against the request, unless the company discloses a specific use for the shares.

•

If the shares requested are blank check preferred shares that can be used for antitakeover purposes20;

•

The company seeks to increase a class of non-convertible preferred shares entitled to more than one vote per share on matters that do not solely affect the rights of preferred stockholders “supervoting shares”);

•

The company seeks to increase a class of convertible preferred shares entitled to a number of votes greater than the number of common shares into which they are convertible (“supervoting shares”) on matters that do not solely affect the rights of preferred stockholders;

•

The stated intent of the increase in the general authorization is to allow the company to increase an existing designated class of supervoting preferred shares;

•

On the same ballot is a proposal for a reverse split for which support is warranted despite the fact that it would result in an excessive increase in the share authorization;

•

The company has a non-shareholder approved poison pill (including NOL pill); or

II-206

•

20 To be acceptable, appropriate disclosure would be needed that the shares are “declawed”; i.e., representation by the board that it will not, without prior stockholder approval, issue or use the preferred stock for any defensive or anti-takeover purpose or for the purpose of implementing any stockholder rights plan.

•

In, or subsequent to, the company’s most recent 10-k filing, the company discloses that there is substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern;

•

The company states that there is a risk of imminent bankruptcy or imminent liquidation if shareholders do not approve the increase in authorized capital; or

•

A government body has in the past year required the company to increase capital ratios.

Specific Authorization Requests

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals to increase the number of authorized preferred shares where the primary purpose of the increase is to issue shares in connection with transaction(s) (such as acquisitions, SPAC transactions, private placements, or similar transactions) on the same ballot, or disclosed in the proxy statement, that warrant support. For such transactions, the allowable increase will be the greater of:

•

twice the amount needed to support the transactions on the ballot, and

•

the allowable increase as calculated for general issuances above.

Recapitalization Plans

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on recapitalizations (reclassifications of securities), taking into account the following:

•

More simplified capital structure;

•

Enhanced liquidity;

•

Fairness of conversion terms;

•

Impact on voting power and dividends;

•

Reasons for the reclassification;

II-207

•

Conflicts of interest; and

•

Other alternatives considered.

Reverse Stock Splits

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for management proposals to implement a reverse stock split if:

•

The number of authorized shares will be proportionately reduced; or

•

The effective increase in authorized shares is equal to or less than the allowable increase calculated in accordance with ISS's Common Stock Authorization policy.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals that do not meet either of the above conditions, taking into consideration the following factors:

•

Stock exchange notification to the company of a potential delisting;

•

Disclosure of substantial doubt about the company's ability to continue as a going concern without additional financing;

•

The company's rationale; or

•

Other factors as applicable.

Share Issuance Mandates at U.S. Domestic Issuers Incorporated Outside the U.S.

General Recommendation

For U.S. domestic Issuers incorporated outside the U.S. and listed solely on a U.S. exchange, DWS’ policy is to generally vote for resolutions to authorize the issuance of common shares up to 20% of currently issued common share capital, where not tied to a specific transaction or financing proposal.

For pre-revenue or other early-stage companies that are heavily reliant on periodic equity financing, DWS’ policy is to generally vote for resolutions to authorize the issuance of common shares up to 50% of currently issued common share capital. The burden of proof will be on the company to establish that it has a need for the higher limit.

Renewal of such mandates should be sought at each year’s annual meeting.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on share issuances for a specific transaction or financing proposal.

Share Repurchase Programs

General Recommendation

For U.S.-incorporated companies, and foreign-incorporated U.S. Domestic Issuers that are traded solely on U.S. exchanges, DWS’s policy is to generally vote for management proposals to institute open-market share repurchase plans in which all shareholders may participate on equal terms, or to grant the board authority to conduct open-market repurchases, in the absence of company-specific concerns regarding:

•

Greenmail,

•

The use of buybacks to inappropriately manipulate incentive compensation metrics,

II-208

•

Threats to the company's long-term viability, or

•

Other company-specific factors as warranted.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals to repurchase shares directly from specified shareholders, balancing the stated rationale against the possibility for the repurchase authority to be misused, such as to repurchase shares from insiders at a premium to market price.

Share Repurchase Programs Shareholder Proposals

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against shareholder proposals prohibiting executives from selling shares of company stock during periods in which the company has announced that it may or will be repurchasing shares of its stock. DWS’s policy is to generally vote for the proposal when there is a pattern of abuse by executives exercising options or selling shares during periods of share buybacks.

Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for management proposals to increase the common share authorization for stock split or stock dividend, provided that the effective increase in authorized shares is equal to or is less than the allowable increase calculated in accordance with ISS's Common Stock Authorization policy.

Tracking Stock

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on the creation of tracking stock, weighing the strategic value of the transaction against such factors as:

•

Adverse governance changes;

•

Excessive increases in authorized capital stock;

•

Unfair method of distribution;

•

Diminution of voting rights;

•

Adverse conversion features;

•

Negative impact on stock option plans; and

•

Alternatives such as spin-off.

Restructuring

Appraisal Rights

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals to restore or provide shareholders with rights of appraisal.

II-209

Asset Purchases

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on asset purchase proposals, considering the following factors:

•

Purchase price;

•

Fairness opinion;

•

Financial and strategic benefits;

•

How the deal was negotiated;

•

Conflicts of interest;

•

Other alternatives for the business; and

•

Non-completion risk.

Asset Sales

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on asset sales, considering the following factors:

•

Impact on the balance sheet/working capital;

•

Potential elimination of diseconomies;

•

Anticipated financial and operating benefits;

•

Anticipated use of funds;

•

Value received for the asset;

•

Fairness opinion;

•

How the deal was negotiated; and

•

Conflicts of interest.

Bundled Proposals

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on bundled or “conditional” proxy proposals. In the case of items that are conditioned upon each other, examine the benefits and costs of the packaged items. In instances when the joint effect of the conditioned items is not in shareholders’ best interests, vote against the proposals. If the combined effect is positive, support such proposals.

Conversion of Securities

General Recommendation

II-210

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals regarding conversion of securities. When evaluating these proposals, the investor should review the dilution to existing shareholders, the conversion price relative to market value, financial issues, control issues, termination penalties, and conflicts of interest.

DWS’s policy is to vote for the conversion if it is expected that the company will be subject to onerous penalties or will be forced to file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.

Corporate Reorganization/Debt Restructuring/Prepackaged Bankruptcy Plans/Reverse Leveraged Buyouts/Wrap Plans

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals to increase common and/or preferred shares and to issue shares as part of a debt restructuring plan, after evaluating:

•

Dilution to existing shareholders' positions;

•

Terms of the offer - discount/premium in purchase price to investor, including any fairness opinion; termination penalties; exit strategy;

•

Financial issues - company's financial situation; degree of need for capital; use of proceeds; effect of the financing on the company's cost of capital;

•

Management's efforts to pursue other alternatives;

•

Control issues - change in management; change in control, guaranteed board and committee seats; standstill provisions; voting agreements; veto power over certain corporate actions; and

•

Conflict of interest - arm's length transaction, managerial incentives.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for the debt restructuring if it is expected that the company will file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.

Formation of Holding Company

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals regarding the formation of a holding company, taking into consideration the following:

•

The reasons for the change;

•

Any financial or tax benefits;

•

Regulatory benefits;

•

Increases in capital structure; and

•

Changes to the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the company.

Absent compelling financial reasons to recommend for the transaction, DWS’s policy is to generally vote against the formation of a holding company if the transaction would include either of the following:

•

Increases in common or preferred stock in excess of the allowable maximum (see discussion under “Capital”); or

II-211

•

Adverse changes in shareholder rights.

Going Private and Going Dark Transactions (LBOs and Minority Squeeze-outs)

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on going private transactions, taking into account the following:

•

Offer price/premium;

•

Fairness opinion;

•

How the deal was negotiated;

•

Conflicts of interest;

•

Other alternatives/offers considered; and

•

Non-completion risk.

DWS’s policy is to vote case-by-case on going dark transactions, determining whether the transaction enhances shareholder value by taking into consideration:

•

Whether the company has attained benefits from being publicly-traded (examination of trading volume, liquidity, and market research of the stock); and

•

Balanced interests of continuing vs. cashed-out shareholders, taking into account the following:

•

Are all shareholders able to participate in the transaction?

•

Will there be a liquid market for remaining shareholders following the transaction?

•

Does the company have strong corporate governance?

•

Will insiders reap the gains of control following the proposed transaction?

•

Does the state of incorporation have laws requiring continued reporting that may benefit shareholders?

Joint Ventures

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals to form joint ventures, taking into account the following:

•

Percentage of assets/business contributed;

•

Percentage ownership;

•

Financial and strategic benefits;

•

Governance structure;

•

Conflicts of interest;

•

Other alternatives; and

II-212

•

Non-completion risk.

Liquidations

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on liquidations, taking into account the following:

•

Management’s efforts to pursue other alternatives;

•

Appraisal value of assets; and

•

The compensation plan for executives managing the liquidation.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for the liquidation if the company will file for bankruptcy if the proposal is not approved.

Mergers and Acquisitions

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on mergers and acquisitions. Review and evaluate the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

•

Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, emphasis is placed on the offer premium, market reaction, and strategic rationale.

•

Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction should cause closer scrutiny of a deal.

•

Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

•

Negotiations and process - Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm's-length? Was the process fair and equitable? A fair process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Significant negotiation “wins” can also signify the deal makers' competency. The comprehensiveness of the sales process (e.g., full auction, partial auction, no auction) can also affect shareholder value.

•

Conflicts of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? As the result of potential conflicts, the directors and officers of the company may be more likely to vote to approve a merger than if they did not hold these interests. Consider whether these interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger. The CIC figure presented in the “ISS Transaction Summary” section of this report is an aggregate figure that can in certain cases be a misleading indicator of the true value transfer from shareholders to insiders. Where such figure appears to be excessive, analyze the underlying assumptions to determine whether a potential conflict exists.

•

Governance - Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

Private Placements/Warrants/Convertible Debentures

General Recommendation

II-213

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals regarding private placements, warrants, and convertible debentures taking into consideration:

•

Dilution to existing shareholders' position: The amount and timing of shareholder ownership dilution should be weighed against the needs and proposed shareholder benefits of the capital infusion. Although newly issued common stock, absent pre-emptive rights, is typically dilutive to existing shareholders, share price appreciation is often the necessary event to trigger the exercise of “out of the money” warrants and convertible debt. In these instances from a value standpoint, the negative impact of dilution is mitigated by the increase in the company's stock price that must occur to trigger the dilutive event.

•

Terms of the offer (discount/premium in purchase price to investor, including any fairness opinion, conversion features, termination penalties, exit strategy):

−

The terms of the offer should be weighed against the alternatives of the company and in light of company's financial condition. Ideally, the conversion price for convertible debt and the exercise price for warrants should be at a premium to the then prevailing stock price at the time of private placement.

−

When evaluating the magnitude of a private placement discount or premium, consider factors that influence the discount or premium, such as, liquidity, due diligence costs, control and monitoring costs, capital scarcity, information asymmetry, and anticipation of future performance.

•

Financial issues:

−

The company's financial condition;

−

Degree of need for capital;

−

Use of proceeds;

−

Effect of the financing on the company's cost of capital;

−

Current and proposed cash burn rate; and

−

Going concern viability and the state of the capital and credit markets.

•

Management's efforts to pursue alternatives and whether the company engaged in a process to evaluate alternatives: A fair, unconstrained process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Financing alternatives can include joint ventures, partnership, merger, or sale of part or all of the company.

•

Control issues:

−

Change in management;

−

Change in control;

−

Guaranteed board and committee seats;

−

Standstill provisions;

−

Voting agreements;

−

Veto power over certain corporate actions; and

−

Minority versus majority ownership and corresponding minority discount or majority control premium.

•

Conflicts of interest:

−

Conflicts of interest should be viewed from the perspective of the company and the investor; and

−

Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm's length? Are managerial incentives aligned with shareholder interests?

II-214

•

Market reaction:

−

The market's response to the proposed deal. A negative market reaction is a cause for concern. Market reaction may be addressed by analysing the one-day impact on the unaffected stock price.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for the private placement, or for the issuance of warrants and/or convertible debentures in a private placement, if it is expected that the company will file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.

Reorganization/Restructuring Plan (Bankruptcy)

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals to common shareholders on bankruptcy plans of reorganization, considering the following factors including, but not limited to:

•

Estimated value and financial prospects of the reorganized company;

•

Percentage ownership of current shareholders in the reorganized company;

•

Whether shareholders are adequately represented in the reorganization process (particularly through the existence of an Official Equity Committee);

•

The cause(s) of the bankruptcy filing, and the extent to which the plan of reorganization addresses the cause(s);

•

Existence of a superior alternative to the plan of reorganization; and

•

Governance of the reorganized company.

Special Purpose Acquisition Corporations (SPACs)

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on SPAC mergers and acquisitions taking into account the following:

•

Valuation - Is the value being paid by the SPAC reasonable? SPACs generally lack an independent fairness opinion and the financials on the target may be limited. Compare the conversion price with the intrinsic value of the target company provided in the fairness opinion. Also, evaluate the proportionate value of the combined entity attributable to the SPAC IPO shareholders versus the pre-merger value of SPAC. Additionally, a private company discount may be applied to the target, if it is a private entity.

•

Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction may be a cause for concern. Market reaction may be addressed by analysing the one-day impact on the unaffected stock price.

•

Deal timing - A main driver for most transactions is that the SPAC charter typically requires the deal to be complete within 18 to 24 months, or the SPAC is to be liquidated. Evaluate the valuation, market reaction, and potential conflicts of interest for deals that are announced close to the liquidation date.

•

Negotiations and process - What was the process undertaken to identify potential target companies within specified industry or location specified in charter? Consider the background of the sponsors.

II-215

•

Conflicts of interest - How are sponsors benefiting from the transaction compared to IPO shareholders? Potential conflicts could arise if a fairness opinion is issued by the insiders to qualify the deal rather than a third party or if management is encouraged to pay a higher price for the target because of an 80 percent rule (the charter requires that the fair market value of the target is at least equal to 80 percent of net assets of the SPAC). Also, there may be sense of urgency by the management team of the SPAC to close the deal since its charter typically requires a transaction to be completed within the 18-24 month timeframe.

•

Voting agreements - Are the sponsors entering into enter into any voting agreements/tender offers with shareholders who are likely to vote against the proposed merger or exercise conversion rights?

•

Governance - What is the impact of having the SPAC CEO or founder on key committees following the proposed merger?

Special Purpose Acquisition Corporations (SPACs) - Proposals for Extensions

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on SPAC extension proposals taking into account the length of the requested extension, the status of any pending transaction(s) or progression of the acquisition process, any added incentive for non-redeeming shareholders, and any prior extension requests.

•

Length of request: Typically, extension requests range from two to six months, depending on the progression of the SPAC's acquisition process.

•

Pending transaction(s) or progression of the acquisition process: Sometimes an initial business combination was already put to a shareholder vote, but, for varying reasons, the transaction could not be consummated by the termination date and the SPAC is requesting an extension. Other times, the SPAC has entered into a definitive transaction agreement, but needs additional time to consummate or hold the shareholder meeting.

•

Added incentive for non-redeeming shareholders: Sometimes the SPAC sponsor (or other insiders) will contribute, typically as a loan to the company, additional funds that will be added to the redemption value of each public share as long as such shares are not redeemed in connection with the extension request. The purpose of the “equity kicker” is to incentivize shareholders to hold their shares through the end of the requested extension or until the time the transaction is put to a shareholder vote, rather than electing redemption at the extension proposal meeting.

•

Prior extension requests: Some SPACs request additional time beyond the extension period sought in prior extension requests.

Spin-offs

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on spin-offs, considering:

•

Tax and regulatory advantages;

•

Planned use of the sale proceeds;

•

Valuation of spinoff;

•

Fairness opinion;

•

Benefits to the parent company;

II-216

•

Conflicts of interest;

•

Managerial incentives;

•

Corporate governance changes; and

•

Changes in the capital structure.

Value Maximization Shareholder Proposals

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals seeking to maximize shareholder value by:

•

Hiring a financial advisor to explore strategic alternatives;

•

Selling the company; or

•

Liquidating the company and distributing the proceeds to shareholders.

These proposals should be evaluated based on the following factors:

•

Prolonged poor performance with no turnaround in sight;

•

Signs of entrenched board and management (such as the adoption of takeover defenses);

•

Strategic plan in place for improving value;

•

Likelihood of receiving reasonable value in a sale or dissolution; and

•

The company actively exploring its strategic options, including retaining a financial advisor.

COMPENSATION

Executive Pay Evaluation

Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation—Management Proposals (Say-on-Pay)

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on ballot items related to executive pay and practices, as well as certain aspects of outside director compensation.

DWS’s policy is to vote against Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation (Say-on-Pay or “SOP”) if:

•

There is an unmitigated misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance);

•

The company maintains significant problematic pay practices; or

•

The board exhibits a significant level of poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against or withhold from the members of the Compensation Committee and potentially the full board if:

II-217

•

There is no SOP on the ballot, and an against vote on an SOP would otherwise be warranted due to pay-for-performance misalignment, problematic pay practices, or the lack of adequate responsiveness on compensation issues raised previously, or a combination thereof;

•

The board fails to respond adequately to a previous SOP proposal that received less than 70 percent support of votes cast;

•

The company has recently practiced or approved problematic pay practices, such as option repricing or option backdating; or

•

The situation is egregious.

Frequency of Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (“Say When on Pay”)

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for annual advisory votes on compensation, which provide the most consistent and clear communication channel for shareholder concerns about companies' executive pay programs.

Voting on Golden Parachutes in an Acquisition, Merger, Consolidation, or Proposed Sale

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on say on Golden Parachute proposals, including consideration of existing change-in-control arrangements maintained with named executive officers but also considering new or extended arrangements.

Features that may result in an “against” recommendation include one or more of the following, depending on the number, magnitude, and/or timing of issue(s):

•

Single- or modified-single-trigger cash severance;

•

Single-trigger acceleration of unvested equity awards;

•

Full acceleration of equity awards granted shortly before the change in control;

•

Acceleration of performance awards above the target level of performance without compelling rationale;

•

Excessive cash severance (generally ˃3x base salary and bonus);

•

Excise tax gross-ups triggered and payable; or

•

Excessive golden parachute payments (on an absolute basis or as a percentage of transaction equity value);

•

Recent amendments that incorporate any problematic features (such as those above) or recent actions (such as extraordinary equity grants) that may make packages so attractive as to influence merger agreements that may not be in the best interests of shareholders; or

•

The company's assertion that a proposed transaction is conditioned on shareholder approval of the golden parachute advisory vote.

Recent amendment(s) that incorporate problematic features will tend to carry more weight on the overall analysis. However, the presence of multiple legacy problematic features will also be closely scrutinized.

II-218

In cases where the golden parachute vote is incorporated into a company's advisory vote on compensation (management say-on-pay), DWS will evaluate the say-on-pay proposal in accordance with these guidelines, which may give higher weight to that component of the overall evaluation.

Equity-Based and Other Incentive Plans

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on certain equity-based compensation plans21 depending on a combination of certain plan features and equity grant practices, where positive factors may counterbalance negative factors, and vice versa, as evaluated using an “Equity Plan Scorecard” (EPSC) approach with three pillars:

•

Plan Cost: The total estimated cost of the company’s equity plans relative to industry/market cap peers, measured by the company's estimated Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT) in relation to peers and considering both:

−

SVT based on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants, plus outstanding unvested/unexercised grants; and

−

SVT based only on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants.

•

Plan Cost:

−

Quality of disclosure around vesting upon a change in control (CIC);

−

Discretionary vesting authority;

−

Liberal share recycling on various award types;

−

Lack of minimum vesting period for grants made under the plan; and

−

Dividends payable prior to award vesting.

•

Grant Practices:

−

The company’s three-year burn rate relative to its industry/market cap peers;

−

Vesting requirements in CEO's recent equity grants (3-year look-back);

−

The estimated duration of the plan (based on the sum of shares remaining available and the new shares requested, divided by the average annual shares granted in the prior three years);

−

The proportion of the CEO's most recent equity grants/awards subject to performance conditions;

−

Whether the company maintains a sufficient claw-back policy; and

−

Whether the company maintains sufficient post-exercise/vesting share-holding requirements.

21 Proposals evaluated under the EPSC policy generally include those to approve or amend (1) stock option plans for employees and/or employees and directors, (2) restricted stock plans for employees and/or employees and directors, and (3) omnibus stock incentive plans for employees and/or employees and directors; amended plans will be further evaluated case-by-case.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against the plan proposal if the combination of above factors indicates that the plan is not, overall, in shareholders' interests, or if any of the following egregious factors (“overriding factors”) apply:

•

Awards may vest in connection with a liberal change-of-control definition;

II-219

•

The plan would permit repricing or cash buyout of underwater options without shareholder approval (either by expressly permitting it – for NYSE and Nasdaq listed companies – or by not prohibiting it when the company has a history of repricing – for non-listed companies);

•

The plan is a vehicle for problematic pay practices or a significant pay-for-performance disconnect under certain circumstances;

•

The plan is excessively dilutive to shareholders' holdings;

•

The plan contains an evergreen (automatic share replenishment) feature; or

•

Any other plan features are determined to have a significant negative impact on shareholder interests.

Further Information on certain EPSC Factors:

Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT)

The cost of the equity plans is expressed as Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT), which is measured using a binomial option pricing model that assesses the amount of shareholders’ equity flowing out of the company to employees and directors. SVT is expressed as both a dollar amount and as a percentage of market value, and includes the new shares proposed, shares available under existing plans, and shares granted but unexercised (using two measures, in the case of plans subject to the Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation, as noted above). All award types are valued. For omnibus plans, unless limitations are placed on the most expensive types of awards (for example, full-value awards), the assumption is made that all awards to be granted will be the most expensive types.

For proposals that are not subject to the Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation, Shareholder Value Transfer is reasonable if it falls below a company-specific benchmark. The benchmark is determined as follows: The top quartile performers in each industry group (using the Global Industry Classification Standard: GICS) are identified. Benchmark SVT levels for each industry are established based on these top performers’ historic SVT. Regression analyses are run on each industry group to identify the variables most strongly correlated to SVT. The benchmark industry SVT level is then adjusted upwards or downwards for the specific company by plugging the company-specific performance measures, size and cash compensation into the industry cap equations to arrive at the company’s benchmark.22

22 For plans evaluated under the Equity Plan Scorecard policy, the company's SVT benchmark is considered along with other factors.

Three-Year Value-Adjusted Burn Rate

A “Value-Adjusted Burn Rate” is used for stock plan valuations. Value-Adjusted Burn Rate benchmarks will be calculated as the greater of: (1) an industry-specific threshold based on three-year burn rates within the company's GICS group segmented by S&P 500, Russell 3000 index (less the S&P 500) and non-Russell 3000 index; and (2) a de minimis threshold established separately for each of the S&P 500, the Russell 3000 index less the S&P 500, and the non-Russell 3000 index. Year-over-year burn-rate benchmark changes will be limited to a predetermined range above or below the prior year's burn-rate benchmark.

The Value-Adjusted Burn rate is calculated as follows:

Value-Adjusted Burn Rate = ((# of options * option’s dollar value using a Black-Scholes model) + (# of full-value awards * stock price)) / (Weighted average common shares * stock price).

II-220

Egregious Factors

Liberal Change in Control Definition

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against equity plans if the plan has a liberal definition of change in control and the equity awards could vest upon such liberal definition of change in control, even though an actual change in control may not occur. Examples of such a definition include, but are not limited to, announcement or commencement of a tender offer, provisions for acceleration upon a “potential” takeover, shareholder approval of a merger or other transactions, or similar language.

Repricing Provisions

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against plans that expressly permit the repricing or exchange of underwater stock options/stock appreciate rights (SARs) without prior shareholder approval. “Repricing” typically includes the ability to do any of the following:

•

Amend the terms of outstanding options or SARs to reduce the exercise price of such outstanding options or SARs;

•

Cancel outstanding options or SARs in exchange for options or SARs with an exercise price that is less than the exercise price of the original options or SARs;

•

Cancel underwater options in exchange for stock awards; or

•

Provide cash buyouts of underwater options.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against or withhold from members of the Compensation Committee who approved repricing (as defined above or otherwise determined by ISS), without prior shareholder approval, even if such repricings are allowed in their equity plan.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against plans that do not expressly prohibit repricing or cash buyout of underwater options without shareholder approval if the company has a history of repricing/buyouts without shareholder approval, and the applicable listing standards would not preclude them from doing so.

Problematic Pay Practices or Significant Pay-for-Performance Disconnect

If the equity plan on the ballot is a vehicle for problematic pay practices, DWS’s policy is to generally vote against the plan.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against an equity plan if the plan is determined to be a vehicle for pay-for-performance misalignment. Considerations in voting against the equity plan may include, but are not limited to:

•

Severity of the pay-for-performance misalignment;

•

Whether problematic equity grant practices are driving the misalignment; and/or

•

Whether equity plan awards have been heavily concentrated to the CEO and/or the other NEOs.

Amending Cash and Equity Plans (including Approval for Tax Deductibility (162(m))

General Recommendation: DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on amendments to cash and equity incentive plans.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals to amend executive cash, stock, or cash and stock incentive plans if the proposal:

II-221

•

Addresses administrative features only; or

•

Seeks approval for Section 162(m) purposes only and the plan administering committee consists entirely of independent directors. Note that if the company is presenting the plan to shareholders for the first time for any reason (including after the company’s initial public offering), or if the proposal is bundled with other material plan amendments, then the recommendation will be case-by-case (see below).

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against proposals to amend executive cash, stock, or cash and stock incentive plans if the proposal:

•

Seeks approval for Section 162(m) purposes only, and the plan administering committee does not consist entirely of independent directors.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on all other proposals to amend c ash incentive plans. This includes plans presented to shareholders for the first time after the company's IPO and/or proposals that bundle material amendment(s) other than those for Section 162(m) purposes.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on all other proposals to amend equity incentive plans, considering the following:

•

If the proposal requests additional shares and/or the amendments include a term extension or addition of full value awards as an award type, the recommendation will be based on the Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation as well as an analysis of the overall impact of the amendments;

•

If the plan is being presented to shareholders for the first time (including after the company's IPO), whether or not additional shares are being requested, the recommendation will be based on the Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation as well as an analysis of the overall impact of any amendments; and

•

If there is no request for additional shares and the amendments do not include a term extension or addition of full value awards as an award type, then the recommendation will be based entirely on an analysis of the overall impact of the amendments, and the EPSC evaluation will be shown only for informational purposes.

In the first two case-by-case evaluation scenarios, the EPSC evaluation/score is the more heavily weighted consideration.

Specific Treatment of Certain Award Types in Equity Plan Evaluations

Dividend Equivalent Rights

Options that have Dividend Equivalent Rights (DERs) associated with them will have a higher calculated award value than those without DERs under the binomial model, based on the value of these dividend streams. The higher value will be applied to new shares, shares available under existing plans, and shares awarded but not exercised per the plan specifications. DERS transfer more shareholder equity to employees and non-employee directors and this cost should be captured.

Operating Partnership (OP) Units in Equity Plan Analysis of Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs)

For Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITS), include the common shares issuable upon conversion of outstanding Operating Partnership (OP) units in the share count for the purposes of determining: (1) market capitalization in the Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT) analysis and (2) shares outstanding in the burn rate analysis.

II-222

Other Compensation Plans

401(k) Employee Benefit Plans

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals to implement a 401(k) savings plan for employees.

Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs)

General Recommendation: DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals to implement an ESOP or increase authorized shares for existing ESOPs, unless the number of shares allocated to the ESOP is excessive (more than five percent of outstanding shares).

Employee Stock Purchase Plans—Qualified Plans

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on qualified employee stock purchase plans. DWS’s policy is to generally vote for employee stock purchase plans where all of the following apply:

•

Purchase price is at least 85 percent of fair market value;

•

Offering period is 27 months or less; and

•

The number of shares allocated to the plan is 10 percent or less of the outstanding shares.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against qualified employee stock purchase plans where when the plan features do not meet all of the above criteria.

Employee Stock Purchase Plans—Non-Qualified Plans

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on nonqualified employee stock purchase plans. DWS’s policy is to generally vote for nonqualified employee stock purchase plans with all the following features:

•

Broad-based participation;

•

Limits on employee contribution, which may be a fixed dollar amount or expressed as a percent of base salary;

•

Company matching contribution up to 25 percent of employee’s contribution, which is effectively a discount of 20 percent from market value; and

•

No discount on the stock price on the date of purchase when there is a company matching contribution.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against nonqualified employee stock purchase plans when the plan features do not meet all of the above criteria. If the matching contribution or effective discount exceeds the above, DWS may evaluate the SVT cost of the plan as part of the assessment.

Option Exchange Programs/Repricing Options

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on management proposals seeking approval to exchange/reprice options taking into consideration:

II-223

•

Historic trading patterns—the stock price should not be so volatile that the options are likely to be back “in-the-money” over the near term;

•

Rationale for the re-pricing—was the stock price decline beyond management's control;

•

Is this a value-for-value exchange;

•

Are surrendered stock options added back to the plan reserve;

•

Timing—repricing should occur at least one year out from any precipitous drop in company's stock price;

•

Option vesting—does the new option vest immediately or is there a black-out period;

•

Term of the option—the term should remain the same as that of the replaced option;

•

Exercise price—should be set at fair market or a premium to market; and

•

Participants—executive officers and directors must be excluded.

If the surrendered options are added back to the equity plans for re-issuance, then also take into consideration the company’s total cost of equity plans and its three-year average burn rate.

In addition to the above considerations, evaluate the intent, rationale, and timing of the repricing proposal. The proposal should clearly articulate why the board is choosing to conduct an exchange program at this point in time. Repricing underwater options after a recent precipitous drop in the company’s stock price demonstrates poor timing and warrants additional scrutiny. Also, consider the terms of the surrendered options, such as the grant date, exercise price and vesting schedule. Grant dates of surrendered options should be far enough back (two to three years) so as not to suggest that repricings are being done to take advantage of short-term downward price movements. Similarly, the exercise price of surrendered options should be above the 52-week high for the stock price.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for shareholder proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder vote.

Stock Plans in Lieu of Cash

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on plans that provide participants with the option of taking all or a portion of their cash compensation in the form of stock.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for non-employee director-only equity plans that provide a dollar-for-dollar cash-for-stock exchange.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on plans which do not provide a dollar-for-dollar cash for stock exchange. In cases where the exchange is not dollar-for-dollar, the request for new or additional shares for such equity program will be considered using the binomial option pricing model. In an effort to capture the total cost of total compensation, DWS will not make any adjustments to carve out the in-lieu-of cash compensation.

Transfer Stock Option (TSO) Programs

General Recommendation

One-time Transfers: DWS’s policy is to generally vote against or withhold from compensation committee members if they fail to submit one-time transfers to shareholders for approval.

II-224

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on one-time transfers. DWS’s policy is to generally vote for such proposals if:

•

Executive officers and non-employee directors are excluded from participating;

•

Stock options are purchased by third-party financial institutions at a discount to their fair value using option pricing models such as Black-Scholes or a Binomial Option Valuation or other appropriate financial models; and

•

There is a two-year minimum holding period for sale proceeds (cash or stock) for all participants.

Additionally, management should provide a clear explanation of why options are being transferred to a third-party institution and whether the events leading up to a decline in stock price were beyond management's control. A review of the company's historic stock price volatility should indicate if the options are likely to be back “in-the-money” over the near term.

Ongoing TSO program: DWS’s policy is to generally vote against equity plan proposals if the details of ongoing TSO programs are not provided to shareholders. Since TSOs will be one of the award types under a stock plan, the ongoing TSO program, structure and mechanics must be disclosed to shareholders. The specific criteria to be considered in evaluating these proposals include, but not limited, to the following:

•

Eligibility;

•

Vesting;

•

Bid-price;

•

Term of options;

•

Cost of the program and impact of the TSOs on company’s total option expense; and

•

Option repricing policy.

Amendments to existing plans that allow for introduction of transferability of stock options should make clear that only options granted post-amendment shall be transferable.

Director Compensation

Shareholder Ratification of Director Pay Programs

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on management proposals seeking ratification of non-employee director compensation, based on the following factors:

•

If the equity plan under which non-employee director grants are made is on the ballot, whether or not it warrants support; and

•

An assessment of the following qualitative factors:

−

The relative magnitude of director compensation as compared to companies of a similar profile;

−

The presence of problematic pay practices relating to director compensation;

−

Director stock ownership guidelines and holding requirements;

−

Equity award vesting schedules;

II-225

−

The mix of cash and equity-based compensation;

−

Meaningful limits on director compensation;

−

The availability of retirement benefits or perquisites; and

−

The quality of disclosure surrounding director compensation.

Equity Plans for Non-Employee Directors

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on compensation plans for non-employee directors, based on:

•

The total estimated cost of the company’s equity plans relative to industry/market cap peers, measured by the company’s estimated Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT) based on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants, plus outstanding unvested/unexercised grants;

•

The company’s three-year burn rate relative to its industry/market cap peers (in certain circumstances); and

•

The presence of any egregious plan features (such as an option repricing provision or liberal CIC vesting risk).

On occasion, non-employee director stock plans will exceed the plan cost or burn-rate benchmarks when combined with employee or executive stock plans. In such cases, DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on the plan taking into consideration the following qualitative factors:

•

The relative magnitude of director compensation as compared to companies of a similar profile;

•

The presence of problematic pay practices relating to director compensation;

•

Director stock ownership guidelines and holding requirements;

•

Equity award vesting schedules;

•

The mix of cash and equity-based compensation;

•

Meaningful limits on director compensation;

•

The availability of retirement benefits or perquisites; and

•

The quality of disclosure surrounding director compensation.

Non-Employee Director Retirement Plans

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against retirement plans for non-employee directors. DWS’s policy is to generally vote for shareholder proposals to eliminate retirement plans for non-employee directors.

Shareholder Proposals on Compensation

Bonus Banking/Bonus Banking “Plus”

General Recommendation

II-226

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals seeking deferral of a portion of annual bonus pay, with ultimate payout linked to sustained results for the performance metrics on which the bonus was earned (whether for the named executive officers or a wider group of employees), taking into account the following factors:

•

The company’s past practices regarding equity and cash compensation;

•

Whether the company has a holding period or stock ownership requirements in place, such as a meaningful retention ratio (at least 50 percent for full tenure); and

•

Whether the company has a rigorous claw-back policy in place.

Compensation Consultants—Disclosure of Board or Company’s Utilization

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for shareholder proposals seeking disclosure regarding the company, board, or compensation committee’s use of compensation consultants, such as company name, business relationship(s), and fees paid.

Disclosure/Setting Levels or Types of Compensation for Executives and Directors

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for shareholder proposals seeking additional disclosure of executive and director pay information, provided the information requested is relevant to shareholders' needs, would not put the company at a competitive disadvantage relative to its industry, and is not unduly burdensome to the company.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against shareholder proposals seeking to set absolute levels on compensation or otherwise dictate the amount or form of compensation (such as types of compensation elements or specific metrics) to be used for executive or directors.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against shareholder proposals that mandate a minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on all other shareholder proposals regarding executive and director pay, taking into account relevant factors, including but not limited to: company performance, pay level and design versus peers, history of compensation concerns or pay-for-performance disconnect, and/or the scope and prescriptive nature of the proposal.

Golden Coffins/Executive Death Benefits

General Recommendation:

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals calling for companies to adopt a policy of obtaining shareholder approval for any future agreements and corporate policies that could oblige the company to make payments or awards following the death of a senior executive in the form of unearned salary or bonuses, accelerated vesting or the continuation in force of unvested equity grants, perquisites and other payments or awards made in lieu of compensation. This would not apply to any benefit programs or equity plan proposals for which the broad-based employee population is eligible.

Hold Equity Past Retirement or for a Significant Period of Time

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals asking companies to adopt policies requiring senior executive officers to retain a portion of net shares acquired through compensation plans. The following factors will be taken into account:

II-227

•

The percentage/ratio of net shares required to be retained;

•

The time period required to retain the shares;

•

Whether the company has equity retention, holding period, and/or stock ownership requirements in place and the robustness of such requirements;

•

Whether the company has any other policies aimed at mitigating risk taking by executives;

•

Executives' actual stock ownership and the degree to which it meets or exceeds the proponent’s suggested holding period/retention ratio or the company’s existing requirements; and

•

Problematic pay practices, current and past, which may demonstrate a short-term versus long-term focus.

Pay Disparity

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals calling for an analysis of the pay disparity between corporate executives and other non-executive employees. The following factors will be considered:

•

The company’s current level of disclosure of its executive compensation setting process, including how the company considers pay disparity;

•

If any problematic pay practices or pay-for-performance concerns have been identified at the company; and

•

The level of shareholder support for the company's pay programs.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against proposals calling for the company to use the pay disparity analysis or pay ratio in a specific way to set or limit executive pay.

Pay for Performance/Performance-Based Awards

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals requesting that a significant amount of future long-term incentive compensation awarded to senior executives shall be performance-based and requesting that the board adopt and disclose challenging performance metrics to shareholders, based on the following analytical steps:

•

First, vote for shareholder proposals advocating the use of performance-based equity awards, such as performance contingent options or restricted stock, indexed options or premium-priced options, unless the proposal is overly restrictive or if the company has demonstrated that it is using a “substantial” portion of performance-based awards for its top executives. Standard stock options and performance-accelerated awards do not meet the criteria to be considered as performance-based awards. Further, premium-priced options should have a meaningful premium to be considered performance-based awards; and

•

Second, assess the rigor of the company’s performance-based equity program. If the bar set for the performance-based program is too low based on the company’s historical or peer group comparison, generally vote for the proposal. Furthermore, if target performance results in an above target payout, vote for the shareholder proposal due to program’s poor design. If the company does not disclose the performance metric of the performance-based equity program, vote for the shareholder proposal regardless of the outcome of the first step to the test.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for the shareholder proposal if the company does not meet both of the above two steps.

II-228

Pay for Superior Performance

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals that request the board establish a pay-for-superior performance standard in the company's executive compensation plan for senior executives. These proposals generally include the following principles:

•

Set compensation targets for the plan’s annual and long-term incentive pay components at or below the peer group median;

•

Deliver a majority of the plan’s target long-term compensation through performance-vested, not simply time-vested, equity awards;

•

Provide the strategic rationale and relative weightings of the financial and non-financial performance metrics or criteria used in the annual and performance-vested long-term incentive components of the plan;

•

Establish performance targets for each plan financial metric relative to the performance of the company’s peer companies; and

•

Limit payment under the annual and performance-vested long-term incentive components of the plan to when the company’s performance on its selected financial performance metrics exceeds peer group median performance.

Consider the following factors in evaluating this proposal:

•

What aspects of the company’s annual and long-term equity incentive programs are performance driven?

•

If the annual and long-term equity incentive programs are performance driven, are the performance criteria and hurdle rates disclosed to shareholders or are they benchmarked against a disclosed peer group?

•

Can shareholders assess the correlation between pay and performance based on the current disclosure?

•

What type of industry and stage of business cycle does the company belong to?

Pre-Arranged Trading Plans (10b5-1 Plans)

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for shareholder proposals calling for the addition of certain safeguards in prearranged trading plans (10b5-1 plans) for executives. Safeguards may include:

•

Adoption, amendment, or termination of a 10b5-1 Plan must be disclosed in a Form 8-K;

•

Amendment or early termination of a 10b5-1 Plan is allowed only under extraordinary circumstances, as determined by the board;

•

Request that a certain number of days that must elapse between adoption or amendment of a 10b5-1 Plan and initial trading under the plan;

•

Reports on Form 4 must identify transactions made pursuant to a 10b5-1 Plan;

•

An executive may not trade in company stock outside the 10b5-1 Plan; or

•

Trades under a 10b5-1 Plan must be handled by a broker who does not handle other securities transactions for the executive.

II-229

Prohibit Outside CEOs from Serving on Compensation Committees

General Recommendation: DWS’s policy is to generally vote against proposals seeking a policy to prohibit any outside CEO from serving on a company’s compensation committee, unless the company has demonstrated problematic pay practices that raise concerns about the performance and composition of the committee.

Recoupment of Incentive or Stock Compensation in Specified Circumstances

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals to recoup incentive cash or stock compensation made to senior executives if it is later determined that the figures upon which incentive compensation is earned turn out to have been in error, or if the senior executive has breached company policy or has engaged in misconduct that may be significantly detrimental to the company's financial position or reputation, or if the senior executive failed to manage or monitor risks that subsequently led to significant financial or reputational harm to the company. Many companies have adopted policies that permit recoupment in cases where an executive's fraud, misconduct, or negligence significantly contributed to a restatement of financial results that led to the awarding of unearned incentive compensation. However, such policies may be narrow given that not all misconduct or negligence may result in significant financial restatements. Misconduct, negligence or lack of sufficient oversight by senior executives may lead to significant financial loss or reputational damage that may have long-lasting impact.

In considering whether to support such shareholder proposals, DWS will take into consideration the following factors:

•

If the company has adopted a formal recoupment policy;

•

The rigor of the recoupment policy focusing on how and under what circumstances the company may recoup incentive or stock compensation;

•

Whether the company has chronic restatement history or material financial problems;

•

Whether the company’s policy substantially addresses the concerns raised by the proponent;

•

Disclosure of recoupment of incentive or stock compensation from senior executives or lack thereof; or

•

Any other relevant factors.

Severance and Golden Parachute Agreements

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals requiring that executive severance (including change-in-control related) arrangements or payments be submitted for shareholder ratification.

Factors that will be considered include, but not limited to:

•

The company’s severance or change-in-control agreements in place, and the presence of problematic features (such as excessive severance entitlements, single triggers, excise tax gross-ups, etc.);

•

Any existing limits on cash severance payouts or policies which require shareholder ratification of severance payments exceeding a certain level;

•

Any recent severance-related controversies; and

•

Whether the proposal is overly prescriptive, such as requiring shareholder approval of severance that does not exceed market norms.

II-230

Share Buyback Impact on Incentive Program Metrics

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals requesting the company exclude the impact of share buybacks from the calculation of incentive program metrics, considering the following factors:

•

The frequency and timing of the company's share buybacks;

•

The use of per-share metrics in incentive plans;

•

The effect of recent buybacks on incentive metric results and payouts; and

•

Whether there is any indication of metric result manipulation.

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (SERPs)

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for shareholder proposals requesting to put extraordinary benefits contained in SERP agreements to a shareholder vote unless the company’s executive pension plans do not contain excessive benefits beyond what is offered under employee-wide plans.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for shareholder proposals requesting to limit the executive benefits provided under the company’s supplemental executive retirement plan (SERP) by limiting covered compensation to a senior executive’s annual salary or those pay elements covered for the general employee population.

Tax Gross-Up Proposals

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals calling for companies to adopt a policy of not providing tax gross-up payments to executives, except in situations where gross-ups are provided pursuant to a plan, policy, or arrangement applicable to management employees of the company, such as a relocation or expatriate tax equalization policy.

Termination of Employment Prior to Severance Payment/Eliminating Accelerated Vesting of Unvested Equity

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals seeking a policy requiring termination of employment prior to severance payment and/or eliminating accelerated vesting of unvested equity.

The following factors will be considered:

•

The company's current treatment of equity upon employment termination and/or in change-in-control situations (i.e., vesting is double triggered and/or pro rata, does it allow for the assumption of equity by acquiring company, the treatment of performance shares, etc.); and

•

Current employment agreements, including potential poor pay practices such as gross-ups embedded in those agreements.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals seeking a policy that prohibits automatic acceleration of the vesting of equity awards to senior executives upon a voluntary termination of employment or in the event of a change in control (except for pro rata vesting considering the time elapsed and attainment of any related performance goals between the award date and the change in control).

II-231

ROUTINE / MISCELLANEOUS

Adjourn Meeting

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against proposals to provide management with the authority to adjourn an annual or special meeting absent compelling reasons to support the proposal.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals that relate specifically to soliciting votes for a merger or transaction if supporting that merger or transaction. DWS’s policy is to generally vote against proposals if the wording is too vague or if the proposal includes “other business.”

Amend Quorum Requirements

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals to reduce quorum requirements for shareholder meetings below a majority of the shares outstanding, taking into consideration:

•

The new quorum threshold requested;

•

The rationale presented for the reduction;

•

The market capitalization of the company (size, inclusion in indices);

•

The company’s ownership structure;

•

Previous voter turnout or attempts to achieve quorum;

•

Any provisions or commitments to restore quorum to a majority of shares outstanding, should voter turnout improve sufficiently; and

•

Other factors as appropriate.

In general, a quorum threshold kept as close to a majority of shares outstanding as is achievable is preferred.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on directors who unilaterally lower the quorum requirements below a majority of the shares outstanding, taking into consideration the factors listed above.

Amend Minor Bylaws

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for bylaw or charter changes that are of a housekeeping nature (updates or corrections).

Change Company Name

General Recommendation: DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals to change the corporate name unless there is compelling evidence that the change would adversely impact shareholder value.

Change Date, Time, or Location of Annual Meeting

General Recommendation

II-232

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for management proposals to change the date, time, or location of the annual meeting unless the proposed change is unreasonable.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against shareholder proposals to change the date, time, or location of the annual meeting unless the current scheduling or location is unreasonable.

Other Business

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against proposals to approve other business when it appears as a voting item.

SOCIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy will consider the Coalition for Environmentally Responsible Economies (“CERES”) guidance on certain environmental and social matters contained in the CERES Roadmap 2030 as well as the recommendations of the ISS Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines “Sustainability” Policy on social and sustainability issues. DWS will rely on ISS to identify shareholder proposals addressing CERES Roadmap 2030 to examine theses proxy items and to provide DWS with a voting recommendation based on ISS’s application of the Guidelines including any factors set forth in the Guidelines. DWS will generally vote such proxies in accordance with ISS’s recommendations for topics covered under CERES Roadmap 2030.

General Approach

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for social and environmental shareholder proposals that are in the best economic interest of clients. DWS’s general policy is to vote for disclosure reports that seek additional information particularly when it appears companies have not adequately addressed shareholders' social, workforce, and environmental concerns. In determining vote recommendations on shareholder social, workforce, and environmental proposals, DWS will analyze the following factors:

•

Whether the proposal itself is well framed and reasonable;

•

Whether adoption of the proposal would have either a positive or negative impact on the company’s short-term or long-term share value

•

Whether the company’s analysis and voting recommendation to shareholders is persuasive

•

The degree to which the company’s stated position on the issues could affect its reputation or sales, or leave it vulnerable to boycott or selective purchasing

•

Whether the subject of the proposal is best left to the discretion of the board

•

Whether the issues presented in the proposal are best dealt with through legislation, government regulation, or company-specific action

•

The company’s approach compared with its peers or any industry standard practices for addressing the issue(s) raised by the proposal

•

Whether the company has already responded in an appropriate or sufficient manner to the issue(s) raised by the proposal

•

Whether there are significant controversies, fines, penalties or litigation associated with the company’s practices related to the issue(s) raised in the proposal

II-233

•

If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether sufficient information is publicly available to shareholders and whether it would be unduly burdensome for the company to compile and avail the requested information to shareholders in a more comprehensive or amalgamated fashion

•

Whether implementation of the proposal would achieve the objectives sought in the proposal

Endorsement of Principles

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals seeking a company's endorsement of principles that support a particular public policy position. Endorsing a set of principles may require a company to take a stand on an issue that is beyond its own control and may limit its flexibility with respect to future developments. Management and the board should be afforded the flexibility to make decisions on specific public policy positions based on their own assessment of the most beneficial strategies for the company.

Animal Welfare

Animal Welfare Policies

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals seeking a report on a company’s animal welfare standards, or animal welfare-related risks, considering whether:

•

The company has already published a set of animal welfare standards and monitors compliance;

•

The company’s standards are comparable to industry peers; and

•

There are no recent significant fines, litigation, or controversies related to the company’s and/or its suppliers' treatment of animals.

Animal Testing

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals to phase out the use of animals in product testing, considering whether:

•

The company is conducting animal testing programs that are unnecessary or not required by regulation;

•

The company is conducting animal testing when suitable alternatives are commonly accepted and used by industry peers; or

•

There are recent, significant fines or litigation related to the company’s treatment of animals.

Animal Slaughter

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals requesting the implementation of Controlled Atmosphere Killing (CAK) methods at company and/or supplier operations unless such methods are required by legislation or generally accepted as the industry standard.

II-234

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals requesting a report on the feasibility of implementing CAK methods at company and/or supplier operations considering the availability of existing research conducted by the company or industry groups on this topic and any fines or litigation related to current animal processing procedures at the company.

Consumer Issues

Genetically Modified Ingredients

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals requesting that a company voluntarily label genetically engineered (GE) ingredients in its products.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals asking for a report on the feasibility of labeling products containing GE ingredients, taking into account:

•

The potential impact of such labelling on the company's business;

•

The quality of the company’s disclosure on GE product labelling, related voluntary initiatives, and how this disclosure compares with industry peer disclosure; and

•

Company’s current disclosure on the feasibility of GE product labelling.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals seeking a report on the social, health, and environmental effects of genetically modified organisms (GMOs).

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against proposals to phase out GE ingredients from the company's products, or proposals asking for reports outlining the steps necessary to eliminate GE ingredients from the company’s products.

Reports on Potentially Controversial Business/Financial Practices

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for requests for reports on a company’s potentially controversial business or financial practices or products, taking into account:

•

Whether the company has adequately disclosed mechanisms in place to prevent abuses;

•

Whether the company has adequately disclosed the financial risks of the products/practices in question;

•

Whether the company has been subject to violations of related laws or serious controversies; and

•

Peer companies’ policies/practices in this area.

Pharmaceutical Pricing, Access to Medicines, and Prescription Drug Reimportation

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against proposals requesting that companies implement specific price restraints on pharmaceutical products taking into account whether the company fails to adhere to legislative guidelines or industry norms in its product pricing practices.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals requesting that a company report on its product pricing or access to medicine policies, considering:

II-235

•

The potential for reputational, market, and regulatory risk exposure;

•

Existing disclosure of relevant policies;

•

Deviation from established industry norms;

•

Relevant company initiatives to provide research and/or products to disadvantaged consumers;

•

Whether the proposal focuses on specific products or geographic regions;

•

The potential burden and scope of the requested report; and

•

Recent significant controversies, litigation, or fines at the company.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals requesting that a company report on the financial and legal impact of its prescription drug reimportation policies unless such information is already publicly disclosed.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals requesting that companies adopt specific policies to encourage or constrain prescription drug reimportation.

Product Safety and Toxic/Hazardous Materials

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals requesting that a company report on its policies, initiatives/procedures, and oversight mechanisms related to toxic/hazardous materials or product safety in its supply chain, considering whether:

•

The company already discloses similar information through existing reports such as a supplier code of conduct and/or a sustainability report;

•

The company has formally committed to the implementation of a toxic/hazardous materials and/or product safety and supply chain reporting and monitoring program based on industry norms or similar standards within a specified time frame; or

•

The company has not been recently involved in relevant significant controversies, fines, or litigation.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for resolutions requesting that companies develop a feasibility assessment to phase-out of certain toxic/hazardous materials, or evaluate and disclose the potential financial and legal risks associated with utilizing certain materials, considering:

•

The company’s current level of disclosure regarding its product safety policies, initiatives, and oversight mechanisms;

•

Current regulations in the markets in which the company operates; and

•

Recent significant controversies, litigation, or fines stemming from toxic/hazardous materials at the company.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against resolutions requiring that a company reformulate its products.

Tobacco-Related Proposals

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on resolutions regarding the advertisement of tobacco products, considering:

•

Recent related fines, controversies, or significant litigation;

II-236

•

Whether the company complies with relevant laws and regulations on the marketing of tobacco;

•

Whether the company’s advertising restrictions deviate from those of industry peers;

•

Whether the company entered into the Master Settlement Agreement, which restricts marketing of tobacco to youth; and

•

Whether restrictions on marketing to youth extend to foreign countries.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals regarding second-hand smoke, considering;

•

Whether the company complies with all laws and regulations;

•

The degree that voluntary restrictions beyond those mandated by law might hurt the company’s competitiveness; and

•

The risk of any health-related liabilities.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against resolutions to cease production of tobacco-related products, to avoid selling products to tobacco companies, to spin-off tobacco-related businesses, or prohibit investment in tobacco equities. Such business decisions are better left to company management or portfolio managers.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against proposals regarding tobacco product warnings. Such decisions are better left to public health authorities.

Climate Change

Say on Climate (SoC) Management Proposals

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on management proposals that request shareholders to approve the company’s transition action plan23, taking into account the completeness and rigor of the plan.

23 Variations of this request also include climate transition related ambitions, or commitment to reporting on the implementation of a climate plan.

Information that will be considered where available includes the following:

•

The extent to which the company’s climate related disclosures are in line with TCFD recommendations and meet other market standards;

•

Disclosure of its operational and supply chain Green House Gas (GHG) emissions (Scopes 1, 2, and 3);

•

The completeness and rigor of company’s short-, medium-, and long-term targets for reducing operational and supply chain GHG emissions (Scopes 1, 2 and 3 if relevant);

•

Whether the company has sought and received third-party approval that its targets are science-based;

•

Whether the company has made a commitment to be “net zero” for operational and supply chain emissions (Scopes 1, 2, and 3) by 2050;

II-237

•

Whether the company discloses a commitment to report on the implementation of its plan in subsequent years;

•

Whether the company’s climate data has received third-party assurance;

•

Disclosure of how the company’s lobbying activities and its capital expenditures align with company strategy;

•

Whether there are specific industry decarbonization challenges; and

•

The company’s related commitment, disclosure, and performance compared to its industry peers.

Say on Climate (SoC) Shareholder Proposals

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals that request the company to disclose a report on providing its GHG emissions levels and reduction targets and/or its upcoming/approved climate transition action plan and provide shareholders the opportunity to express approval or disapproval of its GHG emissions reduction plan, taking into account information such as the following:

•

The completeness and rigor of the company’s climate-related disclosure;

•

The company’s actual GHG emissions performance;

•

Whether the company has been the subject of recent, significant violations, fines litigation, or controversy related to its GHG emissions; and

•

Whether the proposal’s request is unduly burdensome (scope or timeframe) or overly prescriptive.

Climate Change/Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for resolutions requesting that a company disclose information on the financial, physical, or regulatory risks it faces related to climate change on its operations and investments or on how the company identifies, measures, and manages such risks, considering:

•

Whether the company already provides current, publicly-available information on the impact that climate change may have on the company as well as associated company policies and procedures to address related risks and/or opportunities;

•

The company's level of disclosure compared to industry peers; and

•

Whether there are significant controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company's climate change-related performance.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals requesting a report on greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from company operations and/or products and operations, considering whether:

•

The company already discloses current, publicly available information on the impacts that GHG emissions may have on the company as well as associated company policies and procedures to address related risks and/or opportunities;

•

The company's level of disclosure is comparable to that of industry peers; or

•

There are no significant, controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company's GHG emissions.

II-238

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals that call for the adoption of GHG reduction goals from products and operations, taking into account:

•

Whether the company provides disclosure of year-over-year GHG emissions performance data;

•

Whether company disclosure lags behind industry peers;

•

The company's actual GHG emissions performance;

•

The company's current GHG emission policies, oversight mechanisms, and related initiatives; and

•

Whether the company has been the subject of recent, significant violations, fines, litigation, or controversy related to GHG emissions.

Energy Efficiency

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals requesting that a company report on its energy efficiency policies, considering whether:

•

The company complies with applicable energy efficiency regulations and laws, and discloses its participation in energy efficiency policies and programs, including disclosure of benchmark data, targets, and performance measures; or

•

The proponent requests adoption of specific energy efficiency goals within specific timelines.

Renewable Energy

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for requests for reports on the feasibility of developing renewable energy resources unless the report would be duplicative of existing disclosure or irrelevant to the company’s line of business.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals seeking increased investment in renewable energy resources taking into consideration whether the terms of the resolution are overly restrictive.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals that call for the adoption of renewable energy goals, taking into account:

•

The scope and structure of the proposal;

•

The company's current level of disclosure on renewable energy use and GHG emissions; and

•

The company's disclosure of policies, practices, and oversight implemented to manage GHG emissions and mitigate climate change risks.

Diversity

Board Diversity

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for requests for reports on a company's efforts to diversify the board, considering whether:

II-239

•

The gender and racial minority representation of the company’s board is reasonably inclusive in relation to companies of similar size and business; or

•

The board already reports on its nominating procedures and gender and racial minority initiatives on the board and within the company.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals asking a company to increase the gender and racial minority representation on its board, taking into account:

•

The degree of existing gender and racial minority diversity on the company’s board and among its executive officers;

•

The level of gender and racial minority representation that exists at the company’s industry peers;

•

The company’s established process for addressing gender and racial minority board representation;

•

Whether the proposal includes an overly prescriptive request to amend nominating committee charter language;

•

The independence of the company’s nominating committee;

•

Whether the company uses an outside search firm to identify potential director nominees; and

•

Whether the company has had recent controversies, fines, or litigation regarding equal employment practices.

Equality of Opportunity

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals requesting a company disclose its diversity policies or initiatives, or proposals requesting disclosure of a company’s comprehensive workforce diversity data, including requests for EEO-1 data, considering whether:

•

The company publicly discloses equal opportunity policies and initiatives in a comprehensive manner;

•

The company already publicly discloses comprehensive workforce diversity data; or

•

The company has no recent significant EEO-related violations or litigation.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for shareholder proposals requesting nondiscrimination in salary, wages and all benefits.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for shareholder proposals calling for action on equal employment opportunity and antidiscrimination.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals seeking information on the diversity efforts of suppliers and service providers.

Gender Identity, Sexual Orientation and Domestic Partner Benefits

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals seeking to amend a company’s EEO statement or diversity policies to prohibit discrimination based on sexual orientation and/or gender identity, unless the change would be unduly burdensome.Generally, vote for proposals to extend company benefits to domestic partners.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for shareholder proposals seeking reports on a company’s initiatives to create a workplace free of discrimination on the basis of sexual orientation or gender identity.

II-240

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against shareholder proposals that seek to eliminate protection already afforded to gay and lesbian employees.

Gender, Race / Ethnicity Pay Gap

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on requests for reports on a company's pay data by gender or race /ethnicity, or a report on a company’s policies and goals to reduce any gender, or race /ethnicity pay gaps, taking into account:

•

The company's current policies and disclosure related to both its diversity and inclusion policies and practices and its compensation philosophy on fair and equitable compensation practices;

•

Whether the company has been the subject of recent controversy, litigation, or regulatory actions related to gender, race, or ethnicity pay gap issues;

•

The company’s disclosure regarding gender, race, or ethnicity pay gap policies or initiatives is compared to its industry peers; and

•

Local laws regarding categorization of race and/or ethnicity and definitions of ethnic and/or racial minorities.

Racial Equity and/or Civil Rights Audit Guidelines

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals asking a company to conduct an independent racial equity and/or civil rights audit, taking into account:

•

The company's established process or framework for addressing racial inequity and discrimination internally;

•

Whether the company adequately discloses workforce diversity and inclusion metrics and goals;

•

Whether the company has issued a public statement related to its racial justice efforts in recent years; or has committed to internal policy review;

•

Whether the company has engaged with impacted communities, stakeholders, and civil rights experts;

•

The company’s track record in recent years of racial justice measures and outreach externally;

•

Whether the company has been the subject of recent controversy, litigation, or regulatory actions related to racial inequity or discrimination.

Environment and Sustainability

Facility and Workplace Safety

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for requests for workplace safety reports, including reports on accident risk reduction efforts, taking into account:

•

The company’s current level of disclosure of its workplace health and safety performance data, health and safety management policies, initiatives, and oversight mechanisms;

II-241

•

The nature of the company’s business, specifically regarding company and employee exposure to health and safety risks;

•

Recent significant controversies, fines, or violations related to workplace health and safety; and

•

The company's workplace health and safety performance relative to industry peers.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on resolutions requesting that a company report on or implement safety/security risk procedures associated with their operations and/or facilities, considering:

•

The company’s compliance with applicable regulations and guidelines;

•

The company’s current level of disclosure regarding its security and safety policies, procedures, and compliance monitoring; and

•

The existence of recent, significant violations, fines, or controversy regarding the safety and security of the company’s operations and/or facilities.

General Environmental Proposals and Community Impact Assessments

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for requests for reports on policies and/or the potential (community) social and/or environmental impact of company operations, considering:

•

Current disclosure of applicable policies and risk assessment report(s) and risk management procedures;

•

The impact of regulatory non-compliance, litigation, remediation, or reputational loss that may be associated with failure to manage the company’s operations in question, including the management of relevant community and stakeholder relations;

•

The nature, purpose, and scope of the company’s operations in the specific region(s);

•

The degree to which company policies and procedures are consistent with industry norms; and

•

The scope of the resolution.

Hydraulic Fracturing

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals requesting greater disclosure of a company's (natural gas) hydraulic fracturing operations, including measures the company has taken to manage and mitigate the potential community and environmental impacts of those operations, considering:

•

The company's current level of disclosure of relevant policies and oversight mechanisms;

•

The company's current level of such disclosure relative to its industry peers;

•

Potential relevant local, state, or national regulatory developments; and

•

Controversies, fines, or litigation related to the company's hydraulic fracturing operations.

II-242

Operations in Protected Areas

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for requests for reports on potential environmental damage as a result of company operations in protected regions, considering whether:

•

Operations in the specified regions are not permitted by current laws or regulations;

•

The company does not currently have operations or plans to develop operations in these protected regions; or

•

The company’s disclosure of its operations and environmental policies in these regions is comparable to industry peers.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for shareholder proposals asking companies to prepare reports or adopt policies on operations that include mining, drilling or logging in environmentally sensitive areas.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for shareholder proposals seeking to curb or reduce the sale of products manufactured from materials extracted from environmentally sensitive areas such as old growth forests.

Recycling

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals to report on an existing recycling program or adopt a new recycling program, taking into account:

•

The nature of the company’s business;

•

The current level of disclosure of the company's existing related programs;

•

The timetable and methods of program implementation prescribed by the proposal;

•

The company’s ability to address the issues raised in the proposal; and

•

How the company's recycling programs compare to similar programs of its industry peers.

Sustainability Reporting

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals requesting that a company report on its policies, initiatives, and oversight mechanisms related to social, economic, and environmental sustainability, considering whether:

•

The company already discloses similar information through existing reports or policies such as an environment, health, and safety (EHS) report; a comprehensive code of corporate conduct; and/or a diversity report; or

•

The company has formally committed to the implementation of a reporting program based on Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) guidelines or a similar standard within a specified time frame.

Water Issues

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals requesting a company report on, or adopt a new policy on, water-related risks and concerns, taking into account:

II-243

•

The company's current disclosure of relevant policies, initiatives, oversight mechanisms, and water usage metrics;

•

Whether or not the company's existing water-related policies and practices are consistent with relevant internationally recognized standards and national/local regulations;

•

The potential financial impact or risk to the company associated with water-related concerns or issues; and

•

Recent, significant company controversies, fines, or litigation regarding water use by the company and its suppliers.

General Corporate Issues

Charitable Contributions

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against proposals restricting a company from making charitable contributions.

Charitable contributions are generally useful for assisting worthwhile causes and for creating goodwill in the community. In the absence of bad faith, self-dealing, or gross negligence, management should determine which, and if, contributions are in the best interests of the company.

Data Security, Privacy, and Internet Issues

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals requesting the disclosure or implementation of data security, privacy, or information access and management policies and procedures, considering:

•

The level of disclosure of company policies and procedures relating to data security, privacy, freedom of speech, information access and management, and Internet censorship;

•

Engagement in dialogue with governments or relevant groups with respect to data security, privacy, or the free flow of information on the Internet;

•

The scope of business involvement and of investment in countries whose governments censor or monitor the Internet and other telecommunications;

•

Applicable market-specific laws or regulations that may be imposed on the company; and

•

Controversies, fines, or litigation related to data security, privacy, freedom of speech, or Internet censorship.

Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) Compensation-Related Proposals

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals seeking a report or additional disclosure on the company’s approach, policies, and practices on incorporating environmental and social criteria into its executive compensation strategy, considering:

•

The scope and prescriptive nature of the proposal;

•

The company’s current level of disclosure regarding its environmental and social performance and governance;

•

The degree to which the board or compensation committee already discloses information on whether it has considered related environmental or social criteria; and

II-244

•

Whether the company has significant controversies or regulatory violations regarding social and/or environmental issues.

Human Rights, Human Capital Management, and International Operations

Human Rights Proposals

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals requesting a report on company or company supplier labor and/or human rights standards and policies unless such information is already publicly disclosed.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals to implement company or company supplier labor and/or human rights standards and policies, considering:

•

The degree to which existing relevant policies and practices are disclosed;

•

Whether or not existing relevant policies are consistent with internationally recognized standards;

•

Whether company facilities and those of its suppliers are monitored and how;

•

Company participation in fair labor organizations or other internationally recognized human rights initiatives;

•

Scope and nature of business conducted in markets known to have higher risk of workplace labor/human rights abuse;

•

Recent, significant company controversies, fines, or litigation regarding human rights at the company or its suppliers;

•

The scope of the request; and

•

Deviation from industry sector peer company standards and practices.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals requesting that a company conduct an assessment of the human rights risks in its operations or in its supply chain, or report on its human rights risk assessment process, considering:

•

The degree to which existing relevant policies and practices are disclosed, including information on the implementation of these policies and any related oversight mechanisms;

•

The company’s industry and whether the company or its suppliers operate in countries or areas where there is a history of human rights concerns;

•

Recent significant controversies, fines, or litigation regarding human rights involving the company or its suppliers, and whether the company has taken remedial steps; and

•

Whether the proposal is unduly burdensome or overly prescriptive.

Mandatory Arbitration

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on requests for a report on a company’s use of mandatory arbitration on employment-related claims, taking into account:

•

The company's current policies and practices related to the use of mandatory arbitration agreements on workplace claims;

II-245

•

Whether the company has been the subject of recent controversy, litigation, or regulatory actions related to the use of mandatory arbitration agreements on workplace claims; and

•

The company's disclosure of its policies and practices related to the use of mandatory arbitration agreements compared to its peers.

Operations in High Risk Markets

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on requests for a report on a company’s potential financial and reputational risks associated with operations in “high-risk” markets, such as a terrorism-sponsoring state or politically/socially unstable region, taking into account:

•

The nature, purpose, and scope of the operations and business involved that could be affected by social or political disruption;

•

Current disclosure of applicable risk assessment(s) and risk management procedures;

•

Compliance with U.S. sanctions and laws;

•

Consideration of other international policies, standards, and laws; and

•

Whether the company has been recently involved in recent, significant controversies, fines, or litigation related to its operations in “high-risk” markets.

Outsourcing/Offshoring

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals calling for companies to report on the risks associated with outsourcing/plant closures, considering:

•

Controversies surrounding operations in the relevant market(s);

•

The value of the requested report to shareholders;

•

The company’s current level of disclosure of relevant information on outsourcing and plant closure procedures; and

•

The company’s existing human rights standards relative to industry peers.

Sexual Harassment

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on requests for a report on company actions taken to strengthen policies and oversight to prevent workplace sexual harassment, or a report on risks posed by a company’s failure to prevent workplace sexual harassment, taking into account:

•

The company’s current policies, practices, oversight mechanisms related to preventing workplace sexual harassment;

•

Whether the company has been the subject of recent controversy, litigation, or regulatory actions related to workplace sexual harassment issues; and

II-246

•

The company’s disclosure regarding workplace sexual harassment policies or initiatives compared to its industry peers.

Weapons and Military Sales

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against reports on foreign military sales or offsets, taking into account when such disclosures may involve sensitive and confidential information. Moreover, companies must comply with government controls and reporting on foreign military sales.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals seeking a report on the renouncement of future landmine production.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against shareholder proposals requesting a report on the involvement, policies, and procedures related to depleted uranium and nuclear weapons.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals that call for outright restrictions on foreign military sales.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for shareholder proposals asking companies to review and amend, if necessary, the company’s code of conduct and statements of ethical criteria for military production related contract bids, awards and execution.

Political Activities

Lobbying

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals requesting information on a company’s lobbying (including direct, indirect, and grassroots lobbying) activities, policies, or procedures, considering:

•

The company’s current disclosure of relevant lobbying policies, and management and board oversight;

•

The company’s disclosure regarding trade associations or other groups that it supports, or is a member of, that engage in lobbying activities; and

•

Recent significant controversies, fines, or litigation regarding the company’s lobbying-related activities.

Political Contributions

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for proposals requesting greater disclosure of a company's political contributions and trade association spending policies and activities, considering:

•

The company's policies, and management and board oversight related to its direct political contributions and payments to trade associations or other groups that may be used for political purposes;

•

The company's disclosure regarding its support of, and participation in, trade associations or other groups that may make political contributions; and

•

Recent significant controversies, fines, or litigation related to the company's political contributions or political activities.

II-247

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against proposals barring a company from making political contributions. Businesses are affected by legislation at the federal, state, and local level; barring political contributions can put the company at a competitive disadvantage.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against proposals to publish in newspapers and other media a company's political contributions. Such publications could present significant cost to the company without providing commensurate value to shareholders.

Political Expenditures and Lobbying Congruency

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals requesting greater disclosure of a company’s alignment of political contributions, lobbying and electioneering spending with a company’s publicly stated values and policies, unless the terms of the proposal are unduly restrictive. Additionally, DWS will consider whether:

•

The company's policies, management, board oversight, governance processes and level of disclosure related to direct political contributions, lobbying activities, and payments to trade associations, political action committees, or other groups that may be used for political purposes;

•

The company’s disclosure regarding: the reasons for its support of candidates for public offices; the reasons for support of and participation in trade associations or other groups that may make political contributions; and other political activities;

•

Any incongruencies identified between a company’s direct and indirect political expenditures and its publicly stated values and priorities; and

•

Recent significant controversies related to the company’s direct and indirect lobbying, political contributions or political activities.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals requesting comparison of a company’s political spending to objectives that can mitigate material risk for the company, such as limiting global warming.

Political Ties

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against proposals asking a company to affirm political nonpartisanship in the workplace, considering whether:

•

There are no recent, significant controversies, fines, or litigation regarding the company’s political contributions or trade association spending; and

•

The company has procedures in place to ensure that employee contributions to company-sponsored political action committees (PACs) are strictly voluntary and prohibit coercion.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote against shareholder proposals calling for the disclosure of prior government service of the company’s key executives and whether such service had a bearing on the business of the company.

II-248

REGISTERED INVESTMENT COMPANY PROXIES

Election of Directors

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on the election of directors and trustees.

Closed End Fund - Unilateral Opt-In to Control Share Acquisition Statutes

General Recommendation

For closed-end management investment companies (CEFs), DWS’s policy is to generally vote on a case-by-case basis for nominating/governance committee members (or other directors on a case-by-case basis) at CEFs that have not provided a compelling rationale for opting-in to a Control Share Acquisition Statute, nor submitted a by-law amendment to a shareholder vote.

Converting Closed-end Fund to Open-end Fund

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on conversion proposals, considering the following factors:

•

Past performance as a closed-end fund;

•

Market in which the fund invests;

•

Measures taken by the board to address the discount; and

•

Past shareholder activism, board activity, and votes on related proposals.

Proxy Contests

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proxy contests, considering the following factors:

•

Past performance relative to its peers;

•

Market in which the fund invests;

•

Measures taken by the board to address the issues;

•

Past shareholder activism, board activity, and votes on related proposals;

•

Strategy of the incumbents versus the dissidents;

•

Independence of directors;

•

Experience and skills of director candidates;

•

Governance profile of the company; and

•

Evidence of management entrenchment.

II-249

Investment Advisory Agreements

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on investment advisory agreements, considering the following factors:

•

Proposed and current fee schedules;

•

Fund category/investment objective;

•

Performance benchmarks;

•

Share price performance as compared with peers;

•

Resulting fees relative to peers; and

•

Assignments (where the advisor undergoes a change of control).

Approving New Classes or Series of Shares

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on the establishment of new classes or series of shares.

Preferred Stock Proposals

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on the authorization for or increase in preferred shares, considering the following factors:

•

Stated specific financing purpose;

•

Possible dilution for common shares; and

•

Whether the shares can be used for antitakeover purposes.

1940 Act Policies

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on policies under the Investment Advisor Act of 1940, considering the following factors:

•

Potential competitiveness;

•

Regulatory developments;

•

Current and potential returns; and

•

Current and potential risk.

DWS’s policy is to generally vote for these amendments as long as the proposed changes do not fundamentally alter the investment focus of the fund and do comply with the current SEC interpretation.

II-250

Changing a Fundamental Restriction to a Nonfundamental Restriction

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals to change a fundamental restriction to a non-fundamental restriction, considering the following factors:

•

The fund's target investments;

•

The reasons given by the fund for the change; and

•

The projected impact of the change on the portfolio.

Change Fundamental Investment Objective to Nonfundamental

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals to change a fund’s fundamental investment objective to non-fundamental.

Name Change Proposals

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on name change proposals, considering the following factors:

•

Political/economic changes in the target market;

•

Consolidation in the target market; and

•

Current asset composition.

Change in Fund's Subclassification

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on changes in a fund's sub-classification, considering the following factors:

•

Potential competitiveness;

•

Current and potential returns;

•

Risk of concentration; and

•

Consolidation in target industry.

Business Development Companies—Authorization to Sell Shares of Common Stock at a Price below Net Asset Value

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals authorizing the board to issue shares below Net Asset Value (NAV) if:

II-251

•

The proposal to allow share issuances below NAV has an expiration date no more than one year from the date shareholders approve the underlying proposal, as required under the Investment Company Act of 1940;

•

The sale is deemed to be in the best interests of shareholders by (1) a majority of the company's independent directors and (2) a majority of the company's directors who have no financial interest in the issuance; and

•

The company has demonstrated responsible past use of share issuances by either:

•

Outperforming peers in its 8-digit GICS group as measured by one- and three-year median TSRs; or

•

Providing disclosure that its past share issuances were priced at levels that resulted in only small or moderate discounts to NAV and economic dilution to existing non-participating shareholders.

Disposition of Assets/Termination/Liquidation

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals to dispose of assets, to terminate or liquidate, considering the following factors:

•

Strategies employed to salvage the company;

•

The fund’s past performance;

•

The terms of the liquidation.

Changes to the Charter Document

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on changes to the charter document, considering the following factors:

•

The degree of change implied by the proposal;

•

The efficiencies that could result;

•

The state of incorporation; and

•

Regulatory standards and implications.

Changing the Domicile of a Fund

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on re-incorporations, considering the following factors:

•

Regulations of both states;

•

Required fundamental policies of both states; and

•

The increased flexibility available.

Authorizing the Board to Hire and Terminate Subadvisors Without Shareholder Approval

General Recommendation

II-252

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals authorizing the board to hire or terminate subadvisors without shareholder approval if the investment advisor currently employs only one subadvisor.

Distribution Agreements

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on distribution agreement proposals, considering the following factors:

•

Fees charged to comparably sized funds with similar objectives;

•

The proposed distributor’s reputation and past performance;

•

The competitiveness of the fund in the industry; and

•

The terms of the agreement.

Master-Feeder Structure

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on the establishment of a master-feeder structure.

Mergers

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on merger proposals, considering the following factors:

•

Resulting fee structure;

•

Performance of both funds;

•

Continuity of management personnel; and

•

Changes in corporate governance and their impact on shareholder rights.

Shareholder Proposals for Mutual Funds

Establish Director Ownership Requirement

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals that mandate a specific minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board.

Reimburse Shareholder for Expenses Incurred

General Recommendation

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses. When supporting the dissidents, vote for the reimbursement of the proxy solicitation expenses.

Terminate the Investment Advisor

General Recommendation

II-253

DWS’s policy is to generally vote case-by-case on proposals to terminate the investment advisor, considering the following factors:

•

Performance of the fund’s Net Asset Value (NAV);

•

The fund’s history of shareholder relations; and

•

The performance of other funds under the advisor’s management.

INTERNATIONAL PROXY VOTING

The above guidelines pertain to issuers organized in the United States. Proxies solicited by other issuers are voted in accordance with international guidelines or the recommendation of ISS and in accordance with applicable law and regulation.

Appendix I

Classification of Directors – U.S.

Executive Director

1.1.

Current employee or current officer1 of the company or one of its affiliates2.

Non-Independent Non-Executive Director

Board Identification

2.1.

Director identified as not independent by the board.

Controlling/Significant Shareholder

2.2.

Beneficial owner of more than 50 percent of the company's voting power (this may be aggregated if voting power is distributed among more than one member of a group).

Current Employment at Company or Related Company

2.3.

Non-officer employee of the firm (including employee representatives).

2.4.

Officer1, former officer, or general or limited partner of a joint venture or partnership with the company.

Former Employment

2.5.

Former CEO of the company.3, 4

2.6.

Former non-CEO officer1 of the company or an affiliate2 within the past five years.

2.7.

Former officer1 of an acquired company within the past five years.4

2.8.

Officer1 of a former parent or predecessor firm at the time the company was sold or split off within the past five years.

2.9.

Former interim officer if the service was longer than 18 months. If the service was between 12 and 18 months, an assessment of the interim officer’s employment agreement will be made.5

Family Members

2.10.

Immediate family member6 of a current or former officer1 of the company or its affiliates2 within the last five years.

II-254

2.11.

Immediate family member6 of a current employee of company or its affiliates2 where additional factors raise concern (which may include, but are not limited to, the following: a director related to numerous employees; the company or its affiliates employ relatives of numerous board members; or a non-Section 16 officer in a key strategic role).

Professional, Transactional, and Charitable Relationships

Director who (or whose immediate family member6) currently provides professional services7 in excess of the $10,000 per year to the company, an affiliate2 or an individual officer of the company or

2.12.

(an affiliate; or who is (or whose immediate family member6 is) a partner, employee or controlling shareholder of, an organization which provides services.

Director who (or whose immediate family member6) currently has any material transactional relationship8 with the company or its affiliates2.

2.13.

; or who is (or whose immediate family member6 is) a partner in, or a controlling shareholder or an executive officer of, an organization which has the material transactional relationship8 (excluding investments in the company through a private placement).

2.14.

Director who (or whose immediate family member6) is) a trustee, director, or employee of a charitable or non-profit organization that receives material grants or endowments8 from the company or its affiliates2.

Other Relationships

2.15.

Party to a voting agreement9 to vote in line with management on proposals being brought to shareholder vote.

2.16.

Has (or an immediate family member6 has) an interlocking relationship as defined by the SEC involving members of the board of directors or its Compensation Committee.10

2.17.

Founder11 of the company but not currently an employee.

2.18.

Director with pay comparable to Named Executive Officers.

2.19.

Any material12 relationship with the company.

Independent Director

3.1.

No material12 connection to the company other than a board seat.

Footnotes:

1 The definition of officer will generally follow that of a “Section 16 officer” (officers subject to Section 16 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934) and includes the chief executive, operating, financial, legal, technology, and accounting officers of a company (including the president, treasurer, secretary, controller, or any vice president in charge of a principal business unit, division, or policy function). Current interim officers are included in this category. For private companies, the equivalent positions are applicable. A non-employee director serving as an officer due to statutory requirements (e.g., corporate secretary) will generally be classified as a Non-Independent Non-Executive Director under 2.19: “Any material relationship with the company.” However, if the company provides explicit disclosure that the director is not receiving additional compensation exceeding $10,000 per year for serving in that capacity, then the director will be classified as an Independent Director.

2 “Affiliate” includes a subsidiary, sibling company, or parent company. 50 percent control ownership is used by the parent company as the standard for applying its affiliate designation. The manager/advisor of an externally managed issuer (EMI) is considered an affiliate.

3 Includes any former CEO of the company prior to the company’s initial public offering (IPO).

II-255

4 When there is a former CEO of a special purpose acquisition company (SPAC) serving on the board of an acquired company, DWS will generally classify such directors as independent unless determined otherwise taking into account the following factors: the applicable listing standards determination of such director’s independence; any operating ties to the firm; and the existence of any other conflicting relationships or related party transactions.

5 ISS will look at the terms of the interim officer’s employment contract to determine if it contains severance pay, long-term health and pension benefits, or other such standard provisions typically contained in contracts of permanent, non-temporary CEOs. DWS will also consider if a formal search process was under way for a full-time officer at the time.

6 “Immediate family member” follows the SEC’s definition of such and covers spouses, parents, children, stepparents, step-children, siblings, in-laws, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of any director, nominee for director, executive officer, or significant shareholder of the company.

7 Professional services can be characterized as advisory in nature, generally involve access to sensitive company information or to strategic decision-making, and typically have a commission- or fee-based payment structure. Professional services generally include but are not limited to the following: investment banking/financial advisory services, commercial banking (beyond deposit services), investment services, insurance services, accounting/audit services, consulting services, marketing services, legal services, property management services, realtor services, lobbying services, executive search services, and IT consulting services. The following would generally be considered transactional relationships and not professional services: deposit services, IT tech support services, educational services, and construction services. The case of participation in a banking syndicate by a non-lead bank should be considered a transactional (and hence subject to the associated materiality test) rather than a professional relationship. “Of Counsel” relationships are only considered immaterial if the individual does not receive any form of compensation (in excess of $10,000 per year) from, or is a retired partner of, the firm providing the professional service. The case of a company providing a professional service to one of its directors or to an entity with which one of its directors is affiliated, will be considered a transactional rather than a professional relationship. Insurance services and marketing services are assumed to be professional services unless the company explains why such services are not advisory.

8 A material transactional relationship, including grants to non-profit organizations, exists if the company makes annual payments to, or receives annual payments from, another entity, exceeding the greater of: $200,000 or 5 percent of the recipient’s gross revenues, for a company that follows NASDAQ listing standards; or the greater of $1,000,000 or 2 percent of the recipient’s gross revenues, for a company that follows NYSE listing standards. For a company that follows neither of the preceding standards, DWS will apply the NASDAQ-based materiality test. (The recipient is the party receiving the financial proceeds from the transaction).

9 Dissident directors who are parties to a voting agreement pursuant to a settlement or similar arrangement may be classified as Independent Directors if an analysis of the following factors indicates that the voting agreement does not compromise their alignment with all shareholders’ interests: the terms of the agreement; the duration of the standstill provision in the agreement; the limitations and requirements of actions that are agreed upon; if the dissident director nominee(s) is subject to the standstill; and if there any conflicting relationships or related party transactions.

10 Interlocks include: executive officers serving as directors on each other’s compensation or similar committees (or, in the absence of such a committee, on the board); or executive officers sitting on each other’s boards and at least one serves on the other’s compensation or similar committees (or, in the absence of such a committee, on the board).

11 The operating involvement of the founder with the company will be considered; if the founder was never employed by the company, DWS may deem him or her an Independent Director.

12 For purposes of DWS’s director independence classification, “material” will be defined as a standard of relationship (financial, personal or otherwise) that a reasonable person might conclude could potentially influence one’s objectivity in the boardroom in a manner that would have a meaningful impact on an individual's ability to satisfy requisite fiduciary standards on behalf of shareholders.

II-256

Name and Address of Investor	Shares	Class	Percentage
LINCOLN INVESTMENT PLANNING LLC FBO LINCOLN CUSTOMERS 601 OFFICE CENTER DR STE 300 FT WASHINGTON PA 19034-3275	16,918.03	Institutional	11.55%
RAYMOND JAMES OMNIBUS FOR MUTUAL FUNDS HOUSE ACCT FIRM XXXXXXXX ATTN COURTNEY WALLER 880 CARILLON PARKWAY ST PETERSBURG FL 33716-1100	15,518.70	Institutional	10.59%
FIRST CLEARING LLC SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMER 2801 MARKET ST ST LOUIS MO 63103-2523	15,297.66	Institutional	10.44%
AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SVC 707 2ND AVE S MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-2405	12,424.07	Institutional	8.48%
MATRIX TRUST COMPANY CUST FBO FBO HSA BANK HSG 717 17TH ST STE 1300 DENVER CO 80202-3304	10,128.98	Institutional	6.91%
CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC REINVEST ACCOUNT 101 MONTGOMERY ST SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151	848,566.46	S	8.46%
NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC FOR EXCLUSIVE BENE OF OUR CUSTOMERS ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT - 4TH FL 499 WASHINGTON BLVD JERSEY CITY NJ 07310-1995	773,732.23	S	7.71%

	Fiscal Year	Aggregate Sales Commissions	Aggregate Commissions Retained by DDI
DWS CROCI® International Fund	2024	$891	$324
	2023	$1,155	$368
	2022	$1,994	$693
DWS International Growth Fund	2024	$854	$205
	2023	$535	$253
	2022	$378	$203

		12b-1 Distribution Fees	12b-1 Shareholder Services Fees	12b-1 Shareholder Services Fees Waived
DWS CROCI® International Fund	Class A	N/A	$132,800	$0
	Class C	$14,516	$4,742	$0
DWS International Growth Fund	Class A	N/A	$81,961	$185
	Class C	$3,142	$936	$796

	DWS CROCI® International Fund	DWS International Growth Fund
Administrative fees not included in revenue split	$0	$0
Indemnification fee not included in revenue split	$0	$0
Rebate (paid to borrower)	$249,102	$191,872
Other fees not included in revenue split	$0	$0
Aggregate fees/compensation for securities lending activities and related services	$263,149	$198,511
Net income from securities lending activities	$64,401	$17,174

Fund and its Fiscal Year End	Class	CUSIP Number
DWS CROCI® International Fund	Class A	25156G673
Fiscal Year End: 8/31	Class C	25156G699
	Class R6	25156G582
	Class S	25156G715
	Institutional Class	25156G731
DWS International Growth Fund	Class A	25156A775
Fiscal Year End: 8/31	Class C	25156A817
	Institutional Class	25156A700
	Class S	25156A833

	Page
Part I	I-1
Definitions	I-1
Fund Organization	I-1
Management of each Fund	I-2
Sales Charges and Distribution Plan Payments	I-3
Portfolio Transactions, Brokerage Commissions and Securities Lending Activities	I-3
Investments	I-3
Investment Restrictions	I-3
Taxes	I-5
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, Reports to Shareholders and Financial Statements	I-6
Additional Information	I-6
Part I: Appendix I-A—Board Member Share Ownership and Control Persons	I-7
Part I: Appendix I-B—Board Committees and Meetings	I-13
Part I: Appendix I-C—Board Member Compensation	I-16
Part I: Appendix I-D—Portfolio Management	I-18
Part I: Appendix I-E—Service Provider Compensation	I-21
Part I: Appendix I-F—Sales Charges	I-22
Part I: Appendix I-G—Distribution Plan Payments	I-23
Part I: Appendix I-H—Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage Commissions	I-24
Part I: Appendix I-I—Investments, Practices and Techniques, and Risks	I-26
Part I: Appendix I-J—Securities Lending Activities	I-28
Part I: Appendix I-K—Additional Information	I-30
Part II	II-1
Detailed Part II table of contents precedes page II-1

	Fiscal Year	Class A Shares	Class C Shares
DWS CROCI® International Fund	2024	$0	$0
	2023	$0	$34
	2022	$0	$0
DWS International Growth Fund	2024	$0	$0
	2023	$20	$0
	2022	$0	$30

Fund	Amount of Transactions with Research Firms	Commissions Paid on Transactions with Research Firms
DWS CROCI® International Fund	$0	$0
DWS International Growth Fund	$3,139,543	$9,370(1)

	Auditor Ratification
	Shareholder Proposals Limiting Non-Audit Services
	Shareholder Proposals on Audit Firm Rotation
	SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS & DEFENSES
	Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals/Nominations
	Amend Bylaws without Shareholder Consent
	Control Share Acquisition Provisions
	Control Share Cash-Out Provisions
	Disgorgement Provisions
	Fair Price Provisions
	Freeze-Out Provisions
	Greenmail
	Shareholder Litigation Rights
	Federal Forum Selection Provisions
	Exclusive Forum Provisions for State Law Matters
	Fee shifting
	Net Operating Loss (NOL) Protective Amendments
	Poison Pills (Shareholder Rights Plans)
	Shareholder Proposals to Put Pill to a Vote and/or Adopt a Pill Policy
	Management Proposals to Ratify a Poison Pill
	Management Proposals to Ratify a Pill to Preserve Net Operating Losses (NOLs)
	Proxy Voting Disclosure, Confidentiality, and Tabulation
	Ratification Proposals: Management Proposals to Ratify Existing Charter or Bylaw Provisions
	Reimbursing Proxy Solicitation Expenses

	Recoupment of Incentive or Stock Compensation in Specified Circumstances
	Severance and Golden Parachute Agreements
	Share Buyback Impact on Incentive Program Metrics
	Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (SERPs)
	Tax Gross-Up Proposals
	Termination of Employment Prior to Severance Payment/Eliminating Accelerated Vesting of Unvested Equity
	ROUTINE / MISCELLANEOUS
	Adjourn Meeting
	Amend Quorum Requirements
	Amend Minor Bylaws
	Change Company Name
	Change Date, Time, or Location of Annual Meeting
	Other Business
	SOCIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES
	General Approach
	Endorsement of Principles
	Animal Welfare
	Animal Welfare Policies
	Animal Testing
	Animal Slaughter
	Consumer Issues
	Genetically Modified Ingredients
	Reports on Potentially Controversial Business/Financial Practices
	Pharmaceutical Pricing, Access to Medicines, and Prescription Drug Reimportation
	Product Safety and Toxic/Hazardous Materials
	Tobacco-Related Proposals
	Climate Change

	Closed End Fund - Unilateral Opt-In to Control Share Acquisition Statutes
	Converting Closed-end Fund to Open-end Fund
	Proxy Contests
	Investment Advisory Agreements
	Approving New Classes or Series of Shares
	Preferred Stock Proposals
	1940 Act Policies
	Changing a Fundamental Restriction to a Nonfundamental Restriction
	Change Fundamental Investment Objective to Nonfundamental
	Name Change Proposals
	Change in Fund's Subclassification
	Business Development Companies— Authorization to Sell Shares of Common Stock at a Price below Net Asset Value
	Disposition of Assets/Termination/ Liquidation
	Changes to the Charter Document
	Changing the Domicile of a Fund
	Authorizing the Board to Hire and Terminate Subadvisors Without Shareholder Approval
	Distribution Agreements
	Master-Feeder Structure
	Mergers

	Shareholder Proposals for Mutual Funds
	Establish Director Ownership Requirement
	Reimburse Shareholder for Expenses Incurred
	Terminate the Investment Advisor
	INTERNATIONAL PROXY VOTING
	Appendix I